PROCEEDINGS

OF

The Academy of Natural Sciences

OF

PHILADELPHIA

VOLUME LXXIl

1920

philadelphia:
The academy of Natural Sciences

1921

The Academy op Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,

March 11, 1921.

I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings for 1920 were
mailed as follows:

Pages 1-32 June 17, 1920.

33-64 June 18, 1920.

65-80 June 23, 1920.

81-135 July 12, 1920.

" 136-198 October 6, 1920.

" 199-214 November 4, 1920.

" 215-278 November 20, 1920.

" 279-293 November 23, 1920.

" 294-340 January 7, 1921.

" 341-388 March 3, 1921.

" 389-402 March 11, 1921.

WiLLiAN J. Fox, Editor

PUBLICATION committee:

Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D.,

Henry A, Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox,

Milton J. Greenman, M.D.

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., ex-officio.

EDITOR: William J. Fox.

CONTENTS

For Announcements, etc., see General Index.

PAGE

Crawley, Howard. Statistical Observations on the Texas

Fever Parasite 331

Fowler, Henry W. Description of a New Cyprinoid Fish
(Notropis stonei) with Notes on other Fishes obtained

in the tjnited States 385

Gordon, Samuel G. Ordovician Basalts and Quartz Diabases

in Lebanon County, Pennsylvania 354

Hebard, Morgan. Studies in Malayan, Papuan, and Aus-
tralian Mantidae 14

American Dermaptera of the Museum National d'His-

toire Naturelle, Paris, France 337

Keeley, F. J. Additional Notes on the Deal Meteorite 358

Monks, Sarah P. Notes on Arachnoidiscus 207

OsHiMA, Masamitsu. Notes on the Freshwater Fishes of For-
mosa, with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. . . 120

Two New Cyprinoid Fishes from Formosa 189

Pennell, Francis W. Scrophulariaceae of Colombia — 1 136

PiLSBRY, Henry A. Costa Rican Land and Freshwater Mol-

lusks 2

Mollusks from Lake Chapala, State of Jalisco, and Vicinity 192

Mollusca from Central America and Mexico 195

Marine Mollusks of Hawaii, VIII-XIII 296

A Colombian PupiUid Snail 329

Marine Mollusks of Hawaii, XIV, XV 360

Rehn, James A. G. Records and Descriptions of BrazlUan

Orthoptera 214

Vanatta, E. G. New Land Shells 203

Wardle, H. Newell. Iron Ore Artifacts from Alabama 209

Wherry, Edgar T. Observations on the Soil Acidity of Eri-
caceae and associated Plants in the Middle Atlantic

States 84

Correlation between Vegetation and Soil Acidity in South-
ern New Jersey 113

56699

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1920

January 20.

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair.

Seventy-two persons present.

The deaths of the following members were announced: Rebecca
Gibson, Annabelle E. Richards, D. Murray Cheston, William Osier,
Horatio C. Wood, and Edwin S. Dixon.

Mr. James A. G. Rehn made a communication entitled: "The
Work of the Hebard-Academy Expedition of 1919 in Nevada and
California." (No abstract.)

The Council reported the appointment by the President of the
following committees: On Policy— Messrs. E. G. Conklin, R. A. F.
Penrose, Milton J. Greenman, J. Percy Moore, George Vaux, Jr.,
George E. de Schweinitz, Effingham B. Morris, and George L.
Harrison, Jr. . On the Hayden Memorial Aw^\rd — Messrs. R. A.
F. Penrose, Chairman, Edgar T. Wherry, Charles D. Walcott, and
John Mason Clark.

William W. Matos, J. E. B. Buckenham, David E. Harrower,
Harry W. Trudell, Sabin W. Colton, Jr., Hamilton Bradshaw,
Childs Frick, and Arthur R. Spencer were elected Members.

The following was ordered to be printed:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

COSTA RICAN LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSKS.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The moUusks enumerated below were collected by Dr. Philip P.
Calvert and Mrs. (Amelia S.) Calvert in the year of their residence
in Costa Rica, from May, 1909, to May, 1910.' As their chief
object was to study life histories and transformations of tropical
dragonflies, other material was taken only when encountered in
the course of this pursuit.

Much of their field work was done in districts where Prof. Paul
Biolley^ and H. Pittier had collected shells, yet some eight species
new to Costa Rica were found, five of them new to science. This
large proportion, in a total of 28 species taken, is evidence that our
knowledge of the fauna is still very incomplete, though as von
Martens remarks, it is "one of the best known within Central Amer-
ica."

Biolley has carefully recorded the elevation of localities where
he collected shells, and some additions to this subject are now made;
but on tabulating the data it appears that so many species are known
from few localities, or but one, that conclusions as to zonal dis-
tribution would be too crude to have value. Some species have a
wide vertical range; the apparent restriction of others in the same
districts may probably be due to deficient collecting.

Costa Rica is known as farthest north for a number of character-
istically South American genera, such as Lahyrinthus, Solaropsis
and Marisa. The Brazilian genus Uncancylus, now reported, is
an interesting addition to this series.

^ Calvert, Amelia S. and Philip P. A Year of Costa Rican Natural History
New York. The Macmillan Company, 1917. Besides details as to the locali-
ties where collecting was done, this interesting book contains a map and a bib-
liography of Costa Rican natural history, and related subjects.

2 B'oiley, P. Moluscos terrestes y fluviatiles de la meseta central de Costa
Rica. San Jose. Tipografia Nacional, 1897. Fifty-nine species are listed,
with localities and comments.

The material collected by Biolley and Pittier was determined and the new
forms described by Professor E. von Martens in his fine volume on land and fresh-
water mollusks in the Biologia Centrali-Americana, 1890-1901.

1920. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3

CYCLOPHORIDiE.
Aperostoma dysoni (Pfr.)

Bonnefil Farm, Rio Surubres, 700 ft. Oct. 20, 1909.

HELICINID^
Helicina funcki Angas.

Guapiles, 980 ft. Nov. 18, 1909.

Helicina deppeana parvidens n. subsp.

Juan Vifias, farther waterfall, 3300 ft.; also on the road to Rio
Reventazon, 3000 ft. Type, No. 105286, A. N. &. P.

The shell resembles H. deppeana v. Martens, of eastern Mexico,
except that there is only a very low, rather wide prominence at the
junction of the columella and basal lip, with no appearance of a
notch below it.

Alt. 10, diam. 13.3 mm.

OLEACINIDiE.
Streptostyla viridula Angas.

Near Juan Vinas, on road to Rio Reventazon, between 2500 and
3000 ft. July 23, 1909.

ZONITIDiE.
Guppya calverti n. sp. Fig. 1,

Stream near the railroad west of Juan Vifias, 3300 ft. Type No.
105266, A. N. S. P.

The shell is perforate, pyramidal, fragile, pale yellow. The apex
is obtuse, outlines of the spire straight; periphery acutely keeled;
base convex. The surface is smooth and glossy. The whorls are
convex, the last very narrowly concave on both sides of the thin
median keel, the concavity forming a narrow impressed margin
above the last coil of the suture. The base is impressed around the
narrow perforation. The aperture is rhombic, acutely angular at
the termination of the peripheral keel. Columella is short, sub-
vertical, the columellar margin reflexed in a triangular plate half
covering the perforation.

Alt. 2.5, diam. 3 mm.; 5 whorls.

This species is very distinct by its acute peripheral keel. The
only form of the region approaching it is the much largei G. angasi
Tryon,^ which differs in proportions.

^ Stenopus guildingi Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1879, p. 284, not of Bland, 1865.
Renamed Hyalinia (Stenopus) angasi Tryon, Manual of Conchology (2) II,
1886, p. 182; and again, Guppya angasi v. Martens, Biologia Centrali-
Americana, Moll., 1892, p. 120.

4 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Guppya costaricana n. sp. Fig. 2.

Alajuela, 3200 ft. Type No. 105285, A. N. S. P.

The shell is minutely perforate, globosely conic, very fragile, light
yellow; outlines of the spire are perceptibly concave, the periphery
bluntly carinate. The surface is very glossy, marked with weak
growth-wrinkles, and under the microscope a very fine, close, ver-
tical striation and minute spiral lines almost equally close are seen
on the second to fourth whorls, very weak on the fourth. The
apex is rather acute. The whorls are strongly convex; base very
convex, impressed around the oblique perforation. The aperture
is broadly lunate. Columellar margin is dilated upward.

Alt. 5, diam. 6.1 mm.; 5f whorls.

The pedal grooves are well-marked, rising at the tail. There
is a wedge-shaped caudal pore, a short, blunt horn above it. The
top of the tail is rounded. Sole narrow, tripartite.

Fig. 1. Guppya calverti. Fig. 2. Guppya costaricana. Fig. 3. Guppya c. elatior.

This species is closely related to G. trochulina (Morel.), of which
Helix selenkai Pfr. has been shown to be a synonym.'' It differs
by the slightly concave outlines of the spire, the greater convexity
of the individual whorls, the higher first whorl and the microscopic
sculpture, the vertical striae being much more distinct and the
spirals closer. In topotypes of selenkai from Dr. Berendt, the
original collector, the spirals are far more widely spaced (as noted
by von Martens also for a paratype of trochulina) , and they continue
on the last whorl, while the vertical striation is so weak that it has
not been noticed by any of the authors who have treated of trochu-
lina or selenkai.

The Canal Zone species of this group, Guppya hrowni Pils., has
the straight contour of trochulina, but it differs by the very distinct
and beautiful microscopic sculpture.

^ BlOLOGIA, p. 120.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

Guppya costaricana elatior n. subsp. Fig. 3.

Brook near the Rio Reventazon, Juan Vinas, at 2500 ft. Type
No. 105276, A. N. S. P.

The shell is smaller than costaricana but with nearly the same
number of whorls; more elevated, with the peripheral carina stronger;
outlines of the spire more concave.

Alt. 4, diam. 4 mm.; 5^ whorls.

Zonitoides hoSmanni (v. Martens).

Bank of Rio Reventazon, Cachi. Mar. 10, 1910. 3300 ft.

ACHATINID^.
Subulina octona (Bmg.)

Near town of Turrialba, 2200 ft.

Opeas beckianum (Pfr.)

Banana River, 30 ft. Nov. 10, 1910.

BULIMULID.E.
Oxystyla princeps (Brod.)

Forest, Guacimo.

Oxystyla ferussaci tricincta (v. Martens).

Bonnefil Farm, Rio Surubres, 700 ft.
Drymaeus sulphureus (Pfr.)

Near Guapiles, 980 ft.; Bonnefil Farm, Rio Surubres, 700 ft., on
HeUconia, Oct. 16-21, 1909; Reventazon valley near Juan Vinas,
2500 ft., in a Bromeliad. Also on the road to Rio Reventazon at
3000 ft.

Calvert notes that the living animal, from the last locality, has
the foot greenish-blue with whitish edges, the tentacles greenish-
brown. Those from the first three localities have the rather short
form of var. citroneUus (Angas) ; the fourth is a longer shell.

Dr]miaeus costaricensis (Pfr.)

Juan Vinas, on a Bromeliad; also road to Rio Reventazon, 2500-
3000 ft.; Cachi, 3450 ft.

A second lot from Cachi, on Solatium, consists partly of more
slender shells, in contour resembling D. attenuatus, but associated
with others of stouter contour, all having the coloration of costa-
ricensis.

Drsrmaeus attenuatus pittieri (v. Martens).

Road from Juan Vinas to Rio Reventazon, 3000 ft. One speci-
men with typical markings. There is another from Juan Vinas,

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

2500 ft., without dark markings, which seems to be an albino muta-
tion of pittieri, parallel to the mutation concolor of eastern Mexico
rather than directly referable to that form.^ Von Martens has
noted that in the State of Vera Cruz ''the white variety [mut. con-
color] has been found with typically colored specimens" of D. at-
tenuatus.

"Dijm&exis josephus (Angas).

A shell of the uniform white mutation was taken at Guapiles by
D. E. Harrower.

SUCCINEID^.
Succinea recisa Morelet.

Juan Vinas, nearer waterfall, 3300 ft.

Succinea guatemalensis Morelet.

Rio Reventazon, foot of waterfall near bridge, below Juan Vinas;
also at 2500 ft. on petiole of "Hoja de Pato";« near Cachi, 3450 ft.

PHYSIDiE.
Aplexa fuliginea (Morelet).

S. Isidro del Tejar, 4500 ft.

Aplexa spiculata guatemalensis Fischer & Crosse.

Ditch at the south end of Cartago and other places about the
city, 4750 ft.; Rio Zapote at confluence with Rio Reventazon, Cachi,
3450 ft.

PLANORBIDiE.
Planorbis tenuis Phil.

Rio de la Canas north of Santa Cruz. Guanacaste. abundant.''
150 ft.

Planorbis caribaeus Orb.

East of Cartago and four miles southwest of the same place; S.
Isidro del Tejar, 4500 ft.

Planorbis hondurasensis Clessin.

Ditch along the road from San Jose to La Verbena, 3800 ft.

' Cf. BioUey, Moll. terr. y fluv. de la meseta central de Costa Rica, 1897,
p. 13.

^"An Aroid plant with gigantic arrow- or heart-shaped leaves and strong,
partly recumbent stems three to six inches thick." A Year of Costa Rican
Natural History, pp. 167, 334.

^A Year of Costa Rican Natural History, p. 469.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7

ANCYLID^.
Uncancylus calverti n. sp. Fig. 4.

Brook near Rio Reventazon, Juan Vinas, 2500 ft., Apr. 28, 1910.
Type and paratypes, No. 105277, A. N. S. P.

The shell is oval, moderately elevated, the altitude half the width,
the apex acute, recurved or hooked, at the posterior fourth of the
length and about half way between the median line and the right
margin. The anterior and left slopes are convex above, nearly
straight near the margins; posterior strongly concave, the right
slope much less so. Isabella colored, rather opaque, not glossy.
Sculpture of many raised striae radiating from the summit, a few
in the middle, anteriorly, coarse, the rest fine and narrow; on the
sides and behind they are scarcely to be seen except by transmitted
light. The interior has a translucent-whitish layer.

Length 7.4, width 4.6, alt. 2.3 mm.

Ancyckis conccntricus Orb., which appears to be nearly related,
is less symmetrical in contour, with the apex further towards the
right, and with about the same length it is more elevated.

Ancyclus radiatus Guilding,^ which is known to me only from
Guilding's account, resembles A. calverti in sculpture, but it is
narrower relative to the length, if Guilding's figures are accurate;
moreover, the apical part is not abruptly narrowed near the tip,
as it is in XJ . calverti. Practically all authors who have considered
the question agree in considering A. excentricus Morel, identical
with A. radiatus. The former is a well known species, quite dis-
tinct from U. calverti.

The writer is indebted to Dr. Bryant Walker for reviewing the
determination of this species, and indicating differences from A.
radiatus. He also called attention to an error in H. & A. Adams,
"Genera of Recent Mollusca", II, p. 265, pi. 84, fig. 5, said to rep-
resent A. radiatus, but really copied from one of Guilding's figures
of A. irroratus. This mistake has been perpetuated in the works
of Bourguignat and Clessin.

The genus Uncancylus is new to North America. The known
species are chiefly Brazilian. It was proposed for South American
Ancyli with the spire strongly hooked towards the right side, the
shell therefore sinistral. Type Ancylus harilensis Moric'

8 The Zoological Journal, III, 1828, p. .536, Suppl. pi. 26, figs. 7, 8, 9. On
dead leaves in ditches, St. Vincent.
» Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1913, p. 671.

8

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Jan.,

This species is closely related in shell characters to the type of
the genus Uncancylus. Since the teeth are unknown in that and
other groups of South American Ancylidae, and the system of the
family, as developed by Dr. Bryant Walker, is largely based upon
the modes of specialization of the teeth, its dentition becomes of
interest.

Fig. 4. Left and upper figures, U. calverti. Right and lower figures, U. ameliae.

In U. calverti there are 21-1-21 teeth in nearly straight trans-
verse rows. The central tooth is bicuspid, the cusps very short,
deeply separated. The laterals have three major cusps, the ento-
cone and mesocone more or less united; between them and the
ectocone there is a minute accessory cusp. Outside of the ecto-
cone there is a minute cusp in the inner laterals, then two, and in
the middle teeth of the lateral series, four or five little cusps. In
some teeth a minute cusp appears between mesocone and entocone,
and in the median and outer laterals another arises on the inner
side of the entocone. The laterals are rather widely spaced, more
so towards the edges of the radula. The basal plates are shorter
than the cusps and very indistinct.

o

o ^ s^S^

Fig. 5. — Uncancylus calverti, half row of teeth.

The jaw is long, slender, of wide, very short plates and with no
lateral processes.

On comparison with the series of illustrations of Ancylid teeth
prepared by Walker it is obvious that Uncancylus is closely related
ito the African genus Burnupia Walker. Except for the greater

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9

development of small accessoiy cusps in the American species there
is no material difference. No North American genus has similar
teeth.

Uncancylus ameliae n. sp. Fig. 4, left and lower figures.

Rio Zapote, at confluence with the Rio Reventazon, 3450 ft.
March 4, 1910. Type and paratypes, No. 105260, A. N. S. P.

With a general resemblance to U. calverti, this species is smaller,
relatively wider and higher. The periphery is elliptical, bilaterally
symmetrical. Anterior and left slopes are convex, right slope con-
cave and very steep, posterior slope somewhat concave; the apex
recurved, hook-hke, and very close to the right side, at the posterior
sixth of the length. Isabella colored, without gloss. Sculpture of
fine, thread-like radial striae, which are a little larger and more
widely spaced in front.

Length 4.8, width 3.4, alt. 1.6 mm.

AMPULLARIID.^.
Ampullaria fiagellata Say.

Rio del Canas north of Santa Cruz, Guanacaste, 150 ft.

AMNICOLID^.
Amnicola tryoni Pils.

Brook near Rio Reventazon. Juan Vinas, 2500 ft. Four miles
southwest of Cartago, 4500 ft. A very young specimen, probably
of this species, was found attached to a dragonfly exuvia (Palaem-
nema sp.) at the nearer waterfall, Juan Vinas, 3300 ft. This species
was originally described from Javali, in the Chontales district,
Nicaragua, at 1750 ft.

UNIONIDiE.
Nephronaias tempisquensis n. sp. Fig. 6.

Rio Tempisque, Filadelfia, Jan. 18, 1910, 50 ft. Type and para-
types (2 whole specimens and 4 valves), No. 105225, A. N. S. P.

The shell is oblong, the length slightly exceeding twice the alt.,
beaks at about the anterior third. The dorsal and ventral margins
are but weakly convex, the anterior end rounded, posterior end
obliquely subtruncate. The beaks are eroded, but little projecting.
Surface somewhat glossy, under the lens showing very fine, hair-like
and somewhat wav^ed threads in the direction of growth lines, more
prominent on the posterior end. Color deep colonial buff with
numerous green rays. Interior white. The cardinal teetl^ are
compressed, in the left valve subequal, strongly crenulated, the

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

single cardinal of the right valve high and oblique. The lateral
teeth are smooth and not very long.

Length 28.3, alt. 15, diara. 10 mm.
" 30.7, " 16.3, " 9 "

This species stands near iV. macneilii (Lea) , but differs as follows :
it is not biangular behind, is relatively longer, the striation less
crowded. N. dysoni (Lea) is also broader with the cardinal teeth
less compressed.

^ y

Fig. 6. — Nephronaias tempisquensis .

No species of the family has hitherto been reported from the Rio
Tempisque, or from any Costa Rican stream draining into the
Pacific.

MUTELID^.
Anodontites luteolus (Lea).

Rio Tempisque, Filadelfia, Jan. 18, 1910, 50 ft. Lea's type of
this species was said to be from the Isthmus of Darien, but his
figures were drawn from a larger specimen from Lake Nicaragua
(Gabb), No. 41833, A. N. S. P. In the single specimen from the
Rio Tempisque the hinge line is straight instead of somewhat curved
as in the type and that from Lake Nicaragua.

1920. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

February 17.

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair.

Thirty-one persons present.

The deaths of the following members were announced: John A.
Brown, Jr., A. Sidney Carpenter, Joseph M. Fox, Thomas C. Stell-
wagen, and WiUiam K. Ramborger.

Mr. Henry W. Fowler made a communication on: "Habits
and Distribution of some of our Local Fishes." (No abstract.)

The report of the Committee on the Hayden Memorial Award
conferring the gold medal on Professor Thomas Chrowder Cham-
berlin, Ph.D., LL.D., Sc.D., of the University of Chicago, was
unanimously adopted.

Thomas Chrowder Chamberlin was born in Mattoon, Illinois,
September 25, 1843. He graduated from Beloit College in 1866,
and received the degree of A.M. at the same institution in 1869.
He pursued graduate studies at the University of Michigan from
1868 to 1869; he received the degree of Ph.D. from the University
of Michigan and the University of Wisconsin in 1882. He received
the degree of LL.D. from the University of Michigan, Beloit College,
and George Washington University in 1887; from the University
of Wisconsin in 1904; and from L^niversity of Toronto in 1913. He
received the degree of Sc.D. from the University of Illinois in 1905.
Doctor Chamberlin married, in 1867, Miss Alma Isabel Wilson, and
has one son, who is now Professor Rollin T. Chamberlin, of the
Geological Department of the University of Chicago

Doctor Chamberlin w-as principal of the State Normal School,
Delavan, Wisconsin, from 1866 to 1868, and was Professor of Nat-
ural Sciences at the State Normal School, Whitewater, Wisconsin,
from 1869 to 1873. He was Professor of Geology at Beloit College
from 1873 to 1882, and at George Washington University from
1885 to 1887. In 1887, he was elected President of the University
of Wisconsin, which position he held until 1892, when he was ap-
pointed Professor of Geology and Head of the Department of Ge-
ology, and Director of the Walker Museum at the University of
Chicago.

Doctor Chamberlin has carried on a vast amount of geologic
research in a remarkably wide range of subjects. He was Assistant
State Geologist of Wisconsin from 1873 to 1876, and Director of

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

the Geological Survey of Wisconsin from 1876 to 1882. During
this time he produced the series of volumes entitled "The Geology
of Wisconsin," which at once became the standard work on the
geology of that region and is recognized the world over as of very
great importance to the science of geology. In 1878, he repre-
sented the State of Wisconsin at the Paris Exposition.

During some years following this time, Doctor Chamberlin was
largely engaged in researches in glacial geology, in which he was
recognized as the chief authority in America. In 1878, he visited
the glaciers of Switzerland; from 1882 to 1907 he was United States
Geologist in charge of the Glacial Division of the United States
Geological Survey; he was geologist of the Peary Relief Expedition
in 1894. Somewhat later, Doctor Chamberlin became associated
with the Carnegie Institution of Washington in research work;
was a member of the University of Chicago Oriental Educational
Investigation Committee in 1909; was Commissioner of the Illinois
Geological Survey; and held many other positions. He was the
recipient of medals at Paris in 1878 and 1893 in honor of his sci-
entific work; and the Helen Culver Medal of the Chicago Geo-
graphical Society was bestowed on him in 1910. He is a correspond-
ing member of the British Association for the Advancement of
Science, and of the London and the Edinburgh geological societies.

After Doctor Chamberlin had gone to the University of Chicago
he took up actively the investigation of some of the most funda-
mental problems of geology, the planetesimal hypothesis, the early
history of the earth, the history of the atmosphere and other pro-
found researches, and he is today recognized as the foremost scholar
in the study of the fundamental principles governing the earth's
origin and structure. He has written widely on this subject, both
in the publications of the Carnegie Institution and elsewhere, and
a remarkable volume produced a few years ago by him and entitled
"The Origin of the World" shows his wonderfully clear conception
of the subject.

In addition to the publications already mentioned, Doctor Cham-
berlin has for over fifty years been a voluminous writer in all the
departments of geology to which he has given his attention. The
"General Treatise on Geology," written by him and Professor
R. D. Salisbury, is recognized as the standard text-book of geology
in this country and abroad; and the wonderful ability with which
he and Professor Salisbury have edited the Journal of Geology has
commanded the admiration and respect of all their associates in
the geological profession.

Professor Chamberlin is a member of the National Academy of
Sciences, the American Philosophical Society, and many other sci-
entific organizations. He was President of the American Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science in 1908; President of the
Chicago Academy of Sciences in 1898 to 1914; and President of
the Illinois Academy of Science in 1907. He is at present Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Geology at the University of Chicago.

1920. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

The following were elected Members: Hugh Bradshaw Meredith,
Robert F. Welsh, Henry Carlisle Stewart, Edward Woolman, George
F. Tyler, C. E. Tobias, Jr., W. G. McDaniel, Conrad K. Eoland,
Benjamin Rush, and George H. Stewart, 3rd.

The following paper was ordered to be printed :

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

STUDIES IN MALAYAN, PAPUAN, AND AUSTRALIAN MANTIDiE.

BY MORGAN HEBARD.

During the past thirteen years the author has received by pur-
chase from dealers in London, Paris and Berlin, several collections
and numerous individual specimens of Orthoptera from the South
Seas and adjacent continental areas. Recently a large number of
species of Mantidse, assembled by Mr. C. F. Baker in the Malay
Peninsula, Borneo and the Philippines, have been received.

It was noted, upon assembling all of the Mantidse represented,
that a sufficient series was availaljle to justify the undertaking of
a study of the material of that family before us from the regions
referred to above. Seventy-eight species, representing forty-one gen-
era, are here treated, of which five genera and twelve species are
described as new. The collections contain a very good representa-
tion, including many of the most remarkable and little known forms.
Though in some of the groups only a minimum of the known species
are before us, we feel that, on the whole, the collection is one of the
most complete, for the Malayan region in particular, now extant
in any of the world's museums.

This is in large part due to the efforts of Mr. C. F. Baker, and
when we consider that he is forming collections in all orders of in-
sects, we feel that he should be heartily congratulated on his achieve-
ments to date. It is our sincere hope that his work may continue
successful and uninterrupted for many years to come.

All of the material treated in the present paper, unless otherwise
assigned, is in the Hebard Collection at the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, with the exception of duplicate specimens
from Mr. Baker, of species which are not represented in his collec-
tion; these will be forwarded to him whenever desired.

We have included the species from the Malayan, Papuan and
Australian regions, as some of the forms of each of these inter-
digitate over extensive areas with those of the regions adjacent.
We would note, however, the vital importance of Wallace's Line,
separating the Malayan and Papuan faunas. The great majority
of species found in the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Bali,
Borneo and the Philippines, have little in common with those of

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

15

Lombok, the Timor Group, Celebes, the Moluccas, Salwatty, Borneo
and the Aru, and Ke Islands, and vice versa.

The geographical distribution and affinities of the species is shown
by the following table. An "a" indicates that a form of close affinity
is found in the region so checked.

Name of Species
Paraoxypilus verreauxii Saussure
Amorphoscelis borneana Giglio-Tos
MetaUyticus violaceus (Burmeister)
Theopompula ocularis Saussure
Theopompa burnieisteri (Haan)
Orthodera ministralis (Fabricius)
Bolbe pygmaea (Saussure)
Hapalopiza tigrina Westwood
E psomantis tortricoides (Haan)
Tropidomantis tenera (Stal)
Neomantis australis (Saussure and Zehntner)
Kongobatha diademata new species
Xanthomantis fiava Giglio-Tos
Polyacanthopus mantispoides new species
Sceptuchus simplex new species
Stenojuantis novae-guineae (Haan)
Amantis reticulata (Haan)
Aviantis maculata (Shiraki)
Amantis aela new species
Amantis basilana new species
Gonypeta borneana Giglio-Tos
Compsomantis semirufula (Westwood)
Opsomantis tumidiceps (Bolivar)
Euchomenella heteroptera (Haan)
Euchomenella molucarum (Saussure)
Tagalomantis 7nanillensis (Saussure)
Haania lobiceps (Haan)
Caliris masoni (Westwood)
Caliris eiegans Giglio-Tos
Gilda suavis Giglio-Tos
Leptomantis albella (Burmeister)
Leptomantis fragilis (Westwood)
Leptomantis lactea (Saussure)
Leptomantis tonkinae new species
AetaeUa bakeri new species
Deroplatys desiccata Westwood
Deroplatys truncata (Guerin)
Sphodropoda tristis (Saussure)
Sphodropoda quinquedens (MacLeay)
Statilia maculata (Thunberg and Lundahl)
Statilia nemoralis (Saussure)
Tenodera aridifolia (StoU)
Tenodera attenuata (StoU)
Tenodera blanchardi Giglio-Tos
Mesopteryx alata Saussure
Hierodula gracilicollis Stdl
Hierodula vitrea (StoU)
Hierodula venosa (Olivier)
Hierodula rajah Werner
Hierodula patellifera (Serville)
Hierodula aruana Westwood
Hierodula laevicollis Saussure

Malayan Papuan Australian

Formosa

Oriental

Tonkin

a
*

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Hierodula obiensis new species - * _

Hierodula sorongana (Giglio-Tos) - * _

Hierodula denticulata (Krauss) - * a

Hierodula splendida new species - * a

Rhombodera extensicollis (Serville) * _ _

Rhombodera stalii Giglio-Tos * - -

Rhombodera basalts (Haan) * _ _

Rhottibodera valida Burmeister * - -

Rhombodera saussurii Kirby - * -

Archimaniis latistyla (Serville) _ _ *

Archimantis armata Wood-Mason _ _ *

Oligomantis orientalis Giglio-Tos * - _

Aeromantis moulioni Giglio-Tos * a -

Acromantis oligoneura (Haan) * * • _

Aeromantis luzonica new species * _ _

Acromantis hesione Sti,l * a -

Acromantis australis Saussure a * -

Acromantis dyaka new species * a -

Odontomantis javana javana Saussure * _ _

Odontomantis javana euphrosyne Stal * - -

Hymenopus coronatus (Olivier) - * _

Creobroter granulicollis Saussure * _ _

Creobroter labuanae new species * _ _

Creobroter meleagris Stal * - -

Creobroter episcopalis St&l * - -

Theopropus elegans (Westwood) _ * _

A Note, on the Recent Revisionary Work on the Mantid^.

The Mantidae as a whole have never been satisfactorily revised.
Of recent years, Dr. Ermanno Giglio-Tos has done much revisionary
work and, as a forerunner to his monograph of the family, has pub-
lished a pamphlet, giving the arrangement of the family according
to his findings.' The work of that author to date is seriously marred
by an utter lack of figures throughout, with the exception of one
paper, while his generic and specific descriptions are in almost all
cases deplorably insufficient. Had the studies been based on a
large collection, it could be hoped that, at some future time, that
author or another could more adequately diagnose the new genera
and species involved. Unfortunately the material used as a basis
for this work was gathered from many European institutions and
once returned will make an adequate and comprehensive final study
a most difficult matter.

Though the number of new genera described by Giglio-Tos at
first glance appeared inordinately large, we believe that the great
majority will prove valid. It is clear that the generic units, as
previously recognized in the Mantidae, were composed of many
distinct forms, and the separation of these into logical units con-
stitutes the most useful portion of his contributions.

1 Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLIX, pp. .50 to 87 (1919).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

Of the new species described by that author, we regret to state
that a considerable percentage appear to be of doubtful validity.
In isome cases mere color variants have been described as new spe-
cies. Geographic racial differentiation is ignored. It is clear that
we here have another example of the specialist whose activities
have apparently been wholly, or in large part, limited to the study
of museum specimens.

The situation shows the absolute necessity at the present time,
of the specialist, working on a particular group of insects, to have
a first hand knowledge of the forms in nature. The significance of
differences observed, whether due to individual size or color varia-
tion, or genetic factors, or to local environmental influences, or to
geographic distribution and in this respect whether or not of racial
value, or constituting valid diagnostic criteria of specific or generic
value, can otherwise hardly be fathomed.

In making this statement the author is not influenced by preju-
dice, but is speaking from experience, acquired through many months
of field work in regions where a considerable number of species of
the Mantidse occur.

Systematic Treatment.
I. PEELAMANTIKE2.
1st Group, Paraoxypili.

Paraoxypilus verreauxii Saussvire

1870. F[araoxypilus] verreauxii Saussure, Melang. Orth., I, p. 305. [cf,
Tasmania.]

Townsville, Queensland, Australia, 2 cf .

This remarkable little insect has been further recorded from
southern Australia by Saussure and from Peak Downs, Queensland,
Australia, by Sjostedt. The pronotum is figured by Giglio-Tos.^

2d Group, Perlamantes.

Amorphoscelis borneana Giglio-Tos.

1913. A[morphosceHs] borneana Giglio-Tos, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 144, Orth.,
Mantidae, Perlamantinae, p. 9. [ ? , Borneo.]

Jelabu, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, 1 9 .

- The subfamihes and groups as given by Giglio-Tos are indicated throughout
the present paper. This does not mean that we indorse his system. We do
believe, however, that it is the most satisfactory to date and should be followed
pending further comprehensive revisionary work.

^Gen. Ins., Fasc. 144, Orth., Mantidae, Perlamantinae, pi. figs. 2a and 2b
(1913).

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

This specimen agrees fully with the original description, except
that the pronotum is two millimeters in length, one millimeter less
than the pronotal length given by Giglio-Tos.^

II. Eremiafhilin^.
1st Group, Metallytici.

Metallyticus violaceus (Biirmeister) .

1838. M[etalleutica] violacea Biirmeister, Handb. Ent. II, Abth. II, pt. 1,
p. 527. [Java.]

Zamboanga, Zamboanga, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 9.

In the present specimen the head is without pale markings; the
pronotum, in addition to two pale maculations meso-laterad at
the caudal margin, has the medio-longitudinal sulcus pale from
the transverse sulcus over half the distance to the caudal margin.

Though this species is remarkable in being strikingly metallic
in general coloration, it is by no means as brilliant as other species
of the genus.

4th Group, Humbertiell^.

Theopompula ocularis (Saussiire).

1872. H[umbertiella] ocularis Saussure, Melang. Orth., II, p. 16. [9,
Borneo.]

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf .

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 1 9 .

This and the following species so closely resemble species of the
American genus Gonatista, that we believe they will be found to
have very similar habits, living on the trunks of trees, about which
they run with amazing rapidity.

Theopompa bunueisteri (Haan).

1842. M[a7Uis] {Mantis) burmHsleri Haan, in Temminck, Verb. Nat.

Gesch. Nederlandsche Overseesche Bezittingen, Orth., p. 80, pi. XVI,

figs. 3 and 4. [cf, 9 , Java.]
1917. T[heopompa] horneana Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVIII,

p. 85. [cf, 9, Borneo.]

Giglio-Tos states that his horneana is very similar to burmeisteri
and gives certain features of coloration as the important differential
characters. The first of these, costal area of female tegmina as
transparent as in male, is apparently of no value, this being clearly
shown by Haan's figures to be true for burmeisteri. In the other

* This may be due to a typographical error. The genus is described by that
author as having the pronotum broader than long, but the dimensions for bor-
neona are given as length 3, width 2.5 mm.

1920. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

features of coloration, it would appear that a certain amount of
differentiation in Giglio-Tos' material is clearly ascribable to indi-
vidual variation. The present specimens all have the internal spines
of the cephalic tibiae black at their apices. We therefore do not
feel justified in recognizing borneana either as a valid species or
race.

Jelabu, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, 1 cf .

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf, 1 9-

The present specimens measure as follows: length of pronotum
cf 8.8 to 9, 9 13.9; width of pronotum cf 6 to 6.4, 9 9; length of
tegmen cf iO.8 to 41, 9 53 mm.

The two males at hand, though from very widely separated
localities, are extremely similar, that from Jelabu slightly the paler
in general coloration and very slightly the larger.

10th Group, Orthoder^.

Orthodera ministralis (Fabricius).

1775. M[antis] ministralis Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 277. [Australia.]

Queensland, Australia, 1 9 .

III. Iridofterygin^.
2nd Group, Iridopteryges.
Bolbe pygmaea (Saussiire).

1871. A[meles] pygmaea Saussure, Melang. Orth., I, p. 423. [(f. North
Australia.]

Queensland, Australia, 1 cf.

The present species, one of the smallest of the described forms
of the Mantidse, is now known to have a wide distribution on the
Australian Continent. The present specimen measures as follows:
length of body 12, ^ length of pronotum 2.4, width of pronotum 1.2,
length of tegmen 9.8, width of tegmen 2.7 mm.

Hapalopeza tigrina Westwood.

1889. Hapalopeza tigrina Westwood, Rev. Ins. Fam. Mantidarum, p. 37,
pi. XIV, fig. 13. [Singapore, [Straits Settlements]; Sarawak, [Borneo];
Sumatra.]

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 2 <f , 5 9.
Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 2 9 .

The present is the only known species of this Asiatic genus found
in Borneo.

* Somewhat crushed out, this dimension having probably been less in life.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

3d Group, Tropidomantes.

Epsomantis tortricoides (Haan).

1842. M[antis] (Mantis) tortricoides Haan, in Temminck, Verb. Nat.
Gesch. Nederlandsche Over.seesche Bezittingen, Orth., p. 82, pi. XVIII,
fig. 4. [c?, Java.]

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F, Baker), 1 cf .

This species has been referred to Platycalymma by Westwood^
and to Ecinophlebia, with a query by Saussure and Zehntner.^
GigHo-Tos^ has erected the genus Epsomantis to include this one
species, considering it separable from the Madagascar species of
the other two genera by the tegmina having the costal area near
the base much broader, nearly equalling half the total tegminal
width, the pronotum with prozonal margin dilated and submem-
braneous and the cephalic tibiae provided with eight external spines.
This latter feature is shown by Haan's figure, but we believe that
the number was actually different, as well as features of venation.
We are led to suppose that the specimen before us represents
the first individual of this extraordinary insect taken since the
type.

In consequence, we would note the folloAving features, some of
which we believe to be of generic diagnostic value, in addition to
those given by Giglio-Tos. We therefore retain Epsomantis as
a valid genus.

Pronotum with lateral margins microscopically denticulate, dorsal
surface with a medio-longitudinal depression, in which, on the
shaft, a very delicate and smooth carina is developed. ^ Tegmina
with humeral vein with one conspicuous branch distad, median vein
paralleling humeral vein to median portion, then strongly diverging
from it, discoidal vein with four distinct branches, which them-
selves branch near the sutural margin. Cephalic femora with
ventro-external margin bearing five spines, in addition to the small
genicular spine, with a series of minute spinulae intercalated between
these; ventro-internal margin with the following formula of spines,
ililililililiil, the long spines all being directed inward, the last being
a small genicular spine. The tibiae have fourteen to fifteen external

6 Rev. Ins. Fam. Mantidarum, p. 40, (1889).

7 In Grandidier, Hist. Nat. Madagascar, XXIII, Orth., p. 177, (1895).
« Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVI, p. 47, (1915).

9 This violates the group character given by Giglio-Tos, "metazona del pro-
noto munita di una carena ben distinta che si estende in parte anche suUa pro-
zona." We are, however, satisfied that this remarkable species is an aberrant
member of the Tropidomantes.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

and fifteen to sixteen internal spines, which increase regularly in
size and length distad.^"

In life the specimen was probably a very delicate pale green.
The body and limbs have now faded to yellowish, except for three
small and regularly placed dots on the external face of each cephalic
femur, which are very rich green. The tegmina are very pale
lumiere green. Mesad across the humeral field is a narrow irregular
transverse band, formed by a faint tracery along the veinlets of
this area of vinaceous ; there is also a minute fleck of the same meso-
proximad in the humeral field.

Though Haan's figure shows fewer spines and a much more simple
tegminal venation, we believe that these differences are wholly
due to a certain amount of inaccuracy on the part of the artist.

Tropidomantis tenera (Stal).

1858. Mantis tenera St§,l, Kongl. Svenska Freg. Eugenies Resa, Ins.,
p. 314. [ 9 ; Singapore, [Straits Settlements].]

Zamboanga, Zamboanga. Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 19.

Singapore, British Straits Settlements, JVIalay Peninsula, (from
C. F; Baker), 2 9 .

Penang Island, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula,
(fromC. F. Baker), 1 cf, 2 9.

The Zamboanga and Penang females are slightly larger, with
pronotum slightly heavier, than those from the type locality.

Neomantis australis (Saussure and Zehntner).

189.5. Tropidomantis aKstralis Saussure and Zehntner, in Grandidier, Hist.
Nat. Madagascar, XXIII, Orth., p. 169. [cf ; Queensland, Australia.]

Townsville, Queensland, Australia, 2 cT.

The very broad oval, pale green tegmina give this little insect
a distinctive appearance. The minute black dots on the costal
margin of the tegmina are an interesting feature.

^" We would here note that the spine formulae of the cephalic femora and
tibiae is most important in the Mantidse and not always easy to record accur-
ately. For the femora we find on the ventro-external margin a few, usually
long, spines; on the ventro-internal margin more numerous spines, usually alter-
nating in length proximad, and in addition to these should be noted separately
the usually minute genicular spines, when present, and the very important
discoidal spines, which proximad run in an oblique line across the ventral sur-
face of the femur. Three or four of these occur and it is particularly important
not to confuse one or two of these nearest the margin with the marginal spines
proper. In the tibiae the formulae are more simple. All of the external spines
must be counted, but in counting the ventro-internal spines great care must
be taken not to include the apical claw, which is much larger and longer than
any spine and projects from the dorso-distal portion of the tibia, but might
easily be mistaken for the terminal spine of the ventro-internal series.

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

KONGOBATHA'i new genus.

In the arrangement of the Mantidae we place this genus after
Neomantis. From all known genera of the Tropidomantes the
present is separated by the strongly elevated lateral portions of
the vertex and the slender pronotum, which shows a minimum
development of the medio-longitudinal carina ;^' in the majority
of genera of the Tropidomantes this carina being very decided and
lamellate. The insect is much more attenuate than in Tropidotnantis
and consequently very much more attenuate than in Neomantis,
but the spination of the ventro-internal margin of the cephalic
femora and very elongate supra-anal plate agrees instead with the
latter genus.

Genus monotypic. Genotype. — Kongobatha diademaia here de-
scribed.

Generic description (from female, male unknown). — Size small,
normal for the Tropidomantes. Form slender, tegmina and wings
much narrower than in Tropidomantis, narrower even than in Xan-
thomantis, with apices acute and sharply rounded. Head much
less transverse than in Tropidomantis and Neomantis, facial scutel-
lum very strongly transverse, occiput distinctly quadrisulcate, the
juxta-ocular portions raised high above the eyes in blunted angulate
projections, the median sections much lower, somewhat swollen
but with dorsal margin transverse." Ocelli moderately well devel-
oped, forming a triangle very slightly broader than high. Pro-
notum slender, slightly longer than cephalic coxa, margins smooth;
supra-coxal expansion very weak with its margins very feebly and
broadly convex; medio-longitudinal carina decided, but not as
strongly developed or lamellate as is usual in the Tropidomantes,
completely severed by the supra-coxal transverse sulcus, disappear-
ing mesad on collar of pronotum. Tegmina with veins as character-
istic for the group; false veins regular, not irregular as in Tropi-
domantis or very irregular as in Neomantis; marginal field very
narrow, with its immediate margin opaque; other portions of teg-
mina and wings hyaline. Wings projecting slightly beyond teg-
mina. Cephalic coxa with margins unarmed but showing a few
very minute hair follicles, which are more numerous along the
straight dorsal margins of the cephalic femur. Cephalic femur

" One of the aboriginal tribes of Queensland.

12 Excepting, as to this feature, the aberrant Epsnmantis (ortricoides (Haan)

" Evidently a high specialization of the type shown by Tropidomantis.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

slender, with unguicular sulcus at end of proximal two-fifths; three
discoidal spines; four spines on ventro-external margin and an addi-
tional small spine on external and internal genicular lobe; between
but inside the first two spines of the ventro-external margin is a
small round concavity into which, when the limbs are flexed, fits
the apex of the terminal spine of the ventro-external margin of
the cephalic tibia; spine formula on ventro-internal marginilililililil.
Cephalic tibia with ventro-external margin armed with nine spines,
increasing in length distad, except that the second is longer than
the third and the fourth longer than the fifth; ventro-internal margin
armed with eleven spines which increase regularly in length distad.
Caudal metatarsus very slightly longer than the combined length
of the succeeding tarsal joints. Cerci absent in specimen at hand.
Supra-anal plate very elongate.

Kongobatha diademata new species. (Plate I, figures 1 and 2.)

The form of the specialized vertex is a very distinctive feature
in this species. The insect does not look like the other species of
the Tropidomantes and it is only when closely examined that the
affinity is apparent, the head and pronotum being then seen to
show only a distinctive development from the same type found in
Tropidomantis.

Type. — 9 ; Queensland, Austraha. [Hebard Collection Type No.
518.]

In addition to the features given in the generic description, we
would note the following. Facial scutellum five times as broad
as high. Short, somewhat irregular, oblique veinlets connect the
marginal and mediastine veins of the tegmina and of the wings
proximad only. Stigma indicated as a colorless line running from
the discoidal to near the humeral vein, beyond which from a number
of irregularly confused veinlets springs the median vein. Wings with
distal portion of anterior field as long as its basal width, discoidal
vein triramose. Cephalic femora with ventral surface supplied
with hairs and within the marginal spines minutely and irregularly
denticulate; spines of ventro-internal margin extend to opposite
distal margin of femoral brush, the first two and the last of the
longer spines exceeding the other longer spines very slightly in
length. Supra-anal plate fully twice as long as basal width, lateral
margins weakly concave convergent proximad, thence straight in
the gradually narrowing slender distal portion to the acute apex,
which extends well beyond the comparatively elongate subgenital
plate.

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Body and limbs immaculate; probably discolored," yellowish
brown. Eyes blackish chestnut brown. Tegmina and wings hya-
line, strongly iridescent, except very narrowly along the costal
margin of the tegmina, which portion, not more than a third the
distance between the marginal and mediastine veins proximad, is
opaque, yellowish brown.

Length of body 24.5, length of pronotum 5.7, length of pronotal
collar 2, greatest width of pronotum 1.8, length of tegmen 16.5,
width of marginal field of tegmen .8, length of wing 16.3, length
of cephalic femur 5.8, length of caudal metatarsus 1.7 mm.

The type of this interesting species is unique.

Xanthomantis flava Giglio-Tos.

1915. X[anthomantis] flava Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVI,p.53.
[ ? , Borneo.]

Singapore, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 9 .

The striking yellow coloration of the entire marginal fields of
the tegmina and of the distal portion of the entire marginal fields
of the wings, which are otherwise clear hyaline and iridescent, gives
this specimen a close resemblance to individuals of certain species
of the Neuropteroid genus Mantispa. Small lateral flecks of purple
are found on the facial scutellum, this color appearing as a hair-
line, margining the opaque marginal portions of the tegmina and
wings.

The strong lamellate medio-longitudinal carina of the pronotum
is completely and suddenly cleft by the supra-coxal transverse
sulcus, which carina only extends a brief distance on the collar
in the specimen before us. Counting from the base to the apex of
the cephalic tibia, the spines of the ventro-external margin increase
in length distad, except the second and sixth, which are very long
and the tenth which is slightly longer than the eleventh and last
spine. Though the cerci are damaged, the last joint is seen to be
nearly five times as long as its greatest width, the preceding joints
.slightly longer than wide. Giglio-Tos has not mentioned this
feature and the spine formula for the cephalic tibia would appear
to have been counted from the apex proximad, the type having
two instead of three small spines between the second and sixth.

" The feet are greenish, which leads us to believe that, in life, this insect may
be pale green.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

POLYACANTHOPUS new genus.

This genus shows very close affinity to Xanthomantis in general
form and tegminal and wing structure, but differs particularly in the
different ocellar arrangement, weaker armament of the ventro-
internal margins of the cephalic femora, remarkably heavy arma-
ment of the cephalic tibiae and in the percurrent pronotal carina.

The armament of the cephalic tibiae is heavier than in any species
of the Mantidae we have ever seen.

Genus monotypic. Genotype. — Polyacanthopus mantispoides
here described.

Generic Description.- — Size small, normal for the Tropidomantes.
Form slender, tegmina and wings narrower than in Tropidomantis,
but with apices rather broadly rounded, similar to the type developed
in Xanthomantis and suggesting the type found in the widely sepa-
rated genera Leptomantis and Aetaella. Head broad, facial clypeus
transverse with dorsal margin scarcely defined, occiput scarcely
raised above eyes, showing a broad and weak concavity mesad,
these features as in Xanthomantis. Ventral ocellus smaller than
the dorsal pair of ocelli and placed at a slightly greater distance
from them than the width between them. Pronotum slender,
slightly longer than the cephalic coxa, margins smooth, supra-coxal
expansion weak with its margins broadly convex, medio-longitudinal
carina heavy, * lamellate, percurrent, completely severed by the
transverse supra-coxal sulcus; in all these features agreeing with
Xanthomantis, except that in that genus the carina disappears
before reaching the cephahc margin of the collar, Tegmina and
wings narrow, with venation as characteristic for the group, clear
hyaline except external section of marginal field of tegmina and
distal portion of external section of marginal field of wings, which
very narrow portions are opaque, wings projecting well beyond
tegmina; these features giving to the insect a decided general re-
semblance to Xanthomantis and causing individuals of these genera
to have a close superficial resemblance to certain Neuropteroid
genera of the subfamily Mantispinae. Cephalic coxa with margins
smooth. Cephalic femur slender, dorsal margin straight and smooth,
unguicular sulcus near base; three discoidal spines; ventro-external
margin with four elongate and slender spines, between but slightly
outside of the first two of which is a small round concarity, into
which fits the apex of the terminal spine of the ventro-external
margin of the cephalic tibia when the limbs are flexed, genicular
areas unarmed; spines on ventro-internal margin fewer and not

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

alternating in length to the marked degree found in Xanihomantis.
Cephalic tibia with ventro-external margin armed with very numer-
ous (twenty-five and twenty-six) and closely placed spines increasing
in length distad but with two in the series and two before the very
elongate terminal spine much more elongate; ventro-internal margin
armed with very numerous (twenty-five) and closely placed spines,
elongate and slender and increasing slightly in length distad, except
the proximal spines which are very small. Caudal limbs absent
from the specimen at hand. Cerci slender, moderately elongate,
terminal joint very elongate oval; these appendages much as in
the specimen of Xanthomantis before us. Apex of abdomen crushed
in specimen under consideration.

Polyacanthopus mantispoides new species. (Plate I, figures 3 and 4.)

The present species shows a very close general resemblance to
Xanthomantis flava Giglio-Tos; having, however, many important
differences as given in the generic description.

Specialization, considering the astonishingly great numerical
abundance of spines on the cephalic tibiae, would appear to have
reached a condition almost detrimental to the effectiveness of the
grasping limbs in the present species.

Type. — d* ; Sandakan, British North Borneo. (From C. F.
Baker.) [Hebard Collection Type No. 517.]

In addition to the features given in the generic description, we
would note the following for this remarkable species. Dorsal pair
of ocelli very large, ventral ocellus large. Occiput, immediately
above these, showing a small but well defined convexity, with a
minute but distinct transverse carina and a vertical carina extend-
ing briefly dorsad, the juncture of these carinae forming a weak
median projection. Internal margins of eyes concave and weakly
divergent dorsad. ^^ Medio-longitudinal carina of pronotum strongly
developed and lamellate, as is characteristic of the group Tropi-
domantes. Short, straight, transverse veinlets occur in the opaque
portion of the marginal fields of the tegmina and wings, connecting
the marginal and mediastine veins. Stigma subobsolete. Apex of
abdomen crushed. Cercus considerably less than twice as long as
exposed portion of subgenital plate, segments increasing in length

'* In the female of X. flava at hand these margins are feebly concave and
rather decdedly divergent dorsad, while in that specimen a minute but well
developed tubercle is found on each side between the antennal sockets and the
ocular margins.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

distad, penultimate segment three-quarters as long as wide, last
segment elongate ovate, three times as long as its greatest width,
with apex moderately acute. Subgenital plate with lateral margins
thickened, convergent, very feebly convex, to near median portion
where these thickened portions terminate, the brief meso-distal
portion of the margin weakly concave between the ridges which
indicate style bases, no styles being developed in this specimen.
Cephalic femur with ventro-internal margin armed with (twelve
and thirteen) spines which alternate slightly in length, ^'^ except
in area below femoral brush, which portion of the margin is supplied
with two or three minute spinulse (not included in the above count) .
Cephalic tibia with the more elongate spines of the ventro-external
margin the ninth, seventeenth, twenty-fourth and twenty-fifth on
one limb, the eighth, sixteenth, twenty-third and twenty-fourth
on the other limb,i^ not including the longer distal spine of this
margin.

Body and limbs immaculate; apparently discolored, yellowish
brown. Eyes blackish chestnut brown. Tegmina and wings clear
hyaline, very strongly iridescent, except narrow marginal area
between marginal and mediastine veins, which in the tegmina is
entirely opaque, colonial buff, in the wings similarly opaque, colonial
buff, distad in this area.

Length of body 21, length of pronotum 5, length of pronotal
collar 1.8, greatest width of pronotum 1.8, width of marginal field
of tegmen .9, length of wing 15.5, length of cephalic femur 5.3 mm.

The type of this singular species is unique.

4th Group, Nanomantes.
SCEPTUCHUSis new genus.

The present genus is apparently nearest in relationship to Nano-
mantis Saussure. It is seen to differ from Nanomantis in the more
even contour of the occiput with juxta-ocular swellings very feebly
indicated, weakly convex, carinate shaft of pronotum, smooth

"^ So numerous and elongate- are the spines of the opposed margin of the ceph-
alic tibia when the limb is flexed that the present specimen shows fhe majority
of the longer spines of this margin to have been broken, apparently by contact
with these. ]

" The difference indicated here for the two limbs is due to the Ikct that one
limb has one less of the minute proximal spines than the other.

'* Wand Bearer, in allusion to the manner in which the Mantida point with
their cephalic limbs. i

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

cephalic coxae and apparently^' fewer spines on the ventro-internal
margin of the cephalic femora.

Genus monotypic. Genotype. — Sceptuchus simplex, here de-
scribed.

Generic Description. — Size small, normal for the Nanomantes;
form slender. Head decidedly transverse; facial scutellum very
strongly transverse; occiput quadrisulcate, these sulci broad and
shallow, the dorsal outline of the sections thus formed transverse,
the juxta-ocular sections showing a very broad and feeble con-
vexity. Ocelli moderately well developed, the dorsal pair vertical,
very elongate oval in form, above which is a transverse and very
delicate carina. Pronotum slender, slightly longer than cephalic
€Oxa, margins smooth, supra-coxal expansion moderately developed
with its margins moderately convex, medio-longitudinal cai-ina
distinct on shaft of pronotum, lying in a broad medio-longitudinal
depressed area, absent on collar. Tegmina elongate and moderately
narrow with apices rather broadly rounded, entirely hyaline, median
and discoidal veins connected by an oblique hyaline linear stigma,
transverse sigmoid veinlets broken mesad by delicate false veins
only in distal portion of tegmina. The wings do not project beyond
the tegmina. Supra-anal plate triangularity produced, not as long
as proximal width. Cerci simple, cylindrical, tapering to acute
apices. Coxa with margins smooth. Cephalic femur slender, with
dorsal margin straight, pinched into a moderately decided ridge,
unguicular sulcus at end of proximal two -fifths, three discoidal
spines, four spines on ventro-external margin and an additional
small spine on each genicular lobe, spine formula of ventro-internal
margin ilililililiiil. Cephalic tibia with ventro-external margin
armed with seven spines, increasing in length distad, of which the
first is decidedly the smallest and separated a greater distance
from the second than the intervals between the others; ventro-
internal margin armed with eleven spines which increase in length
distad. Caudal metatarsus extremely elongate and slender, over
twice as long as combined length of succeeding tarsal joints.

Sceptuchus simplex new species. (Plate I, figures 5 and 6.)

The present species apparently shows nearest affinity to Nano-
mantis australis Saussure.^" In addition to the differential features

^^ Saussure gives for Nanomantis australis, the genotype, seven spines on the
ventro-external margin of the cephahc femora in his key. In his supplementary
diagnosis, however, he gives seven spines for that margin and ten for the ventro-
internal margin, leaving some doubt as to the accuracv of this count.

2oMelang. Orth., I, pp. 264 and 435, pi. VII, figs. (34. 64a, 64b, (1870 and
1871).

1920.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

given in the generic diagnosis, we would note that the present species
"appears to differ from all others, assigned to the group Nanomantes
by Giglio-Tos, in the simple immaculate coloration of limbs and
organs of flight.

Type. — cf; Singapore, British Straits Settlements, Malay Penin-
sula. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection Type No. 519.]

In addition to the characters described in the generic treatment,
we would give the following. Facial scutellum five times as broad
as high; dorsal margin weakly defined, transverse mesad, oblique
laterad. Antennae and costal margins of tegmina microscopically
ciliate. Short, straight, oblique or vertical veinlets connect the
marginal and mediastine and mediastine and humeral veins of
the tegmina and wings. Cephalic femur with ventral surface
supplied with hairs and within the external spines somewhat angu-
lately ridged and denticulate; ventro-internal margin with spines
extending to opposite distal margin of femoral brush, alternating
long and short, except the three successive smaller spines beneath
femoral brush, the elongate terminal spine longer than any of the
others. Supra-anal plate triangular, with apex rather broadly
rounded. Subgenital plate with lateral portions narrowly curved
upward; dextral portion evenly and weakly convex, sinistral por-
tion straight in proximal half, then in remaining portion similarly
convex and convergent with dextral portion; at the apices of these
margins are situated minute styles, about three times as long as
broad, separated by a brief interval, in which median portion the
plate is very thin with margin angulate emarginate at slightly less
than ninety degrees.

Body and limbs immaculate, pale yellowish brown, probably
pale green in life, as is indicated by the presence of a few minute
irregular green patches. Eyes blackish chestnut brown. Tegmina
and wings hyaline, iridescent, almost clear, showing an exceedingly
faint tinge of yellowish brown. Humeral vein and both median
and discoidal veins, as far as the colorless stigma, purplish vina-
ceous.

Length of body 18.5, length of pronotum 5, length of pro-
notal collar 1.8, greatest width of pronotum 1.7, length of teg-
men 14.7, width of tegminal marginal field .8, length of wing
13.7, length of cephalic femur 5.3, length of caudal metatarsus
4 mm.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

5th Group, Stenomantes.

Stenomantis novae-guineae (Haan).

1842. M[atdis] (Mantis) novae-guineae Haan, in Temminck, Verh. Nat.
Gesch. Nederlandsche Overseesche Bezittingen, Orth., p. 7G, ])1. XVII,
fig. 3. [ 9 , New Guinea.]

Fakfak, Dutch New Guinea, 1 9 .

The pecuUar, half-atrophied organs of flight and evenly swollen
supra-coxal expansion with deep sulci latero-cephalad are striking
features in this long and very slender insect.

Haan's figure is not as good as is usual in that work, the color
pattern and contour being indistinct and particularly that of the
supra-coxal expansion being apparently underestimated.

The tegmina are glassy, heavily suffused with blackish mars
violet in the present specimen. Length of body 45, length of pro-
notum 17.4, greatest width of pronotum 3.1, least width of shaft
of pronotum 1.2, length of tegmen 15.3, width of tegminal marginal
field 1.2, length of caudal femur 17.8 mm.

IV. Ambling.
2d Group, Gonypetae.

Amantis reticulata (Haan).

1842. M\antis] (Oxypilus) reticulata Haan, in Temminck, Verh. Nat.

Gesch. Nederlandsche Overseesche Bezittingen, Ortli., p. 87, pi. XVII,

fig. 9. [cf, 9 ; Krawang, [Java].]
1915. A[mantis] gestri GigUo-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVI, p. 154.

[cf ; Si-Rambe and Pangherang-Pisang, Sumatra.]

Though a meagre four-line description alone is given for gestri
Giglio-Tos, it is sufficient to show that the features of difference
are quite inadequate to warrant nominal recognition of any kind.
The present series shows that the cephalic metatarsi in this species
are entirely dark or dark only at the distal extremities, this a feature
oi^ individual variation, the intensive dark condition occurring,
however, more often in the male sex.

Kelantan, Siam, 1 9 •

Island of Penang, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula,
(fromC. F. Baker), 2 d^.

Singapore, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, (from
C. F. Baker), 2 cf, 3 9.

Palabuan, southern Java, (from H. Fruhstorfer) , 1 9 .

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 1 <f , 2 9 .

We find that in this species, genotype of Amantis by original
designation, the cephalic femora have five ventro-external spines

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

(including the minute genicular spine), the cephalic tibiae ten ventro-
external spines; Giglio-Tos gives nine spines for the ventro-external
margin of the cephalic tibiae in his generic diagnosis.

Amantis maculata (Shiraki).

1911. Gonypeta maculata Shiraki, -^ Annot. Zool. Japonensis, VII, p. 'MS.
[d^, 9 ; Shizuoka, Japan; Taihoku and Taipin, Formosa.]

Koonnaniu, Formosa, September 24, 1906, 1 9 .

The present species is clearly a depauperate derivative from the
same stock as A. reticulata. In ynaculaia the cephalic tibiae have
the ventro-external margins armed with eleven spines.

Amantis aeta-- new species. (Plate I, figure 7 and plate II, figure 9.)

This species is one of the least distinctively marked forms of the
genus. Except for a dark brown suffusion distad on the ventral
surface of the cephalic femora, the body and limbs show no striking
markings, only in the female do less decided maculae of dark brown
occur as well ventro-distad on the internal faces of the cephalic
coxae and at the unguicular sulcus of the cephalic femora.

The species furthermore apparently differs from all others in
having the tegmina and wings immaculate, clear hyaline in the
males; hyaline but very faintly tinged with yellowish brown in
the females, this much stronger in the marginal field of the teg-
mina and appearing distad as a succession of small flecks on the
costal margin of the wings, with stigma colorless in both sexes.

Type. — cf ; Mount Banahao, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands.
(From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection Type No. 520.]

Size slightly larger, form somewhat more slender, with tegmina
and wings more elongate than in the genotype, A. reticulata. Head
generally as in that species, with occiput lacking sulci and weakly
convex in transverse dorsal outline, differing from reticulata in
having the triangle formed by the ocelli slightly broader than high
and in having the facial scutellum broader, about three-fifths as
high as greatest width. Antennae ciliate. Pronotum very similar
to that of reticulata, but appreciably more slender, with narrowing
of supra-coxal expansion cephalad not as decided; medio-longi-
tudinally very weakly sulcate with a very feeble carina indicated
on shaft as in reticulata, supra-coxal expansion and transverse supra-

^' We are unable to determine whether Shiraki's references are to actual pub-
lications.

" Gonipeta maculata Shiraki, Matsumura, 1907, Ekichiu-Mokuroku.

Gonipeta nawai Shiraki, 1908, Konchiusekai."
^- The Aetas, or Negritos, are the aborigines of the Philippines.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,.

coxal sulcus decided, but not as decided as in that species; shaft
slightly less than one and one-half times as long as neck; lateral
margins of pronotum lamellate and microscopically denticulate,
these denticulations the bases of minute hairs as in reticulata. Teg-
mina and wings with venation and costal margins ciliate as in reticu-
lata, tegmina broadening distinctly distad. Supra-anal plate roughly
triangular, length less than half basal width, apex broadly rounded..
Cerci small, slender, with joints bead-like, tapering to acute apex,
Subgenital plate with lateral margins weakly convex convergent
to styles, which are similar, slender, cylindrical, about four times
as long as wide, separated by an interval equalling the length of
one of them, the margin of which is transverse. Limbs as in reticu-
lata. Cephalic coxa? unarmed, with mere traces of denticulation;
Cephalic femora heavy, with dorsal margin straight, unarmed,,
unguicular sulcus two-fifths distance from base to apex; four dis-
coidal spines, of which the first is minute; four heavy spines on'
ventro-external margin, with minute blunt projections on ventral
face, a few of which are situated between the more distal of these
spines, and with an additional small spine on each genicular lobe;
spines of ventro -internal margin showing the following formula
ilililililiil, of the longer of which the first and last are decidedly
more elongate than the others. Cephalic tibiae with ventral mar-
gins bearing (nine to ten) external and (eleven to twelve) internal,
rather heavy spines, which increase regularly and gradually iu'
length distad. Caudal metatarsus approximately one and one-half
times length of succeeding tarsal joints.

Allotype. — 9 ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.]
Similar to the male, differing in the following features: Size
larger, form slightly more robust. Ocelli proportionately not as
large. Facial scutellum more transverse, height very slightly more
than half basal width. 23 Cephalic coxae with minute, microscopic
denticulations, the bases of hairs. Cephalic femora with denticu-
lations of ventral surface heavier. Supra-anal plate short, tri-
angular in general outline, reaching to base of valves of subgenital
plate, dorsal surface convex mesad, angulate concave along margins.
Subgenital plate as in this sex of reticulata.

Both sexes yellowish brown in general coloration,-^ Male im-
maculate, except for a dark brown suffusion ventro-distad on the

" The dorsal margin of the facial scutellum is seen in the series to vary from
very weakly convex, as in reticulata, to very broadly obtuse-angulate.

^^ Probably very pale green in life, as is indicated in several specimens by
small areas where the chlorophil has settled in drying.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

cephalic femora, which spreads from the ventral surface over the
sides of the adjacent genicular lobes, and cephalic metatarsus also
suffused at distal extremity with dark brown. Tegmina and wings
transparent, moderately iridescent, clear hyaline. Three of the
four males from Mount Makiling have the facial seutellum suffused
with dark vinaceous.

The female, in addition to the dark brown suffusion for the male,
has the cephalic coxae ventro-distad showing a large dark brown
suffusion, a small similar suffusion on the distal margin of the un-
guicular sulcus and traces of the same on the external genicular
lobes of the cephalic femora and on the cephalic tibiae mesad on
each side and at the base of the metatarsus. The tegminal and
wing coloration is described for this sex in the introduction to the
species.

We would note that, except for the heavy dark marking distad
on the ventral face of the cephalic femora, all of the darker suffusions
found in the sexes of this species probably disappear completely
in individuals of recessive coloration.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Greatest
Length of Length of Width of Length of (distal) width
body. pronotum. pronotxun. tegmen. oftegmen.

Mt.Ban-AhaoJijpe 16.3 3.8 1.9 15.7 4.3

Mt. Makiling, para<2/pe.. 16. 3.7 1.9 1.5.3 4.2

DaYSiO, paratype 15.3 3.3 1.7 13.7 4.

Bavao, paratype 15.8 3.7 1.9 14.8 4.1

Zamboanga, paro/?/pfi. . . . 16.3 3.8 1.9 14 7 4.3

9
Mt.Banahao, a/^o/^pe.... 19 4.2 2.4 17.7 5.2

In addition to the described pair, the following paratypes are
before us:

Mount Makiling, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 4 cT.

Paete, Laguna, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F.
Baker), 1 cf .

Dapitan, Misamis, Island of Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 d^.

Davao, Davao, Island of Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 2 d".

Zamboanga, Zamboanga, Island of Mindanao, Philippine Islands,
(from C. F. Baker), 1 c^.

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Amantis basilana new species. (Plate I, figures 8 and 9.)

This species is closely related to A. acta here described, differing
in the proportionately slightly broader head, with distinctly more
transverse facial scutellum, slightly more proximal unguicular
sulcus, more decided green coloration^^ and distinctly though deli-
cately marked pronotum and cephalic tibiae but immaculate cephalic
femora.

Type. — cf; Island of Basilan, Zamboanga District, Philippine
Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection Type No. 521.]

Compared with the male of aeta, this individual is seen to differ
in the following characters, as well as in important features of colora-
tion. Head proportionately distinctly broader. Ocelli smaller and
arranged in a much more transverse triangle, almost twice as broad
as high. Facial scutellum with height very slightly less than half
basal width, dorsal margin weakly convex. Pronotum very similar
to that of aeta, except that the medio-longitudinal sulcation is
weakly indicated only at the supra-coxal expansion, the feeble
carina of the shaft obsolete. Tegmina and wings as in that species,
except that the tegmina widen very slightly distad, less so than in
aeta. GenitaHa damaged. Armament of femora and tibiae as
described for aeta. Caudal metatarsus as in that species. ^^

Allotype. — 9 ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.]

Compared with the female of aeta, this specimen is found to
agree closely, differing in the following respects, as well as in dis-
tinctive features of coloration. Head proportionately distinctly
broader. Ocelli smaller and arranged in a much more transverse
triangle, fully twice as broad as high. Facial scutellum with height
about two-fifths basal width, dorsal margin transverse, scarcely
convex.

Both sexes oriental green in general coloration, the specimens
at hand with body faded to yellowish brown. Pronotum with a
very narrow but sharply defined medio-longitudinal black line on
shaft, extending from base of shaft to near the transverse supra-
coxal sulcus, with a minute linear parallel mark of the same color
on each side near the caudal margin of the shaft. Cephalic tibiae
yellowish, with a large suffusion of blackish brown mesad on the
external and dorsal faces and a fleck of the same color at the base

2^ The green in these dried specimens is pronounced, though they have evi-
dently faded considerably in drying from the living coloration.

2^ Missing in the type, these proportions shown by a paratypic female.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

•of the metatarsus. Cephalic metatarsi with a distal suffusion of
blackish brown and, in the male, washed with this color mesad.
Genicular areas of median and caudal femora narrowly blackish
brown. Tegmina and wings transparent, moderately iridescent,
hyaline, tinged weakly but distinctly with oriental green. Stigma
of general tegminal coloration.

The paratypic female at hand shows a recessive type of coloration
in having the cephalic tibiae with only traces of the two brown suf-
fusions.

Measurements (in millimeters)

Length of Length of Width of Length of (distal) width
body. pronotuni. pronotuin. tegmen. oftegtneu.

Island of Basilan, /ype 15 3.8 1.8 13.4 3.5

9

Island oiBasilan, allotype. . . 18.7 4.8 2.3 16.9 4

Island of Basilan, para<(/pe . . 17.9 4.4 2.2 16.3 4

The single paratypic female at hand bears the same data as the
type and allotype.

Gonypeta borneana Giglio-To.s.

1915. G[onypeta] borneana Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVI,
p. 155. [cf, Borneo.]

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 2cf .

The very dark coloration and rough surface are striking features
in the present species.

V. COMPSOMANTINiE

1st Group, Compsomantes.

Compsomantis semirufula (Westwood).

1889. Hapalomantis semirufula Westwood, Rev. Ins. Fam. Mantidarum,
p. 37, pi. XIII, fig. 8, pi. I, fig. 1. [cf , 9 ; Sarawak, Borneo.]

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf .

Males of the present species might easily be mistaken, at first
glance, for representatives of the genus Amantis Giglio-Tos. Closer
examination, however, shows the pronotum to be of an entirely
different type, and the species to be, in fact, very widely separated
from that genus. The superficial similarity of males of these species
is even greater than that found between males of Opsomantis tumidi-
ceps and those of Amantis, as in males of semirufula a weak but
distinct lateral concavity of the pronotal shaft occurs.

In the male at hand the ocelli are well developed and approxi-
mate, the facial scutellum about one-third as high as its basal width.

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

with dorsal margin oblique and poorly defined laterad, transverse
and carinate between the antennal sockets. The dark brown on
the internal face of the cephalic femora is more diffuse and blurred
than in Westwood's figure. The caudal metatarsus is as long as
the combined length of the three succeeding joints. The genitalia
are much like those of Opsomantis tumidiceps, except that the supra-
anal plate is slightly less produced, the styles of the subgenital plate
longer, fully five times as long as the greatest width, separated
by a distance equal to four-fifths the length of one of the styles.

Length of body 24, length of pronotum 4.8, greatest width of
pronotum 2.9, length of tegmen 21, width of tegminal marginal
field 1.1, length of caudal femur 6.8, length of caudal metatarsus
2.1 mm.

Opsomantis tiimidiceps (Bolivar).

1890. Com-psomantis tumidiceps Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Espanola Hist. Nat.,
XIX, p. 303. [ 9 ; Doloreg, Philippine Islands.]

Mount Makiling, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 cf.

Like Compso7nantis semirujula, this species might, at first glance,
be mistaken for a member of the genus Amantis, but it is readily
distinguished by a number of distinctive characters.

In the male before us we note that the ocelli are minute and rather
widely separated, the facial scutellum distinctly less than half as
high as its basal width, with dorsal margin weakly convex- and show-
ing slight irregularities. The limbs are all spotted and dotted with
dark brown on both internal and external faces, a particularly
large dot being situated on the internal face of the cephalic femur
at the distal extremity of the unguicular sulcus. The pronotum
expands evenly to the portion of greatest width, the lateral margins
curving evenly thence to the cephalic extremity, with no trace of
concavity anywhere, the margins are entire, without trace of den-
ticulation. The caudal metatarsus is scarcely longer than the
combined length of the two succeeding joints. The supra-anal
plate is evenly rounded, its length slightly less than half its proximal
width. The subgenital plate has the lateral portions narrowly
turned dorsad, the lateral margins straight convergent; the styles,
situated at the narrow extremity and separated by a distance little
over the width of one of these, proportionately large, flattened
cylindrical, as long as the supra-anal plate, four times as long as
the greatest width, with apices rounded.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

Length of body 18.3, length of pronotum 5, greatest width of
pronotum 2.3, length of tegmen 10, width of tegminal marginal
field .9, length of caudal femur 5.3, length of caudal metatarsus
1.5 mm.

IX. Thespin^."
1st Group, Euchomenellae.

Euchomenella heteroptera (Haan).

1842. M[an(is] {Mantis) heteroptera Haan,^* in Temminck, Verb. Nat.
Gesch. Nederlandsche Overseesche Bezittingen, Orth., p. 78, pi. XVIII,
fig. 1. [cf ; Banjermassin, [Borneo]; Java; Tondano, Celebes.]

Singapore, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 cf.

The present specimen agrees exactly with Haan's figure. We
would note that the markings of the triannulate cephalic femora
are exactly the same on the external and internal faces and that
the wings are decidedly iridescent.

Euchomenella molucarum (Saussure).

1872. E[uchomena] molucarum Saussure, Melang. Orth., II, p. 27. [cf,

Molucca.s.]
1895. Euchomena molucarum Saussure and Zehntner, in Grandidier, Hist.
Nat. Madagascar, XXIII, p. 179. [ 9 , Java.]

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf .

This specimen agrees perfectly as to pronotal size and expansion
with Saussure's figure, but not with the dimensions given in his
description for this part. Compared with the male of E. heteroptera
before us, the present insect is seen to differ in its smaller size, weakly
maculate pronotum and tegmina,'-^ cephalic tibiae which are as
dark as the pronotum, slightly blackened internally at their ex-
tremities and cephalic femora which are as dark externally, with a
few irregular areas of paler shade toward the ventral margin, but
which internally are brownish buff, mottled with dark brown proxi-
mad, heavily mesad, with a broad blackish annulus meso-distad,
succeeded by a narrow pregenicular blackish annulus.

2^ This name falls, as Thespis, properly defined, is a member of the group
Musonise, which we believe best assigned to the subfamily Iridopteryginae
(not as understood by Giglio-Tos). We are not satisfied that this ninth division
of Giglio-Tos is homogeneous or that it is worthy of recognition as a subfamily.
We consequently do not propose a new name to take the place of the Thespina;
of Giglio-Tos.

^* The female described and figured as this species, p. 78, pi. XVIII, fig. 2,
represents a different species.

-^ The tegmina are well described by Saussure as " Membraneux, d'un brun-
ferrugineux nuageux, marbres de taches plus hyalines."

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,.

TAGALOMANTIS^o new genus. (Plate I, figure 10.)

We place in this genus the single species described by Saussure
as Euchomena manillensis and referred by Giglio-Tos, apparently
without having material for comparison, to his genus EuchomeneUa.
To that genus nearest affinity is shown, Tagalomantis differing in
the following features :

Form much less attenuate, slender. Eyes smaller and not re-
markably protuberant. Pronotum with medio -longitudinal carina
very weak. Limbs slender, but not as exceedingly slender as in-
EuchomeneUa. Cephalic femora with four discoidal spines, of which
the third is very elongate, but not proportionately as extremely
elongate as in EuchomeneUa. Ventro-external margin of cephalic
femora armed with four elongate spines and one small spine on
genicular lobe; ventro-internal margin showing the following spine
formula ililililililiiil (for EuchomeneUa ilililililiiiil). Cephalic
tibiae with ventro-external margin armed, except for a brief distance
proximad, with twelve spines, which increase gradually in size-
distad, the proximal spines very small.

Tagalomantis manillensis (Saussure) .

1870. E[uchomena] maniUensis Saussure, Melang. Orth., I, p. 194, pi. VI,
fig. 44. [cf ; Manila, [Philippine Islands].]

Los Banos, Laguna, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 d^.

This specimen is apparently slightly smaller than the type, but
agrees fully in all important features with Saussure's description.

We would note that the limbs are pale brown, the cephalic coxse
showing, on their external surfaces, two slightly paler indistinct
transverse bands and having their apices suffused with dark brown
internally. In the present specimen the cephalic femora have the
discoidal spines and the longer spines of the ventro-internal margin
dark brown. Length of body 50, length of pronotum 18.7, length
of collar 3.8, greatest width of pronotum 2.6, length of tegmen 27.8,.
width of tegminal marginal field L8, length of cephalic femur 11 mm.

IX. Oligonicin^.
2d Group, Haaniae.

Haania lobiceps (Haan).

1842. M[aniis] (Oxypilus) lobiceps Haan, in Temminck, Verb. Nat. Gesch.
Nederlandsche Oversee.sche Bezittingen, Orth., p. 85, pi. XVII, figs. 4
and 5. [Juv. and 9 (nee 9 and cf); Padang, [Sumatra]; Krawang,
[Java].]

3" The Ta-Gala are the most civilized native race of the Philippines.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

I

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9.
Gigho-Tos has recently cleared away the confusion surrounding
this very remarkable little species."

XVI. Caliridin^.

1st Group, Calirides.
Caliris masoni (Westwood).

1889. 7ns masoni Westwood, Rev. Ins. Fam. Mantidarum, p. 32, pi. I,
fig. 6. [9, India.]

Khasia Hills, Assam (?), 1 9 .

From comparison with the female of C. elegans Giglio-Tos, before
us, we believe that either one exceedingly plastic species may be rep-
resented, or that elegans may prove to be a depauperate race of masoni.
Additional material is needed to solve this problem.

The present specimen is larger than the measurements given by
Westwood, almost the exact size of his figure. It has the marking
of the radiate field more extensive and more striate caudad.

Length of body 40., length of pronotum 11.3, greatest pronotal
width 4.8, least pronotal width 3., length of tegmen 22.7, width of
tegminal marginal field 2.1, length of cephalic femur 12.4 mm.

Caliris elegans Giglio Tos.

1915. C[al^r^s^ elegans Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVI, p. 82.
I 9 ; Deli, Sumatra.]

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf, 1 9.

We find the present female smaller than the type, even smaller
than the measurements given by Giglio-Tos for his C. elegans from
Sumatra. In the present female, however, the distal subcallous
areas of the tegmina and the beautiful markings of the wings are
as shown by Westwood 's generally excellent figure. As to the distal
obliquity of the humeral and median veins described for elegans,
the same is true for the present female, and we believe will be found
the same in the type of masoni, the figure being probably inexact
in this feature.

The male sex being unknown for the genus and species, we would
remark the following features:

General form similar to but more slender than that of female,
armament of cephalic limbs exactly the same. Ocelli slightly larger.
Facial scutellum generally similar to that of female, but very slightly
broader, dorsal margin acute angulate mesad. Tegmina and wings

" Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVI, p. 198, (1915).

40 , PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

narrower than in female, but with similar venation; coloration
transparent, with a very weak greenish tinge, veins very pale green-
ish. Subopaque or subcallous areas of tegmina and striking mark-
ings of wings not present in this sex. Supra-anal plate strongly
transverse, length hardly one-third basal width; lateral margins
nearly straight and strongly convergent from above cereal bases to
broadly truncate apex. Subgenital plate flattened scoop-shaped,
lateral margins weakly convex convergent, rounding distad into
the broadly convex apex; dextral portion elevated dorsad from base
of cercus to dextral style in a low ridge with dorsal margin broadl}*^
convex. Styles minute, simple, cylindrical, each about three times
as long as wide, separated by a distance equalling about two -fifths
the length of the style.

Though so utterly different in tegminal and wing coloration, the
sexes of this species are easily associated by the similarity of cephalic
and pronotal form and limb armament.

Length of body, d" 26.2, 9 30; length of pronotum, c^ 6.8, 9 7.9;
greatest pronotal width, d^ 2.9, 9 3.5; least pronotal width, cf 2.1,
9 2.7; length of tegmen, cf 18, 9 17.3; width of tegminal marginal
field, cf 1.6, 9 1.9; length of cephahc femur, cf 7.2, 9 9 mm.

Gilda suavis Ciiglio-Tos.

1915. Giilda] suavis Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVI, p. 85.
[ 9 ; Limbang, Borneo.]

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9.

The female sex of this species is even more beautiful than that
of Caliris masoni. The present specimen is a trifle smaller than
the type, agreeing fully in all details of coloration.

We would note that, in the material at hand, the cephalic tibiae
have the ventro-internal margin supplied with thirteen spines in
Gilda and with fourteen in Caliris, not including the terminal claw.
This claw was either counted by Giglio-Tos for Caliris, or his ma-
terial of that genus shows one more soine on the margin in question.

In Gilda the pronotum is longer, with shaft proportionately more

slender and supra-coxal expansion much l)roader and consequently

very much more conspicuous than in Caliris. In the present female

'the pronotum shows the following dimensions: length 13.3, greatest

width 4, least width 1.8 mm.

3d Group, Leptomantes.

Leptomantis albella (Burmeister) .

1838. M[antis] albella Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, pt. I, p. 533.

[Java.]
1915. Leptomantis sumatrana Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVI,

p. 88. [cf , Sumatra.]

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

After careful consideration of the literature and the material of
this genus before us, we feel fully justified in placing sumalrana
Giglio-Tos in synonymy. A possibility exists that the name should
be placed under L. fragilis (Westwood), but due to the inadequacy
of the original three-line description of sumatrana, this can be deter-
mined definitely only by examination of the type or further knowl-
edge gleaned from Sumatran material.

Singapore, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 cT, 2 9.

Samarang, Jav^a, November, 1909, (E. Jacobson), 1 cf , [Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia].

It is clear that the species of the genus are closely related, and
particularly albella and fragilis. When compared with fragilis, the
present insect is seen to differ in the male sex as follows. Inter-
rupted dark line margining pronotum and mesal pair of dots nor-
mally very weakly indicated, in discolored specimens sometimes
obsolete.^- Tegmina wholly immaculate. Supra-anal plate tri-
angular with apex rounded, decidedly shorter than proximal width.
Cerci tapering distad to slender apices.

Unfortunately lack of female material of fragilis prevents com-
parison for that sex. Females of albella are readily separable from
those of L. lactea (Saussure) by the distinctly narrower marginal
field of the tegmina (.8 mm. in width), while those before us are
smaller than the female of lactea at hand (length of pronotum 11.4
and 12 mm.) with tegmina very weakly milky, except latero-proxi-
mad where they are weakly milky, in marginal field where they
are translucent, milky and distal portions of marginal fields of
tegmina and wings where they are buffy and almost opar^ue.^^

Leptomantis fragilis (Westwood).

1889. Mumitia fragilis Westwood, Rev. Ins. Fam. Mantida/rum, p. 31.

[[cf]; Sarawak, Borneo.]
1889. Musonia bilineata Westwood, Rev. Ins. Fam. Mantidarum, p. 32.

[[ 9 ]; Sarawak, Borneo.]

It is extremely probable that Westwood described sexes as indi-
cated in the above synonymy. The male was apparently a dis-
colored specimen, as the usual striking features of pronotal colora-
tion are not mentioned in the description.

'2 Burmeister's type was in such condition, or this feature was either naturally
obsolete or wholly overlooked.

3' Compare Saussure's comments on a Javanese female, at the time he placed
.his lactea under albella, Melang. Orth., II, p. 72, (1872).

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.^.

Giglio-Tos' reason for assigning hiUneata to synonymy under lactea
and then describing a new species, sumatrana, is certainly not clear.

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf •

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 3 cf .

When compared with alhella, males of fragilis are seen to agree
closely, differing from those of that species only as follows. Inter-
rupted dark line margining pronotum and mesal pair of dots nor-
mally well defined, particularly on the collar.^^- Tegmina and wings
distad with outer portion of marginal field almost opaque and strik-
ingly buffy or reddish. Supra-anal plate triangular with apex
acute, length slightly greater than proximal width. Cerci shorter,
distal joint flattened \vith apex rounded, slightly broader than the-
preceding joints.

We regret that no females of this species are before us.

Leptomantis lactea (Saussure).

1870. M{iopterijx] lactea Saussure, Melang. Orth., I, p. 274. [9 ; Manila,.
Philippine Islands.]

Mount Makiling, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F..
Baker), 1 9.

The specimen at hand has the body much discolored and shows;
no dark markings on the pronotum, as did specimens in Saussure's-
series, other than the type. Such a condition would appear to
occur also in albella and fragilis. The specimen under considera-
tion is slightly larger than Saussure's type, in other respects agreeing
fully. The tegmina and wings are weakly milky, the outer portion,
of the marginal fields distad being slightly more 80.^= When com-
pared with females of alhella, the present female is seen to be larger
with pronotum distinctly heavier, its lateral margins minutely but
distinctly denticulate, not smooth as in that species. The measure-
ments of this specimen are: length of body 35, length of pronotum
13, least width of pronotum 1.3, length of tegmen 21, width of teg-
minal marginal field 1.2, length of exposed portion of wings when at
rest 4.7, length of cephalic femur 7.8 mm.

Leptomantis tonkinse new species. (Plate I, figures 11 and 12.)

This species is apparently nearest L. indica Giglio-Tos, but so
poorly is that species characterized that the degree of affinity can
not be satisfactorily determined.

'^ Apparently these markings are sometimes absent, possibly due to dis-
coloration. Westwood makes no mention of this feature in describing the type
of fragilis, but describes it in full for the type of bilineata.

'^ See additional remarks under albella.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43"

The marking of the pronotum and cephalic coxae are distinctive
features in tonkin(r. It is nearer lactea than albella or fragilis,
agreeing with the female of lactea before us in the heavier pronotum
with lateral margins serrulate, wider marginal field of the tegmina
and heavily milky tegmina and wings. The pronotum is, indeed,
slightly heavier and the tegmina and wings very much more heavily
milky than in lactea.

Type.— 9 ; Than-Moi, Tonkin. June and July. (From H.
Fruhstorfer.) [Hebard Collection Type No. 523.]

Size large for the genus, form very slender but not as slender as^
in females of albella. Summit of vertex raised above dorsal margins
of eyes a brief distance, straight, transverse to brief areas on each
side adjacent to eyes, which are convex and project very slightly.
Ocelli very small, well separated, forming a triangle nearly twice
as broad as high. Facial scutellum poorly defined, strongly trans-
verse, dorsal margin convex in median portion. Pronotum very
elongate and slender but slightly heavier than in this sex of lactea,
decidedly heavier than in females of albella, lateral margins minutely
serrulate, supra -coxal expansion very weak, transverse sulcus dis-
tinct. Tegmina with venation as characteristic for genus, falling
considerably short of apices of wings (by 5 mm.), marginal field
comparatively broad (1.6 mm. in width). Cerci hairy, tapering
to acute apices. Supra-anal plate can not be examined without
injury to type. Cephalic femora with four discoidal spines, of
which the first two are rather closely placed and nearly opposite-
each other transversely on the ventral surface, the first being on
the internal margin just before the unguicular sulcus;^* ventro-
external margin with four elongate spines and all genicular lobes
with a small spine; ventro-internal margin with the following for-
mula ilililililiiil, of which all the longer spines in the alternating
series slant inward and distad to some degree. Cephalic tibiae
with ventro-external margin armed with seven spines, of which the
first is placed at a distance from the second, this equalling twice the
interval between the second and third, the remaining intervals
brief; first, third, fourth and sixth spines small, second and fifth
of about double that size and length, seventh and apical spine de-
cidedly the heaviest and longest. Caudal metatarsus twice length
of succeeding joints.

^* On one limb a single very small spine is found on the ventro-internal margin,
before the first discoidal spine. This is apparently an abnormality.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

General coloration apparently pale green in life (the head, pro-
notum and caudal limbs have faded to yellowish brown). Pro-
notum with a pair of delicate lines, formed by a succession of blackish
brown dots, margining the medio-longitudinal carina of the shaft,
with more extensive blackish brown maculations forming a dis-
tinctive pattern on supra-coxal expansion and neck (see Plate I,
figure 11). Cephalic coxae with ventral surface narrowly bordered
for a brief distance distad along internal margin with blackish brown
and with a fleck of the same color meso-distad. Body and limbs
elsewhere entirely immaculate. Tegmina and wings^' heavily milky,
so that when at rest they are actually transparent only distad, in
other portions almost opaque; veinlets pale green; marginal fields
distad, in portion between marginal and mediastine veins, opaque,
milky.

Length of body 35, length of pronotum 12.2, greatest width of
pronotum 2.2, least width of pronotal shaft 1.7, length of tegmen
23, width of tegminal marginal field 1.6, length of cephalic femur
8.1, length of caudal femur 9, length of caudal metatarsus 2.4 mm.

The type of this striking species is unique.

AETAELLA« new genus.

The present genus is very closely related to Leptomantis Giglio-
Tos.^'* We find these genera to agree closely, except in characters
of the armament of the cephalic femora and tibiae. In both genera
the spines of these margins are strongly developed, the number
and proportions constant ;^^ for the cephalic femora the discoidal
spines are four in number, of which the first two are rather closely
placed and nearly opposite each other transversely on the ventral
surface, the first being on the internal margin just before the un-
guicular sulcus; the ventro-external margin with four elongate
spines and all genicular lobes with a minute but elongate spine.

Genus monotypic. Genotype. — Aetaella bakeri here described.

3' The form of the tegmina and wings when at rest, with apices of the latter
considerably surpassing those of the former, and the distal, marginal, more strongly
colored areas along the costal margin, gives the species before us of the genera
Xanthomantis, Polyacanthopus, Leptomantis and Aetaella a distinctive and rather
similar general facies, suggesting that shown by species of the Neuropteroid
genus Mantispa.

'* From Aeta+ella. The Aetas, or Negritos, are the aborigines of the PhiU
ippines.

3' Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVI, p. 87, (1915).

" Except for the smallest distal spines of the ventro-internal margin of the
cephalic femora, which in Aetaella individually vary from three to five.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

The features which separate AetaeIJa from Leptomantis are given
below for the two genera.

In Leptomantis the ventre -internal margin of the cephalic femora
shows the following formula, ilililililiiil. The cephalic tibiae
have the yentro-external margin armed with seven spines, the first
separated a considerable distance from the second, the second a
lesser distance from the third, the others separated by very brief
intervals. The first spine is elongate, the second much more so,
the third and fourth of about the same length, shorter than the first,
the fifth intermediate in length between the first and second, the
sixth shorter, intermediate in length between the fourth and fifth,
the seventh very elongate, it and the second the longest spines of
the series. The cephalic tibiae have the ventro-internal margin
armed with eleven to twelve spines.

In Aetaella the ventro-internal margin of the cephalic femora
shows the following formula, ilililililililiiiil. The cephalic tibiae
have the ventro-external margin armed with six spines, the place-
ment similar to that in Leptomantis, except that the distal spines
are not so closely placed. The first spine is elongate, the second
more so, the third shorter than the first, the fourth as long as the
first, the fifth as long as the third, the sixth slightly longer than
the second. The cephalic tibiae have the ventro-internal margin
armed with thirteen to fifteen spines.

We would note further that in Aetaella the tegmina do not widen
distad as much as in Leptomantis and, in consequence, the oblique
veins are not quite as widely separated.

Aetaella bakeri^i new sijecies. (Plate I, flgiires 1.3 and 14.)

In general appearance and form this species agrees closely wnth
Leptomantis albella (Burmeister). In addition to the striking differ-
ences of cephalic limb armament, the tegmina of this insect are
seen to be somewhat narrower in both sexes, with oblique veins
consequently slightly more approximate.

The males of A . bakeri have the moderately large ocelli arranged
in a triangle slightly wider than high, while the males of L. albella
have the slightly larger ocelli arranged in a triangle slightly higher
than wide. In the females of both species the ocelli are greatly
reduced and arranged in a triangle wider than high. The tegmina
and wings are clear hyahne in A. bakeri, but show a slight milky
suffusion in L. albella.

^^ We take pleasure in naming this interesting Mantid in honor of Mr. C. F.
Baker, through whose efforts a large portion of the material at present under
consideration has been assembled.

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Type. — cf ; Mount Makiling, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands.
(From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection Type No. 522.]

Size medium small, form extremely slender, as in L. albella. Head
transverse, summit of occiput transverse and on a plane with dorsal
margin of eyes, except briefly near the eyes, where, on each side, it
is moderately produced and convex. Ocelli as described above.
Facial scutellum strongly transverse, height one-fourth width, dorsal
margin rather broadly convex. Pronotum very elongate and slender,
margins unarmed, dorsal surface smooth, a trace of medio-longi-
tudinal sulcation indicated in area of supra-coxal expansion, trans-
verse sulcus there well defined, supra-coxal expansion feeble. The
tegminal apices fall slightly short of the abdominal apex, the wing
apices fall slightly beyond the abdominal apex; the venation of these
organs is similar to that found in L. albella, the tegmina are, how-
ever, slightly narrower and are surpassed by the wings by a lesser
distance. Supra-anal plate minute, length half basal width, lateral
margins convergent to the broadly rounded apex. Cerci elongate,
tapering to acute apices, each joint rounded with greatest width
near distal extremity. Subgenital plate with lateral margins convex-
convergent only distad, styles slender and cylindrical, about four
times as long as wide, separated by a distance equalling the length
of one of the styles. Cephalic femora with unguicular sulcus mesad,
with a circular concavity between the first two spines of the ventro-
external margin, into which fits the apex of the terminal spine of
the ventro-external margin of the cephalic tibia when these parts
are flexed, ventral surface with a cluster of minute sharp teeth
opposite the second spine of the ventro-external margin. Arma-
ment of limbs as given in generic diagnosis. Caudal metatarsus
nearly twice as long as combined length of succeeding joints.

Allotype. — 9 ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.]

Agrees with male in all but the following features. Size larger.
Ocelli much smaller and arranged in a triangle which is considerably
wider than high. Supra-anal plate with length slightly less than
half basal width, triangular, with apex broadly rounded. Sub-
genital plate with valves of distal portion evenly convex dorsad
and ventrad.

General coloration delicate green in life.*'- Entire insect immacu-
late. Tegmina and wings transparent, iridescent, clear hyaline.*^

*2 The majority of the specimens of the present series have faded to yellowish
brown.

^' In the specimens before us in which the coloration apparently shows the
•'best preservation, these organs are faintly tinged with green, the veins green.
In the others of the series all trace of green has disappeared, the veins being
;yeIIowish brown.

iriotum. ]

pro no turn.

tegmen.

tegmen

9.2

1.6

16.3

3.4

9.3

1.6

16.4

3.6

8.9

1.5

16

3.4

8.6

1.4

13.6

11.2

1.7

18.4

3.9

11.2

1.7

18.3

3.8

11.4

1.8

18.4

3.8

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

Measurements (in millimeters)

Greatest
cf Length of Length of width of Length of Width of

body.

Mt. Makiling, type 27

Malinao, paratype 27.2

Dapitan, paratype

Sandakan, Borneo 25

9

Mt.Msi]d\m%, allotype. . 31

Los Banos, paratype. ... 31

Los Banos, paratype. ... 33.5

In addition to the type and allotype, the following material is
before us, of which we consider the Philippine specimens para-
typic.

Mount Makiling, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker). 2 d'.

Malinao, Tayabas, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 d" .

Los Banos, Laguna, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 2 9.

Dapitan, Zamboanga, Island of Mindanao, Philippine Islands,
'(fromC. F. Baker), 1 d'.

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 <^.

XXI. Deroplatin^.
1st Group, Deroplates.

Deroplatys desiccata Westwood.

1839. Deroplatys desiccata Westwood, Mod. Classif. Ins., I, p. 430. [Ma-
lacca.]

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 4 d^, 1 9 .
Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C, F. Baker), 1 9 .

Deroplatys truncata (Guerin).

1843. Choeradodis truncata Guerin, in Delessert, Souv. Voyage Inde, Hist»
Nat., p. 65, pi. XV. [[ 9 ]; Singapore, Malay Peninsula.]

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 d^, 1 9 .

XXII. Mantin^.
2d Group, Sphodropod^e.

•Sphodropoda tristis (Saussure).

1870. M[antis] tristis Saussure, Melang. Orth., I, p. 241. [ 9 ; Islands
of Viti [ = Fiji Islands].]

Townsville, Queensland, Australia, 1 9 .

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb,,.

Queensland, Australia, 2 cf .

This species is now known to have a wide distribution over the
Australian continent.

Sphodropoda quinquedens (MacLeay).

1827. Mantis quinquedens MacLeay, King's Survey Intertrop. Coasts
Australia, II, p. 4.54. [Northern and western coasts of Australia.]

Queensland, Australia, 1 9 .

The striking sculpture and coloration of the internal faces of the
cephalic femora, which bear four buffy, elevated, transverse lines
on the otherwise glossy ochraceous -tawny surface, are distinctive
features in this species.

11th Group, Mante.s.

Statilia maculata (Thunberg and Lundahl).

1784. M[a)Uis] maculata Thunberg and Lundahl, Dissert. Ent. Novas

Ins. Spec, pt. Ill, p. 61. [Japan.]
1912. S[tatilia\ haanii var. hyalina GigHo-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana,

XLIII, p. 7. [Japan.]

We can not agree with Giglio-Tos in recognizing the species here
considered as S. haanii (Saussure). Among the Japanese Mantidae,
Thunberg and Lundahl's description of maculata fits this species
and this species only.''^ Their statement "thorace alato spinuloso"
we interpret to mean that the spinulse along the lateral margins^
of the pronotum project outward, as indeed they do. Saussure's
haanii has long, and properly, been placed in synonymy under
maculata.

Giglio-Tos has proposed the name hyalina for a specimen evi-
dently showing an extremely recessive coloration. We therefore
place this name in the present synonymy as having no systematic
value.

Khasia Hills, Assam, 1 9 .

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 4 c?', 6 9 •

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 2 cf .

Obi Island, Moluccas, 2 cf .

All of the specimens here recorded show the characteristic mark-
ings of the cephalic coxae and femora. In the series the extremes
of pronotal length are: cf 12.8 to 14.2, 9 14.8 to 17.3; the extremes
of greatest pronotal width, cf^ 3.1 to 3.7, 9 4 to 4.9 mm.

statilia nemoralis (Saussure).

1870. Pseudomantis nemoralis Saussure, Mitt. Schweizer Ent. Ges. Ill,
p. 229. [ 9 ; Manila, [Philippine Islands].]

^'' A large Japanese series of the .species, in the Academy and Hebard Collec-
tions, is before us.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

Island of Basilan, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula,
(from C. F. Baker), 1 d", 1 9.

Mt. Makiling, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F.
Baker), 2 c^.

Los Banos, Laguna, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 cf .

Society Islands, 1 cf •

This species is very closely related to maculata. The specimens
at hand are all smaller, with cephalic femora very slightly but ap-
preciably more slender than any examples in the large series of
maculata before us. In addition, all but one entirely lack a black
transverse line bordering the unguicular sulcus distad.

The black markings of the cephalic coxse and femora are shown
by the present material to be extremely variable. In the Philippine
specimens the cephalic coxae are black proximad on their internal
faces for a distance equalling about one-fourth their length, the
adjacent portions of the prosternum dark, the femora without
marking at the unguicular sulcus, with bases of ventro-internal
spines maculate w^ith black, the surface of the limb above these
markings pale.

The Basilan male is marked as is characteristic for maculata,
but with entire ventral surface of prosternum suffused. The Basilan
female is a very dark individual, but shows the same black mark-
ings as the Philippine males; in this individual the pale area above
the ventro-internal spines of the cephalic femora being very con-
spicuous and in sharp contrast with the dark general coloration.

The Society Islands male has the cephalic coxse black proximad
on their internal faces for a distance equal to about one-half their
length, the prosternum immaculate, the femora with half of area
proximad of unguicular sulcus black, with bases of ventro-internal
spines blackish.

Measurements (in millimeters)

Greatest Length of

Length of Length of width of Length of caudal Width of
body. pronotiim. pronotiun. tegmen. femtir. caudal

Island of Basilan 34.8 10.6 2.3 22.8 10.1 1.3

Los Banos, Luzon 40. .5 12.3 2.7 24.9 11.3 1.2

Mt. Makiling, Luzon.. 36 9.9 2.4 21.7 8.8 1

Mt. Makiling, Luzon.. 40.5 12.3 2.7 25.6 11.3 1.3

Society Islands 30.8 9.7 2.3 22.7 9.2 1.2

?

Island of Basilan 42.7 14.5 3.8 23.2 13.5 1.8

Samarang, Java^s 33 n g 32 29.2 11.7 1.8

^^ In the Academy collection. Recorded by Rehn, Notes Leyden Mus. XXXV,
p. 123, (1912). The female from Goenong Soegi, Lampong, Sumatra, referred
at that time to nemoralis, we assign to maculata, as originally recorded by Rehn,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, p. 704, (1903).

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

12th Group, Tenoder^.
Tenodera" aridifolia (Stoll).

1813. [Mantis] aridifolia Stoll, Natuur. Afbeeld. Beschr. Spooken, etc.,
pp. 65, 78, pi. XXII, fig. 82. [East Indies.]

Khasia Hills, Assam, 1 9 .

Singapore, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 c^, 1 9.

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 1 d^, 2 9.

Davao, Davao, Mindanao, (from C. F. Baker), 1 d^.

Society Islands, 1 cf.

The specimens from Labuan are decidedly larger than the others
of the present series.

We would note that the proportionate difference between the
length of the shaft (metazona) of the pronotum and the cephalic
coxae for the present species and sinensis (Saussure) is e.xaggerated
in Giglio-Tos' key.^^ In both species the pronotal shaft is dis-
tinctly longer than the cephalic coxa, the degree averaging only
slightly greater in aridifolia.

We find that sinensis is proportionately a heavier insect, with
pronotum distinctly shorter and broader. In a large series of
Japanese material of that species in the Philadelphia Collections,
we find that the width of the tegminal marginal field varies in the
females from 3.9 to 4.5 mm.

In the females of aridifolia at hand, the width of the tegminal
marginal field is narrower, varying as follows: Khasia Hills, Assam,
3.8; Trong, Siam, 2.9 and 3.3; Singapore, Malay Peninsula, 2.7;
Goenong Soegi, Sumatra, 2.6; Labuan, Borneo, 2.4 and 2.6 mm.
This material would appear to indicate a gradual reduction in the
width of this field in material of the present species from conti-
nental Asia eastward through the Malayan Regions.

*^ The type of Paratetiodera Rehn is sinensis, as originally designated by that
author (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.. 1903, p. 70.5, (1903)), not aridifolia as
later designated by Giglio-Tos (Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana XLIII, p. 33, (1911)).
From the study of the considerable number of species now before us in the Phila-
delphia Collections, we believe that but one genus is represented in the regions
under consideration and follow Giglio-Tos in placing Paratenodera Rehn in
synonymy under Tenodera Burmeister, of which the genotype is fasciata (Olivier)
- atlenuata (Stoll).

Though sinensis Saussure and atlenuata (Stoll) differ so widely in form and
general appearance, australasice (Leach) is seen to be an almost intermediate
type, while no combination of characters to divide the Asiatic species can be
found, sufficient to warrant generic separation.

4" Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLIII, n. 33, (1911).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. • 51

Tenodera attenuata (Stoll).

1792. Mantis fasciata Olivier, Encycl. Method., VII, p. 640, No. 6. [[<f],

"Surinam."]
1813. [Mantis] attenuata Stoll, Natuur. Abfeeld. Beschr. Spooken, etc.,

pp. 13, 79, pi. V, fig. 16. [[cf ], "Surinam."]

We find Kirby, Giglio-Tos and others to be in error in using fas-
ciata (Olivier) as the name for this species. This is due to the fact
that the MariHs fasciata OUvier in question is preoccupied by Mantis
fasciata Thunberg, 1815, and by Mantis fasciata OUvier, 1792,
Encycl. Method., VII, p. 640, No. 4.

Samarang, Java, July and August, 1909, (E. Jacobson), 2 cf,**
[Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.]

Tenodera blanchardi Giglio-Tos.

1911. T[e7iodera] blanchardi Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLIII,
p. 46. [d', 9 ; Stephansort, German Xew Guinea; Bukana, Gulf of
Huon, New Guinea; Ralum, Bismarck Archipelago; Cape York, Torres
Strait, [Queensland, Australia]; Port Darwin, [North Australia]; Ternate
[Gilolo Island, and Island of] Amboina].

Obi Island, Moluccas, 9 d^, 9 9 .

Moluccas, (Griolet), 1 9 , from Saussure, labelled super stitiosa,
[Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.]

Amboina, 2 cf, 2 9, [Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.]

Mesopteryx alata Saussure.

1870. M[esopter]fx] alata Saussure, Mittheil. Schweizer Ent. Gesellsch.,
Ill, p. 23.5. [ 9 ; Manila, [Philippine Islands].]

Los Banos, Laguna, Luzon, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf •
As the male sex of this interesting species was previously unknown,
we note the following features. Lateral margins of pronotum,
dorsad and ventrad, show a series of very minute black dots. Teg-
mina reach slightly beyond apex of fifth dorsal abdominal segment.
Distal portion of abdomen damaged. Length of body 87, length
of pronotum 29.4, length of pronotal shaft 24, greatest pronotal
width 4, least width of pronotal shaft 3.8, length of tegmen 43.6,
width of tegminal marginal field 2.7, length of cephalic femur 15.9,
length of median femur 16.2, length of caudal femur 21.2 mm.

13th Group, Hierodul^.

Giglio-Tos has divided this complex group into three categories:
"the first African, including Sphodromantis and its allies; the second
Asiatic and Oriental, including Hierodula and its allies; the third

*^ Recorded by Rehn as T. superstitiosa (Fabricius), Notes from Leyden Mus.,
XXXV, p. 124, (1912).

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Melanesian and Australian, including his new genus Parhierodula
and its allies.

It is the last two categories with which we have particularly to
deal and, from the material before us, we feel fully justified in re-
pudiating the arrangement made by Giglio-Tos.

The insurmountable difficulty in that author's argument lies in
the fact that, were we to accept the character of smoothness or
serration of the costal margins of the tegmina as primarily impor-
tant, we would give this feature far more weight than is its due.
We consider this feature of probably a physiologic application and
by no means as important for generic separation as the great pro-
notal . expansion found in the forms which, in the past, were all
assigned to Rhombodera. This different pronotal expansion is clearly
a somatic character. It is found in the immature stages. The
tegminal features are found in the adult condition only and for that
reason we feel obliged to consider them of secondary value.''^

We therefore place Parhierodula Giglio-Tos under Hierodula
Burmeister, and Rhomhoderula^° Giglio-Tos, described as a subgenus
of Parhierodula, under Rhofubodera Burmeister. These two units
as recognized by Giglio-Tos, Parhierodula and Rhomboderula, may
not even stand as subgenera, based only on the different character
of the costal margins of the tegmina.

Using the same argument, when we consider the African species
of the Hierodulse, we find that Giglio-Tos' subgenus Rhomboderella,
of the genus Sphodromantis Stal, represents a valid generic unit.

Though the relative values of the character of the tegminal mar-
gins or the pronotal development afford full justification for such
action, the material at hand shows further necessity for the present
adjustment. Several species before us, some with costal margins
of the tegmina smooth, others with these margins serrulate, unques-
tionably belong not only to the same genus, but also to the same
species group within the genus. The general facies and sum total
of characters in these is much too close to be ascribable to converg-
ence in two different genera, as Giglio-Tos, using his classification,
would be forced to assume. Thus Hierodula laevicollis Saussure
and Hierodula sorongana (Giglio-Tos) are species of close affinity,

^* Indeed Giglio-Tos himself evidently was obliged at times to switch to this
point of view, for otherwise he would have no grounds for erecting the related
genus Pnigomanlis.

^^ We here select Rhomboderula [Rhomhodera] saussurei (Kirby) as genotype
of Rhomboderula Giglio-Tos. For a discussion of the species which Giglio-Tos
assigned to his Rhomboderula, see page 00.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

representing a group within the genus of more recent common
ancestry. To this same group belongs Hierodula ohiensis, described
in the present paper. Here we have two species with costal margins
of tegmina smooth and one (sorongana) with these margins dis-
tinctly serrulate. Again Hierodula venosa (Olivier) and Hierodula
vitrea (StoU) are referable to another similar group, though venosa
has the costal margins of the tegmina smooth, vitrea showing these
margins varying individually from very weakly to distinctly serru-
late, as has been noted by Giglio-Tos. In this latter species we
further see that the degree of serrulation of the tegminal margins
is variable, even within a species unit.

In the majority of cases the Asiatic and Malayan forms have
the tegmina with costal margins smooth, the Papuan and Australian
forms having these margins serrulate, ^^ but this interesting feature,
probably phj^siologic as we have stated, is by no means as absolute
as one would infer from superficially considering Giglio-Tos' state-
ments. Though these groups are geographically defined by Giglio-
Tos, using Wallace's Line, examination of his specific assignments
shows that six species referred to Hierodula (sensu stridiore of Giglio-
Tos), considered by him to be an Oriental genus, occur only in the
Australasian regions; five species referred by Giglio-Tos to his
Parkierodula, which he considered to be a Papuan and Australian
genus, occur only in the Asiatic and Oriental regions, while one
species of each of his divisions occurs on both sides of Wallace's
line.

The genus Hierodula is exceedingly large, but already a number
of the species have been separated by Giglio-Tos into distinct and
apparently valid genera: Alalomantis, Hierodulella, Pnigoynantis,
Ephierodula, Camelotnantis and Tisma. It will probably also be
found necessary to separate Hierodula tamolana (Brancsik) and its
allies in a distinct genus. At present sufficient material is wanting
for proper and definite comparative analysis and assignment of
these.

HIERODULA Burmeister.

1838. Hierodula Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, pt. I, p. 536.
1912. Parhierodula Giglio-Tos, Bull. Mus. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLIII, p. 108.

^^ Giglio-Tos takes this to mean that two distinct sources are represented,
one Asiatic, the other Australasian. The probability is, in our opinion, that
the Asiatic phylum is the original source, the other a derivative from it. This
opinion is strengthened by the realization that the forms with tegminal margins
serrulate reach much their greatest numerical abundance in Papua and in few
cases is their distribution extended to Australia, while none are known peculiar
to that continent.

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.^

Genotype, selected by Rehn.^^^ — Hierodula [Mantis] niembranacea
(Burmeister) .

We regret, but feel obliged to say that Giglio-Tos' treatment
of the Hierodulse leaves much to be desired. That author has
described eight genera and forty-six new species. The descrip-
tions are deplorably brief, in some cases represented by a single
short and wholly comparative sentence. The measurements omit
all but the most essential proportions. Not a single figure is given.
Not only are the major divisions faulty, but also the arrangement of
the species, such as placing without comment, Hierodula ovata,
clearly the female of Hierodula laevicollis, twenty-fourth and laevi-
collis thirty-fifth.

Finally we are disturbed by Giglio-Tos' conception of what con-
stitutes a species. That author has described Slagmomantis nordica
from Virginia and Baltimore, Maryland. After years of careful
field work in that region we have proof positive that Slagmomantis
Carolina (Johansson) is the only Mantid which occurs there, nordica
being based on merely an intensively colored phase of that species.
Realizing this we are dismayed at the number of new species de-
scribed from little known tropical regions, the descriptions giving
differences which are so slight that we can but fear that a multitude
of invalid species have been proposed.

The situation only shows the absolute necessity at the present
time, of the specialist, working on a particular group of insects, to
have a first hand knowledge of the forms in nature. It would
appear that the most serious defects in Giglio-Tos' studies are due
to the fact that that author has apparently had little or no prepara-
tion in the field for the task undertaken.

Hierodula gracilicollis Stal.

1877. H[ierodula\ gracilicollis St&l, Bih. till K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl.,

IV, No. 10, p. 58. [ 9 ; Sarawak, [Borneo].]
1898. H[ierodula] stigmata Brunner, Abhandl. Senkenb. Naturforsch. Ges.,
XXIV, p. 214, pi. XVII, fig. 21. [cT ; Kina Balu, [British North] Borneo.]

We believe Kirby correct in considering stigmata the same as
gracilicollis, but are of the opinion that Mantis similis Giebel is
best assigned to synonymy under Hierodula venosa (Olivier).

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 2 cf , 1 9 .

These specimens are the most delicate and slender of any material
now before us representing the genus Hierodula or its allies. The

s^Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, p. 708, (190.3).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

female at hand differs from the type in being somewhat longer, with
pronotal width slightly greater and tegmina slightly longer, in all
other respects agreeing closely with the measurements given by
Stal.

The following features are noted for the present material. Facial
scutellum with lateral margins parallel, broader than high (cf 1.9
by 1.7, 9 2.8 by 2.7 mm.), showing two parallel vertical carinse
which are well defined, particularly ventrad, but show a brief sub-
sidence, though no break, immediately below the median point.
Cephalic coxae with cephalic margin armed with small, somewhat
irregularly placed, slender but blunted spines (eight to thirteen ^^),
with apices directed distad, those meso-distad being slightly the
larger. Cephalic femora with base and apex of trochanter flecked
with dark brown, a minute brown fleck at base of first discoidal
spine, at base of first large spine beyond the unguicular sulcus and
at bases of last two large spines of this series, these spines, as well
as the third discoidal spine, blackish brown on their internal faces.
All spines of cephaHc femora and tibiae black tipped. Each joint
of cephalic tarsi flecked with brown distad. Pronotum with well
developed but not closely placed marginal denticulations on collar
and cephalic half of shaft, weaker in one male and in that specimen
mainly indicated on collar. Tegmina with discoidal field trans-
parent, hyaline in males, opaque in female, except mesad between
veins, where they are translucent; stigma small (length 2.7 to 2.8
mm.), flecked with brown proximad and distad.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Greatest Least

cf Length of Length of width of width of Length of

body. pronotum. pronotum. pronotum. tegmen.

Labuan Island, Borneo 55 16.2 4 2.2 41.1

Labuan Island, Borneo 56 17.6 4.2 2.3 44.8

9
Labuan Island, Borneo 62 21 5.6 .3.1 34.2

The width of the marginal field of the tegmina in the males is 4
and 4.2, in the female 5 mm.

Hierodula vitrea (Stoll).

1S13. [Mantis] vitrea Stoll, Nat. Afbeeld. Beschryv. Spooken, etc., pp. 15,
77, pi. V, fig. 19. [[cf ], "Surinam."]

^3 Interspaced with a few very small nodiform spines, so that the full count
would be given as twelve to fourteen.

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Batu Sangkar, Tanah Datar, Padangsche Bovenland, Sumatra,
August and September, 1901, (Harrison and Hiller), 2 9 , [Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia].

Batavia, Java, 1885, 1 cf from Saussure, labelled Hierodula
hybrida Burmeister, [Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia].

Srondol, Samarang, Java, August, 1909, (E. Jacobson), 1 juv. cf ,
[Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.]

We are by no means assured that StoU's vitrea and Olivier's venosa
do not represent sexes of one and the same species, but we do know
that we have two distinct though closely allied species before us,
to which we believe have been generally given in the literature
the names we are using. So involved is the synonymy at present
that we are strongly of the opinion that we here have to deal with
an extremely plastic unit, comparable with H. patellifera Serville,
and like it, the cause of much confusion in past literature. Conse-
quently many features, usually considered of specific diagnostic
value, will probably be found worthless for the species under con-
sideration.

For this reason we feel that Giglio-Tos has shown decided temerity
in describing Hierodula vitreoides, near vitrea, and Parhierodula
simhangaria, near venosa. Were these species adequately described,
or figures given, their proper status might be determined. As it is,
■examination of the types and, if valid, redescription with figures
-will be necessary.

In the material here recorded the cephalic coxae have the cephalic
margin armed with (eight to nine) moderately well separated spines,
which increase moderately in length distad (particularly in the
females, length of longest, cf .3, 9 .8 mm.). The costal margin
of the tegmina is weakly serrulate, this strongest meso-distad. In
the females the pronotum has the margins of the collar moderately
denticulate, the denticulations of the cephalic half of the shaft
weak, the shaft with medio-longitudinal carina well developed.
In this sex the tegmina extend considerably beyond the apex of
the abdomen, with marginal field proportionately narrower than
in females of venosa and with stigma smaller (length 2.4 and 2.9
mm.).

The adult specimens before us are all dried alcoholic. One only
shows the cephalic trochanter with apex slightly darkened, but all
show subobsolete traces of darker suffusions on the inner faces of
the cephalic femora, as described for venosa. From this feature
we believe that H. tenuis Giglio-Tos is a member of the same phy-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 57

lum, though particularly distinct in having the margins of the male
pronotum crenulate. The margins of the male pronotum are entire,
with no trace of denticulation, in both vitrea and venosa.

Hierodula venosa (Olivier).

1792. Mantis venosa Olivier, Encycl. Method., VII, p. 639, No. 73. [[ 9 ];
Tranquebar, [India].]

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 2 9 .

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf .

This material, compared with specimens which we consider rep-
resentative of H. vitrea (StoU), shows that very close affinity exists.

We separate the material here recorded by the more numerous
(twelve to fourteen) ^^ and closely placed spines of the cephalic
margin of the cephalic coxae, which increase somewhat irregularly
but strongly in length distad (particularly in females, length of
longest spine, cf .8, 9 1.3 mm.). The costal margin of the tegmina
is distinctly, moderately strongly serrulate. In the females the
pronotum has the margins of the collar and cephalic half of the
shaft strongly denticulate, the shaft with medio-longitudinal carina
subobsolete or weakly defined. In this sex the tegmina reach only
slightly beyond the apex of the abdomen, with marginal field pro-
portionately broader than in females of vitrea and with stigma more
ample (length 3.7 and 4.9 mm.).

Measurements (in millimeters).

Greatest Least
cf Length of Length of width of width of Length of

body. pronotum. pronotum. pronotum. tegmen.

Sandakan, Borneo 71 23.5 6.8 4.4 52.2

9

Labuan Island, Borneo.. .. 68 25 7.8 4.9 41.6

Labuan Island, Borneo.. .. 79 27 9 5.3 51.1

The width of the marginal field of the tegmina in the male is 4.4,
in the females 5.6 and 5.8 mm.

In the specimens at hand the cephalic trochanters are brown at
the apex, the femora above this point, above the first discoidal
spine and above the first and fifth larger spines of the ventro-internal
margin are flecked with brown. These markings are decided in
one female, very faint in the other two specimens. The larger
female has the stigma with small brown suffusions proximad and

** Interspaced with additional very small nodiform spines.

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,.

distacl, the male shows a trace of such marking, while the remaining
female has the stigma immaculate.

Hierodula rajah Werner.

1911. H[ierodula] rajah Werner. Abhand. Senckenb. Naturforsch. Ges.,
XXXIII, p. .39.3. [cf , 9 ; Nias [Island], Moluccas.]

Nias Island, Moluccas, 19.

The following features are noted in the female before us of this-
large and striking species, originally very briefly described. Facial
scutellum with lateral margins straight, weakly but distinctly con-
vergent dorsad; basal width (3.9 mm.) very slightly greater than
median height (3.8 mm.); surface showing two vertical, parallel
carinse, broken meso-ventrad as in H. venosa (Olivier) but decidedly
weaker than in that species. Cephalic coxae with (eight and nine)
small, stout, irregularly placed, conical teeth, which do not become
longer distad. Cephalic femora with discoidal spines, first small
spine beyond unguicular sulcus and all large spines of ventro-internal
margin black, a fleck of black disto-internally on the trochanters,
a large blotch of the same color from the apex of the trochanters to
and including the unguicular sulcus, a small blotch at base of the
first two black spines beyond, continued to the second large black
spine of the series, and a spot of black at the base of each other large
black spine of the series. All spines of cephalic femora and tibiae
black tipped. Joints of cephalic tarsi entirely black on their inner
faces. Pronotum with marginal denticulation pronounced on lat-
eral portions of collar only. Tegmina with discoidal field trans-
lucent, moderately hyaline; marginal field opaque, with margin^
almost entire, showing feeble traces of serrulation meso-distad;
stigma large, cream colored.

The species would appear to agree more nearly with H. timorensis
(Haan) than wnth any of the other related species.

Length of body 88, length of pronotum 33, greatest width of
pronotum 10.1, least width of pronotum 5.8, length of tegmen 58.8,
width of tegminal marginal field 6.2, length of stigma 4.3, length
of cephalic femur 25, length of caudal femur 25.6 mm.

Hierodula patellifera (Serville).

1839. Mantis patellifera Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 185. [cf, 9;

Java.]
1839. Mantis bipapilla Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 188. [a", 9;

Java.]
1870. H[ierodula] manillensis Saussure, Mittheil. Schweizer Ent. Gesellsch.,

Ill, p. 233. [cf , 9 ; Manila, [Philippine Islands].]
1904. H[ierodula] saussurei Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., I, p. 245. [o', 9;

China; Java.]

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

1912. H[ierodula\ maniUana Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLIII,
p. 96. [d^, 9 ; Manila, Philippine Islands.]

Saussure first pointed out the synonymy of patellifera, bipapilla
and maniUensis.

From study of the literature, the material here recorded and a
moderately large Japanese series in the Philadelphia Collections,
we are convinced that we here have to deal with an exceedingly
plastic species. The name saussurei was proposed for a condition
in which the prosternum is immaculate, maniUana for a condition
in which the cephalic femora are suffused with black on their in-
ternal faces from base to unguicular sulcus.

The prosternum varies from immaculate to a heavily twice banded
type, the degree of banding, when present, individually differing
greatly as shown in the Japanese material at hand. The macula-
tion of the cephalic femora appears to us to be a similarly individual
color variation in this insect. In this species the costal margin
of the tegmina is smooth, rarely showing faint traces of serrulation.

Giglio-Tos has attempted to separate hipapiUa from patellifera
on the basis of differences in pronotal curvature and other features,
all of which we are satisfied are of no specific diagnostic value for
this plastic insect.

Cuernos Mountains, Island of Negros, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 d".

Manila, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, September, 1918,
(R. C. McGregor), 1 9, [Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia].

Los Banos, Laguna, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 9 .

Mt. Makiling, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F.
Baker), 2 9.

The Manila specimen, is green and has the internal face of the
cephalic femora suffused with blackish brown ventro-proximad.
The other specimens are light or dark brown, that from Los Banos
being much the smallest. The darkest individual from Mt. Makiling
is strongly mottled and has the internal face of the cephalic femora
weakly suffused with dark brown ventro-proximad.

Hierodula aruana Westwood.

1889. Hierodula aruana Westwood, Rev. Ins. Fam. Mantidarum. p. 3.5,
pi. IV, fig. 4. [ 9 , Aru Islands.]

Setekwa River, opposite Aru Islands on south coast of Dutch
New Guinea, (A. S. Meek), 1 9 .

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

This female has a close general resemblance to the female of
H. rajah Werner here recorded, but is somewhat smaller and shorter.
The coloration of the prosternum, mesosternum, cephalic coxse
and femora readily distinguish these species, which we do not be-
lieve will be found nearly as plastic as the species more closely
related to vitrea and the variable pateUifera.

The costal margin of the tegmina is rather strongly serrate in
this specimen. Length of body 75, length of pronotum 28.2, great-
est width of pronotum 9.2, least width of pronotum 5.8, length of
tegmen 51, width of tegminal marginal field 6.2, length of cephalic
femur 23.3, length of caudal femur 23.8 mm.

Hierodula laevicoUis Saussure.

1870. H[ierodula] laevicoUis Saussure, Melang. Orth., I, p. 230. [cf,
Amboina.]

1871. H[ierodula] ovata Saussure, Melang. Orth., I, p. 409. [9, Am-
boina.]

The association of the sexes in the present series is unquestion-
ably correct, and shows that Saussure described the female of this
species as ovata.

Island of Amboina, Moluccas, 7 cf , 2 9,1 juv. 9 , [Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia].

In both sexes the facial scutellum has its basal width equalling
its height, with lateral margins parallel in the males, very feebly
convergent dorsad in the females and with the two vertical and
parallel carinse subobsolete as to elevation but well defined through-
out in paler coloration, each showing an impressed puncta slightly
below the median point. The lateral margins of the pronotal collar
are smooth to very feebly tuberculate in the males, weakly tuber-
culate in the females. The pronotal shaft has a medio-longitudinal
carina, subobsolete to moderately developed in the males, moder-
ately developed in the females, and in the males only, the caudal
margin is bordered to varying degrees with a blackish brown suf-
fusion. The costal margins of the tegmina are smooth, showing
mere traces of denticulation under high magnification. The large
oval buffy stigma in the males contrasts strikingly with the trans-
parent, hyaline but brown tinged discoidal fields of the tegmen.
The cephalic coxse are armed with (six to eight in the series) small,
bluntly conical teeth in the males, with (six to seven in the series)
rather heavy bluntly conical teeth in the females. .

Hierodula obiensis new species. (Plate II, figures l and 2.)

This interesting species is closely related to H. laevicoUis Saussure,
both sexes differing from that species in being of smaller size, with

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

facial scutellum decidedly transverse, not of almost equal height and
width, and with markings and coloration different.

Type. — cf ; Obi Island, Moluccas. [Hebard Collection Type No.
524.]

Size small, form rather slender for the genus. Ocelli large, closely
placed, arranged in a triangle slightly broader than high. Facial
scutellum transverse, height approximately three-fifths basal width;
vertical parallel carinse subobsolete, the two lateral sections of the
scutellum each with a small dark brown suffusion mesad; dorsal
margin of scutellum moderately convex, showing an indication of
mesal angulation. Pronotum as in laevicollis, except that all trace
of medio-longitudinal carination on the shaft is lost; supra-coxal
expansion moderate, more decided than in H. venosa (Olivier), as
in laevicollis, very slightly weaker than in H. sorongana (Giglio-
Tos), margins smooth, caudad briefly margined with a narrow dark
suffusion as in this sex of laevicollis, this feature indicated to a much
less degree in the male of sorongana before us. Tegmina and wings
much as in laevicollis, extending well beyond apex of abdomen;
marginal field opaque, broad proximad, narrowing rapidly mesad,
very narrow in distal half; remaining portions clear hyaline, with
cross-veinlets brown for a brief distance from each vein; stigma
small, linear, hardly opaque. Limb armament exactly as in laevi-
collis. Cephalic coxae with cephalic margin armed with (six and
eight) very small bluntly conical teeth. Cephalic femora with
genicular areas each supplied with a small blunt spine; ventro-
internal margin with the following formula, ililililililiil, these
spines black tipped, the larger spines of this series as well as the
first and third discoidal spines taAvny, with a distinct basal suffusion
of this color on the limb except for the discoidal spines. Cephalic
tibiae with eleven ventro-external and fourteen ventro-internal
spines, the external series beginning a slight distance from the tibial
base. Caudal metatarsus approximately equal in length to that
of the succeeding joints.

Allotype. — 9 ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.)

Agrees closely with this sex of laevicollis, differing in the smaller
size and facial scutellum, which is as described for the male of this
species, thus differing only in having the dorsal margin more broadly
convex. Compared with the male type of this species, this sex is
seen to differ in the more robust form, ocelli which are much smaller
and more widely spaced, pronotum with lateral margins micro-
scopically denticulate before the supra-coxal expansion, minutely

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

but distinctly denticulate on the collar, with shaft showing a weak
but distinct medio-longitudinal carina. The tegmina and wings
reach only to base of supra-anal plate. The tegmina are opaque,
with stigma more decided. The cephalic coxae are armed with
(six and seven) rather heavy, rounded teeth. ^^ The supra-anal
plate is very strongly transverse, its length hardly over one-fifth
its basal width, with distal margin very broadly convex.

Male with head ochraceous-tawny, facial scutellum with two
small suffusions of slate color meso-laterad, eyes dark hazel. Pro-
notum cinnamon-brown, caudal margin and proximal portion of
lateral margins for a brief distance suffused with blackish brown.
Tegmina with marginal fields opaque, biscay green, the numerous
irregular veinlets vinaceous-brown; remaining portions transparent,
clear hyaline, except the transverse veinlets, which are all briefly
mummy brown from the points of intersection with the veins.
Limits pale green. Cephalic femora with the first and third dis-
coidal spines tawny, the longer spines of the ventro-internal margin
tawny, each with a small basal suffusion on the limb of tawny.

Female with occiput between eyes mummy brown, eyes rich
tawny, face light ochraceous salmon, facial scutellum with a small
slate colored suffusion meso-laterad on each side, which is slightly
larger than in the male. Caudal portion of occiput, all of pronotum
and limbs snuff brown, the pronotum somewhat irregularly tinged
with blackish brown caudad. Spines of cephalic coxae light buff,
larger femoral spines tawny as in male. Tegmina opaque, pale
yellowish green, ''^ stigma cream color.

Length of body d' 52.8, 9 54.6; width of head d" 7, 9 8; length
of pronotum d 17, 9 19; greatest width of pronotum cf 4.9, 9 5.8;
least width of pronotum cf 2.9, 9 3.1; length of tegmen cf 41.2,
9 28.6; width of tegminal marginal field cf 2.9, 9 3; stigma d 3.2
by .7, 9 2.9 by .8; length of cephalic femur cf 12.7, 9 14.7; length
of caudal femur cf 14.3, 9 14.9 mm.

This species is known from the single pair.

Hierodula sorongana (Giglio-Tos) .

1912. P[arhierodula] sorongana Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLIII,
p. 120. [ 9 ; Mansinam and Sorong, New Guinea.]

Haidana, Collingwood Bay, British New Guinea, April to May,
1907, (from A. S. Meek), 1 c^.

^^ In this respect the contrast between the sexes is exactly as in laevicollis.
*" Apparently decidedly faded from the coloration in life.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

After careful study of the literature, we place this insect under
Giglio-Tos' sorongana, though that species is described from fe-
males and the description palpably insufficient.

No difference of note in the present example is remarked, except
that the types are described as having the metazona distinctly
tectiform carinate, while in the present specimen it is evenly rounded
with carination subobsolete. Such difference between the sexes
is shown by the series of H. laevicollis Saussure before us, so that we
feel our present association to be justified.

When compared with males of laevicollis, the present male is seen
to represent a species belonging to the same phylum. It differs
in the facial scutellum being of the same proportions but with parallel
vertical carinae weak but distinct, broken slightly below the middle,
with brief ventral portions slightly the more developed, much as
in H. venosa (Olivier). The pronotum is slightly smaller in pro-
portion to the rest of the body but of exactly the same character,
with caudal margin of shaft showing only a very weak darker suf-
fusion. The denticulations of the cephalic coxae are more numerous
(eight and nine), irregular and very slightly more slender. The
tegmina have the discoidal field transparent, hyaline and colorless,
while the stigma is much less conspicuous, narrower (3.1 by 4, in
laevicollis 3.5 by 1.1 mm.) and the costal margins of the tegmina
are minutely denticulate, this well developed meso-distad.

Length of body 61, length of pronotum 20.2, width of pronotum
5.9, length of tegmen 46.7, width of tegminal marginal field 3.5,
length of cephaHc femur 17.3, length of caudal femur 15.4 mm.

The Tamolana Group of the Genus Hierodula.

Of the species assigned by Giglio-Tos to his subgenus Rhom-
hoderula, of his genus Par-hierodula, but two, saussureii Kirby and
exiensicollis Serville, are referable to Rhomhodera.

The others constitute a group, reaching its maximum develop-
ment in Papua, which includes types, annectant to varying degrees,
between the typical forms of Hierodula and Rhomhodera. Of these,
atricoxis Wood-Mason shows the most decided approach toward
the type of pronotal development characteristic of Rhomhodera.

These species may represent a valid generic unit or a subgenus
of Hierodula, but for the present we believe it best to assign them
as a group of that genus, which we term the Tamolana Group. All
are distinguished by the pronotal expansion being slightly to de-

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

cidedly wider than the width of the head and all are conspicuous
in form and coloration. We would place these species in the follow-
ing order: pectoralis (Wood-Mason), denticulata (Krauss), phryne
Stal, splendida here described, tamolana (Brancsik), atricoxis Wood-
Mason. Three species described by Giglio-Tos, andaina, dilena
and katauana, undoubtedly belong to this group, but the descrip-
tions are given over almost entirely to discussion of coloration and
without figures we are unable to determine accurately their affinities.

Hierodula denticulata (Krauss).

1902. R[hotnbodera] pectoralis variety denticulata Krauss, Orth. Austr.
Malay. Archip., p. 756, pi. LXVII, fig. 4. [ 9 , British New Guinea.]

Setekwa River, Dutch New Guinea, (from A. S. Meek), 19.

The present specimen differs from the type in having internal
surface of the cephalic coxae entirely black, instead of black irt
the distal third. The distribution of the dark coloration on this
surface has been used as an important specific diagnostic character
by Giglio-Tos, but we are by no means convinced that it is not
subject to decided individual variation, at least within certain
species, its extent governed by intensification and recession of the
color pattern. So closely does the present specimen agree in other
respects with Krauss' description and excellent figure that we would
consider description of the present example as a new species both
rash and unwarranted at the present time.

The present specimen has the shaft of the pronotum slightly
darkened on each side proximad and mesad and heavily suffused
briefly latero-caudad and along the caudal margin with blackish
brown. The cephalic femora have a broad transverse bar mesad
on their external faces of dark brown. The apex of the cephalic
trochanters and adjacent portion of the inner face of the cephalic
femora are blackish brown, while the discoidal spines and the first
two and all the longer spines of the series on the ventrointernal
margin of the cephalic femora have their internal faces blackish
brown, this color spreading briefly at their bases on the inner
surface of the limb. The prosternum has two large round blackish
spots near its caudal margin, the mesosternum two similar but
slightly larger spots, while between the median coxae are two other
dark suffusions.

It would appear that Giglio-Tos' andaina, dilena and katauana
may prove to be other color variants or geographic races of H.
pectoralis (Wood-Mason) or the present species. With descriptions

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

given over almost entirely to color description and with no figures,
particularly necessary to show the pronotal contour, the descrip-
tions of these species as given have only added to the difficulties
encountered, and instead of representing an addition to scientific
knowledge, are in fact a distinct retrograde step.

Length of body 93, width of head 12, length of pronotum 28.8,
greatest width of pronotum 12.7, length of pronotal shaft 20.7,
width of unexpanded portion of shaft 6.5, length of tegmen 53,
width of tegminal marginal field 6.6, length of cephalic femur 23,
length of caudal femur 22.3 mm.

Hierodula splendida new species. (Plate II, figure 3.)

The present species is distinguished from all others of this section
which have been properly characterized, excepting H. tamolana
(Brancsik) by the expansion of the pronotum, which is decidedly
greater than the cephalic width, but narrows sharply caudad, leav-
ing slightly less than half of the shaft without expansion. Compared
the figure and description of males of tamolana, the male under con-
sideration is found to differ in the more evenly rounded margins of
the supra-coxal expansion, which are smooth, without trace of
denticulation. The cephalic coxae are black on their internal faces
only in the distal fourth, but this coloring appears to be individually
variable in extent in species of the present group.

Type. — cf; Haidana, Collingwood Bay, British New Guinea.
April to June, 1907. (From A. S. Meek.) [Hebard Collection
Type No. 525.]

Size large, form rather robust, as in many species of the Tamolana
Group. Ocelli large, rather closely placed in a triangle slightly
wider than high. Facial scutellum with height equal to basal width,
dorsal margin rather strongly convex, surface with two vertical
parallel carinas very weakly indicated. Pronotum with lateral
margins smooth, shaft without trace of carina, supra-coxal expan-
sion pyriform, considerably wider than head, margins very weakly
concave-convergent cephalad, evenly convex caudad to juncture
with unexpanded portion of shaft, which portion constitutes nearly
half the length of the shaft. Tegmina with marginal field opaque,
broad, narrowing evenly and gradually distad from point of great-
est width; remaining portions transparent, hyaline, weakly tinged
with brown except proximad toward marginal fields where they are
embrowned and subopaque, stigma rather heavy and conspicuously
pale. Cephalic coxae with cephalic margin moderately lamellate,

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

armed with (eight and ten) small and very bluntly rounded spines
which become slightly longer than wide distad, these irregularly
interspaced with a few minute spinulse, other margins roughly and
bluntly nodulose. Cephalic femora with the characteristic arma-
ment of ililililililiil spines, genicular lobes each supphed with
a very minute, blunt, short, stout spine. Cephalic tibiae with
ventral margins armed with eleven external and fourteen internal
spines.

Head, pronotum, body and limbs tawny olive. Cephalic femora
with a broad but weakly defined transverse suffusion of warm sepia.
Tegmina with marginal fields and adjacent portions proximad
mars brown; remaining portions transparent, very faintly tinged
with mars brown ; stigma cream color, with a brief but heavy suffusion
proximad and distad of blackish chestnut brown. Cephalic coxae
with distal fourth of internal surface shining black," apex of cephalic
trochanters and adjacent area of cephalic femora blackish brown.
First and third discoidal spines and all large spines of ventrb-internal
margin of cephalic femora blackish brown, this color very briefly
suffusion the femoral surface at the bases of all the large marginal
spines. Prosternum with four small flecks of blackish brown in
its caudal portion, mesosternum with two larger flecks of the same
coloration.

Length of body 70, width of head 9.6, length of pronotum 22.8,
greatest width of pronotmn 12.4, length of pronotal shaft 16.7,
length of unexpanded portion of shaft 7.3, width of unexpanded
portion of shaft 5.7, length of tegmen 56, width of tegminal marginal
field 5, length of cephalic femur 17.9, length of caudal femur 18.8
mm.

The type of this handsome insect is unique.

RHOMBODERA Burmeister.
1838. Rhombodera Burmeister, Haiidb. Ent., II, Abth. II, pt. 1, p. 536.
1912. Rhomboderula Giglio-Tos, subgenus of Parhierodula Giglio-Tos,
Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLIII, p. 130.

Having selected Rhombodera saussurei Kirby as genotype of
Rhomboderula in the present paper, we find this species to be con-
generic with Mantis valida Burmeister, genotype of Rhombodera. ^^
The resultant synonymy is indicated above.

^^ The following features of coloration have been extensively used by Giglio-
Tos in characterizing the species of Hierodula and its allies. In the present
group we feel that individual variation occurs in at least some of the species and
must be taken into consideration.

68 Selected by Kirby. Syn. Cat. Orth., I, p. 248, (1904).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

We refer to our discussion of the values of the generic characters,
used to separate the genera of the Group Hierodulae, under the
group heading on page 51. We there explain our reasons for
repudiating Giglio-Tos' rearrangement and the new genera and
subgenera which he was obliged to erect after he had decided to
consider the smoothness or serrulation of the costal margins of
the tegmina of primary importance.

On page 63, under the Tamolana Group of the genus Hierodula,
we discuss the majority of the species which Giglio-Tos referred
to his subgenus Rhomboderula.

Rhombodera extensicoUis (Serville).

1839. Mantis extensicoUis Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 189. [c^, 9 ;
Java.]

Samarang, Java, July, 1909, (E. Jacobson), 1 cf, [Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia].

This specimen agrees fully with Giglio-Tos' diagnosis of extensi-
coUis, which species he placed in his subgenus Rhomboderula of his
genus Parkier odula.

Rehn has recorded the present specimen as Rhombodera flava
(Haan),''' which species is closely related and may prove a syn-
onym of extensicoUis, as was indicated by Kirby, but resurrected
as valid by Giglio-Tos and placed by that author in Rhombodera,
which he considered a subgenus of Hierodula.

Rhombodera stalii Giglio-Tos.

1877. H[ierodula\ basalts St^l, (not Mantis basalis Haan, 1842), Bih. till
K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., IV, No. 10, p. 21. [Java, Borneo.]

1912. H[ierodula] R[hombodera] stalii Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana,
XLIII, p. 102. [cf, 9 : southern Java; Tengger Mountains, Eastern
Java.]

Nongkodjajar, Java, January, 1911, (E. Jacobson), 1 cf, 1 9,
[Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia].

These specimens have been recorded by Rehn as R. basalis
(Haan).^" Giglio-Tos has proposed the name stalii for a form with
narrowed pronotum and apex of cephalic trochanters darkened.
The present specimens agree with that author's diagnosis except
that they are smaller.

We hesitate to use the name stalii for we are by no means con-
vinced that this type will not prove to be a geographic race or
even a mere variant of basalis, unworthy of nominal recognition.

Notes from Leyden Mus., XXXV, p. 125, (1912).
Notes from Leyden Mus., XXXV, p. 125, (1912).

68' PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Length of body cf 56, 9 64.5; length of pronotum cf 20.3, 9 23.7;
greatest width of pronotum cf 11, 9 14.7; length of tegmen cT
50.2, 9 45.5; mdth. of tegminal marginal field cf 4.7, 9 5.8 mm.

Rhombodera basalis (Haan).

1842. M[antis] (Mantis) basalis Haan, in Temminck, Vorh. Nat. Gesch.
Nederlandsche Overseesche Bezittingen, Orth., p. 67. [ 9 ; Krawang,
Java.]

Singapore, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 9.

This is a large specimen; length of body 85, length of pronotum 30,
width of pronotum 18.7 mm.

Rhombodera valida Burmeister.

1838. M[antis] (Rhotnbodera) valida Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth.
II, pt. I, p. 536. [Java.]

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 1 cf .

This species is separated by Giglio-Tos from R. basalis (Haan)
by the broader, sub-circular, rhomboidal pronotum and quadii-
ramose discoidal vein of the tegmina. The material measured by
that author does not show as broad a pronotum as does the present
specimen, but from study of his paper we are led to believe that
the measurement given for pronotal width may not be correct.

The additional ramus of the discoidal vein of the tegmina is
clearly a poor specific criterion, noting that the same vein is bi- or
tri-ramose in hasalis, as stated by Giglio-Tos.

As a result we feel that the specific validity of the condition
to which the name valida is applied is open to question, the position
which we take being much the same as stated for R. stalii Giglio-
Tos in the present paper. We are further strengthened in this
opinion by the fact that Giglio-Tos has later described a species,
rotunda,^^ giving in his meagre comparative description, as differ-
ential characters to separate that form from valida, the broader
pronotum and the fact that the four specimens before him have
the cephalic femora with black maculations before the unguicular
sulcus. The present specimen agrees closely with Giglio-Tos'
measurements for rotunda, but has the cephalic femora immaculate.

Length of body 71, length of pronotum 21.6, greatest width of
pronotum 16.3, length of tegmen 56, width of tegminal marginal
field 4.4 mm.

61 Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, XLVIII, p. 6.5, (1917).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

Rhombodera saussurei Kirby.

1842. Mantis (Mantis) valida Haan, (not Mantis (Rhombodera) valida
Burmeister, 1838) in Temminck, Verb. Nat. Gesch. Nederlandsche
Overseesche Bezittingen, Orth., p. 66. [Timor-Koepang; Amboina.]

1904. R[hombodera] saussurei Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., I, p. 248. (New
name proposed.)

Obi Island, Moluccas, 1 cr' , 2 9 .

This handsome species, though agreeing closely with R. hasalis
(Haan) in pronotal form, is clearly a member of a distinct species
group, distinguished by the greater definition of the lateral wings
of the pronotum from the primitive portion, the distinct and greater
serrulation of the pronotal margins, the serrulate costal margin
of the tegmina and clear hyaline wings, not tinged with pink as in
basalis and its closer allies.

The present specimens, in addition, have the stigma buffy without
adjacent suffusions of any kind, but this feature would appear to
be variable, as Giglio-Tos records specimens from Timor with stigma
showing blackish brown suffusions cephalad and caudad, as is char-
acteristic for hasalis.

From the data given in the literature, the size variation would
appeaT to be considerable. The measurements of the specimens here
recorded are: length of body, cT 71.5, 9 70-75.5; length of pro-
notum, cf 24.1, 9 25.2-26.2; greatest width of pronotum, cf 15.6,
9 17.2-18.3; length of tegmen, cf 64.1, 9 49.7-50.2; width of
tegminal marginal field, cf 4.9, 9 5.9-6.3 mm.

XXIII. Archimantin^.
1st Group, Archimantes.

Archimantis latistyla (Serville).

1839. Mantis latistylus Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 179. [c?, 9'>
Australia.]

Queensland, Australia, 2 9 .

Archimantis armata Wood-Mason.

1877. Archimantis armatus Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), XX,
p. 76. [ 9 , North AustraUa.]

Townsville, Queensland, Australia, 1 9 .

XXVIII. Acromantin^.
2d Group, Acromantes.

Oligomantis orientalis Giglio-Tos.

191.5. 0[ligomantis] orientalis Gigho-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Auat. Comp.
Univ. Torino, XXX, No. 702, p. 4. [cT, 9 ; Redjang, Sumatra; Island
of Batu; Singapore, [British Straits Settlements].]

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Singapore, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 d^, 1 9.

The original description of this interesting species is inexcusably
brief. No mention is made of the striking granulations covering
the dorsal surface of the pronotum, which, in the female become
minute but distinct tuberculations on the collar. The wings are
transparent, tinged with a delicate pink, except proximad in the
marginal field, where they are tinged with green.

The length of the female tegmen as given by Giglio-Tos, 13.5
mm., is apparently in error, as he states "elytris angustata, ab-
domine longiora." Probably 23.5 mm. was intended.

The measurements of the pair before us are as follows: length of
body, cf 22, 9 34; length of pronotum, cf 8, 9 11.8; greatest width
of pronotum, cf 1.9, 9 2.9; length of tegmen, d^ 14.3, 9 23.7;
width of tegminal marginal field, cf 1.2, 9 2; length of caudal
femur, cf 5.3, 9 7.2 mm.

Acromantis moultoni Giglio-Tos.

1915. A[cromantis] moultoni Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp.
Univ. Torino, XXX, No. 702, p. 5. [ 9 ; Borneo; Daivel Bay, Borneo.]

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf , 1 9.

Giglio-Tos' treatment of eight new species, of which moultoni
is the second, is pitiably superficial and brief, as usual without a
single figure. Particularly reprehensible is the fact that in no case
is a single transverse dimension given, leaving the reader in complete
ignorance as to the slenderness or robustness of the species de-
scribed.

The male before us has the margin of the suture mesad above
the ocelli minutely angulate produced ventrad, as may be expected
for this sex of a species of Acromantis in which the females have
no trace of a tubercle at this point. This specimen very closely
resembles the male before us oi A. oligoneura (Haan), differing in
not having a minute but distinct tubercle above the ocelli and in
having the oblique portions of the discoidal and median veins of
the tegmina more strongly curved toward their bases. The dis-
coidal field of the tegmina is colorless, hyaline, weakly reticulated
with green veins, the third and fourth of the oblique veins mar-
gined along their proximal portion with a brown suffusion.

The female has no trace of angulate production or tubercle above
the ocelh. The discoidal field of the tegmina is colorless, hyaline,
with veins similar to those of the male but with the reticulation
somewhat smaller and closer and with no suffusions whatever. The

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

wings are truncate distad, with immediate apices showing very
slight production.

It is clear that moulioni is very close to oligoneura and may prove
to be a geographic race. Giglio-Tos' insularis, from the superficial
description, is apparently even closer to oligoneura and may repre-
sent a geographic race, but more probably an absolute synonym
of that species.

Length of body, cf 21.8, 9 28; length of pronotum, d" 7, 9 8.3;
greatest pronotal width, 0^2.4, 9 2.9; length of tegmen, 17.6, 9 21.2;
width of tegminal marginal field, cf 1-4, 9 2; width of cephalic
femur, cf 1.7, 9 2.2 mm.

Acromantis oligoneura (Haan).

1842. M[antis] oligoneura Haan, in Temminck, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Neder-
landsche Overseesche Bezittingen, Orth., p. 90, pi. XVIII, fig. 6. [cf, 9 :
Java; Padang; Amboina; Tonda, [Celebes].]

Batavia, Java, June and September, 1908, (E. Jacobson), 1 cf ,
1 9 , [Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.]

These specimens have been correctly recorded by Rehn.«- The

measurements are: length of body, 6^21, 9 26; length of pronotum,

cf 6^, 9 7.4; greatest width of pronotum, d^ 2.1, 9 2.7; length of

tegmen, cf 16.2, 9 18.8; width of tegminal marginal field, cf 1.2,

9 2; width of cephalic femur, cf 1.7, 9 2.1 mm.

Acromantis luzonica new species. (Plate II, figure 4.)

This species agrees with A. parvula Westwood^^ in size and in
having the apex of the anterior field of the wings arcuate and not
showing the truncation indicated to varying degrees in males of
the other species known to us. It differs in having no supra-ocellar
spine, the pronotal supra-coxal expansion more decided, the teg-
mina and wings not surpassing the apex of the abdomen, the teg-
mina with all fields equally tinged with green and subopaque and
the distal lobes of the median and caudal femora smaller, scarcely
half as wide as the tibiae.

«2 Notes from Leyden Mus., XXXV, p. 126, (1912).

*^ One of the most unsatisfactory features of Giglio-Tos' work lies in the fact
that in his revisionary studies of the Acromantinse he has almost invariably
failed to give any additional data for previously described species. Under A.
oligoneura (Haan) he places A. parvula Westwood as a synonym, records ma-
terial from Java and Borneo, but gives no data whatever concerning the speci-
mens recorded or reasons for the sjTionymy indicated. The fact that the apex
of the anterior field of the wings as figured by Westwood shows no truncation
whatever causes us to believe parvula to be a valid species, which we here recog-
nize. Westwood's description is unsatisfactorj% but with his figure far more
useful than the descriptions of new species of the genus Acromantis given by
Giglio-Tos.

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Compared with a male of A. oligoneura (Haan) before us, the
present male is seen to differ widely in its smaller size, decidedly
shorter and heavier pronotum with supra-coxal expansion more
decided, much shorter tegmina and wings with distal margins showing
no truncation, suffused tegmina with cross- veinlets very much
more numerous and irregular and differently colored wings with
apex of anterior field not distinctly truncate.

The position of the present species in the genus Acromantis is
somewhat difficult to assign, due to the fact that the male sex of
A. australis Saussure and the female sex qf luzonica are unknown.
The heavy pronotum and colored wings lead us to believe it to be
more closely related to the group including australis than to that
including the more slender species such as oligoneura. It is very
possible that it represents a distinct group, in certain features an-
nectant between these, but further material is needed before this
can be definitely stated. From comparison with the male of A.
hesione Stal before us, it is clear that the present species is widely
separated from that insect, which is clearly the nearest approach
among the species of the australis type toward those of the oli-
goneura type.

Type. — cf ; Baguio, Benguet, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands.
(From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection Type No. 528.]

Size small and form robust for the genus. Head with supra-
ocellar spine subobsolete, represented by a mere rounded node
mesad on the transverse carina there formed. Occiput with lateral
vertical sulcations alone distinct, the two mesad indicated only as
shallow, broad, brief depressions below the summit, summit of
occiput not raised above the eyes, nearly transverse, very weakly
and broadly concave mesad and very weakly and broadly convex
from lateral sulci to eyes. Ocelli not large, distinctly smaller than
in this sex of oligoneura and not as closely placed, arranged in a
triangle slightly wider than high. Pronotum strikingly heavy for
the size of the insect, the few blunt teeth on lateral margins of shaft
and neck heavy, distinctly heavier than those of oligoneura; supra-
coxal expansion decided, margins smooth, forming a rounded angu-
lation meso-cephalad, as in oligoneura. Tegmina short, not extend-
ing beyond apex of abdomen, entirely subopaque, in all fields thickly
supplied with a network of minute irregular veinlets; marginal field
broad, narrowing gradually to near apex of tegmina; the four ob-
Uque veins of the discoidal field straight, not curved at their bases;
the apices of the tegmina moderately broadly rounded, but with

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

curvature at apex more decided than in oligoneura. Wings extend-
ing as far as tegmina, with apices similar except that the curvature
at the apex is slightly broader, these organs distinctively colored.
Cerci short, stout, apex acute, joints moderately moniliform. Ce-
phalic coxae with cephalic margin armed with (six) small, blunt,
irregularly placed teeth. Cephalic femora lamellate dorsad, the
dorsal margin evenly and weakly convex; ventro-internal margin
with spines arranged, as characteristic for the genus, in the following
formula, ilililililil I, all genicular lobes each armed with a short
heavy spine. Cephalic tibiae with eleven external and eleven and
twelve internal spines on the ventral margins. Median and caudal
femora dorso-distad each produced caudad in a longitudinal lamella,
only two-thirds as wide as tibia, the margin of which is broadly
convex.

Head and pronotum cinnamon brown, the latter paling slightly
toward ochraceous-tawny dorsad. Tegmina subopaque, immacu-
late, strongly tinged with ecru-olive (probably much faded from
the color in life). Wings tinged with ochraceous-orange, this be-
coming ochraceous-tawny along costal margin distad in anterior
field. Cephalic limbs olive lake, the coxae and tibiae suffused with
brown, the femora showing traces of two pale transverse bands and
with the larger spines of the ventro-internal margins colored as the
other spines, the tips alone darkened. Caudal limbs olive lake,
the femora heavily suffused with blackish chestnut brown in prox-
imal and distal third and with traces of this color mesad, the tibiae
annulate proximad, mesad and distad with this color, the tarsal
joints suffused distad. (The ground color of the limbs is apparently
much faded from the color in life.)

Length of body 19.2, length of pronotum 5.9, greatest width of
pronotum 2.6, width of pronotal shaft 1.6, length of tegmen 12.3,
width of tegmen 4.4, width of tegminal marginal field 1.1, length of
cephalic femur 5.8, width of cephalic femur 1.9, height of lamella
on caudal femur .4, length of caudal femur 4.9 mm.

The type of this extraordinary little mantid is unique.

Acromantis hesione Stal.

1877. A[cromantis] hesione St§,l, Ofv. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh., 1877,
No. 10, p. 38. [ 9 , Philippine Islands.]

Los Banos, Laguna, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 <f.

Davao, Davao, Island of Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 9.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

The present species clearly belongs to the group which includes
A. australis Saussure. This is shown by the robust form and ce-
phalic femora having a dorsal expansion, weak but distinct in the
males, conspicuous in the females.

The male before us is apparently an example of recessive colora-
tion. The general coloration is yellowish, the cephalic femora
weakly suffused with pale brown meso-distad on their external faces,
the other femora suffused proximad and distad with pale brown.
The tegmina have the discoidal fields transparent, hyaline, immacu-
late, with veins yellowish.

The female at hand is similar except that the general coloration
is light brown, the cephalic femora dorsad suffused with slightly
darker brown proximad, mesad and distad on their external faces.
The tegmina have the discoidal fields transparent but heavily and
evenly reticulate with innumerable pale brown veins, so that these
areas appear only slightly vitreous, with third and fifth obliciue
veins showing a small but distinct maculation of dark brown about
their bases.

Length of body, cf 25, 9 33; length of pronotum, cf 8, 9 9;
greatest pronotal width, cf 2.5, 9 3.6; length of tegmen, cf 18.8,
9 21.9; width of tegminal marginal field, cf 1.3, 9 2.4; width of
cephalic femur, cf 2, 9 3 mm.

Acromantis australis Saussure.

1871. Acromantis australis Saussure, Melang. Orth., I, p. 449, pi. VII,
fig. 68. [ 9 : Moluccas; Island of Waigiou.]

Fakfak, Dutch New Guinea, 19.

This is the only species of the genus before us which has a well
developed conical projection above the ocelli; this projection slightly
higher but more slender than that at the dorsal apex of the facial
scutellum in the female sex. The present specimen has the free
margin of the axillary field of the wings tinged with dark brown,
as described for Bornean material of A. aruana Westwood, a name
which has been assigned to synonymy under australis.

Length of body 32, length of pronotum 9.3, greatest pronotal
width 3.8, length of tegmen 22.8, width of tegmen 7, width of teg-
men at apex 4.8, width of tegminal marginal field 2.3, width of
cephalic femur 2.9, height of lamella on caudal femur .9 mm.

Acromantis dyaka new species. (Plate II, figure 5.)

This species is the heaviest of the genus, showing the maximum
development of pronotal marginal denticulation and femoral lamel-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

lation. In addition the tegmina and wings show the most decided
distal truncation known.

Nearest relationship is with A. australis Saussure, the present
female differing from a female of that species before us, in addition
to the features stated above, in having the spine above the ocelli
minute, very much smaller than the spine above the summit of the
facial scutellum, the tegmina with marginal field fully as broad
proximad but narrowing sharply in distal third, rather than narrow-
ing very gradually. The free margin of the axillary field of the
wings is not tinged with dark brown, agreeing in this respect with
all known material of australis from Waigiou and the Aru Islands,
which marginal suffusion distinguishes, however, all material of
that species known from New Guinea.

Type. — Labuan Island, British North Borneo. [Hebard Collec-
tion Type No. 527.]

Size large and form very robust for the genus, generally similar
to australis except in the following respects. Head with supra-
ocellar spine represented by a minute blunt projection less than
half as high as the spine at the dorsal apex of the facial scutellum,
which spine is as well developed as in australis. Occiput with four
deep and broad vertical sulcations; summit of occiput slightly
raised above the eyes, transverse, weakly convex from lateral sulci
to eyes. Ocelli small, slightly smaller than in this sex of australis,
similarly arranged in a triangle which is distinctly wider than high.
Pronotum similar to that of australis except that it is shorter and
heavier with the blunt teeth on the lateral margins fewer in number
but decidedly heavier and longer. Tegmina as in that species but
suddenly and broadly truncate distad, almost as if the distal quarter
of a tegmen, such as is developed in australis, had been clipped off;
marginal field very broad in proximal two-thirds, suddenly narrowing
so that it is obsolete in the greater portion of the distal third; mar-
ginal field opaque, dorsal field transparent but with a heavy net-
work of minute veins, which become so numerous and crowded
toward the marginal field, and particularly toward the bases of the
oblique veins, as to cause these portions to be almost opaque. Wings
with anterior field sharply truncate, hardly reaching beyond apex
of axillary field, portion of anterior field between mediastine vein
and free margin opaque along the distal portion of the anterior
field; axillary field transparent, very weakly tinged v\ith brown.
Cephalic coxae with cephalic margin armed with (six) heavy blunt

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

teeth, between which are a number of minute denticulations. Ce-
phalic femora lamellate dorsad, this somewhat strongest mesad,
the dorsal margin minutely denticulate; ventro-internal margin
with spines arranged as follows, ilililililil I, as characteristic of
the genus, all genicular lobes each armed with a short heavy spine.
Cephalic tibia; with eleven and twelve procumbent external and
twelve internal spines on the ventral margins. Median and caudal
femora dorso-distad each produced caudad in a large rounded lamella,
similar to those developed in australis, but distinctly more ample.

Head tawny olive. Pronotum sepia laterad, fading to cinnamon-
buff mesad particularly on shaft, with teeth of lateral margins black.
Tegmina with marginal field opaque, turtle green; other portions
hyaline with a network of tawny olive veins as given in description,
with a suffusion of warm sepia about base of third oblique vein.
Wings hyaline very faintly tinged with ochraceous-tawny, except
along free margin of anterior field distad where they are opaque,
antimony yellow shading through tawny to prout's brown at apex,
the tawny and prout's brown portions spreading over the distal
extremity of the anterior field. Limbs prout's brown; teeth of
cephalic coxae bufTy; internal faces of cephalic femora tawny; second
and third discoidal spines black proximad and distad, larger spines
of ventro-internal margin entirely black, this extending on the limb
as a suffusion at the base of each of these spines; dorsal margin of
cephalic femora, internal face of cephalic tibiae and median and
caudal femora and tibiae each with two very pale brown areas,
tarsal joints pale with apices darkened.

Length of body 28.5, length of pronotum 8.7, greatest pronotal
width 4, length of tegmen 19, greatest tegminal width 7, width of
tegmen at apex 6.7, width of tegminal marginal field 2.2, length of
cephalic femur 8.8, width of cephalic femur 2.8, length of caudal
femur 7.7, height of lamella on caudal femur L2 mm.

The type is unique.

Odontomantis javana javana Saussure.

1870. M[icromantis] Odontomantis javana Saussure, Melang. Orth., I, p. 181.
[ 9 , Java.]

Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 2 cf, 3 9.
Labuan Lsland, British North Borneo, 1 cf , 2 9 .
Puerto Princesa, Island of Palawan, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 9 .

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

Measurements (in millimeters).

Greatest
cf Length of Length of width of Length of

body. pronotum. pronotum. tegmen.

Sandakan, Borneo 16.7 4.6 2.1 11.3

Sandakan, Borneo 15 4.2 2 10

Labuan Island, Borneo 14,7 4.2 2 11.2

9

Puerto Princesa, Palawan 23 6.1 3 16.6

Sandakan, Borneo 23.7 6 2.9 17

Labuan Island, Borneo ..'...24.4 5.8 ' 2.8 17.3

Odontomantis javana euphrosyne Stal.

1877. 0[do7}to7nantis] euphrosyne St§,l, Ofv. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh.,
1877, No. 10, p. 38. [cf , 9 ; Philippine Islands.]

Davao, Davao, Island of Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from
C.F.Baker), 2 c^.

These specimens agree fully with Stal's meagre description of
euphrosyne, which is briefly characterized as being larger with distal
portion of anterior field of wings less produced and blunter than in
javana. We note also that these specimens, when compared with
Bornean males of javana, have the collar of the pronotum slightly
more elongate, distinctly longer than the width at the supra-coxal
sulcus; the anterior field of the wings distinctly more suffused than
the other portions, not equally suffused, and the dorsal surface of
the cerci, supra-anal plate and preceding segment suffused with
blackish brown, not of the general coloration of the dorsal surface
of the abdomen.

No other differences of any diagnostic value are found and we
believe that ewphrosyne represents a geographic race of javana.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

cf Length of Length of

body. pronotum.

Davao, Mindanao 18.5 • 5.2

Davao, Mindanao 20 5.7

XXIX. Hymenopodin^.

5th Group, Hymenopod.e.

Hymenopus coronatus (Olivier).

1792. Mantis coronatus Ohvier, Encycl. Method., VII, p. 638. [[9 and
juv.], Amboina.]

Nias Island, Sunda Archipelago, 1 9 .

This specimen exactly resembles the excellent figure of this most
remarkable pale yellowish mantid given by Stoll.

Greatest

Length of

width of

Length of

caudal

pronotum.

tegmen.

femur.

2.3

12.2

5.7

2.5

12.8

5.9

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Creobroter granulicoUis Saussure. (Plate II. figure 6.)

1870. Cr[eobotra] granulicoUis Saussure, Mittheil. Schweizer Ent. Ges.,
Ill, p. 242. [ 9 , Siam?]

Singapore, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 d^.

Kirby has given Penang, British Straits Settlements, as the type
locality for this species. We are unable to locate the source of his
information.

The species was described from a female, but from the minute
tubercle above the ocelli and moderately granulate pronotal surface
we feel that the present association is correct.

This specimen is compared with a male of C. meleagris Stal as
to the eyes, under the discussion of that species. We would further
remark that the pronotum is regularly oval rather than quadri-
lobate in form. The tegmina are transparent, hyaline, very weakly
tinged with green, except proximad in the discoidal field, where
this becomes stronger; with a very brief (1.8 mm. in length) trans-
verse band of mustard yellow, bordered proximad by a black line
at the end of the proximal third of the discoidal field.

Length of body 23, width of head 4.4, length of eye 2.8, length of
pronotum 5, greatest width of pronotum 3, length of tegmen 21,
width of tegmen 5.2, width of tegminal marginal field 1.3, length of
abdomen 9.2, width of abdomen 5.1, length of cephalic femur 6.5,
length of caudal femur 6.1 mm.

Creobroter labuanae new species. (Plate II, figure 7.)

The present species appears to find nearest affinity with C. mele-
agris Stal. Compared with a male of meleagris^'^ before us, the
present male is found to differ in its somewhat smaller size, eyes
which do not project as strongly, smaller pronotum, which is weakly
granulate, with neck proportionately shorter and the margins of
the neck, shaft and supra-coxal expansion all four showing about
the same convexity. In addition the tegminal markings are much
smaller, yellow, not orange, with the discal spot showing only a
brief transverse black band which sends a short ray into the yellow
area. These features of coloration may be variable within the
species of the genus, however, and in the present case the differ-

^* As noted under meleagris, lack of material of C. urbana (Fabricius) prevents
comparison, which species, from the literature, appears to be more nearly related
to C. granulicoUis (Saussure) in pronotal form, with lateral margins more evenly
expanding and in consequence decidedly less cruciform, though agreeing with
labuanae and meleagris in having a well developed spine above the ocelli.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

ences noted may be due wholly to individual recession of coloration
from a type exactly similar to that shown by the male of meleagris
at hand.

As in many genera including strikingly colored species, it is clear
that features of coloration, some of which are unquestionably of
doubtful specific diagnostic value, have been unduly emphasized
in past literature, while a number of important structural characters
have been overlooked or given but scant attention.

Type. — cf ; Labuan Island, British North Borneo. [Hebard Col-
lection Type No. 526.]

Size medium for the genus, tegmina and wings very elongate,
proportionately much as in meleagris and considerably longer than
in granulicollis, though the pronotum is decidedly smaller than in
7neleagris and of much the same size as in granulicollis .^^ Head
with eyes greatly projecting, as characteristic for the genus, but
distinctly less than in this sex of meleagris or granulicollis. Spine
above ocelli well developed, as in meleagris. Pronotum''*^ with
dorsal surface feebly granulate; lateral margins very slightly rough-
ened, denticulations obsolete except faintly indicated on cephalic
margins of supra-coxal expansion, much as in granulicollis, slightly
weaker than in meleagris; margins of neck, shaft and supra-coxal
expansion all equally convex, giving the pronotum a more cruciform
shape than in yneleagris, which shape is practically lost in granu-
licollis; neck short, no longer than its proximal width. Tegmina
and wings elongate, proportionately slightly narrower than in mele-
agris, of same proportions as in granulicollis, but more extensive
in proportion to body bulk than in that species. Wings with a
proximal suffusion of deep vinaceous, as in gr-anulicollis and meleagris,
markings of a much reduced but similar pattern to those of
meleagris. Ninth dorsal abdominal segment with latero-caudal
angles moderately produced and bluntly rounded, similarly pro-
duced but acute in meleagris, more decidedly produced and acute in
granulicollis. Supra-anal plate with margin between the cerci
broadly convex. Cerci moderately stout, tapering sharply at ex-
tremity to acute apex, in meleagris tapering more gradually distad

®^ Males of these species are compared. We have no material to show the
differences which exist between the sexes in the various structural and color
features.

^^ From Saussure's description of the female sex of granulicollis, we beUeve
that the pronotum in females of these species will be found to be more heavily
granulate, with margins distinctly denticulate.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

to the acute apex. Styles of subgenital plate minute, hardly twice
as long as wide, in meleagris minute but fully three times as long as
wide. Cephalic femora with ventro-internal margins showing the
following spine formula, ilililililiiiiil, the five small successive
spines decreasing in length distad with intervals diminishing, as
characteristic of the genus. Cephalic tibiae with thirteen and
fourteen procumbent external and thirteen and fourteen internal
spines on the ventral margins. Median and caudal femora dorso-
distad each produced caudad in a lamella which is slightly wider
than the caudal tibia.

Color pattern exactly as in meleagris except for the absence of
the two pale transverse bands found on the pronotum in that species
and the reduction of the tegminal markings. Head cinnamon
brown, with margins of facial scutellum and proxiinal antennal
joints antimony yellow. Antennae proximad antimony yellow,
then briefly cinnamon brown, the entire remaining portions blackish
brown. Pronotum cinnamon brown with denticulations and mar-
ginal portions, particularly laterad, antimony yellow. Limbs anti-
mony yellow, femora and tibiae and cephalic coxae each with
three transverse annuli of equal width which are cinnamon brown,
all femora distad and cephalic coxae in addition suffused proximad
with cinnamon brown; cephalic metatarsus suffused with cinnamon
brown mesad and distad, other metatarsi suffused with cinnamon
brown distad, remaining tarsal joints suffused with this color. Teg-
rnina transparent, tinged with green, this heavy proximad, a small
spot at base of discoidal field and a comparatively small transverse
oval area before the middle of the discoidal field mustard yellow,
the latter bounded proximad by a black line which sends one short
ray of black into the yellow area; extensor field clear hyaline, color-
less. Wings transparent, hyaline, colorless except proximad where
they are briefly tinged with dark vinaceous and distad in the an-
terior field where they are tinged with green, particularly toward
the margins.

Length of body 23.5, width of head 4.3, length of eye 2.3, length
of pronotum 4.7, greatest pronotal width 3.3, length of tegmen 25,
width of tegmen 6, width of tegminal marginal field L2, length of
abdomen 9.4, greatest abdominal width 5.5, length of cephalic
femur 6.8, length of caudal femur 6 mm.

The type of this beautiful little species is uniciue.

Creobroter meleagris Stal. (Plate II, figure 8.)

1,S77. ('[reohoter] meleagris St&l, Ofv. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh., 1877,
No. 10, p. 39. [(f, 9 ; Philippine Islands.]

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

Los Banos, Laguna, Island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from
C. F. Baker), 1 d".

This specimen agrees fully with Stal's brief description. The
species appears to be close to C. urhana (Fabricius), but how close
we are unable to state, lacking material of that species for the nec-
essary comparison.

In the male before us the eyes project strongly, though not as
slender and more divergent than those of the male of C. granuli-
collis Saussure at hand. The conical spine above the ocelli is well
developed, the pronotum with surface subgranulate and distinctly
quadrilobate in form, the tegmina with proximal spot and ocellate
area bittel-sweet orange, the latter with two black dots proximad,
bounded proximad by a broad arcuate black line, distad by a hyaline
mai'gin with a similar broad arcuate black line bounding it, the
extensor field hyaline, colorless except for a large mesal suffusion
of blackish brown.

Length of body 26, width of head 5, length of eye 2.9, length of
pronotum 6.1, greatest pronotal width 3.9, length of tegmen 26.8,
width of tegmen 6.9, width of tegminal marginal field 1.7, length of
abdomen 10, greatest abdominal width 6, length of cephalic femur 9,
length of caudal femur 8.7 mm.

Creobroter episcopalis Stal.

1877. C[reohoter] episcopalis St&l, Bih. till K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl,
IV, No. 10, p. 86. [ 9 , Borneo.!

Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 1 9 .

This specimen agrees fully with Stal's description, except that
it is larger than the type. The sharply conical eyes, lack of spine
or denticulation above the ocelli, granulose surface of the pronotum
and tegminal markings are particularly noteworthy features.

Length of body 30, length of pronotum 6, greatest pronotal width
3.8, length of tegmen 19.5, width of tegminal marginal field 1.8,
length of cephalic femur 7.9, length of caudal femur 6.5 mm.

6th Group, Pseudocreobotr^.

Theopropus elegans (Westwood).

1832. Blepharis elegans Westwood, in Griffith, Anim. Kingd., XV, p. 190,
pi. LXXVIII, fig. 3. [ 9 ; Tanesserim [error for Tenasserim] Coast.]

British North Borneo, (from Fruhstorfer), 1 9 .
Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9 .
Labuan Island, British North Borneo, 19.

The three specimens of this remarkable species here recorded
all agree closely in size, coloration and color pattern.

82 proceedings of the academy of [feb.,

Explanation of Plates.

Plate I. — Fig. 1. — Kongobatha diademata new species. Queensland, Australia.
Female. Type. Cephalic aspect of head. (X7.)

Fig. 2. — Kongobatha diademata new species. Queensland, Australia. Fe-
male. Type. Latero-external outline of cephalic tibia. (XlO.)

Fig. 3. — Polyacanthopus mantispoides new species. Sandakan, British North
Borneo. Male. Type. Cephalic aspect of head. (X7.)

Fig. 4i.— Polyacanthopus mantispoides new species. Sandakan, British North
Borneo. Male. Type. Latero-external outline of cephaliclimb. (X6.)

Fig. 5. — Sceptuchus simplex new species. Singapore, British Straits Settle-
ments. Male. Type. Cephalic aspect of head. (X7.)

Fig. 6. — Sceptuchus simplex new species. Singapore, British Straits Settle-
ments. Male. Type. Latero-external outline of cephalic tibia. (XlO.)

Fig. 7. — Amantis acta new species. Mount Banahao, Luzon, Philippine
Islands. Male. Type. Cephalic aspect of head. (X7.)

Fig. 8. — Amantis hasilana new species. Island of Basilan, Philippine Is-
lands. Male. Type. Cephalic aspect of head. (X7.)

Fig. 9. — Amantis basilana new species. Island of Basilan, Philippine Is-
lands. Male. Type. Latero-external outline of cephahc tibia. (XlO.)

Fig. 10. — Tagalomantis manillensis (Saussure). Los Banos, Luzon, Philip-
pine Islands. Male. Latero-internal aspect of cephalic femur. (X5.)

Fig. 11. — Leptomantis tdnkinae new species. Than-Moi, Tonkin. Female.
Type. Dorsal view of pronotum. (X6.)

Fig. 12. — Leptomantis tonkinae new species. Than-Moi, Tonkin. Female.
Type. Latero-external outline of cephalic tibia. (XlO.)

Fig. 13. — Aetaella bakeri new species. Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine
Islands. Male. Type. Dorsal view of pronotum. (X6.)

Fig. 14:.— Aetaella bakeri new species. Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine
Islands. Male. Type. Latero-external outline of cephalic tibia.
(XlO.)

Plate II. — Fig. 1. — Hierodula obiensis new species. Obi Island, Moluccas.

Female. Allotype. Dorsal aspect. (Natural size.)
Fig. 2. — Hierodula obiensis new species. Obi Island, Moluccas. Male.

Type. Dorsal aspect. (Natural size.)
Fig. 3. — -Hierodula splendida new species. Haidana, British New Guinea.

Male. Type. Dorsal aspect of head and pronotum. (XlH-)
Fig. 4. — Acromantis luzonica new species. Baguio, Luzon, Philippine

Islands. Male. Type. Dorsal aspect of pronotum. (X43^.)
Fig. 5. — Acromantis dyaka new species. Labuan Island, British North

Borneo. Female. Type. Dorsal aspect. (X2.)
Fig. 6. — Creobroter granulicollis Saussure. Singapore, British Straits Settle-
ments. Male. Dorsal aspect of pronotum. (X43^.)
Fig. 7. — Creobroter labuanae new species. Labuan Island, British North

Borneo. Male. Type. Dorsal aspect of pronotum. (Xj^j-i.)
Fig. 8. — Creobroter meleagris Stal. Los Banos, Luzon, Philippine Islands.

Male. Dorsal aspect of pronotum. iX4}4-)
Fig. 9. — Amantis acta new species. Mount Banahao, Luzon, Philippine

Islands. Male. Type. Dorsal aspect of pronotum. (X8.)

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1920.

PLATE I.

HEBARD : MALAYAN, PAPUAN, AND AUSTRALIAN MANTIDAE.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1920.

PLATE 11.

HEBARD: MALAYAN: PAPUAN, AND AUSTRALIAN MANTIDAE.

1920.] NATURA.T SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

March 16.

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair.

Forty-six persons present.

The deaths of the following members were announced: Robert E.
Peary and Reuben Haines; and Sir James A. Grant, a Correspondent.

Mr. Stewardson Brown made a communication on: "Native
Orchids of Pennsylvania and New Jersey in the Herbarium of the
Academy," and Mr. J. Fletcher Street exhibited a series of
elegantly colored lantern slides of local orchids and associated plants.
(No abstracts.)

The following were elected members: J. Franklin McFadden,
Lawrence J. Morris, Edward R. Wood, Jr., T. Wistar Brown, 3rd,
Hugh F. Munro, Joseph G. Lovering, Frank B. Bower,and Astley
P. C. Ashhurst.

The Publication Committee reported the reception of the follow-
ing papers for publication:

" Scrophulariacese of the Southeastern United States," by Fran-
cis W. Pennell.

''MoUusca from Central America and Mexico," by Henry A.
Pilsbry.

"Notes on New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Virginia Fishes," by
Henry W. Fowler.

"Costa Rican Land and Freshwater Mollusks," by Henry A.
Pilsbry.

"Studies in Malayan, Papuan and Australian Mantidse," by
Morgan Hebard.

"Observations on the Soil Acidity of Ericaceae and Associated
Plants in the Middle Atlantic States," by Edgar T. Wherry.

The following was ordered to be printed :

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

OBSERVATIONS ON THE SOIL ACIDITY OF ERICACEAE AND ASSOCIATED
PLANTS IN THE MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES.

BY EDGAR T. WHERRY.

In a recent paper^ the writer described the results obtained on a
trip in northern New England in June, 1919, where indicator solu-
tions were carried into the field and tests made of the soil reactions
of a number of species of Ericaceae and other families of plants
thought to be sensitive in this respect. ^ Both before and since
that trip similar observations have been made at a number of places
in Pennsylvania and adjoining states, and in the present paper some
of the results obtained are described^ The field work has been
carried out largely at the writer's own expense, in the course of vaca-
tion outings, but funds for certain trips were obtained from the
U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, through Mr. Frederick V. Coville,
Botanist of the Bureau.

The regions in which these observations have been made are
presented in the following table, with summaries of their dominant
geological and soil features. Those in the Appalachian Mountain
and Piedmont Provinces are given first, from northeast to south-
west, and then those on the Atlantic Coastal Plain, from north to
south.

Table I.

Features of regions studied.

Locality State Surface Soil Dominant Ericaceae

Geology Character soU reaction''

Appalachian Mountain and Piedmont. (Alleghanian Zone.)

Swamps north Siliceoiis gla- Bog and up- Mediacid Abundant

of Dover N.J. cial drift land peats

^Rhodora, 21:33-49, 1920.

^The use of indicators for this purpose has been described in Journ. Wash.
Acad. Sci., 10:217-233, 1920. Sets of indicators for field work are now on the
market.

^Southern New Jersey will be discussed in these Proceedings at a later date.

^The terms used for describing soil reactions have been defined in Journ.
Wash. Acad. Sci., 9:305, 1919. Specific acidity is the amount of acid, and spe-
cific alkalinity the amount of alkali, present in a given solution, with reference
to pure water as the unit. Specific acidity between 1 and 10 is called minim-
acid, between 10 and 100 subacid, between 100 and 1000 mediacid, and above
1000 superacid. Corresponding terms are used on the alkaline side. In addi-
tion, minimacid, neutral and minimalkaline reactions are grouped together as
circumneutral.

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA

85

Swamps smith

of Green Pond N. J.

Calcareotis gla-
cial drift

Bog and up-
land peats

Subacid

Common

Mountain ridges

in central counties. . .Pa.

Siliceous
rocks

Upland peat
some bog
peat

Mediacid

Abmidant

Valleys in east-
central counties Pa.

Calcareous
rocks

Upland peat

Minimacid

Rare

Uplands in S. E.
counties Pa.

Various ig-
neous rocks

Upland peat

Subacid

Common

Uplands N. W. of
Washington, D. C. Md.

Gneisses, decom
posed to clay

- Upland peat

Subacid

Common

Moiintain ridges
eastern comities, W.Va.

Siliceous
rocks

Upland peat

Subacid

Common

Coastal Plain.

(Carolinian Zone).

Swamps and uplands
pine-barrens N. J.

Siliceous
sands

Bog and up-
land peats

Mediacid

Abundant

Swamps and uplands
marginal areas N. J.

Subcalcareous
sands, clays

Upland peats

Subacid

Common

Swamps and iiplands
southern coimties . . Del.

Siliceous
sands

Bog and up-
land peats

Mediacid

Abxmdant

Swamps and uplands
east of Wash., D. C. Md.

Siliceous
sands

Bog and up-
land peats

Mediacid

Abimdant

Grateful acknowledgement is made herewith to those who have
acted as guides in several of these places; to Dr. Everett G. Logue
and Mr. John P. Young, in central Pennsylvania; Messrs. Harold
W. Pretz and Edward S. Mattern, in eastern Pennsylvania; Pro-
fessor H. Justin Roddy, in southern Pennsylvania; and to Mr.
Harry W. Trudell, who has taken part in many of the expeditions,
and whose aid in pressing specimens of plants and in many other
respects has greatly facilitated the covering of the ground and the
obtaining of the data.

Descriptions of Individual Localities

A. Appalachian Mountain and Piedmont. (Alleghanian Zone.)

Swamps north of Dover and south of Green Pond (Warren County)

New Jersey.

These two localities in the New Jersey Highlands were selected
from the large number available because they are easily accessible
and appear to furnish the maximum possible contrast in soil acidity
relations. Dover is on the main line of the Delaware, Lackawanna
and Western Railroad about 65 kilometers (40 miles) northwest of
New York City; Green Pond (one of several bodies of water in New
Jersey bearing that name) is two miles east of Bridgeville station,
on the "old line" of the same railroad, about 20 km. (12 miles)
southeast of Delaware Water Gap. In the swamps 3 km. (2 miles)
north of Dover, the country rock is granitic gneiss, and the glacial
drift is dominantly siliceous in character, the swamp waters being
as a result mediacid. In those south of Green Pond the country

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marcll,.

rock, at least of the valley in which the pond lies, is limestone, and
the glacial drift contains abundant fragments of calcareous rocks;
the pond is fed by springs arising through limestone, so that its
water is subalkaline, and similar reactions are shown by the waters
at various places in the swamps along the stream draining the pond.
Marked differences in flora, in so far as its members, are sensitive
to soil reaction, would be expected to appear on comparing these
two regions.

Ericaceae (used in the broad sense) are actually far more abundant
in the Dover region, forming dense thickets; and two of them,
Kalmia latifolia and Vaccinium corymhosum, become small trees.
Clethra almfolia, Euhotrys racemosa, and Gaultheria procu7nbens may
be noted as species which grow here btit appear to be absent at
Green Pond. Noteworthy members of families other than Ericaeae
present in some abundance are: Sniilax rotundifolia, Habenaria
psycodes, Coptis trifolia, Spiraea tomentosa, and Ilidoides mucronata;
all these are absent or rare at Green Pond. To those who are sus-
ceptible to Rhus poisoning, the Dover swamps will be found far
more pleasant than the Green Pond ones, for in the former R. vernix
and R. toxicodendron are very rare.

While the water of the Green Pond swamps is more or less alka-
line in reaction, soils of definite and even high acidity are also pres-
ent there, in the form of hummocks and mounds of decaying vege-
table matter mingled with sphagnum and other mosses. On as-
cending these the reaction becomes less alkaline, passes through
neutrality, and often reaches mediacid character at the top. The
Ericaceae growing in this swamp are exclusively limited to such
mounds. The species noted comprise: Azalea nudiflora (rare);
A. viscosa; Kalmia angustifolia; Xolisma ligusirina; Gaylussacia
haccata (rare) ; Vaccinium corymhosum; and Vaccinium macrocarpon.
The soils of these were found to range from mediacid to subacid,
their roots apparently not extending into material so moistened by
the swamp water as to have less acidity than this. Notable plants
of other families showing the same relations are : Cypripedium acaule,
Coptis trifolia, Menyanthes trifoliata, and Linnaea borealis var.
americana.

On the other hand there are here a number of plants which grow
entirely or chiefly in soils bathed by the alkaline water, and ranging
from neutral to subalkaline in reaction. Such are Cypripedium hir-
sutuni (reginae), C. candidum, Betula pumila, Caltha palustris, Par-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 87

nassia caroliniana, Rhamnus almjolia, and an appalling abundance
of Rhus vernix and R. toxicodendron. All these but the last two
seem quite absent from the Dover swamps.

The pitcher plant, Sarracenia purpurea, grows in both swamps,
in the Green Pond one only in the moss hummocks; and the water
in the ''pitchers" shows some peculiar reactions. The writer has
tested the water held by this plant in many localities, and has found
it to be usually mediacid, or subacid, the acidity being no doubt due
chiefly to dissolved carbon dioxide. In the Green Pond swamp,
however, the water in the pitchers was found to be minimacid, neu-
tral and even minimalkaline. It is possible that the plant may be
able to absorb lime from the moss in which it is rooted, and excrete
it into the pitcher liquid. It seems more probable, however, that
lime is absorbed by the roots of the larch trees, (which are abundant
in the Green Pond Swamps, though rare at Dover,) and of other
shrubs and trees growing in the alkaline water; and that this lime,
excreted upon the leaves of these trees, is washed off by the rain
and thus gets into the upturned pitchers.

. Mountain Ridges in the Central Counties of Pennsylvania.

Tests have been made of the soils of Ericaceae and other plants
at a number of places in the mountains of Pennsylvania, from Scran-
ton on the northeast to Williamsport on the northwest, and from
Bethlehem on the southeast to Mont Alto on the southwest. A
few of the most interesting localities will be described here in some
detail, starting at the northeast end.

The most prominent ridges in the region are underlain by sand-
stone rocks, and the soils they yield are mostly mediacid to sub-
acid. Lower elevations are occupied by shale rocks, which may also
give rise to strongly acid soils. Under circumstances where accumu-
lation of vegetable matter is prevented, the reactions connected with
both these rock types may be minimacid to neutral. As an illus-
tration, it may be noted that the fern Cryptogramma stelleri (Pellaea
gracilis) usually described in manuals as a limestone species, was
collected at Lincoln Falls, Sullivan County, miles away from any
limestone. The rock is a red shale (of Devonian age) and the water
oozing from it is neutral in reaction.

At South Stroudsburg the Rhododendron nursery of W. K. Labar
was visited, and the methods of growing ericaceous plants there
were kindly demonstrated by Mr. John van Kleef, the resident
manager. The natural soil of this place is a calcareous glacial

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

drift, averaging minimacid in reaction. A few Ericaceae, notably
Rhododendron maximum and Kalmia latifolia, grow there naturally,
and it has been found possible to introduce many other species.
The acidity found seems rather low, judging from what has been ob-
served in the course of these studies, for these plants to make the
best growth, but peaty material of sornewhat more acid reaction —
subacid — is being brought from the Pocono region, and mixed with
the native soil, the result being highly satisfactory. At most other
places within the glaciated area the drift is dominantly siliceous,
and the soil reactions more strongly acid, Ericaceae being wide-
spread and abundant at many points.

It was particularly desired to obtain data as to the behavior of
ericaceous plants at or near a contact of a siliceous rock with a lime-
stone; and one such locaUty was found, near the country club,
some 3 km. (2 miles) east of Williamsport, Lycoming County.
Near the main road (from Williamsport to Montoursville) there is
an old limestone quarry; on the waste ground around it is a dense
thicket of various shrubs bearing small, juicy fruits; the call of
catbirds from the thicket suggesting how these shrubs may have been
introduced. There were one or more species of Celtts, Prunus,
Crataegus, Rhus, Celastrus, Samhucus, etc., present; but in spite of
thorough search, not a single member of the Ericaceae could be found,
although colonies of these plants, from which the birds no doubt
obtain much food, are present within a few hundred meters. Evi-
dently the seeds of the Ericaceae, when they fall into the limestone
soil, either do not germinate at all, of if they do, the young plants
soon succumb. Tests of the soil showed its reaction to vary from
neutral to minimalkaline.

Going north from this quarry, around the end of a golf course,
the limestone rock gives way to shale and this in turn to sandstone,
a thin oak woods spreading over the contacts of these formations.
As the limestone is receded from, the soils become more and more
acid, and Ericaceae gradually appear. The first species was found
to be Vaccinium vacillans; its soil proved to be minimacid. Gay-
lussacia baccata and Azalea nudiflora come in a short distance fur-
ther on; their soils being minimacid to subacid. On reaching the
sandstone formation Ericaceae appear in abundance, the above
mentioned species being still present, and in addition Kalmia lati-
folia, GauUheria procumbens, Epigaea repens and Vaccinium corym-
bosum. Various species of pine trees, and other acid soil plants,
such as Lupinus perennis, come in here also; and tests of the soi-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 89

showed subacid to mediacid reaction. The control of the distribul
tion of Ericaceae by the soil reaction is here so evident as to require
no further comment.

No other locahties in the mountain region need special descrip-
tion, the acidities of the soils of Ericaceae observed there being
included below, but the data which have been obtained on a few
plants of other families than Ericaceae may be added here. The
following were found to be limited to mediacid or occasionally sub-
acid soils: Clintonia borealis, Trillium erythrocarjnim, Tiarella cordi-
folia, DaUharda repens, Waldsteinia fragarioides, Oxalis acetosella,
Poll/gala pa ucif olia, a.nd Trientalis borealis. In circumneutral soils,
rarely ranging to subacid, characteristic plants are: Cryptogramma
stelleri (Pellaea gracilis), Filix fragilis, F. bulbifera, Camptosorus
rhizophyllus, Allium tricoccum, Aquilegia canadensis, and Castilleja
coccinea. Wide range of reaction is shown by Taxus canadensis,
Trillium erectum, Clematis verticillaris, Hepatica acutiloba, Viola
pedata, etc. Finally it may be noted that Phlox subulata, while its
acidity range is wide, shows more or less correlation of flower-color
with soil reaction, in that the deep rose-violet flowered plants are
usually found to grow in soil of lower acidity than those with pale
rose or white flowers. There are, of course, cases in which both
grow in close association, and where this relation does not hold, but
in general it seems to be fairly definite.

Valleys in East Central Counties of Pennsylvania

The Lehigh-Lebanon valley of eastern Pennsylvania is largely
underlain by limestone rocks, but at many places there is a thin
layer of glacial drift over the limestone. The soil reactions assoc-
iated with such a geological relationship and the resulting distri-
bution of Ericaceae are matters of considerable interest. Tests have
shown that the soil of unprotected limestone rock is normally mini-
malkaline or neutral in reaction; but that where the glacial drift
occurs, upland peat tends to develop, often reaching a minimacid
and occasionally even as high as subacid reaction. Woods in which
many acid soil plants grow can develop in such drift-covered places,
but where these woods are cut over and the acid upland peat material
is given a chance to decompose, the acidity may decrease decidedly.
No doubt under such circumstances those species which require the
most acid conditions die out rapidly, while those which can adapt
themselves to a less degree of acidity persist for some time, even to
the point where the reaction goes down to the neutral point.

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

In the "Big Woods," about 6.5 km. (4 miles) southwest of Allen-
town, Lehigh County, Pa., the drift covering is thick enough to per-
mit the growth of pine trees, and tests have shown the soil acidity
of the upland peat to range from subacid down to minimacid. Here
were noted the Ericaceae: Pyrola americana, Chimaphila maculata,
C. unibellata, Gayhissacia baccata, and Vaccinium stmnineum. In
addition Cypripedium acaule and Viola pedata, regarded as acid
soil plants, thrive here.

Some 5 km. (3 miles) northwest of this point is a small knoll
formerly occupied by similar woods, but cut over several years ago.
The humus has been extensively destroyed, and the soil acids neu-
tralized by the underlying limestone, so that the acidity at present
is minimacid, but the following Ericaceae have persisted: Azalea
nudiflora, Gaylussacia baccata, Vaccinium stamineum, V. vacillans,
and V . cory7nbosum. With these are Coynptonia asplenifolia {pere-
grina) and Viola pedata, the soil of the last in some cases reaching
actual neutrality, a rather unusual occurrence. (This observation
was made in early spring; later in the season slight acidity may
develop there).

Similar relations have been observed at some five localities, and are
no doubt present at other places through this limestone valley, but
nowhere have Ericaceae or other plants usually limited to highly
acid soils been found to grow in the neutral to subalkaline soils of
the limestone itself.

Hills in Southeastern Counties of Pennsylvania.

Describing in this province, as in previous ones, only particularly
interesting occurrences, mention may first be made of a contact of
sandstone and limestone at Fruitville, Lancaster County. On the
sandstone, where the soils range in acidity from mediacid down,
Ericaceae such as Azalea nudiflora, Gaylussacia baccata, Vaccinium
stamineum, and V. vacillans are abundant. On passing over the
contact toward the limestone side, these gradually die out, but two
of them, the Gaylussacia and Vaccinium vacillans, extend into lime-
stone soil of neutral reaction. It should be noted, however, that
these plants are there stunted and obviously not thriving; and they
are absent entirely when the soil becomes actually alkaline.

Thus far acidity data have been given chiefly for sandstone and
limestone, so it may be of interest to add what has been observed,
in the present region, about other formations. Mica schist and mica
gneiss seem to yield normally subacid reactions. Trap rock (diabase)

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 91

in spite of a rather high content of alkah and alkahne earth metals, —
sodium, calcium, magnesium,— gives mostly subacid to minimacid
soils. Serpentine behaves similarly, and subacid or even mediacid
soils often develop, in spite of the magnesimn content. The red
shale formation of Triassic age, which covers a wide area in this part
of Pennsylvania, yields subacid soils in many places, but since some
of its strata contain considerable calcium carbonate, minimacid,
neutral, and even minimalkaline soils are at times present upon it.
The abundance of Ericaceae on these several formations has been
found to follow closely the development of soils of subacid or
mediacid reaction.

Hills Northwest of Washington, D. C.

On coming further south, the rocks are mostly more fully decom-
posed than they are in Pennsylvania, and the alkali metals are more
extensively leached out, so that hills are often covered with dense
clays, showing but little similarity to the original rocks. Subacid
soils have been found to be dominant in such situations, and Erica-
ceae accordingly fairly common. Along the Potomac Valley north-
west of Washington, D. C, the clays are considerably eroded, and
the solid rock exposed; but here a secondary factor influences the
soil reaction. The Potomac River and its tributaries flow for long
distances through limestone regions, and take up considerable
amounts of calcium bicarbonate. Not only does this make the
waters themselves minimalkaline, but the sands and muds deposited
at flood times also contain so much calcareous matter as to render
the soils there circumneutral in reaction. Accordingly the Erica-
ceae, which grow on the uplands, drop off markedlj^ as the level of
river deposition is approached, and circumneutral-soil plants are
common at the lower levels.

Mountain Ridges of West Virginia.

In the mountains of West Virginia, conditions are similar to
those in the corresponding regions of Pennsylvania. The Ericaceae
characteristic of the southern Appalachian Mountains reach their
northern limits there, but they have not been found to show on the
whole any differences in soil acidity from the Ericaceae which also
grow farther north. The upland peat of the great RJiododendron
thickets is mediacid to subacid in reaction, the plant roots usually
extending down into material of the lesser acidity. The reactions
of the soils of individual species are listed below.

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

B. Coastal Plain. (Carolinian Zone.)
Pine Barrens and Marginal Areas of New Jersey.

The correlation between soils and plants in southern New Jersey
will be discussed by the writer elsewhere. The following is a
summary of the conclusions there reached.

As every botanist interested in plant distribution has undoubtedly
become acquainted with Stone's "Plants of Southern New Jersey, "
no description of the plants of this region need be given here. As to
soils, although pure quartz sand should react neutral toward indi-
cators, that of the Pine-barren area seems to be always more or less
acid, no doubt owing to the accumulation of invisible humus matter
between the grains; and where the humus is prominent, the reaction
is usually mediacid, so that the Pine-barren area can be regarded
as essentially a vast expanse of highly acid soils. On digging down
through the surface layers of these soils, the acidity gradually
decreases, and at a depth of three or four decimeters may be minima-
cid. Road-cuts and stream valleys through the region readily
reach the levels of lower acidity, and on their banks grow plants
which do best under somewhat less acid conditions, AspJenium platy-
neuron being a typical example.

The upper part of the Middle District or Marl area differs from
the Pine-barren area in that mediacid soils are comparatively rare,
the sands containing greater amounts of compounds of calcium
and other elements which tend to neutralize more or less such acids
as develop. The strata of Cretaceous age which outcrop are well
known to contain considerable calcium carbonate derived from
fossil shells, and the soil has in fact been found to reach neutral or
even minimalkaline reaction in certain places, as for instance, the
Lindenwold bog. In the Cohansey and Cape May areas the acidity
also averages low, the source of the lime appearing to be sediments
deposited in Quaternary times by the Delaware River, which
drains vast areas of limestone rocks in its upper reaches, and the
water of which is today slightly alkaline. In the Coastal area
the sandy soils are mediacid as in the Pine-barrens, but contain
considerable sodium chloride, calcium sulfate, etc., so that plants
which require high content of salts, but are indifferent to acidity
as such, together with those which require acidity but are tolerant
of salts, are characteristic of this area.

The distribution of plants is evidently controlled to a marked
degree by these features of the soils. As Stone remarks "The
Pines seem to be the chosen land of the Ericaceae, which abound

1920.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

there both in species and individuals."'^ Many ericaceous species
which are shown by studies in other regions to prefer mediacid or
high subacid soils thrive in the Pine-barrens, whereas those requir-
ing less acid conditions, such as the Pyrolas and Chimaphilas, are
there infrequent, rare or unknown. On the other hand, plants
which in the north are regarded as " calciphiles " — circumneutral
soil plants — extend into southern New Jersey only along the marginal
regions. To give but one example, Gentiana crinita is, as noted by
Stone, a rarity in southern New Jersey; but in the Lindenwold bog
it grows in wonderful abundance, being limited to the lower levels,
where the calcareous strata outcrop, and neutralize the soil.

Southern Delaware.

During March, 1919, the writer visited the region around Mills-
boro, Sussex County, Delaware, to study the soil acidity as related
to the distribution of native plants. The selection of this particular
place was due to the reported occurrence there of the box-leaved
huckleberry, Gaylussacia brachycera (Michx.), of which living speci-
mens were desired. The earliness of the trip was determined by the
fact that this plant is an evergreen and seemed likely to be most
readily found before the leaves had developed on the majority of
other plants. After several days', search a single small colony of
the Gaylussacia was located, many acidity tests of the soils met
with being carried out in the course of the trip. The results of these
studies are here presented; since this region is less well known than
those previously described, it is treated in greater detail.

The Millsboro region lies on that part of the Atlantic Coastal
Plain known as the Delaware Peninsula or "Eastern Shore" (of
Chesapeake Bay) District, about 16 km. (10 miles) back from the
sea coast, and a like distance from the southern boundary of the
state of Delaware. It is best reached by train on the Franklin City
branch of the Delaware, Maryland and Virginia Railroad, a part
of the Pennsylvania system, running south from Wilmington, Dela-
ware. It is a region of low relief, the Indian River, which traverses
it, being a tidal estuary, while the maximum elevation is little over
12 meters (40 feet) above sea level. The geological formation ex-
posed at the surface of the ground is the Talbot formation, of Pleis-
tocene age, consisting of unconsolidated sand, with occasional
lenses of gravel and of clay, and the soils correspond in character.

5The Plants of Southern New Jersey. . . . Trenton, 1911, p. 617.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mai'ch,

The growing season, or interval between average dates of minimum
temperatures of 0° C (32° F.), is about 200 days in length.

The region around Millsboro is farmed extensively, but the native
vegetation is preserved here and there, especially along the banks
of streams. The dominant tree is Pinus taeda, and mingled with it
are P. serotina, P. echinata, P. rigida, and P. virginiana. Oaks,
maples, and gums are the principal deciduous trees. In the swamps
occur Chamaecyparis thuyoides and rarely Taxodium distichum. A
striking feature of the pine forests is the sparsity of the undergrowth,
in which they resemble the southern rather than the New Jersey
Pine-barren regions.^

The most prominent smaller trees and shrubs include Myrica
caroliniensis, Magriolia virginiana, Alnns rugosa and the southern
species A. maritima, Ilex opaca, I. glabra, Pyrus (Aronia) arhutifolia,
Aralia spinosa, Cornus florida, and some 15 ericaceous plants, divi-
sible into two groups: those of mediacid, and those of subacid
soil. The mediacid soil species which mostly grow in swamps, are:
Clethra alnifolia. Azalea viscosa, Kalmia angustifoha, Euhotrys race-
mosa, Xolisma ligustrina, Gaultheria procumhens and Vaccinium
corymhosum. The Gaylussacia hrachycera itself grows in dry upland
peat with mediacid to high subacid reaction. The species more
characteristic of dry subacid soils are: Chimaphila maculata, C.
umhellata, Azalea nudiflora, Kahnia latifolia, Epigaea repens,
Gaylussacia baccata, and Vaccinium vacillans.

Mediacid reaction was found to be present practically throughout
the swamps, both in the water and the peat, and also in upland
peat of the dry hills. On digging down into the sand beneath such
upland peat, the acidity was found to decrease markedly, the meas-
urements being: Surface, specific acidity 300; 25 centimeters down,
100; 50 cm. down, 30; and 100 cm. down, 10. As in the New Jersey
Pine-barrens, both natural and artificial depressions often show the
lower acidities on their banks, which relation controls to a certain
extent the distribution of plants.

Two plants were observed to grow in this region which are else-
where characteristic of circumneutral soils, Asplenimn platyneuron
and Aquilegia canadensis. The first appears chiefly in isolated
patches in the pine woods, where either because of the presence of
bacteria able to decompose the acid constituents of the upland peat,

^Compare Harper, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 37: 426, 1910; Bull. Geogr. Soc.
Phila. 16: 14, 1918.

1920.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

or of lenses of calcareous clay, the acidity of the soils is markedly
diminished. These areas, mostly only a few meters in diameter,
and more or less circular in outline, are scattered through the woods,
forming in a sense oases in the desert; with the exception of Chima-
phila maculata, the Ericaceae appear to avoid them. Wherever
Asplenium showed up in the forest floor, — and it was very prominent,
the fronds attaining lengths of as much as 40 cm., — tests invariably
showed the area it occupied to be subacid or circumneutral in reac-
tion. Presumably the spores of this fern are killed when they fall
into the more acid soils of the region.

The Aquilegia, together with a few plants of Asplenium, was
observed in quite a different habitat, namely, on the steep banks
of the Indian River. The low acidities observed were in this case
obviously connected with, the fact that the plant roots entered
directly the lower layers of the soil, which are everywhere less acid
than the surface portions. Epigaea repeals was also found to grow
on the same banks, but its roots do not enter the low acid sands to
any extent, being instead imbedded in superficial peaty material
wdth the usual mediacid reaction.

Another type of relationship is shown by Yucca filamentosa, the
optimum for which appears to lie at specific acidity 30. This plant
grows, apparently as a native and not an escape, in large patches
in the more open pine woods, where the surface soil is upland peat
with mediacid reaction. It has, however, an erect underground
stem 25 or more cm. long, at the base of which is a cluster of tuber-
ous roots, with fibrous ones extending downward from them. As
far as its root system is concerned, therefore, this species is growdng
not in highly acid, but in subacid soils.

Region East of Washington, D. C.

The region east of Washington is so similar to the New Jersey
and Delaware areas already discussed that little need be said about
it at this point. Plant distribution is elaborately treated in a
recent publication.^ The magnolia bogs as therein defined are
dominantly mediacid in reaction, and the upland peat of the dry
surrounding hillsides attains the same acidity, so that Ericaceae
and their usual associates abound in both habitats. Subacid and
rarely minimacid soils occur on banks and locally through the woods,
and support a few plants which can not stand the higher acidities.

^McAtee, W. L. A sketch of the Natural History of the District of Columbia,
Bull. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1: 142 pp., 1918.

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mai'ch,

Many tests made in this region are included in the tables for indivi-
dual ericaceous species which follow.

Observations on Individual Species

In order to bring out the acidity relations of the individual species,
the plan suggested in the paper above cited* has been modified
in such a manner that while the specific acidities are plotted hori-
zontally the number of places where each value has been observed
are now plotted vertically. Thus, on p. 97, when a given species
has been found to grow in a soil with specific acidity = 100 at two
different localities (or distinctly different habitats in the same
locality) an x is placed above the figure 100 and opposite the number
2. Observations in nurseries are marked with n, and those made
in other regions, which seem worth introducing for comparison,
with 0. A curve may be regarded as drawn through the points thus
marked, and from its shape the behavior of the plant with respect
to soil acidity may be seen at a glance. In most Ericaceae the curves
indicate that there is a definite limit to growth on the less acid side,
and sometimes on the more acid side as well. There is also in most
cases a maximum in the curve, — an intermediate point — at which
the species is observed to grow with such frequence and luxuriance
that this value is to be regarded as its optimum reaction under
natural conditions.

Each species has been examined, on the average, at 10 localities
selected so as to show as wide a range of conditions as possible.
Tests have been made at each locality in sufficient number to insure
the records being typical of the occurrence. Identifications of the
plants have been made with care, specimens of each being preserved,
and in cases of uncertainty submitted to authorities on the groups
concerned. While freely admitting that there is room for additional
data from other regions the writer feels that in most cases observa-
tions enough have been made to justify accepting with some degree
of confidence the definiteness of the optimum and limiting reactions
indicated.

The American code of Nomenclature is followed for the most
part; but the genus-splitting favored in Britton and Brown's
"Illustrated Flora" and the "North American Flora" is not accepted.

^Rhodora, 21 : 43 1920.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

Clethra alnifolia L.

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat and occasionally dry upland peat
at swamp margins.

Acidity. —

.

5+ ,

X

4

3

2

X

1

X

n

300

100 30

10 3

1

Mediacid

Subacid

Miniacid

NeutraP

The optimum soil reaction for this species is obviously mediacid.
The lower values sometimes observed represent places where the
plant pushes out from its usual swamp habitat into dry sandy woods.
The n in the table refers to a test of sandy soil in Gillett's nursery
at Southwick, Massachusetts, and is introduced to show that this
plant can be grown under cultivation in a soil of somewhat lower
initial acidity than it appears to occupy in nature.

Pyrola americana Sweet.

Habitat. — Dry upland peat and occasionally moist peat at swamp
margins.

Acidity. —

5+ X

4

3 X
2'

1 X X X

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction for this species is subacid. The most
acid reaction tabulated was observed in moist peat at the margin
of a swamp north of Dover, N. J. The least acid was noted in up-
land peat on glacial drift overlying limestone in the Lehigh Valley
west of AUentown, Pa.

Pyrola elliptica Nuttall. '

Habitat. — Dry and occasionally moist upland peat.

Acidity. —

5+ X

4 X

3 o

2 o o
1 o

300 100 30 10 3 1

'In the succeeding tables these names are omitted for brevity. Their use in
the text will be understood to imply the same degree of acidity here indicated.

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably between
subacid and minimacid; the tests made on it in New England, indi-
cated by o's, led to the same value.

Pyrola secunda L.

Habitat. — Dry and occasionally moist upland peat.

Acidity. —

5+ X

4 X

3 ' o

2 o

1 X o

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is inferred, from con-
sideration of the data from both New England and the present
region, to be subacid. The most acid reaction tabulated was ob-
served in sandy upland peat in southern Delaware.

Chimaphila maculata (L.) Pursh.
Habitat. — Dry upland peat.

Acidity. — •

5+

A

3

2

1

X

X

300

100

30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is subacid. The most
acid reaction was observed in sandy upland peat in southern Dela-
ware. The least acid was noted in upland peat on glacial drift
overlying limestone in the Lehigh Valley west of Allentown, Penn-
sylvania, and in upland peat over limestone at Natural Bridge,
Virginia.

Chimaphila umbellata (L.) Nuttall.

Habitat. — Dry upland peat.

Acidity. —
■ 5+
4
3
2
1

X X

300 100

X

0

30

X

o
10

The optimun soil reaction of this species is subacid. The most
acid reaction was observed in sandy upland peat in southern Dela-
ware.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

Monotropa uniflora L.

Habitat. — Dry and occasionally moist upland peat.

Acidity. — ■

5+ X •

4

3

2 X

1 X

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is subacid; its range is

apparently rather more limited than those of preceding members of

the Ericaceae. The most acid reaction was noted in sandy upland

peat in southern Delaware; the least acid in clayey upland peat

at two widely separated localities near Washington, D. C.

Hypopitys lanuginosa (Miclix.) Nuttall

Habitat. — Dry and occasionally moist upland peat.

Tests have been made on Hypopitys chiefly during the winter,
and the species could not be accurately determined. Plants ap-
proaching H. lanuginosa in characters have been examined at two
localities near Washington, D. C, in clayey upland peat, and yielded
subacid reaction in both cases.

Hsrpopitys americana (De Candolle) Small.

, Habitat. — Dry upland peat.

Plants probably referable to H. americana have been examined
near Dover, N. J., the soil being sandy upland peat over glacial
drift, and the reaction subacid.

Azalea nudiflora L.

Habitat. — Dry upland peat and occasionally wet sphagnum peat.

Acidity. —

5+ X

4 X

3

2

1 X X X

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is subacid. The most
acid reaction tabulated was observed in a swamp in southern Dela-
ware; the least acid in upland peat over calcareous glacial drift
near Green Pond, N. J.

Azalea canescens D. Don.

Habitat. — Dry upland peat.

This species has been observed but rarely, in the mountains of
central Pennsylvania; the soil in these cases is upland peat over
sandstone rocks, and the reaction subacid or rarely mediacid.

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Azalea arborescens ?iirsli.

Habitat. — Moist upland peat.

This species has been observed in the mountains of eastern cen-
tral West Virginia, chiefly in Tucker county. The soil is moist
upland peat, and the usual reaction subacid.

Azalea viscosa L. (including varieties glauca, nitida, etc.)

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat and occasionally dry upland peat
at swamp margins.

Acidity. —
5+
4
3
2

X

1

300

X

100

X

30

n
10

The optimum soil reaction for this species is mediacid. The lower
values noted represent places where the plant pushes out from its
usual swamp habitat into dry sandy woods. The n in the table
refers to Gillett's nursery at Southw^ck, Massachusetts. This
makes with the preceding plant a pair of closely related species with
marked dissimilarity in optimum soil reaction.

Rhododendron maximum L.

Habitat. — Moist and occasionally dry upland peat and wet sphag-
num peat.

Acidity. —

5+ X

4

3 X

2 XX

1 X X "

300 100 30-10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction for this species appears to subacid,
but its range is unusually wide. The most acid reaction tabulated
represents occurrences in sphagnum peat in a swamp in central
Lycoming County, Pa., and in moist upland peat in the mountains
of West Virginia. The two least acid values were observed in upland
peat on calcareous glacial drift east of Williamsport, Pa. While
some of the roots of these plants were found to be surrounded by
soils of these acidities, other roots of the same plants were in subacid
soils. Seedlings have been found most frequently in subacid soils.

Menziesia pilosa (Michaux) Persoon.

Habitat. — Dry and occasionally moist upland peat.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 101

This species has been observed only on Spruce Mountain and
neighboring ridges in Pendleton County, West Virginia. The soils
are upland peats over sandstone rocks, and the reaction is subacid
to mediacid.

Dendrium buxifolium (Berg) Desvaux.

Habitat. — Moist and occasionally dry sand, and wet sphagnum
peat.

This species has been observed at various places in central and
southern New Jersey, being especially prominent in the Pine-barrens.
Its soils show in practically every case a mediacid reaction, rarely
approaching subacidity. In its typical occurrences in white sand,
this acidity appears to be due to the presence of autogenous humus,
that is, humus formed by the decomposition of the leaves of the
plant itself.

Kalmia latifolia L.

Habitat. — Dry upland peat and wet sphagnum peat.

Acidity.

5+ ' X

4 X

3 X

2

1 X

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably subacid,
but it is of frequent occurrence in mediacid soils too. The lowest
acidity tabulated was noted in upland peat over calcareous glacial
drift near Stroudsburg, Pa. Seedlings have been observed most
frequently in subacid soils.

Ka'tnia angustifolia L.

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat, moist and dry upland peat, and
dry sand.

cidiiy. —

5+

X

4

3

X

X

2

0

0

1

0

n

300

100

30

10

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably mediacid,
but it is also frequently found in subacid soils. In northern New
England it is most often met with in mediacid peat, and seedlings
have been observed only in such material. Subacid reactions have

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mai'ch,

been noted in upland peats in the Pennsylvania mountains, and in
gravel in the Saucon Valley, eastern Pennsylvania, as well as in Ver-
mont. And as indicated by the n in the table, it can be grown
under cultivation in soils of as low an acidity as minimacid.

Eubotrys racemosa (L.) Nuttall.

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat, wet and dry upland peat.

Acidity. —

5+

4 XXX

3 .

2

1 X

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably subacid,
although it is also rather frequent in mediacid soils. The least
acid reaction listed was observed in an occurrence in dry upland
peat on schistose rocks northwest of Washington, D. C.

Neopieris mariana (L.) Britton.

Habitat. — Dry upland peat and occasionally moist peat.

Acidity. —

5 +

4

X

3

2

1

X

X

300

100

30

10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably mediacid.
The least acid reaction tabulated was observed in dry sand south
of the New Jersey Pine-barrens.

Xolisma ligustrina (L.) Britton.

Habitat. — Dry upland peat and wet sphagnum peat.

Acidity. —
5+

4 X X ■

3 X

2
1 X

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably subacid,
although it is also of frequent occurrence in mediacid soils. The
least acid value tabulated was noted in dry upland peat on calcar-
eous glacial drift near Green Pond, New Jersey.

Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench.

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat and occasionally dry upland peat.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

Acidity.—

5 +

X

4

3

X

2

o

1

o

o

o

300

100

30

10

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably mediacid.
The lowest acidities tabulated, marked o, represent an occurrence
south of Willoughby Lake, Vt., where the plant grows at the margin
of an alkaline water pond, and its roots push out as far as material
of this acidity. It is also grown in nurseries in dry sandy soil be-
tween subacid and minimacid in reaction.

Oxydendrum arboreum (L.) DeCandoUe.

Habitat. — Dry upland peat.

As observed in southern Virginia, this plant grows in woods
where the surface soil is mediacid, but its roots usually extend down
into material of subacid reaction.

Epigaea repens L.

Habitat.- — Dry upland peat and occasionally moist peat.

Acidity. —

5+ X

4 X

3 X

2 X

1

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably subacid,
although it is fairly common in mediacid soils as well. The least
acid reactions tabulated were observed in upland peats near Wash-
ington, D. C. The most heavily fruiting plants and the most
numerous seedlings have been found in subacid soils.

Gaultheria procumbens L.

Habitat. — Dry and moist upland peat, and wet sphagnum peat.

Acidity.—

5+ X

4

3

2 XX

1 o

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably mediacid,
although it is fairly common in subacid soils as well. The least
acid reaction (o) was observed in upland peat on calcareous glacial
drift near Fairlee, Vt.

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Arctostaphylos uva-ursi L.

Habitat. — Diy upland peat.

This species has been observed at two widely separated localities
in the Pine-barrens of New Jersey, in upland peat and in white sand
rendered acid by autogenous humus, the reaction being medi-
acid. A soil sample from a colony growing on trap rock in south
central Connecticut, kindly submitted by Mr. C. A. Weatherby,
proved to be subacid. On the other hand, it is reported by Fernald^"
from cliffs of limestone at Bic, Quebec; and Mr. Coville informs the
writer that he has collected it on limestone north of Lake Superior.
In both these occurrences the soils are presumably at most minim-
acid, if not neutral or alkaline, which would indicate that the species
has a wide range of soil reaction.

In the Alps something of the same sort has been noted. Accord-
ing to Schroeter:^^

"In Wallis it is according to Jaccard calciphilous, likewise in the
Bavarian Alps according to Sendner, while Contejean designates it
as calciphobous, and Mangin and Lecoq as indifferent. According
to my experience it is calciphilous in the Swiss Alps." Yet Warm-
ing" includes it among oxylophytes or acid soil plants. Further
study of this plant is desirable to ascertain whether there are any
varietal differences associated with these divergences of soil reaction.

Chiogenes hispidula (L.) T. & G.

Habitat. — Moist and occasionally dry upland peat and wet sphag-
num peat.

Acidity. —

5+ X

4

3

2 o X

1 X

300 100 30 10 3 1,

The optimum soil reaction of this species is mediacid, which has
been obtained at stations in the mountains of Pennsylvania and
West Virginia, as well as in northern New England. It is interest-
ing to note that Thoreau'^ pointed out that the Indian name for this
plant means "grows where trees have rotted," rotting wood being
usually strongly acid in reaction.

^^Rhodora, 9: 163, 1907.

"Das Pflanzenleben der Alpen, Zurich, 1908; p. 156.
"Oecology of plants, Oxford, 1909; page 211. .

i*"The Maine Woods."

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

Gaylussacia brachycera (Michx.) Gray.

Hahiiat.—Dry upland peat.

This species has been studied at the two stations known at present,
New Bloomfield, Pa., and Millsboro, Del.^^ In both places the
dominant soil acidity around its roots is mediacid, ranging to subacid
here and there. At the Pennsylvania locality the underlying clayey
soil (derived from disintegration of Devonian shale) is lower than
this in acidity, being minimacid, but the plant tends to avoid the
raw soil, and to grow most profusely wherever vegetable matter is
in course of decay. It follows especiall}^ the courses of old fallen
tree trunks, (and stumps), v/hich are thereby outlined in green
against the dominant browTi of the surrounding soil. In the Dela-
ware colony the underlying soil is white sand rendered mediacid by
admixture of humus and covered by a thick carpet of upland peat
made up of Kahnia leaves and pine needles; and the plant grows in
a single compact mat, some 20 feet in diameter, being apparently
prevented by climatic conditions or by some parasite from spread-
ing into similar soil surrounding the area.

Gaylussacia dumosa (Andrews) T. & G.

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat.

This species has been observed in but two regions, the New Jersey
Pine-barrens and the Coastal Plain swamps east of Washington,
D. C. The dominant soil reaction in both places is mediacid.

Gaylussacia frondosa (L.) T. & G.

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat, moist and dry upland peat.
Acidity. —

4

X

3

2

1

X

X

300

100

30

10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is mediacid. The low-
est acidity tabulated was observed in dry woods south of the New
Jersey Pine-barrens.

Gaylussacia baccata (Wang.) Koch.

Habitat. — Dry and moist upland peat and occasionally wet sphag-
num peat.

^^Science, 50: 30-34, 1919.

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March^.

Acidity. —

5+ X

4 X

3

2 X X

1 XX

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is subacid. The most
acid reactions tabulated were observed in swamps north of Dover,
N. J., and in southern Delaware. The least acid was noted in Lan-
caster County, Pa., at the contact of sandstone and limestone forma-
tions, this Gaylussacia, along with one Vacciniuin, extending a short
distance over on to the limestone side.

Vaccinium stamineum L.

Habitat. — Dry and occasionally moist upland peat.

Acidity. —

5 +

4

3

2

1

X

300

100

X

30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction for this species is subacid. The least
acid reaction tabulated was observed in upland peat on decomposed
diorite-gneiss rock southwest of Allentown, Pa.

Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lamarck.

Habitat. — Dry and occasionally moist upland peat.

Acidity. —

5+

4

3

X

2

X

1

o

o

300

100

30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction for this species is apparently subacid.
In the White Mountains (indicated by the o in the table) its soils
are mediacid, but the plant there is distinct in several respects from
the one found in the Middle Atlantic States. In Gray's Manual
this northern form is distinguished (as var. angustifolium (Ait.)
Gray). The lowest acidities tabulated were observed near Wilkes-
barre. Pa., and on a sample of soil kindly submitted by Professor
George S. Perry of the Pennsylvania Forest Academy from near
Mont Alto.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

Vaccinium vacillans Kalm.

Habitat. — Dry and occasionally moist upland peat.

Acidity. —

5+ X

4 X

3

2 X X XX

1

300 100 30 10

The optimum soil reaction of this species is subacid. The least
acid reaction tabulated, actual neutrality, was observed in Lancas-
ter County, Pa., at the contact of sandstone and limestone forma-
tions, this species extending over onto the limestone. At other
contacts it is one of the earliest of the Ericaceae to appear as the
limestone is receded from.

Vaccinium corjnmbosum L.

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat and moist and occasionally dry
upland peat.

Acidity. —

5+ X X

4

3 X

2 X

1 X

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably subacid,
although it is common in mediacid soils as well. The lowest acidi-
ties tabulated were observed in the Lehigh Valley west of Allentown,
Pa., in upland peat on glacial drift overlying limestone.

Vaccinium ai.rococciun (A. Gray) Heller.

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat and moist and occasionally dry
upland peat.

Acidity. —
5+
4

3 XX
2

1 X X X

300 100 30 10 3 1

The optimum soil reaction of this species is probably subacid.
The lowest acidity tabulated was observed in upland peat on glacial
drift overlying limestone in the Lehigh Valley west of Allentown,
Pa.

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Vaccinium erythrocarpum Michaux.

Habitat. — Moist and dry upland peat.

This species has been observed only in the mountains in Pendle-
ton County, West Virginia. The soil acidity was found to be medi-
acid in most cases, occasionally ranging to subacid.

Vaccinium oxycoccos L.

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat.

In addition to occurrences in New England, this species has been
observed only in a swamp in eastern Lycoming County, Pa.; in
all cases the soil is mediacid.

Vaccinium macrocarpon Alton.

Habitat. — Wet sphagnum peat.

This species has been observed in swamps in many places in New
Jersey and Pennsylvania, the soil acidity being mediacid, or rarely
subacid.

Pyxidanthera barbulata Michaux.

Habitat. — Dry and occasionally moist upland peat.

This species has been observed at many places in the New Jersey
Pine Barrens, in mediacid and rarely subacid upland peat and white
sand, the acidity of the latter being due to the development of auto-
genous humus beneath the mats of the plant.

Galax aphylla L.

Habitat.- — ^Dry upland peat.

This plant has been observed in the mountains of southwestern
Virginia, growing in open woods, with Epigaea and various Vac-
cinium, in mediacid or less commonly subacid soils.

Corema conradii Toney.

Habitat. — Dry upland peat.

Included here in view of the opinion of some botanists that this
family probably represents a degenerate member of the Ericales.
This species has been observed only in the Plains, east of Chats-
worth, in the heart of the New Jersey Pine-barrens. It grows in
white sand, mingled with autogenous humus, the reaction being
mediacid.

By tabulating the data, the relative acidity requirements of the
various species may be made clearly evident. Bold face X's mark
optimum values, ordinary-face capitals frequently observed values,
small x's occasional ones, o's observations in other regions, and n's
tests in nurseries.

1920.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

109

Table 2.
Acidity Relations of Ericaceae Studies

Medi- Sub-
acid acid

300 100 30
Clethreae.

Clethra alnifolia ' X x x

Pyroleae

Pyrola americana x x X

elliptica o X

secunda x X

Chimaphila maculata x x X

umbellata x x X

MONOTROPOIDEAE

Monotropa uniflora x X

Hypopitys lanuginosa . X

americana . X

Ekicoideae (Ericaceae)

Azalea nudiflora x x X

canescens x x X

arborescens . X

viscosa '.... X x x

Rhododendron maximum X X X

Menziesia pilosa x x X

Deridrium buxifolium X x

Kalmia latifolia X X X

angustifolia X X X

Eubotrys racemosa X X X

Neopieris mariana X x x

Xolisma ligustrina X X X

Chamaedaphne calyculata X x X

Oxydendrum arboreum x x X

Epigaea repens X X X

Gaultheria procumbens X X X

Arctostaphylos uva-ursi X X X

Vaccinioideae (Vacciniaceae)

Chiogenes hispidula X x x

Gaylussacia brachycera X x x

dumosa X

frondosa X x x

baccata x X X

Vaccinium stamineum x ' X

pennsylvanicum X X X

vacillans X X X

corymbosum X X X

atrococcum x X X

erythrocarpum X X X

Oxycoccos X

macrocarpon X x x

Diapensiaceae

Pyxidanthera barbulata X x x

Galax aphylla X x x

Empetraceae

Corema eonradii X x

Minim- Neutral
acid

10

1

X

X

X

o

X

0

X

X

X

, ,

X

X

n

X
X

o

X

o

o

•

X

X X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

110

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[March,

In table 3 the Orchidaceae found in the Middle States are tabu-
lated in a similar way. The article on this family previously pub-
lished by the writer^^ included the same species, only two (marked
by an asterisk) having been since observed, but the acidity data
were given numerically, and no optimum reaction was indicated.
In the present table, the reactions are shown graphically, the opti-
mum point is indicated as with the Ericaceae, and several extensions
of range found as the result of many tests made since the publica-
tion of the other paper are included.

Table 3

Reactions Relations of Orchidaceae Studied

Specific acidity
300 100 30
Medi- Sub-
acid acid

Cypripedium candidum

])arviflorum x X

var. pubescens x X

hirsutum

acaule X X X

Orchis (Galeorchis) spectabi-

lis . X

Habenaria (Blephariglottis)

blephariglottis X

ciliaris X

cristata X

fimbriata (grandiflora).. .

lacera x

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X
X X

X X

X X

X

X
X
X
X
X
X

peramoena

psycodes X

(Coeloglossum) bracteata

(Gymnadeniopsis) clavellata. X

Integra* - X

nivea x

(Lysias) orbiculata

(Peruaria) flava X

Limodorum tuberosum X

Arethusa bulbosa X

Pogonia ophioglossoides X x x

divaricata* X x

(Triphora) triantho-

phora . X-

(Isotria) verticillata. ... X X X

Ibidium beckii X X X

cernuum x x X

gracile x X X

plantagineum (latifolium . x X

odoratum x X

praecox x x X

vernale X XX

10 3
Minim-
acid

Specific alkalinity
1 3 10

N Minim-

alk.

X
X

o
x

X

X
X
X

X

X

o

X
X

X
X

X
X
X

X
X

o

X

X

X

X

X
X
X

X

X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X

^^Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 8, 590-598, 1918.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Peramium pubescens x X X

repens x X o

Serapias helleborine (viridi-

flora)....... ^ •, X X

Malaxis unifolia X X X x

Liparis liliifolia x X X X x

loeselii x x X X x o

Aplectrum hyemale (spica-

tum) X X X X X

Tipuharia unifolia x x X X

Corallorrhiza maculata x X x .

odontorhiza x X x x

wisteriana . x X x

111

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,.

April 20.

The President, John Cadwalader, A. M., LL. D., in the Chair..

Twenty-nine persons present.

The deaths of Thomas Bradley, December 16, 1919, and James
H. Windrim, April 26, 1919, were announced.

Mr. Leon L. Gardner made a communication entitled: ''A Sum-
mer's Observations on Birds as Factors in Agriculture with Special
Reference to the Crow." (No abstract.)

Thomas McKean, J. Fletcher Street, W. S. Beach, Charles P.
Bower, Joseph Hepburn, Frank R. Mason, Naomi Pennock, and
Anna Woolman, were elected Members; and Merritt Lyndon Fer-
nald, Hans Friedrich Gadow, Johann Paul Lotsy, Daniel Trembly
MacDougal, Raymond Pearl, William Emerson Ritter, William
Schaus, William Lutley Sclater, and William Berryman Scott,
Correspondents.

The Publication Committee reported the reception of the follow-
ing papers for publication :

"Correlation between Vegetation and Soil Acidity in Southern
New Jersey," by Edgar T. Wherry.

"Notes on Freshwater Fishes of Formosa. " by Masamitsu Oshima..

The following were ordered to be printed.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

CORRELATION BETWEEN VEGETATION AND SOIL ACIDITY IN SOUTHERN

NEW JERSEY.

BY EDGAR T. WHERRY

By southern New Jersey is meant that portion of the state lying
south of the Fall-Hne, which extends from the Atlantic coast near
Perth Amboy, southwestward to the Delaware river at Trenton.
The geology of this region has been described in many reports issued
by the State Geological Survey, and in U. S. Geological Survey
folios. The soils have been discussed from an agricultural stand-
point in a recent publication of the U. S. Bureau of Soils.' Several
botanists have studied the vegetation in detail, but have reached
widely different conclusions as to its proper geographical classifica-
tion. The various divisions which have been recognized by these
workers, together with data on the geological and chemical relation-
ships, are contrasted in table 1. These divisions have been termed
zones, regions, strips, etc., but it seems desirable to have a single
term to apply uniformly, and area most accurately expresses the
desired conception. Six vegetation-areas appear to be sufficiently
distinct to justify separate treatment, although there are admittedly
in most places no sharp boundaries between them. In the course
of vacation outings during the past several years the writer has visited
typical localities in all of these areas, and has obtained data as to
the relations between the vegetation and a factor not specially con-
sidered by previous workers, namely the soil acidity. This has been
determined in the field by the indicator method. ^ The results
obtained in the Coastal area have already been described, ^ and in
the present paper observations on the other areas are recorded.

^Bonsteel, J. A. Soils of southern New Jersey and their uses. U. S. Deft.
Agr. Bull. 677, (1918).

^Journ. Wash. Acad. Set. 10: 217-223. 1920.
^Ecology, 1 : 1920.

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Table I. Vegetation — Areas of Southern New Jersey.

o

CO

I

c3

CO

-*-3

03

o

:3
o

13
O

CO

a>

-»^
(I

o

c
o

N
02

o

a;

'S

o
O

2 a
fl o

CD ISI

rr

4-;

a;

^

o
o3

n

U

0)

1— t

73

n

^

03

^

OJ

03

C3

s— 1

H

a a

03 O

CO

0)

;-<
;-.

c3

■9

s

03
O
U

o3
■9

C

OJ

13-J2

CO

o ^

^H oj 2;

2 Ci^.S
a o3 S

■is -^ o3

O O/^

m

I o
I 'So

>.

«

03
C3 «

Q

-tj

o

73
■T3

o3
CD

o3

(E

13
O

'S
o
O

03

a:
o3

H

osn

'-<3
a;

c3 -tJ

CO

a;
;-!
;-!
o3

bC

r^

-»^

iH

b .

o3 +?

QJ CO

CO 3

0 «3

S'"

i^Q

s- 0
o3 -kJ

0

fo

73

a;
••^

o3
I

cu
c

o

cc
a;

03
Si

c

b£

tc

>

O

oj oi a

O '-' ^

o3 3 fl

a;-C 03

■4J

m
c3
O

o

Si
03
Si

•t; o3

h-H 03

03^

O

<a J-

OJ

o3
■9 03

a; oj

a 03

03

o

I

o

03

° CU 03
fl o3 ^

C aj"S

>.

>>

tc 3

4)
(C

fl 0

C

^'%

03

0 ^;

0

0

0

03

QJ 2^

9* ^
03 o3

o

T3'"

o3 O

CO

QJ 2 q;
^ S-D-

O

o3
QJ

Sh

c3

&

O

1^
03

o3
O

o3 Oj

<^ ■=■ ^
43 g O

a C.2
o3 Cjj L_,

QJ c 5-

t< QJ o3

UAhO

QJ

W)

o

T3
QJ

T3

QJ

QJ

02

C3

QJ

O
03

3
CO

o
o3

3
CO

03

(H

•♦J

3

QJ

a

S

3

o

CO
QJ
O

3

QJ
%*
QJ

rt

-r- 00

I

CO

CO

QJ

c
o

C5

bcS

'S

QJ Tt<

tc 1—1
b 05

w

Sh
QJ

^o

QJ ^H

Xi -
tc >— I

03 T-H

C^l

05

03 (M

flJ 00

Sh

QJ

W

r— - <-<

S.2
SI
P

QJ

0.;i

iil3
03 <^

a
o
•I— I

-ti -^^

3 Sh
^ CO

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 115

Acidities of the Soils of the Different Geological Formations.

For the purposes of the present study the geological formations
may be grouped into: Cretaceous, Miocene, Pensauken, Cape May,
and Recent. The Cretaceous strata, which outcrop toward the
western side of the region, are made up of sand, clay, marl, glau-
conite, and fossil shells. Salts of calcium, potassium, etc., are rela-
tively large in amount in the water extracts of the soils ; and there is
enough calcium carbonate present in most of the beds to neutralize
any acids which develop in the soils, so that circunineutral reaction.
is the rule.

The Miocene consists of gravel and sand beds, which were raised
above sea level soon after their deposition, and have remained so
practically ever since. As a result of long-continued weathering
most of the calcium and potassium salts, as well as any calcium
carbonate the beds may originally have contained, have been leached
out. Acids arising from the decomposition of humus or from any
other source remain un -neutralized, and mediacid reaction is present
nearly throughout the areas underlain by Miocene formations. In
the deeper parts of the soil, however, the acidity diminishes, being
as low as minimacid at depths of a few decimeters; and the banks
of streams, road cuts, etc., occasionally expose low acid material.

The sand and gravel classed as the Pensauken formation, with
which the Bridgeton is here included, is believed to have been derived
by erosion of the Miocene, and the soils of the two are practically
identical in the respects under consideration.

The Cape May formation consists of sand and clay of late Qua-
ternary age, deposited by streams swollen by water from the great
ice sheet, which reached nearly to the northern edge of the present

^Hollick, Arthur. The relation between forestry and geology in New Jersey.
Am. Nat., 33, 1-14. 1899. Also in Ann. Rept. State Geologist of New Jersey for
1899: 177-201. 1900.

Stone, Witmer. The life areas of southern New Jersey. Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1907: 452-459.

The plants of southern New Jersey, with especial reference to the

flora of the pine barrens and the geographic distribution of the species. Ann.
Rept. N. J. State Mus.for 1910: 21-828. 1911.

Harshberger, John W. Phytogeographic survey of North America, 790 pp.
Leipzig, 1911.

The vegetation of the New Jersey pine-barrens. An ecologic

investigation. 329 pp. Philadelphia, 1916.

Taylor, Norman. On the origin and present distribution of the pine-barrens
of New Jersey. Torreya, 12: 229-242. 1912.

Floi'a of the vicinity of New York. A contribution to plant

geography. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 5: l~683. 1915.

Harper, Roland M. A sketch of the forest geography of New Jersey. Bull.
Geogr. Soc. Phila., 16: 107-125, 1918.

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April^

region. Because of containing considerable rock-flour, and of not
having been long (geologically speaking) subjected to weathering, this
formation yields soils relatively high in calcium and potassium
salts. The content of calcium carbonate is less, however, than in
the Cretaceous, so that acids are not as completely neutralized, and
subacid reactions are most characteristic of the areas underlain by
the Cape May.

The soil acidities of the several vegetation-areas are determined
by the distribution of these different geological formations in them.
In the Marl area — • named after the most characteristic material
represented — the salt content averages high and acidity low because
the Cretaceous strata outcrop in many places. More or less iso-
lated patches of Cape May and of Pensauken deposits occur in the
area, and show locally lower salt content and greater acidity. In
the Cohansey area Cape May deposits are most widespread, so that
the average acidity is moderate; but again isolated patches occur,
in this case occupied by Miocene and Pensauken deposits, in which
the acidity is high. The Cape May and Pine-barren areas are-
occupied essentially by single geological formations, and show the
acidities characteristic of these in each case. The peculiar features
of the Coastal and Maritime areas have been discussed in the paper
above referred to.

Relation of Soil Acidity to Plant Distribution.

Tests have been made of the soils surrounding the roots of a number
of plants in each of these areas, and as the results obtained have
furnished evidence in support of the view that plant distribution is
intimately connected with soil acidity, a few typical instances may
well be described here.

The rattlesnake fern, Botrychium virginianum, which in other
regions is most frequently found in circumneutral soils, is common
in southern New Jersey in the Marl area, and occasional in the
Cohansej^ and Cape May areas; it appears to be quite absent, how-
ever, from the Pine-barren and Coastal areas. As there is no physi-
cal barrier to its spreading into the latter areas, the inference seems
justified that when its spores reach these areas their germination is
prevented by the high degree of acidity present. By way of con-
trast, the curly-grass fern, Schizaea pusilla, is limited to the Pine-
barren and Coastal areas, and actual tests of its soils have shown
mediacid reaction. Here there seems to exist an inability of the-
plant to become established except where the acidity is high.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

The ebony spleenwort, Asplenium platyneuron, which is usually-
found in soils of but moderate acidity, grows in all the vegetation
areas of sputhern New Jersey. In the Pine-barren and Coastal
■ones, however, it is found only on steep banks, where the acidity
may be rather lower than in level places. The oak fern, Phe-
gopteris {Dryopteris) dryopteris, a plant characteristic of cool shaded
places- where the soils are circumneutral, would hardly be expected
to become established in the warm climate of southern New Jersey.
But that its spores actually reach this region is shown by the oc-
currence of a colony in an old well in the Pine-barren area, where
the combination of low acidity and cool atmosphere is of course
attained.

In the paper above cited, as well as in studies in other regions. Dr.
R. M. Harper has used the percentage of evergreen — chiefly coni-
ferous— trees as an index of the relative poorness in salts of the soils
of individual vegetation-areas. • While a relation of this sort un-
doubtedly exists, it would be a mistake to infer from it that all
conifers are alike in their soil requirements. The pitch pine, Pinus
rigida, thrives in the salt-poor mediacid soils of the Pine-barren
area.; but the scrub pine, P. virginiana, is very rare in that area, ap-
parently requiring subacid soil reaction and moderate salt content
such as are present in the Marl area. The yellow pine, P. echinata,
which is intermediate inits characters between the two others, appears
to be relatively indifferent as to soil conditions, and grows about
equally well in the Pine-barrens and the Marl area.

The Canada lily, Lilium canadense, elsewhere a circumneutral
soil species, grows in southern New Jersey, as would be expected,
• only in the Marl area. The related turk's-cap lily, L. superbum,
which seems to be partial to highly acid soils, is on the other hand
widespread in southern New Jersey, and most abundant in the
Pine-barren area. In the bog near Lindenwold, famous for its
remarkable flora, both of these lilies grow, which might be taken as
evidence that they are not particularly different in their soil acidity
requirements after all. But actual observation shows that the
first species grows chiefly at the lower levels in the bog, where Cre-
taceous strata outcrop and the soils are circumneutral, while the
second occurs higher, in the highly acid soils derived from the Pen-
sauken sand.

Among orchids many species are partial to highly acid soils, aild
are in southern New Jersey most abundant in the Pine-barren area.
-In the genus Hahenaria, subgenus Blephariglottis, the three species

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,..

with fringed but simple lips, namely the white, large yellow, and
small yellow fringed orchids, H. blephariglottis, H. ciliaris; and H.
cristata, respectively, are extremely abundant in the bogs of that
area. On the other hand the species with three-parted lips, the
green, large purple, small purple, and short-fringed purple fringed
orchids, H. lacera, H. grandiflora, H. psycodes, and H. peramoena,
are limited to the areas surrounding the Pine-barrens, where they
find soils of lower acidity.

The majority of the buttercup family, Ranunculaceae, appear in
other regions to be partial to circumneutral soils, and it is a striking
fact that members of this family are almost unknown in the Pine-
barren area. The marsh marigold, Caltha palustris, has been ob-
served in the Lindenwold bog, but it grows only at the lower levels,
where the soil is circumneutral. The columbine, Aquilegia canadensis,
can withstand a mediacid reaction if the salt content of the soils
is high enough, as in the Coastal area.

The Heath family, Ericaceae, together with certain closely related
ones, are treated in detail elsewhere; but it may be noted here
how strikingly their distribution is controlled by the soil acidity.
The Pyrolas favor subacid soils, and are very rare in the Pine-barrens
though common in the Marl area. The same is true of the pink
azalea. Azalea riudiflora, the deerberry, Polycodium stamineum, and
the narrow-leaved low-bush blueberry, Vaccmium pennsylvanicum
(angustifolium) . Numerous other members of the family are, how-
ever, more abundant in the Pine-barrens than in any other area,
evidently because of their preference for soils low in salts and
high in acidity. When these ericaceous species grow in the Marl
area, they avoid the places where calcareous marly strata actually
outcrop, and grow instead upon patches of acid Pensauken sand.

Bearing of Soil Reaction on the Origin of the Pine Barren Flora

In papers cited in connection with table 1 , Harshberger and Taylor
have independently elaborated a theory of origin of the flora of the
New Jersey Pine-barrens, based on the alleged remaining above
sea-level of the Miocene strata ever since their first emergence at
the close of the Miocene period. According to this theory, the area
occupied by these strata has been an island up to comparatively
recent geological time, and the plants now growing there represent
direct descendants of those of the Miocene period. This theory
has been criticized from the botanical standpoint by Fernald, Har-
per, and others, and recent advances in geological knowledge are

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

decidedly unfavorable to it. Barrel^ has pointed out that certain
peneplains of the eastern United States of Pliocene and Pleistocene
age have resulted from marine transgression, and it seems extremely "
improbable that any part of southern New Jersey could have es-
caped submergence during these epochs.

A consideration of the soil acidity relations indicates, however,
that there is an adequate explaiiation of the presence of this flora,
entirely aside from the geological history of the New Jersey Pine-
barren area. The peculiar and isolated character of the flora of
this area has been greatly overestimated, because of incomplete
knowledge of the floras of surrounding regions. McAtee^ has re-
cently shown that over 70 per cent of the most typical plants of the
New Jersey Pine-barrens grow in favorable places ineastern Mary-
land; and Harper^ has noted the presence of pine-barren plants in
a strip of land crossing the Delaware peninsula. Not more than
five or six of the members of the Pine-barren flora are actually end-
emic, the great majority of them ranging, as shown by Stone; for
considerable distances northward or southward (or in both directions)
from New Jersey. Nevertheless the plant association of the Pine-
barren area is sufficiently striking to warrant a discussion of its
origin.

The flora of the New Jersey Pine-barrens includes many plants
w^hich have migrated northward from the Coastal Plain of the
southern states, such as the grass-pink orchid, Limodoru7n tuberosum;
others from the southern Appalachian mountains, such as the rhodo-
dendron, Rhododendron maximum; and still others from arctic bogs,,
such as the buckbean, Menyanthes trifoUata. The one thing which
all of these plants have in common is their adaptation to growth in
soils of low salt content (as pointed out by Harper, loc. cit.) and high
acidity. In the opinion of the present writer, an adequate explana-
tion of their association to make up the flora of the New Jersey
Pine-barrens is the fact that this area possesses these two character-
istics to such a marked degree.

^Post Jurassic history, etc. (Abstract). Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., 24: 691.
1913. The Piedmont terraces of the northern Appalachians. Amer. Journ, Sci.,
49:227-258,327-362,407-428,(1920).

^A sketch of the natural history of the District of Columbia. Bull. Biol. Soc.
Wash., 1: 86. 1918.

^A forest reconnaisance of the Delaware peninsula. Journ. Forestry, 17: 55K
1919.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

NOTES ON FRESHWATER FISHES OF FORMOSA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS

OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES.

BY MASAMITSU OSHIMA.

Since the publication of my paper entitled "Contributions to the
Study of the Fresh Water Fishes of the Island of Formosa" (Ann.
Cam. Mus., 1919, pp. 169-328), many new fresh water fishes have
been obtained from Formosa. Moreover, as a result of extended
collections made by myself during the year 1918-1919, several
species formerly considered very rare have been secured in abundance
from the type-localities, or from other places on the island.

In the present paper the following eight species which seem to
be new to science are fully described, and the record of new localities
for the known species is given as well.

1. Acrossocheilus invirgatus.

2. Lissochilichtys matsudai (gen et. sp. nov.).

3. Scaphiodontella alticorpus (gen. et sp. nov.).
4- Leucisculus fuscus (gen. et sp. nov.).

5. Spinibarbus elongatus.

€. Rasborinus tanakii (gen. et sp. nov.).

7. Rasborinus formosoe.

8. Cultriculus akoensis.

Here I express my sincere thanks to Dr. David Starr Jordan for
his kind assistance in determining new species; and to Mr. Eiji
Matsuda, of the Ako Public school, Formosa, who very kindly for-
warded to me a fine collection of fresh water fishes from Ako.

The numbers in parenthesis, following the localities, refer to the
number of specimens examined.

1. Salmo formosanus Jordan & Oshima.

Head 3.51 in length to base of caudal; depth 4, 66; D. 3, 11;
A. 3, 10; P. 13; V. 9; snout 3.77 in head; eye 4.66; interorbital
space 4; maxillary 1.84; pectoral 1.50; ventral 1.75; scales about
140 in an oblique series; branchiostegals 12; gill-rakers on first
arch 7 -|- 10.

Jaws subequal. Origin of the dorsal nearer to the tip of snout
than base of caudal, its longest ray 1.23 in head; caudal peduncle
3 in head.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 121

Color in formalin bluish gray above, paler below; lower parts
of the sides silvery; small black round spots scattered on the back
and below the lateral line; sides with eight dark oval spots; base of
the dorsal dusky; caudal fin fuscous; the rest of the fins whitish;
head uniformly dark, paler below. Total length 148 mm.

The present specimen Taiko River at Saramao, Nanto differs
slightly from the type, being a young individual. I have also for-
tunately obtained three grown specimens from the type-locality.

2. Plecoglossus altivelis Temminck & SchlegeL

Three full-grow^n specimens from Nankan River at Hokuzanko,
Nanto. It is reported that in Sansan River and Takkiri River,
Kwarenko several specimens were secured early in the spring, 1919.

3. Parasilurus asotus (Linnaeus).

Two from Ako.

4. Pseudobagrus brevianalis Regan.

Suisha River at Fumpo, Nanto (1); Nankan River at Ogyuran,
Nanto (2); Ako (2).

5. Pseudobagrus taiwanensis OsMma.

Shishito, Nanto (2); Tozen River, Shinchiku (1); Suisha River
at Fumpo, Nanto (1) ; Daito River, Nanto (2) ; Nankan River at
Ogyuran, Nanto (3).

6. Liobagrus nantoensis Oshima.

One specimen from Ogyuran, Nanto.

7. Liobagrus formosanus Regan.

Head 4.19 in length; depth 5.66; D. 1, 5; A. 15; P. 1, T; V. 6;
width of head 1, 14 in its length; snout 2, 50 in head; interorbital
space 2; pectoral 1, 14; ventral 2. Body strongly compressed pos-
teriorly; dorsal outline abruptly inclined in front of the origin of
the dorsal; head large, flattened, with a median shallow groove,
both sides of which slightly sw^ollen; interorbital space depressed;
snout rather short, its anterior margin obtusely rounded; mouth
terminal, broad, with fleshy lips; upper jaw slightly longer than
the lower, with a band of villiform teeth, similar band of the lower
jaw crescent-shaped, longer than that of the upper; palatine and
vomer smooth; barbels 8, four on snout, two at the angle of mouth,
other two on the lower jaw; root of the barbel thick; nasal barbel as
long as the mental, the rostral nearly as long as the maxillary which
reaches to the base of pectoral ; nostrils superior, distinctly separated,
the anterior in a short tube, the posterior in contact with the root

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of the rostral barbel; eyes minute, superior, imbedded in skin;
gill-openings rather large; gill-membranes entirely separated. Dor-
sal fin small, inserted anteriorly, its spine nearly half as high as the
soft rays, hidden beneath the skin; adipos^ dorsal low and long,
connected posteriorly with the base of caudal ; pectoral with a sharp
spine hidden in the skin, tip of the fin scarcely reaching the end of
the base of dorsal; ventral entirely behind the dorsal, reaching
beyond the vent; anal beneath the adipose dorsal, much shorter
than the latter; caudal fin elongate, its tip slightly rounded. Body
smooth; lateral line indistinct. Color in alcohol light brown, fins
somewhat paler; ventral surface whitish. Total length, 80 riim.

One specimen from Shishito, Nanto, collected by the writer on
March 5, 1919.

In the former paper the present species was not described in detail,
because of the absence of the specimen. Shishito, where my
specimen was collected, is located near the type-locality (Lake
Candidius.)

8. Clarias fuscus (Lacepede).
Shori, Toyen (1); Ako (2).

9. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus (Cantor).

Inzampo, Giran (1); Ako (2); Tamazato, Kwarenko (2).

10. Misgurnus decmcirrosus (Basilewsky).

One specimen from Ako and Kwarenko.

11. Formosania gilberti Oshima.

Suisha River at Fumpo, Nanto (7) ; Shishito, Nanto (3) ; Nana-
kan River at Ogyuran, Nanto (2).

12. Hemimyzon formosanus (Boulenger).

Shinchiku (2) ; Shishito, Nanto (30) ; Kananau River at Kapiyan,
Ako (10).

13. Carassius auratus (Linnaeus).

Buroko River, Giran (2) ; Ritakukan, Giran (5) ; Raupi, Giran
(1); Karewan, Kwarenko (5); Rigyochi, Kawarenko (3); Kwaren
River, Kwarenko (2); Tamazato, Kwarenko (5); Shori, Toyen
(2) ; Ruhikutsu, Nanto (2) ; Horisha, Nanto (3) ; Taichu (3) ; Daiko
River, Taichu (3); Ako (2); Kirai, Ako (1); Rinraku, Ako (2).

14. Csrprinus carpio Linnaeus.

Tensonpi, Giran (1); Giran River (3); Karewan, Kwarenko (1);
Rigyochi, Kwarenko (2); Lake Candidius (3).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

15. Labeo jordani Oshima.

Nankan River at Hokuzanko, Nanto (275); Shimo-tamusui
Eiver, Ako (1); Tamusui River, Taihoku (2).

16. Acrossocheilus formosanus (Regan).

Nankan River at Hokuzanko, Nanto (8); Shishito, Nanto (2);
Horisha, Nanto (2); Heirinbi, Giran (4).

17. Acrossocheilus invirgatus new species. Plate V, flgiue 2.

Head 4.47 in length; depth 4.19; D. 3, 8; A. 2, .5; P. 15; V. 9;
width of head 1.66 in its length; interorbital space 2.73 in head;
snout 2.50; eye 5; pectoral 1.11; ventral 1.20; 42 scales in the
lateral line, 6 scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal
and lateral line, 5 scales between the latter and the middle of belly,
3 scales between lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal
teeth 5, 3, 1-1, 3, 4; gill-rakers 5 + 9. Body elongate, moderately
compressed, rather low; abdomen rounded; head smooth, with
many mucous cavities below and behind the orbit, upper surface
slightly convex; snout rounded, more or less overhanging the upper
lip, sides with traces of small tubercles; upper jaw projecting be-
yond the lower; mouth inferior, transverse, maxillary scarcely
reaching a vertical through anterior border of nostril; upper lip
fleshy; lower lips thick, separated anteriorly by an interspace which
is about I the width of mouth; anterior border of lower jaw naked,
with a sharp, transverse, horny edge; barbels four, the rostral
nearly half as long as the maxillary which reaches the middle of the
orbit; eye superiqr and slightly anterior; nostrils close together, in
front of eye above; anterior nostril in a short tube; pharyngeal
teeth slender, pointed; gill-rakers short. Origin of the dorsal
nearer to tip of snout than base of caudal, first ray the longest; anal
behind the dorsal, rather high, inserted nearer to origin of ventral
than the root of caudal, when depressed scarcely reaching the root
of the caudal, anterior ray the longest; ventral inserted three scales
behind the origin of dorsal, not reaching the vent; pectoral reaches
two-thirds distance to ventrals; caudal peduncle compressed, its
depth 2 in head; caudal fin slightly forked, tip of each lobe sharply
pointed. Body covered with uniform scales; lateral line continuous,
nearly straight, running along the middle of the sides. Color in
alcohol dark bluish gray above, sides silvery, with no black stripes;
throat and belly whitish; tip of head dark; membrane of dorsal
fin dark; pectorals grayish; ventrals and anal whitish, their branched
rays reddish yellow; caudal fin fuscous, partially reddish-yellow
colored. Total length 160 mm.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Type No. 49,946, A. N. S. P. Buraku River at Ako, collected by
Eiji Matsuda on February 2,1919.

Differs from Acrossocheilus formosanus in having the body lower;
no black stripes on sides; 5, 3, 1-1, 3, 4 pharyngeal teeth instead
of 5, 3, 2-2, 3, 5, and the anal with two undivided rays.

LISSOCHILICHTHYS new genus.

Body elongate, compressed, head smooth, pointed anteriorly;
snout obtuse, bluntly rounded, slightly prominent, sides with no
tubercles, no lateral lobes. Upper jaw projecting beyond the lower.
Mouth transverse, inferior, horse-shoe shaped; upper lip entire,
with no inner fold. Lower lips considerably broader than the upper,
scarcely in contact with each other, distinctly separated from the
lower jaw; postlabial groove is restricted to the lateral parts of the
lower lip, not continuous. Tip of the lower jaw naked, obtusely
rounded, rather fleshy, with no horny substance. Barbels four,
two rostrals and two maxillari^es. Dorsal 3, 8, inserted opposite
to ventrals. Anal short, with 5 branched rays. Scales moderate,
about 42 in the lateral line; 1.1. running along the middle of the tail.
Pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, 2-2, 3, 5; gill-rakers short. Type, Lissochil-
ichthys matsudai Oshima.

This genus is very closely related to Lissochilus Weber and Beau-
fort, differing from it in having smaller scales, thick lower lips,
lower jaw with no horny substance, and connected lower lips.

18. Lissochilichthys matsudai new species. Plate III, figure 2.

Head 4 in length; depth 4; D. 3, 8; A. 3, 5; P. 14; V. 8; width
of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 3 in head; snout 3; eye
3.66; pectoral 1, 36; ventral 1.36; 42 scales in the lateral line, 6
scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line,
5 scales between the latter and the middle of belly, 3 scales between
the lateral line and the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3,
2-2, 3, 5; gill-rakers 3 + 10. Body elongate, compressed, abdomen
rounded; top of head more or less fallen from the back; head smooth,
pointed anteriorly, bluntly rounded in front, tip of the skin par-
tially overlapping the upper lip, sides with no tubercles; interorbi-
tal space slightly convex; lateral lobes none; upper jaw projecting
beyond the lower; mouth transverse, inferior, horse-shoe shaped,
maxillary scarcely reaching a vertical through the posterior border
of nostril; upper lip continuous, rather thick, entire, with no inner
fold; lower lip nearly twice as broad as the upper, both con-
nected anteriorly, postlabial parts distinctly separated from the

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 12,S

jaw, postlabial groove interrupted; tip of the lower jaw entirely
naked, edge rounded, fleshy, with no horny substance; barbels
four, the rostral nearly as long as the eye, the maxillary longer,
reaching beyond the posterior border of orbit; eye slightly superior
and anterior; nostrils close together, in front of the eye above,
anterior nostril in a short tube; pharyngeal teeth slender, hooked;
gill-rakers short. Origin of the dorsal midway between the tip of
snout and base of caudal, opposite to ventrals, armed with three
undivided rays, the last one the longest; pectoral as long as the ven-
tral, reaching two-thirds the distance to the latter; ventral inserted
below first branched ray of the dorsal, scarcely reaching the vent;
anal nearer to origin of ventral than the root of caudal, anterior
ray the longest, when depressed not reaching the caudal; caudal
peduncle compressed, its depth 2 in head; caudal fin deeply forked,
tip of the lobes sharply pointed. Body covered with uniform cyc-
loid scales, ventral with a scaly flap; lateral line nearly straight,
running along the middle of the tail, slightly decurved anteriorly.
Color in alcohol yellowish gray above, paler below; top of ' head
dark; sides with seven dark vertical stripes, one of which at the
base of caudal; back with a series of irregular, dark spots; mem-
brane of the dorsal fin with a series of dark stripes; pectoral and
anal grayish; ventrals white; caudal uniformly dark. Total length
72 mm.

Type, No. 49,947, A. N. S. P. Kunanau River, Ako, collected by
Eiji Matsuda on January 2, 1919.

Kuanau River, Ako; Tamusui River at Shinten; Shishito, Nanto;
Dakusui River at Musha; Suisha River at Fumpo.

Besides the type, 9 paratypes, 2 of which from the Kimanian
River, show the following: Head 3.52 to 4.40; depth 3.83 to 4.13;
D. Ill, 8; A. Ill, 5; P. 14, few 15 or 16; V. 8, few 9; head width
1.66 to 2; interorbital space 2.71 to 3; eye 3.40 to 4; snout 2.62 to
3; scales 6 — 41 or 42 — 5; length 77 to 116 mm.

19. Scaphesthes tamusiensis Osliima.

Koshiryo, Giran (2); Taiko, Giran (6); Inzampo, Giran (1),
Takkiri River, Kwarenko (16); Mokkui River at Domon, Kwarenko
(3); Nankan River at Hokuzanko, Nanto (3); Dakusui River at
Musha, Nanto (11); Shishito, Nanto (2); Kunanau River at Kapi-
yan, Ako (10).

SCAPHIODONTELLA Oshima, new genus.

Body elongate, deep, compressed. Snout short, pointed anter-
iorly, tip of the skin extends downwards, overlapping the upper hp.

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Mouth transverse, inferior; lower jaw with no lip, edge of the man-
dible sharp, covered with a horny layer. No labial fold. Barbels
none. Dorsal fin with not more than 9 branched rays, armed with
three undivided rays, inserted opposite to ventrals. Anal rather
short. Pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, 2-2, 3, 5, laterally compressed,
plough-shaped. Scales large, less than 45 in a longitudinal series.
Lateral line continuous, running along the middle of the tail. Type
Scaphiodentella alticorpus Oshima..

The type is very closely related to Scaphesthes tamusuiensis Osh-
ima. It differs however, in having a deeper body, no barbel, plough-
shaped teeth instead of canine-like, pointed ones.

20. Scaphiodontella alticorpus new species. Plate IV, figure 1.

Head 4.67 in length; depth 3.27; D. 3.8; A. 3.5; P. 17; V. 9;
width of head 1.36 in its length; eye 5 in head; interorbital space 2;
snout 2.47; pectoral 1.08; ventral 1.08; scales 43 in the lateral
line, 8 in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral
line, 8 between the latter and the middle of belly, 4 between the
lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, 2-2, 3, 5;
gill-rakers 8 + 30. Body deep, elongate, slightly compresed, deep-
est in front of the dorsal, abdomen rounded; head rather small and
short, with mucous cavities below and behind the orbit, its upper
surface strongly convex; interorbital space broad, vaulted re-
markably; snout short, pointed anteriorly, tip of the skin extends
downwards and overlaps the upper lip; mouth transverse, inferior,
crescent-shaped, maxillary scarcely reaching the anterior border of
the orbit; mandibular edge sharp, broadly rounded, covered with a
horny layer; upper lip smooth, with no inner fold; lower jaw with
no lip; barbels none; eye small, slightly anterior and superior;
nostrils close together, in front of the eye; pharyngeal teeth in three
rows, laterally compressed, each tooth with an oval grinding surface;
gill-rakers slender, set close together; gill-openings moderate, ex-
tending downwards and forwards. Dorsal fin inserted nearer tip
of snout than base of caudal, with three smooth undivided rays, the
first minute, the third nearly four times as long as the second, first
branched ray the longest; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, in-
serted midway between origins of ventral and caudal, rather short,
outer margin nearly straight; origin of ventral below the third
branched ray of the dorsal, not reaching the vent; pectoral as long
as the ventral, reaching beyond half the distance to the latter; cau-
dal penduncle short, its depth 1.72 in head; caudal fin long, deeply
forked, tip of each lobe sharply pointed. Body covered with uni-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

form cycloid scales; ventral with a scaly flap; lateral line continuous,
slightly decurved in front, running along the middle of the tail. Color
in alcohol grayish above, belly and lower parts of sides silvery; head
dark; all the fins dusky, fin membranes reddish; caudal fin uni-
formly dark, interspace between the middle raj'S reddish. Total
length 220 mm.

Type No. 49,948, A. N. S. P. Buraku River, Ako, collected
by Eiji Matsuda on February 2, 1919.

Also paratype, Kwaren River at Kado, Kwarenho. It shows:
Head 4.53; depth 3.43; fins as in type; head width 1.60; inter-
orbital space 2.18; snout 2.66; eye 4.50; scales 8 — ^43 — 7; length
138 mm.

21. Hemibarbus labeo (Pallas).
Heirinbi, Giran (1); Taihoku (3).

22. Barbodes paradoxus (Gunther).

Five from Ako.

23. Puntius snyderi Oshima.

One from Nankan River at Ogyuran, Nanto.

24. Spinibarbus hoUandi Oslilma.

Ako (2); Rinraku, Ako (2); Shukoran River at Suibi, Kwarenko
(3) ; Kwaren River at Kada, Kwarenko (20) .

25. Spinibarbus elongatus new species. Plate IV, figure 2.

Head 3.58 in length; depth 5.27; D. in, 8; A. ii, 5; P. 16;
V. 9; width of head 1.59 in its length; eye 6 in head; interorbital
space 3.12; snout 2.67; pectoral 1.36; ventral 1.53; 28 scales in
the lateral line, 4 in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and
lateral line, 5 between the latter and the middle of belly, 2 between
the lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, 2-2,
3, 5; gill-rakers 3 -|- 11. Body elongate, low, slightly compressed;
head elongate, rounded, dorsal outline convex; interorbital space
broad, more or less compressed, with many mucous cavities around
the orbit; snout long, rounded anteriorly; eye rather small, anterior
and superior; nostrils close together, in front of eye; mouth sub-
inferior, maxillary scarcely reaching a vertical through anterior
border of nostril; upper lip fleshy; lower lips not continuous, dis-
tinct at the angle of the mouth; upper jaw slightly longer than the
lower, protractile; anterior margin of the lower jaw" rounded, rather
sharp; barbels four, the rostral reaching beyond the nostrils, much
more slender and shorter than the maxillary which reaches far be-
yond the orbit; gill-openings moderate; gill-rakers on first arch

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

slender, apical ones on the lower limb rudimentary. Dorsal fin
inserted midway between the tip of snout and the base of caudal,
osseous rays smooth, the first one minute, anterior ray the longest;
a recumbent spine in front of the origin of the dorsal, partially hidden
beneath the scales; pectoral reaching beyond two-thirds the dis-
tance to ventral; origin of ventral two scales behind that of the
dorsal; anal entirely behind the dorsal, inserted nearer to origin of
ventral than base of caudal, when depressed scarcely reaching the
root of caudal, anterior ray the longest; caudal peduncle elongate,
its depth 2.89 in head; caudal fin deeply forked, tip of each lobe
sharply pointed. Body covered with large cycloid scales; ventral
fin with a scaly flap; lateral line decurved, running along the middle
of the side, gradually entering the middle of the tail.

Color in alcohol dark gray above; belly and lower parts of the
sides silvery; base of each scale dark, dorsal fin grayish, with a
series of black streaks; pectoral uniformly dusky; ventrals, anal,
and caudal fuscous, more or less reddish; top of head uniformly
dark. Total length 233 mm.

Type. No. 49,949, A. N. S. P. Buraku River, Ako, collected
by Eiji Matsuda on February 2, 1919.

The present species is very closely allied to Spiniharhus hoUandi.
It differs from the latter in having much more lower body, round
snout and 28-29 scales in the lateral line instead of 26-27.

26. Gnathopogon iijimae Osliima.
Eight from Rihikutsu, Nanto.

27. Pseudorasbora Parva (Schlegel).

Lake Candidius (1); Rihikutsu, Nanto (abundant); Kirai, Ako
(3); Shinkaiyen, Daito (11), Shukoran River at Suibi, Kwarenko
(1) ; Kwaren River at Kada, Kwarenko (3),

28. Phoxiscus kikuchii Oshima.

Raupi, Giran (2); Karewan, Kwarenko (7); Kwarenko (20);
Kwaren River at Kada, Kwarenko (15); Rigyochi, Kwarenko (17);.
Riran, Daito (6); Shinkaiyen, Daito (abundant).

LEUCISCULUS new genus.

Body robust, more or less compressed posteriorly. Head rather
short, triangular; snout pointed. Mouth transverse, oblique; upper
lip entire, thin; lower lips widely separated in front, postlabial
folds discontinuous; anterior edge of the lower jaw naked, trench-
ant. Barbels none. Pharyngeal teeth in a single series, 5-4; teeth
molar-like, with smooth, oval grinding surface. Dorsal fin short,.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

with no osseous ray or spine; anal short, with 8 branched rays,
entirely behind the dorsal; root of the ventral covered by tiled
scaly sheath. Scales large, imbricated. Lateral line continuous,
slightly decurved, running along the middle of the tail. Type
Leucisculus fuscus Oshima.

Very closely related to Leuciscus, differing from it in having single-
rowed, molar-like teeth.

29. Leucisculus fuscxis new species. Plate V, figure 1.

Head 3.46 in length; depth 3.40; D. 3.7; A. 3.8; P. 19, V. 9,
width of head 1.57 in its length; interorbital space 2.43 in head;
snout 3.38; eye 5.50; pectoral 1.38; ventral 1.49; 43 scales in the
lateral line, 7 scales in an obliciue series from origin of dorsal to lat-
eral line. 7 scales between the latter and the middle of belly; 4
scales between lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth
5-4; gill-rakers minute. Body robust, elongate, more or less com-
pressed posteriorly; deepest in front of the dorsal; dorsal outline
much more curved than that of the ventral; head triangular, strongly
depressed, its dorsal outline straight, inclined; interorbital space
broad, nearly flat; postoperculum radially striped; snout short,"
sharply pointed anteriorly; mouth terminal, oblique, maxillary
reaching a vertical through posterior border of the anterior nostril;
upper jaw slightly longer than the lower; upper lip entire, rather
thin, lower lips discontinuous, postlabial folds distinctly separated
in front; tip of the lower jaw naked, trenchant; barbels none; eye
large, anterior; nostrils large, close together, on the upper surface
of the snout, anterior nostril in a short tube, the posterior covered
by a large flap; pharyngeal teeth in a single series, molar-like, very
large, with smooth, oval grinding surface; gill-rakers minute, rudi-
mentary; gill-openings large; gill-membranes connected below the
postoperculum. Origin of the dorsal a little nearer to the tip of
snout than base of caudal, rather short, high, first branched ray the
longest, when depressed reaching to the origin of anal, outer margin
rounded; origin of anal midway between origin of ventral and the
root of caudal, rather short, anterior branched ray the longest, when
depressed scarcely reaching the root of the caudal; pectoral large,
not reaching the root of ventral; ventral inserted below the second
divided ray of the dorsal, scarcely reaching the vent; caudal ped-
uncle short, slightly compressed, its depth 2.16 in head; caudal fin
broad, forked, its lobes obtusely pointed. Scales large, cycloid,
imbricated; pectoral and ventral with a short scaly flap; lateral

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

line continuous, weakly decurved, running along the middle of the
tail. Color in alcohol uniformly grayish brown; lower parts whitish;
all the fins dark brownish gray; head dark brown. Total length
230 mm.

Type. No. 49,950, A. N. S. P. Ako, collected by Eiji Matsuda
in June, 1917.

30. Achilognathus himantegus Gunther.
Shori, Toyen (1); Kirai, Ako (4).

31. Zacco platypus (Schlegel).

Dakusui, Giran (1); Koshiryo, Giran (4); Heirinbi, Giran (11);
Daito River, Nanto (1); Nankan River at Hokuzanko, Nanto (1);
Ako (7).

32. Zacco temminckii (Schlegel).

Dakusui, Giran (5); Buroko River, Giran (14); Taiko, Giran (2):
Raupi, Giran (1) ; Horisha, Nanto (4) ; Nankan River at Hokuzanko,
ISfanto (16); Rinraku, Ako (1); Kapiyan, Ako (7).

33. Zacco pachycephalus (Gunther).

Nine from Dakusui River at Musha, Nanto.

34. Candidia barbata (Regan).

Horisha, Nanto (1); Kirai, Ako (2).

BASBORINUS new genus.

Body elongate, compressed, rather high. Abdomen compressed,
a soft median keel at the postventral part only. Head pointed.
Mouth terminal, oblique, maxillary not reaching beyond the orbit.
Lower jaw slightly projecting beyond the upper, with no prominent
hook or knob. Lips thin; barbels none. Dorsal fin with no spine,
with 7-8 branched rays, above the space between ventrals and anal.
Anal entirely behind the dorsal, elongate, many rayed. Scales
moderate, thin, deciduous. Lateral line broadly curved, running
along the lower half of the tail. Pharyngeal teeth in three series,
5 or 4, 4, 2-2, 4, 4; gill-rakers slender. Type Rashorinus takakii
Oshima.

Rashorinus is a nearest relative of Rashorichthys Bleeker. It
differs from it in having lateral line running along the lower half
of the tail and pharyngeal teeth of 5 or 4, 4, 2-2, 4, 4, instead of 5, 3,
1-1, 3. 5.

35. Rasborinus takakii new species. Plate III, figure 3.

Head 4 in length; depth 3.10; D. 3.7; A. 3.16; Pj 14; V. 8;
■width of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 2.50 in head; snout

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

3.33; eye 3; pectoral 1.25; ventral 1.50; 36 scales in the lateral
line, 7 scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral
line, 6 scales between the latter and the middle of belly, 4 scales be-
tween lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 4, 4,
2-2, 4, 4; gill-rakers 3 + 9. Body elongate, compressed, rather
high, dorsal and ventral profiles equally curved; abdomen com-
pressed, proventral part rounded, postventral part with a well-
developed, soft, median keel; head pointed; interorbital space
broad, nearly straight; snout short, truncated in front; mouth
terminal, oblique, maxillary not reaching the orbit; lower jaw
slightly projecting beyond the upper, with no knob-like protuberance
on the symphysis; lips thin; barbels none; eye large, anterior;
nostrils close together, in front of eye above, the anterior in a short %

tube; pharyngeal teeth slender; gill-rakers short. Dorsal fin in-
serted above the space between ventral and anal, nearer base of
caudal than tip of snout, with no spine, rather high, anterior ray the
longest; pectoral elongate, reaching beyond the root of ventral;
ventrals slender, not reaching the vent; anal fin elongate, entirely
behind the dorsal, with a scaly sheath along the base, anterior ray,
the longest; caudal peduncle short, its depth 2.29 in head; caudal
fin deeply forked, tip of each lobe sharply pointed. Scales moderate,
thin, deciduous; lateral line broadly decurved, running along the
lower half of the tail. Color in alcohol grayish above, yellowish
below, with a thin, dark stripe along the middle of the sides; all
the fins whitish. Total length 63 mm.

Type, No. 49, 951, A. N. S. P. Ako, collected by Eiji Matsuda.

Named for Dr. Tomoe Takaki, former Director of the Institute
of Science, Government of Formosa.

Besides the type, 2 paratypes from Ako and one from Rinraku, Ako
which show: Head 3.73 to 4; depth 3 to 3.50; D. iii, 7; A. iii, 15
or 16; P. 14 or 15; V. 8; head width 1.71 to 2; interorbital space
2.40 to 3; snout 3.50; eye 3 to 4; scales 7—35 or 36—6; length
54 to 125 mm.
36. Rasborinus formosae new species. Plate III, flgiue 1.

Body 4 in length; depth 4; D. 2.8; A. 2.14; P.. 13; V. 8; width
of head 2.25 in its length; interorbital space 3 in head; snout 3.33;
eye 3; pectoral 1.38; ventral 1.50; 47 scales in the lateral line, 10
scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, '
5 scales between the latter and the middle of belly, 3 scales between
lateral line and the root of ventral; pharygneal teeth 5, 4, 2-2, 4, 4;
gill-rakers 3 + 12. Body elongate, compressed, deepest in front of

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

the dorsal; dorsal outline weakly curved; proventral part rounded;
postventral part trenchant, with a sharp, soft, median keel; head
rather small, triangular; dorsal outline straight, slightly fallen from
the back; interorbital space broad, slightly arched; snout short,
truncated in front; mouth terminal, slightly oblique, maxillary
reaching a vertical through anterior border of nostril, lower jaw
more or less protruding beyond the upper; Hps thin; barbels none;
eye large, anterior; nostrils close together, in front of the eye abo-ve,
the anterior covered with a small flap; pharygneal teeth slender,
hooked; gill-rakers rather slender, long. Dorsal fin above the space
between ventrals and anal, inserted nearer base of caudal than tip
of snout, with no spine, rather high, anterior ray the longest; pec-
toral short, reaching three-fourths the distance to ventral; ventral
inserted in advance of the origin of dorsal, not reaching the vent;
anal elongate, outer margin incurved, inserted below the last divided
ray of the dorsal, anterior ray the longest; caudal peduncle depressed,
its depth 2.50 in head, caudal fin deeply forked, tip of each lobe
sharply pointed. Scales moderate, thin; lateral line broadly de-
curved, running along the lower half of the tail. Color in formalin
greenish gray above, lower parts of sides whitish, sides with a dark,
longitudinal band above the ntiddle; a dark narrow band along the
dorsal median line; a brownish round spot on occiput; all the fins
whitish, caudal somewhat dusky. Total length 88 mm.

Type No. 49,952, A. N. S. P. One specimen from a small pond
near Manka, Taihoku, collected by Takeo Aoki in June, 1919.

Also 2 paratypes, same data, which show: Head 3.81 to 3.93;
depth 3.81 to 3.93; fins as in type; head width 2; interorbital
3 to 3.25; snout 3.66; eye 3 to 3.25; scales 10—45 to 47—5; length
75 to 79 mm.

The scale row of the present species distinctly differs from that of
Rashorinus takakii.

37. Chanodichthys macrops Giinther.

One from Heirinbi, Giran.

38. Cultriculus akoensis new species. Plate III, figiire 4.

Head 4.39 in length; depth 5; D. ii.7; A 3.12; P. 14, V. 9;
width of head 2.25 in its length; interorbital space 3.27 in head;
snout 3.40; eye 3.40; pectoral slightly longer than head; ventral
1.38; 45 scales in the lateral line, 9 scales in an obhque series between
origin of dorsal and lateral line, 3 scales between the latter and the
middle of belly; one scale between lateral line and the root of ventral;

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 133

pharyngeal teeth 5, 4, 2-2, 4, 5; gill-rakers 4 + 16. Body elongate,
compressed, dorsal outhne nearly straight, ventral profile strongly
curved; abdomen compressed, pro- and post-ventral edge distinctly
carinated; head moderate, its dorsal outline fallen from the back;
interorbital space nearly straight; snout pointed anteriorly; mouth
terminal, oblique, maxillary scarcely reaching a vertical through
anterior border of nostril; jaws subequal, the lower more or less
projecting beyond the upper; anterior edge of lower jaw rather
sharp; eye large, anterior; nostrils close together, in font of the
eye above, the anterior in a short tube; pharygneal teeth slender,
canine-like; gill-rakers setiform, slender and long. Dorsal fin in-
serted nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, armed with two smooth
spines, first spine nearly half as long as the second, anterior ray the
longest; pectoral elongate, scarcely reaching the root of the ventral;
origin of ventral in advance of that of the dorsal, rather slender,
not reaching the vent; anal fin high, elongate, entirely behind the
dorsal, anterior ray the longest; caudal peduncle long, strongly
compressed, its depth 2.43 in head; caudal fin strongly forked, tip
of each lobe sharply pointed. Body covered with thin cycloid
scales; lateral line continuous, abruptly bending downwards above
the pectoral, thence extends backwards making a weak curve, run-
ning along the lower half of the tail. Color in alcohol grayish above,
belly and lower parts of sides silvery; fins whitish; caudal fin gray.
Total length 93 mm.

Type, No. 49,953, A. N. S. P. Ako, collection of Eiji Matsuda.

Differs distinctly from Cultriculus kneri in having 45 scales in the
lateral line.

39. Oryzias latipes (Temminck & Schlegel).

Kizan Island, Giran (abundant); Lake Candidius (15); Taiko,
Giran (4).

40. Gambusia affinis (Baird & Girard).

This American species was originally brought from Texas to
Hawaii, by Mr. Alvin Scale. Collected from rice -fields at Kwarenko.
As a result of artificial propagations enforced by the Government for
the purpose of extirpation of mosquitoes the present species is be-
coming very common in streams and stagnant pools of Formosa.

41. Fluta alba (Zuiew).

Shori, Toyen (1); Ako (2).

42. Anguilla mauritiana Bennett.

One from Ako and 5 from Shinkaiyen, Daito.

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

43. Anguilla japonica Temminck & Schlegel. ♦

Tozen River, Shinchiku (1); Lake Candidius (1); Shinchiku (2);
Ako (1).

44. Mugil cephalus Linnaeus.

Kwaren River at Kada, Kwarenko (3); Inzampo, Giran (1).

45. Mugil oeur Forskal.

Kwaren River at Kada, Kwarenko (2); Botansha, Daito (1).

46. Liza troscheli (Bleeker).
One from Rinraku, Ako.

47. Polyacanthus operculatus (Linnaeus).
Maruyama, Taihoku (8); Ako (2).

48. Kuhlia marginata (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Mokui River at Domon, Kwarenko (1); Kwarenko (2); Shu-
koran River, Kwarenko (3); Tamazato, Kwarenko (12); Beiron
River, Kwarenko (3); Shinchiku (3).

49. Ophicephalus tadianus Jordan & Evermann.

Inzampo, Giran (1); Ako (2).

50. Eleotris oxycephala (Schlegel).

Inzampo, Giran (2) Kirburan, Giran (6) ; Beiron River, Kwarenko
(5); Ako (2).

51. Eleotris fusca (Schneider).

Two from Suirenbi, Kwarenko.

52. Sicyopterus japonicus (Tanaka).

Taiko, Giran (5); Heirinbi, Giran (2); Taichu (5); Kunanau
River at Kapiyan, Ako (9).

53. Rhinogobius candidius (Regan).

Maruyama, Giran (5); Shito, Giran (1); Tensonpi, Giran (1);
Wodensho, Taichu, (1); Lake Candidius (18); Koshiryo, Giran (6);
Shishito, Nanto (4).

54. Rhinogobius giurinus (Rutter).

Taiha, Giran (9); Heirinbi, Giran (1); Tensompi, Giran (3);
Buroko River, Giran (1); Raupi, Giran (3); Inzampo, Giran (1);
Beiron River, Kwarenko (1); Sobun River, Tainan (1); Ako (1).

55. Rhinogobius formosanus Oshima.

Dakusui, Giran (1); Koanronsha, Taichu (1); Ogyuran, Nanto
(3); Lake Candidius (16); Sobun River, Tainan (4).

56. Rhinogobius taiwanus Oshima.

OgvMran, Nanto (5); Heirinbi, Giran (1); Taiko River, Taichu
(1).

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1920.

PLATE III.

OSHIMA: FORMOSA FISHES.

Ni ^^^'^^.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

57. Glossogobius brunneus (Schlegel).

Kwarenko (3); Maruyama, Taihoku (2).

Explanation of Plates III, IV, V.

Plate III. — Fig. 1. — Rasborinus formosae new species.

Fig. 2. — Lissochilichihys matsudai new genus and species.

Fig. 3. — Rasborinus takakii new genus and species.

Fig. 4. — Caltriculus akoensis new species.
Plate IV. — Fig. 1. — Scaphiodontella alticorpus new genus and species.

Fig. 2. — Spinibarbics elongatus new species.
Plate V. — Fig. 1. — Leticiscvlus fuscus new genus and species.

Fig. 2. — Acrossocheilus invirgatus new species.

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF May-Oot ,

SCROPHULARIACEAE OF COLOMBIA— I.

BY FRANCIS W. PENNELL.

For a period of eight months during 1917 and 1918, the writer
was engaged in scientific work in Colombia. No attempt will now
be made to tell the story of his adventures there, nor to give more
than the briefest summary of his impressions of Tropical or Andine
vegetation. A short narrative of my explorations and a compara-
tive sketch of the plant-life seen has already been presented in the
Journal of The New York Botanical Garden for June, 1918. 1 will
simply say that my travels took me from the northern seacoast to
the Andes east of Neiva in 3° north latitude, from the prairies and
lowland forest of the Orinoco drainage, from the Magdalena and
Sinu valleys, upward thr.:)ugh every zone of vegetation to the sum-
mits of each of the three ranges of the Andes The greatest diver-
sity of life was seen, and the collections of plants, brought from
nearly all points visited, inc.ude much that is new to science.

From July 6 to August 16, 1917, it was my privilege to work
with Dr. Henry H Rusby, of the College of Pharmacy, New York
City — a companionship which to a botanical no\ice in a strange
land was invaluable. All specimens made on and before August 16,
while nunibered consecutively with those made by myself alone
later, are to be cited as Rusby & Pennell. , . .

Detailed maps of Colombia are difficult to obtain, and many of
our collecting-stations were at small towns, or single houses. Con-
sequently, although in the lists of specimens given I am stating the
Department in which each point is located, it seems important
to give a full list of the localities from which our plants have come.
Arranging these in the order of our itinerary, and grouping them
according to broad natural areas of topography, should enable any-
one to place approximately any station. Foi- each point the De-
partment is stated. The names of houses are placed in quotation
marks.

Northern Seacoast:

July 6, 1917. Cartagena, Bolivar.

(S

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

Along Rio Magdalona:

July 8, 1917. Barranquilla, Bolivar
" 10, " Calamar,

11, " El Banco, Magdalena

12, " Gamarra and Carpentiera, Magdalena
" 14, " Puerto Berrio, Antioquia

" 15, " Bvienavista, Caldas.
Plain of Tolima :

July 16, 1917. Mariquita and San Lorenzo, Tolima.
Plain of Upper Magdalena:

July 19, 1917. Girardot, Cundinamarca
" 21, " Espinal to Cuamo, Tolima
" 22, " Cuamo to Rio Saldana, Tolima
" 22, " Rio Saldana to Matagaima, Huila
" 24, " Quebrada de Angeles, "

" 25, " Quebrada de Angeles to Rio Cabrera, Huila
" 26, " Rio Cabrera to Villavieja,
" 27, " Villavieja to Neiva, "

" 30, " Neiva, Huila.
Cordillera Oriental :

July 30 to August 8, 1917. Excursion from Neiva over the crest of the

Cordillera to "Balsillas", and return.
Along Upper Magdalena:

August 8-9, 1917. Neiva, Huila
" 12, " , Natagaima, Huila
" 13. " Boca Saldana, Huila.
Railroad from Girardot to Bogota:

August 14, 1917. Portillo, Anapoima, San Joaquin, Hospicio, La Espor-
anza, Cachipay, Zipacon and Anolaima, Cundina-
marca.
Upper western slopes of Cordillera Oriental:

August 16, 1917. Bogota. Cundinamarca.
Eastern slopes of Cordillera Oriental:

August 22, 1917. Chipaque, Cundinamarca
" 23, " Caqueza, "

" 24, " Caqueza to Rio Sananie, Cimdinamarca

24, " Quetameto "Susumuco," "

" 25-26, 1917. "Susumuco," "

Plain of Meta:

August 26 to September 2, 1917. Villavicencio, Meta.
Eastern slopes of Cordillera Oriental:

September 4, 1917. Villavicencio to "Buenavista," Meta

"Buenavista" to "Pipiral," Cundinamai'ca
"Pipiral" to "Susumuco,"
"Guayabetal,"

"Guavabetal" to ''Monte Redondo," Cundinamarca
" Monte Redondo" to Quetame, "

Caqueza,
Ubague,
Summit of Cordillera Oriental:

September 8, 1917. Paramo de Cruz Verde, Cundinamarca.
L^pper western slopes of Cordillera Oriental:

September 12, 1917. Bogota and Mt. Guadalupe, Cundinamarca
13, " Bogota (Rio San Francisco),
" 15, " Tequendama, "

" 17, " Bogota (Monserrate), "

" 18, 23, " Bogota (Chapinero),
Summit of Cordillera Oriental :

September 20, 1917. Paramo de Cruz Verde, Cundinamarca.
Upper western slopes of Cordillera Oriental:

4,

-%

^

6,

7,

7-8,

s,

It

138

PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct ,

u

September 20, 26, 1917. Bogota (Rio San Cristobal), Cundinamarca
22,24, " " (Rio del Arzobispo),

24, 25, " ■ " (Las Graces),
26, " " (Cerro de Focha),

Summit of Cordillera Oriental:

September 27, 1917. Paramo de Choachi, Cundinamarca.
Upper western slopes of Cordillera Oriental:

September 30, 1917. Bogotd, (San Cristobal), Cundinamarca

October 4-8,

6,

6,

12,

13-15,

20-24,

23,

28,

29,

11
II

" (Chapinero),
Rio Teusaca,

Bogota (Rio San Cristobal) "
Sibate to El Penon, "

Zipaquira to Mt. Chuscal, "

Nemacon, '•

Tequendama, "

Sibate to El Peiion, "

Summit of Cordillera Oriental:

November 14, 1917. Paramo de Cruz Verde, Cundinamarca.
Lower western slopes of Cordillera Oriental:

November 28-30, 1917. Fusagasugil, Cundinamarca
December 1-4, " Pandi and Icononzo, Cundinamarca.
Plain of Upper Magdalena;

December 4-5, 1917. Melgar and Girardot, Cundinamarca.
Eastern slopes of Cordillera Central:

December 11,1917. Libano, Tolima

"Rosalito," between Murillo and Paramo do Ruiz,

Tolima
Paramo de Ruiz, Tolima
Murillo,
Libano ("La Trinidad" and "La Virginia"),

Tolima
"El Convenio," Tolima.

II

15-17,

16-17,
17-18,
18-29,

29-30, "
Plain of Tolima:

December 30, 1917.
Januapy 6, 1918.
3,7, "
Along Rio Magdalena:
January 9-10, 1918.
11-13, "

II

14,
14,
15,
15.

16, '
" 18-19, '
Plain of Bolivar:

January 24, 1918.

25, "

26, "
27,
28,
30,

Along Rio Sinu:
February 3,
4,
5,
6,
8,

II
11

1918.

II

San Lorenzo, Tolima

Guayabal and San Felipe, Tolima

Honda and Mariquita, "

Brazuela de Perales, Antioquia
Puerto Berrio and Malena, Antioquia
Vuelta de Acuna, "

Opposite Boca Carare, "

Canabetal, Bolivar.
Boca de Ptosario, Puerto Nuevo and Boca Sogomosa,

Santander
El Banco, Magdalena
Magangue, Bolivar.

Buenavista, Bolivar

Since and Corozal, Bolivar

Sincelejo, "

Chinu and Sahagun, "

Cienaga de Oro and Cerete, Bolivar

Monteria. "

"Medellin," Bolivar

"Los Hurtados," Bolivar

Morales, "

Barro Blanco, "

Tierra Alta and Boca Tai, Bolivar

1920. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

" 10-11, " "Angostura" and Frasquillo, "
" 13-14, " Boca Verde.
Upper slopes of Cordillera Occidental:

February 23, 191S. Paramo de Chaquiro, Bolivar
c " 25, " Cascada Chorron.
Alone; Rio Antizales:

February 25-26, 1918. Antizales, Bolivar.
Along Rio Esmeralda :

February 26, 1918. Boca Antizales, Bolivar

27, " "Las Dantas" to "Puerto Canoa," Bolivar

28, " "PuertoCanoa" to "Salvajin."
Along Rio Sinu :

March 1, 1918. Boca Esmeralda, Bolivar
4, " Boca Verde,

" 5-6, " Frasquillo and "Angustura," Bolivar

" 7-10, ." Boca Tai and Tierra Alta,

" 11, " Morrocoquiel, "

" 12, " "Los Hurtados,"

" 21, " Monteria,

" 23, " Vilches, "

" 25, " "El Pueblo," below Lorica.
Northern Seacoast:

March 26-27, 1918. Cartagena and Turbaco, Bolivar
April 1, " Santa Marta, Magdalena.

Of chief interest has be*en the comparison of the vegetation of
different altitudinal Hfe-zones, and these upon the slopes of the
three divergent Cordilleras of the Andes. The central axis of the
AndeS; entering Colombia from the South, soon divides into three
ranges, all of which, rising from the midst of a broad low Tropical
plain, reach high elevations. Also in the northeast is the wholly
isolated Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta. Upon each mountain
system, one ascends from Tropical lowland, forest or prairie (''Sa-
bana"), through Subtropical forest, through Temperate forest or
"Sabana," to the "Paramo," as the treeless chill slopes above
timber-line are called. Temperature and moisture cause the floras
of the different zones to differ, and similarly the isolation of the
different mountain systems accounts for a divergence in the floras
of the same zone on each chain.

Dr. Frank M. Chapman, in his ''Distribution of Bird Life in
Colombia," has given us a masterly presentation of this problem,
and I adopt his system of life zones and his terminology of each.
As stated in his summary on page 85 of volume 36 of the Bulletin
of The American Museum of Natura^ History, these are:

Tropical Zone— sea-level to 4,500-6,000 ft. (1350-1800 meters).
Subtropical Zone— 4,500-6,000 ft. to 9,000-9,500 ft. (2,700-2,850

meters) .
Temperate Zone— 9,000-9,500 ft. to 11,000-13,000 ft. (3,300-3,900

meters) .
Paramo Zone— 11,000-13,000 ft. to snow-line, 15,000 ft. (4,500

meters) .

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

My observations have led n^e to occasional slight modifications
of his limits, as in placing the lower limit of the Paramo above
Bogota at only 310C meters. Here local conditions explain such
a change. But in general outline, and in nearly all details, his
scheme may be adopted for plants as for animals. Plants seem
more subject to geographical differentiation than animals, so that
in certain genera the same zone on different Cordilleras ha^ related,
but never the same, species. A fuller discussion of this subject will
be given in the concluding paper of this series — now I wish but
to make the summary of distribution accompanying each species
of this study intelligible.

The vegetation of a land so diverse as Colombia is immensely
rich; consequently upon a short expedition it has been impossible
to foLow out in comparative study any wide number of families.
A few groups well selected, and so far as possible all their species
considered, will give data for geographical botany nearly as precise
as would the comparing of many families. I have studied the
Scrophulariaceae, keeping a record of each species, and making a
careful floral description of each. For the Temperate and Paramo
zones, and for the Tropical prairies, this family furnishes an excel-
lent index to floral areas. My collections were mainly in these
regions, and of herbaceous plants, so that from a phytogeographical
viewpoint, the selection of this family has been justified. It is my
hope to follow this study with that of some allied group requiring
forest environments, probably of the Gesneriaceae.

The present paper gives the results of a study of only about one-
half the Scrophulariaceae of Colombia — those which we may cail
the Antirrhinoid genera. These fall into several tribes, each pre-
dominant or restricted to a special life-zone. The Gratioleae are
mainly Tropicai, while wholly so are the R-usselieae and Angelonieae.
The Mimuleae, Hemimerideae and Fagelieae, the last with many
conspicuous species, predominate in the Temperate Zone of the
mountain-slopes. The genus Barisia, of the Rhinanthoid Scrophu-
lariaceae and so yet to be studied, is best developed in the Paramo
Zone.

Necessarily the chief basis of this study has been my own collec-
tions. I have however revised all the collections from Colombia
which I know to be in the United States. These are surprisingly
meagre, and from widely scattered localities. The chief are those
made by H. H. Smith in the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta in
1899-1901; by I. F. Holton near Bogota and in Valle in 1852-1856;

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. . 141

and — more imperfect — certain series of specimens made in southern
Colombia by F. C. Lehmann and at "widespread stations over the
country by Jose Triana. To the custodians of the herbaria which
have loaned me specimens, the United States National Museum, Gray
Herbarium, and Field Museum of Natural History, as well as to my
colleagues at The New York Botanical Garden, I am under obligation.

Also, I would mention my indebtedness to that group of Colom-
bian workers whom I had the privilege of meeting in 1917, the
growth of whose museum at Bogota has been phenomenal. Es-
pecially would I thank Brothers Ariste-Joseph and Ydinael, Her-
manos Cristianos of the Universidad de La Salle. A further word
of appreciation must be given to Sr. Santiago Cortes of Bogota,
who, working long alone, has been able to give to the world only
the first "volume of his "Flora de Colombia."

The following study is primarily systematic, and keys are given
throughout. New species and those seen by the writer are care-
fully described. Synonomy for Colombia is cited fully, otherwise
only those names are included which are of first descriptions of
Colombian species. The original statement of distribution, or of
type-specimen is quoted, and the effort is made to firmly estab-
lish the nomenclature used. But it must be said that, as most of
the types are in Europe and inaccessible to me, and as Colombia's
flora is as yet very partially known, we cannot be certain of the
identity of some of these. But I believe that, with very few excep-
tions, the names now used will be permanent.

For each species a statement of environment and distribution
is given, the latter made as definite as our knowledge permits, and
analysed accordingly to life -zone and Cordillera. Lastly is given
a list of specimens seen, these grouped under the Departments which
at present (1920) are in force. State-outlines in Colombia have
been so shifting that these limits have not always been easily ascer-
tainable. The herbaria in which specimens may be consulted are
indicated by the sjaiibols:

A — The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

C — Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, 111,

H — Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

U — United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.

Y — New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City.

My own collections may all be consulted at The New York Bo-
tanical Garden. Duplicates are being distributed to many her-
baria.

142 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

At the conclusion of the systematic portion of this study there
is planned a synopsis of the geographic distribution of the Scropha-
lariaceae of Colombia, and also' a series of brief sketches of those
collectors in Colombia to whom reference will have been made in
the text.

Key to Antirrhinoid Scrophulariaceae of Colombia.^

Corolla with the posterior lobes external in the bud.

(ANTIRRHINOIDEAE.)

Capsule septicidal, or loculicidal by a simple median split, the
septum breaking from the capsule-wall or rupturing. Cor-
olla not spurred. Leaves opposite or whorled in threes
(except in Capraria).
Corolla, even if saccate anteriorly, without a horn-like process
at the base of the anterior lobes. Capsule septicidal, or
loculicidal. Seeds, if reticulate, with lines not raised or
wing-like.
Stigma two-lipped.

Capsule septicidal, or secondarily also somewhat loculicidal,
spHtting to base; placentae simple. Sepals distinct
or nearly so (except in Vandellia and Torenia). Leaves,
or rarely only the capsule, somewhat glandular-punc-
tate. Inflorescence simply racemose (if several pedi-
cels are in one axil, then no common peduncle is
evident). Corolla yellow, blue or white.

L Gratioleae.
Capsule loculicidal (only tardily septicidal if at all), or
indehiscent; placentae branched and widely spreading.
Sepals united over one-half length. Leaves and cap-
sule not glandular-punctate. Inflorescence racemose,
or of axillary cymes a single one of which is terminal
to the primary peduncle. Corolla yellow, two-ridged
and pubescent within on the anterior side.

II. Mimuleae.
Stigma capitate.

Corolla conspicuously zygomorphic, the tube scarcely de-
veloped and the anterior lobes much exceeding the
posterior ones. Capsule without placental hairs, and
dehiscing only distally. Seeds ridged, not reticulate.
Leaves opposite, or the upper alternate.
Stamens four; anther-sacs with memljranous walls. Cor-
olla orange, flattened, its lobes all evident, the tube
split to base between the posterior lobes. Sepals
five, less than one-half the length of the capsule.

^The warning must be given that the keys to tribes and genera are prepared
for Colombian species, and contrasts may not hold for extra-limital genera and
species.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

Capsule scarcely dehiscing loculicidally. Seeds
blackish. Inflorescence simply racemose. Stem
quadrangular. III. Hemimerideae.

Stamens two; anther-sacs with firm walls. Corolla yel-
low, its lips concave-saccate or the posterior much
reduced, the individual lobes scarcely or not evi-
dent, the tube not split to base between the posterior
lobes. Sepals four, at least one-half the length of
the capsule. Capsule dehiscing loculicidally as well
as septicidally. Seeds brown. Inflorescence cy-
mose, two pedicels of each cyme being terminal to
the primary peduncle. Stem terete or nearly so.

IV. Fagelieae.
Corolla red, nearly regular, tubular, the short lobes nearly
equal. Capsule filled with slender hairs between which
are the scattered seeds, dehiscing to base septicidally.
, Seeds reticulate, not ridged. Leaves whorled in threes,
and the stem with six angles. Inflorescence of axillary
cymes, two pedicels of each being terminal to the
primary peduncle. V. Russelieae.

Corolla violet-blue, saccate anteriorly and with a fine horn-
like process at the base of the anterior lobes. Capsule
locuhcidal, the septum only tardily if at all splitting sagit-
tally. Seeds reticulate, the reticular lines raised into
wing-like processes. Inflorescence simply racemose.

VI. Angelonieae.
Capsule loculicidal, the septum and adjacent capsule-wall per-
sisting, the remaining wall splitting irregularly. Corolla
blue, with a spur at the base of the anterior petal. Leaves
alternate. VII. Antirrhineae.

Corolla with the antero-lateral or anterior lobes external in the bud.

(RHINANTH0IDEAE.2)
I. GRATIOLEAE.

Leaves alternate, serrate. Stamens five. Corolla essentially

regular, the five lobes equally distinct. 1. Capraria.
Leaves opposite or whorled in threes. Stamens four, three or
two (the posterior one lost). Corolla more or less zygo-
inorphic, the two posterior lobes united over one-half their
length.
Leaves entire to serrate-dentate. Capsule globose to lanceo-
late in outline. Seeds not regularly cylindric nor spirally
ridged, disposed in more than one row within each valve
of the capsule.
Corolla with the ridges to the antero-lateral sinuses, if
developed, low and not projecting beyond those points
(so anterior filaments simple). Style not with a semi-
persistent callose base. Septum rupturing, so that the

2 To be considered in a second paper.

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

placental mass eventually stands free. Pedicels fre-
quently bibracteolate. Stem, if quadrangular, with
the angles not conspicuously ridged or winged.
Anther-sacs proximate, no connective arms developed.
Seeds reticulate. Leaves sessile or nearly so.
Pedicels bibracteolate. Sepals five.

Pedicels bibracteolate at base (remote from the
calyx). Corolla yellow, pubescent within at
base of posterior lobes. Sepals unequal, and
leaves serrate. Plant repent-ascending.

2. Mecardonia.
Pedicels bibracteolate at apex (just beneath calyx).

Corolla violet-blue or white.
Filaments four, all with anthers. Bractlets 1
mm. or less long, much shorter than the
sepals.
Sepals unequal, the outer much larger than
the narrow innermost. Corolla pubescent
within at base of posterior lobes, or gla-
brous, violet-blue or white. Capsule glo-
bose-ovoid to oblong. Leaves serrate to
entire, and stems, erect or ascending.

3. Caconapea^
Sepals uniform. Corolla pubescent within at

base of the anterior lobes. Capsule de-
pressed-globose. Leaves serrate and stem
repent-ascending. 4. Conobea.

Filaments two, the anterior rudimentary or want-
ing. Bractlets 5-10 mm. long, equaling or
exceeding the nearly uniform sepals. Cor-
olla pubescent at base of the posterior lobes,
white or pinkish-tinged. Leaves serrate and
stem ascending or erect. 5. Graiiola.
Pedicels not bracteolate. Sepals four or five. Cor-
• olla blue or white.

Corolla glabrous within. Sepals unequal, the inner-
most narrowest. Leaves palmately veined,
entire or slightly undulate. Pedicels tending
to deflex in fruit. Plants repent.
Outermost sepal cordate, much exceeding the
linear-attenuate innermost ones; five sepals
always present. Capsule oblong or ovoid-
oblong, acute, brown, much shorter than the
sepals. Styles united to apex. Corolla blue
or white. 6. Monocardia.

^Bramia monnieri (L.) Pennell, a repent herb, with broadly rounded entire
leaves, corolla with distinct posterior lobes, and outer sepal scarcely longer than
the innermost, is widespread in Tropical America, and must surely occur on moist
semi-brackish sands along the Colombian coast. See, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila.
1919: 243, 1920.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

Outermost sepal ovate-oblong, scarcely longer than
the lanceolate innermost, one of which may
be lost. Capsule nearly globose, obtuse, pale-
brown, little shorter than the sepals. Styles
distinct near apex. Corolla white.
Corolla 4 mm. long, appearing four-lobed be-
cause the three petals forming the anterior
lip are all evident. Stamens four. Sepals
five or four. 7. Macuillamia.

Corolla 2 mm. long, appearing three-lobed be-
cause the anterior petal is lost, leaving the
anterior lip two-lobed. Stamens three
(only one of the antero -lateral pair devel-
oped). Sepals four. 8. Hydranthelium.
Corolla white, denselj^ hirsute within over bases of
all lobes. Sepals four, uniform. Leaves pin-
nately veined, serrate-dentate. Pedicels per-
manently ascending -spreading. Plant erect.

9. Scoparia.
Anther-sacs separated on short arms of the connective.
Seeds longitudinally striate, the striae frequently
tuberculate. Corolla blue or white. Plants erect.
Pedicels bibracteolate, 1 mm. long or less. Corolla
blue, pubescent within on the anterior side. Cap-
sule acuminate. Seeds tuberculate-striate. Leaves
cordate-clasping at base. Tall herb.

10. Stemodia.
Pedicels not bracteolate. Corolla pubescent within

on the posterior side, or glabrous. Seeds min-
utely roughened-tuberculate or smooth. Leaves
narrowed at base.
Leaves sessile or nearly so, in whorls of three. Cor-
olla 9-13 mm. long, glabrous within, blue.
Capsule acuminate. Seeds minutely roughened-
tuberculate. Style semi-persistent. Tall herb.

11. Unanuea.
Leaves evidently petioled. opposite. Corolla 4-8

mm. long, pubescent within on the posterior
side, blue or w^hite. Capsule acutish. Seeds
smooth, with rounded ridges. Style soon de-
ciduous. Low herbs. 12. Lendneria.
Corolla violet-blue or white, with two raised ridges (each
formed by the adherence of a filament) to the antero-
lateral sinuses, and which frequently project as knob-
like processes beyond those points (the free portion
of the filament appearing as a lateral outgrowth of
the adherent portion). Style with a semi-persistent,
frequently enlarged and callose base. Septum per-
sistent, with the attached placentae. Pedicels never

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Maj^-Oct.,

bracteolate. Stem quadrangular, the angles ridged or
slightly winged.
Sepals united over one-third length. Filaments all with
anthers. Seeds not with transverse lines. Leaves
petioled, serrate-dentate. Angles of stem shghtly
winged.
Pedicels 1-2 mm. long. Sepals united nearly one-
half their length, much shorter than the capsule.
Corolla straight, the tube strongly horizontally
flattened, the posterior lip purple-brown, else-
where corolla white throughout, pubescent within
on ridges to antero-lateral sinuses; the free por-
tions of the anterior filaments appearing as up-
curved from the apices of these ridges. Capsule
accuminate, finely pubescent to glabrous. Seeds
tuberculate. Leaves oval, rounded, narrowed at
base. Plant repent, pubescent.

13. Vandellia.
Pedicels 10-25 mm. long. Sepals united over three-
fourths length, equaling or shghtly longer than
the capsule. Corolla decurved, the tube scarcely
or not flattened horizontally, blue or white, gla-
brous within on the ridges to antero-lateral sin-
uses; the free portions of the anterior filaments
appearing as outgrowths proximad to the apices
of these ridges which therefore terminate as short
knobs. Capsule mucronate or acute, glabrous.
Seeds shallowly pitted. Leaves ovate or lanceo-
late-ovate, acute, truncate-cuneate at base. Plants
repent to erect, glabrous. 14. Torenia.

Sepals distinct or nearly so. Antero-lateral filaments
without anthers. Seeds with fine transverse lines.
Leaves sessile, mostly clasping, Siightly crenate or
entire. Angles of stem ridged, not winged. Corolla
blue. Plant diffused-ascending, glabrous.

15. Ilysanthes.
Leaves pinnatifid. Capsule Unear-attenuate in outline.
Seeds regularly cylindric, spirally ridged, disposed in one
row within each valve of the capsule. Corolla purple-
blue. Plant low, branched, erect. 16. Schistoyhragma.

II. MIMULEAE.

Capsule oblong, dehiscing loculicidally, its walls dry, mem-
branous, brownish. Calyx-tube longer than and enclos-
ing the capsule, its ribs slightly winged, its lobes decidedly
unequal, the posterior longest. Corolla 10-15 mm. long,
yellow, with many red-brown spots within throat on the
anterior side. Leaves broadly ovate, shortly petioled, 1-4
cm. long. Inflorescence of axillar}^ simple pedicels. Stem
obscurely angled, not winged. Plant low, repent-ascend-
ing. 17. Minmlus.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

Capsule globose, indehiscent, its walls fleshy, white. Calyx-
tube shorter than the capsule, its ribs not winged, its lobes
slightly unequal, the posterior longest. Corolla 15-18 mm.
long, yellow throughout. Leaves lanceolate, cordate-
clasping at base, 15-20 cm. long. Inflorescence of axillary
several-branched cymes, borne upon conspicuous peduncles.
Stem with angles narrowly winged. Plant tall, erect,
widely branched from base. 18. Leucocarpus.

III. HEMIMERIDEAE. 19. AJonsoa.

IV. FAGELIEAE. 20. FageJia.

V. RUSSELIEAE. 21. Russelia.

VI. ANGELONIEAE. 22. Angelonia.

VII. ANTIRRHINEAE. 23. Linaria.

1 CAPRARIA Linne.
Capraria L., Sp. PI. 628. 1753.

Type species, Capraria biflora L.

1. Capraria biflora L.

Capraria biflora L., 1. c. 628. 1753. "Habitat in Curassao." Specimens
from Curagao seen in herbarium New York Botanical Garden.

Capraria lanceolata Vahl, Eel. Am. 2: 47. 1798. "Habitat ad St. ]\Iar-
tham. von Robr." Not C. lanceolata L. f., Suppl. 284. 1781. Von
Rohr's plant was the pubescent form prevalent in Colombia, but appears
to have represented an abnormal state in which the pedicels are short
and arise from an abbreviated branch.

Capraria. semiserraia Willd., Sp. PI. 3: 324. 1800. New name for C.

lanceolata Vahl.
Capraria semiserrata berterii A. DC; Benth. in DC. Prod. 10: 429. 1846.

"Ad Stam. Martham (Bert.! in h. DC.)." An entire-leaved state.

A widespread species of lowiand Tropical America, growing mostly
on and near the seashore, but extending inland on river-banks,
plains and waste land. Very variable, but with most states found
in the same region or even in the same colony. Varies in size of
leaves, in form of leaves from linear-lanceolate to nearly ovate, and
in serration from entire to sharply serrate-dentate; varies in the
length of the pedicels; varies in length of and attenuation of the
sepals, in size of corolla from 8 to 10 mm. long, and somewhat pubes-
cent or glabrous within anteriorly, and in capsules from oblong to
ovoid, and from round and emarginate to acutish. Most con-
spicuously does the plant vary in pubescence, from glabrous through-
out, through states with the stem pubescent and the pedicels glabrous
or the pedicels sparsely pubescent — pubescent either with short or
long hairs — to forms densely hirsute on stems, pedicels, sepals and

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

the midribs and margins of the leaves. The last state (forma hirta*
Loes. in Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. II, 3: 284. 1903. "Habitat in Guate-
mala, in dept. Chiquimula in ruderalibus ad S. Juan Ermita: Sel[er]
n. 3314." Isotype seen in herbarium New York Botanical Garden)
prevails in Colombia.

River-banks, flats and sandy waysides, at altitudes below 200
meters. Tropical zone; the typical form near the Caribbean shore
(doubtless also along the Pacific shore), forma hirla Loes. (indicated
in lists by asterisk) along the lower river-courses and across the
Sabana of Bolivar.

Antioquia. *Brazuela de Perales, on Rio Magdalena (river-flat,
alt. 150 m.), Pennell 3704; *Vuelta de Acufia, on Rio Magdalena
(sandy loam, alt. 125-130 m.), Pennell 3789.

Bolivar. *Calamar (along Rio Magdalena, alt. 15-25 m.), Rusby
& Pennell 20; Cartagena, I. F. Holton 582 (H, Y), (roadside, alt.
5-10 m.), Rusby & Pennell 3 (somewhat pubescent with short
hairs). *Since (edge of thicket, alt. 120-170 m.), Pennell 4039;
*Turbaco (thin loam over white rock, alt. 150-200 m.), Pennell
4761; *Vilches, on Rio Sinu (orchard, alt. 20-50 m.), Pennell 4711.

Magdalena. *Bonda (open damp place, alt. 45 m.), H. H. Smith
1331 (C, H, U, Y). Don Jaco (near the coast), H. H. Smith 551
(C, H, U, Y). Playa Brava (open plain near the coast), H. H.
Smith 2823 (Y). Santa Marta (railroad bank, alt. 0-10 m.), Pen-
nell 4771. Around Rio Frio (between the Cienaga de Santa Marta
and the foothills, alt. 0-100 m.), H. Pittier 1611 (U).

2 MECARDONIA Ruiz and Pa von.

Mecardonia R. & P. [Fl. Peruv. et Chil. Prod. 9.5. 1794, generic diagnosis];
Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. et Chil. 164. 1798.

Type species, M. ovata Ruiz & Pavon,^ of Peru.

^ This state has been described also as Capraria lanceolata Vahl, and C. semi-
serrata Willd. (above), as C. hirsuta H. B. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 2: 355. 1818,
from Mexico, and as C. biflora /3 pilosa Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. I., 427, 1861, from
the Bahamas. The first name should be used if this be accounted a distinct
species, the last if a variety, and Im-ta if a form.

^Mecardonia ovata Ruiz & Pavon, Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. et Chil. 164. 1798.
"Habitat in Peruviae plateis ad Chinchao et Cuchero vicos." Description
appears to be certainly that of M. procumbens (Mill.) Small, a wide-spread plant
to be expected in Peru. The only discrepancy is in describing the calyx as hepta-
phyllous, although it' is stated that the two small outer leaves are deciduous.
Possibly the bractlets at the base of the pedicel were noted approxirnating the
flower in very young buds, or more probably an error of vision was made, and
because later it could not be checked the imagined bractlets were considered
to be deciduous.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

1. Mecardonia procumbens (Mill.) Small.

Erirms procumbens Mill., Gard. Diet. ed. VIII. n. 6. 1768. "Houst.

MSS."
Herpestis caprtirioides H. B. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 2: 368. 1818. "Crescit

locis arenosis, siccis Rcgni Novo-Granatensis in ripa fluminis Magdalenae

juxta El Peiion [Humboldt & Bonpland]."
Monniera procumbens (Mill.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 463. 1891.
Mecardonia procumbens (MiW.) Small, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 106.5. 1338. 1903.
Bacopa procumbens (Mill.) Greenm. in Field Col. Mus., Bot. Scr. 2: 261.

1907.
Herpestis procumbens (Mill.) Urb., Symb. Bot. 4: .5.58. 1911.

Moist open soil, along streams in loam or sand, at altitudes below
1200 meters. Tropical zone, doubtless throughout lowland Colom-
bia, largely as a weed. Also in the Sabana of Bogota, at an altitude
of 2600 meters, probably introduced. Widespread throughout
Tropical America.

Antioquia. Opposite Boca Carare (forest along R. Magdalena,
ait. 125 m.), Pennell 3829.

Bolivar. Boca Verde on Rio Sinu (field along river, alt. 100-200
m.), Pennell 4568; Canabetal (sand along river, alt. 90-100 m.),
Pennell 3874; Sincelejo (thicket, alt. 150-200 m.), Pennell 4068.

Caldas. Buena Vista (moist open sand, alt. 170-180 m.), Rusby
& Pennell 63.

Cundinamarca, Bogota (desiccated soil in meadow, alt. 2600
m.), Pennell 1909 [small-leaved form which has been described as
Herpestis chamaedryoides H. B. K.]; Icononzo (loam slope, alt. 900-
1000 m.), Pennell 2777.

Huila. Natagaima (soil frequently overflowed by river, alt. 400 -
450 m.), Rusby & Pennell 1182; Quebrada de Angeles above Nata-
gaima (gravel, alt. 450-600 m.), Rusby & Pennell 286.

Magdalena. Masinga (damp clearings, alt. 90-750 m.), H. H.
Smith 1326 (Y), Agua Dulce, H. H. Smith 1326 (Y).

Meta. Villavicencio (moist meadow along Rio Guatiquia, (alt.
500 m.), Pennell 1556.

ToUma. Honda (moist sandy field, alt. 250-300 m.), Pennell
3620; Libano (field on "La Trinidad," alt. 90C-1200 m.), Pennell
3368.

Valle. La Paila, L F. Holton 579 (Y).

3. CACONAPEA Chamisso.
Caconapea Cham, in Linnaea 8: 28. 1833.

Type species C. gratioloides Cham., of Brazil.

Pedicels 5-10 mm. long, one to an axil. Corolla 5-7 mm. long,
pubescent or puberulent within over base of posterior lobes;
lobes violet, throat yellow within, especially on the anterior

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

side and lined with violet, the posterior lobes united nearly to
apex.
Corolla 7 mm. long, pubescent within. Anthers all uniform.
Sepals strongly dissimilar, the outer ovate, all puberulent.
Capsule septicidal, with thick protuberant placentae, in de-
hiscence portions of the septum remain adhering 1 3 the walls.
Seeds conspicuously reticulate. Leaves lanceolate-elliptic,
crenate-serrate. Stem sharply quadrangular, 1-3 dm. tall.

1. C. auriculata.
Corolla 5 mm. long, puberulent within. Anthers of posterior
filaments larger. Sepals slightly dissimilar, the outer lanceo-
late, all somewhat pubescent. Capsule loculicidal, with thin
placentae, placed along median line of the septum which
ultimately breaks free from the lateral walls. Seeds finely
reticulate. Leaves linear, entire. Stem obscurely quad-
rangular, .3-. 5 dm. tall. 2. C. debilis.
Pedicels less than 2 mm. long, usually several to an axil. Corolla
2-3 mm. long, glabrous within; lobes white or violet, throat
white and without lines. Placentae thin, attached to median
line of septum. Seeds finely reticulate.
Leaves tapering to the narrow base. Stem pilose with spreading

white hairs. 3. C. axillaris.

Leaves rounded-clasping at base. Stem appressed-pubescent or
glandular-dotted.
Corolla deciduous, white throughout, its posterior lobes united
nearly to apex. Exterior sepals rounded, all glabrous or
obscurely puberulent. Stem whitish with appressed re-
flexed hairs. 4. C. appressa.

Corolla persistent, lobes violet-blue, its posterior lobes united
only three -fifths length. All sepals acute, each with a
tuft of white hairs at apex. Stem yellowish with sessile
glands. • 5. C. conjeria.

1. Caconapea auriculata (Rob.) Pennell, comb. nov.

Herpestis auriculata Rob. in Proc. Am. Acad. 26: 172. 1891. "Wet places
near Guadalajara [Mexico]; November, 1889 [C. G. Pringle] (n. 2937)."
Later collections of Pringle from near Guadalajara, 4623 and 6148, seen
in herbarium of Columbia University at The New York Botanical Garden.

Bacopa auriculata (Rob.) Greenm. in Field Col. Mus.. Bot. Ser. 2: 262.
1897.

Stem 1-3 dm. tall, sharply four-angled, glabrous to slightly puberu-
lent above. Leaves 1-1.7 cm. long, .5-. 8 cm. wide, oblong-lanceo-
late, crenate, often dentate at and near base, obtuse, rounded-clasp-
ing at base; glabrous or glabrate. Pedicels solitary, 5-10 mm. long,
puberulent. Bractlets linear-subulate, less than 1 mm. long.
Sepals obscurely puberulent: outermost 4 mm. long, ovate, obtuse
to acute, obscurely veined; two median slightly shorter and more
narrowly ovate; two innermost 3 mm. long, linear-attenuate,

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

somewhat hyaline. Corolla 7 mm. long; posterior lobes united
nearly to apex; pubescent within tube, especially on anterior
side, pubescent in horizontal line over bases of posterior lobes;
within tube yellow, extending to base of anterior lobes, distally
and over lobes violet-blue, with longitudinal fine deep-violet
lines. Filaments glabrous, the postero-lateral pair slightly shorter,
its anthers equalling those of the antero lateral pair; posterior
filament represented by a tiny knob. Style glabrous, at apex bifid
and bearing two plate like stigmas. Capsule 2.5-3 mm. long,
globose-ovoid, glabrous, dehiscing septicidally, the lateral portions
of the septum adhering to the capsule wall. Placentae pro-
truding into the cells, not coalescent. Seeds .4 mm. long, cres-
centic-cylindric, truncate at the apex, brown, with evident longi-
tudinal lines and cross -reticulations.

Wet open soil, sandy or loam, at altitudes of 500 to 800 meters,
Tropical zone, llanos of upper Magdalena valley. Doubtless in the
Sabina of Bolivar and elsewhere in northern Colombia. Ranges
northward to Mexico.

Cundinamarca. Melgar (moist open clayey loam, alt. 500-600
m.), Pennell 2885.

Huila. Neiva (seepy place in plain, alt. 550-600 m.), Rusby &
Pennell 1067.

Tolima. San Lorenzo (open springj^ loam, w. of, alt. 600-800
m.), Pennell 3531.

2. Caconapea debilis Pennell, sp. nov.

Stems ascending, repent and matted below, becoming erect and
.3-. 5 dm. tall, obscurely four-angled, finely pubescent with reflexed
appressed w^hite hairs. Leaves .4-. 6 cm. long, .07-. 1 cm. wide,
linear, obtuse, clasping (but not dilated) at base, nerveless beneath;
finely pubescent on the midrib beneath or glabrous throughout.
Pedicels solitary, 5-7 mm. long, finely pubescent with reflexed hairs.
Bractlets linear-subulate, less than .5 mm. long. Sepals: outermost
3.5 mm. long, linear-lanceolate obtuse; two median slightly shorter
but nearly similar, these three green, glabrous or nearly so, except
for a frequent terminal tuft of short hairs; the tw^o innermost 3
mm. long, lanceolate-linear, acuminate, with broad scarious margins
and ciliate with minute white hairs. Corolla 5 mm. long; posterior
lobes united nearly to apex; externally minutely pubescent, within
slightly pubescent over bases of the posterior lobes, elsewhere
glabrous; within tube pale, yellowish on anterior side, lined with

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

violet, distally over lobes violet. Filaments glabrous, the pos-
tero-lateral pair shorter, its anthers more than twice larger than
those of the antero-lateral pair. Style glabrous, with two plate-like
stigmas. Capsule 2 mm. long, oblongpyriform, rounded and retuse
at apex, glabrous, dehiscing loculicidally. Placentae thin, linear,
flattened against the persistent septum. Seeds about .2 mm. long,
oval, slightly crescentic, yellowish-brown, obscurely ridged to some-
what reticulate at maturity.

Type, shallow pool in llano, east of Villavicencio, Meta, altitude
about 450 meters, collected in flower and fruit September 2, 1917,
F. W. Pennell 1623 in herbarium New York Botanical Garden.

Nearest to Herpestis reptans Benth. of Brazil, which is described
as having leaves .2-.3 cm. wide, linear-lanceolate, prominently
nerved beneath, all sepals obtuse and seeds yellow.

Shallow pools in llano, at an altitude of 450 meters. Tropical
zone in Meta.

3. Caconapea axillaris (Benth.) Pennell, comb. nov.

Htrpestis axillaris Benth. in DC. Prod. 10: 396. 1846. "Ad aquas stag-
nan tes in campis Deluvia Sanctae Marthae (Purdie!) ... (v. in
herb. Hook.)."

Moimiera axillaris (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 463. 1891.

Tropical zone, in Magdalena. No specimens seen.

4. Caconapea appressa Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem .7-1.5 dm. tall, obscurely four-angled, below glabrous, above
pubescent with reflexed white hairs. Leaves 1-2 cm. long, .3-.4
cm. wide, lanceolate-linear, entire, tapering from the rounded-
clasping base, glabrous, glandular-dotted. Pedicels 1-5 in an axil,
1-2 mm. long, pubescent with reflexed hairs. Bractlets filiform-
subulate, less than 1 mm. long. Sepals glabrous, densely glandular-
punctate : outermost 3 mm. long, ovate ; the next nearly as wide, the
median one-sided, narrower, these three obtuse, somewhat reticulate,
glabrous; the two innermost narrowly lanceolate, attenuate, costate,
with the margins hyaline and ciliolate. Corolla 2-2.5 mm. long;
posterior lobes united nearly to apex; glabrous throughout; white
throughout. Filaments glabrous, the postero-lateral pair slightly
shorter and its anthers slightly smaller. Style glabrous, bearing two
approximate stigmas. Capsule 2 mm. long, narrowly cylindric
oblong, glabrous, dehiscing septicidally and loculicidally, none of the
septum adhering to the capsule wall. Placentae narrow, thin, a little
raised line median to the persistent broad septum. Seeds .5 mm.
long, cylindric, tapering to each end, brown, with longitudinal ridges
and fine cross lines.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

Type, moist depression in llano east of Villavicencio, Meta, alti-
tude about 450 meters, collected in flower and fruit, August 28 and
September 2, 1917, F. W. Pennell 1460, in herbarium New York
Botanical Garden.

Moist soil, in llanos, at an altitude of 450 meters, Tropical zone,
in Meta.

5. Caconapea conferta Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem .5-1.8 dm. tall, obscurely four-angled, below glabrous, above
puberulent with sessile yellowish glands. Leaves 1-2 cm. long,
.2-.4 cm. wide, narrowly lanceolate, tapering from the rounded-
clasping base, entire, densely glandular-dotted. Pedicels 1-5 in an
axil, less than 1 mm. long, puberulent with sessile glandular dots.
Bractlets fiiiform-subulate, less than 1 mm. long. Sepals denselj^
glandular-puberulent, each tipped with a tuft of white hairs : outer-
most 3 mm. long, narrowly ovate; two median narrower and one-
sided, these three acuminate; two innermost 2.5 mm. long, lanceolate-
attenuate, somewhat hyaline-margined and more ciliolate. Corolla
3 mm. long; posterior lobes united f length; glabrous throughout; its
tube white, lobes violet-blue, darker distally within. Filaments
glabrous, bluish, the postero-lateral pair slightly shorter; anthers all
of about the same size, light-yellow. Style glabrous bearing two
stigmas. Capsule 2 mm. long, ellipsoid-oblong, glabrous, dehiscing
septicidally and loculicidally, none of the septum adhering to the
capsule-wall. Placentae narrow, thin, median to the persistent broad
septmn. Seeds .3 mm. long, cylindric, slightly irregularly curved,
rounded, brown, with fine longitudinal ridges.

Type, moist depression, in llano east of Villavicencio, Meta, alti-
tude about 450 meters, collected in flower and fruit August 28 and
September 2, 1917, F. W. Pennell 1435; in herbarium New York
Botanical Garden.

Moist soil in llanos, at an altitude of 450 meters. Tropical zone,
in Meta.

4. CONOBEA Aublet.
Conobea Aubl., Hist. PL Guiane Fr. 2: 639. pi. 258. 1775.
Type species, C. aquatica Aubl., of Guiana.

1 . Conobea scoparioides (C. & S.) Benth.

Sphaerotheca scoparioides Cham. & Schlechtd. in Linnaea 2: 606. 1827.

"E Brasilia aequinoctiali misit Sellow."
Conobea scoparioides (C. & S.) Benth. in DC. Prod. 10: 391. 1846.

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct,.,

Tropical zone, collected only in Choco, but doubtless widespread
in northern and eastern Colombia. Widespread through eastern
lowland South America.

Choco. Novisa, J. Triana (H, Y).

5. GRATIOLA Linne.
GrafiolaL., Sp. PI. 17. 17.53.
Type species, G. officinalis L., of Europe.

1. Gratiola bogotensis Cortes, sp. nov.

Spreading extensively by rootstocks. Aerial stems erect or de-
cumbent at base, succulent, slightly puberulent, 1-4 dm. tall. Leaves
oblong-lanceolate, 1.5-2.5 cm. long, .3-.8 cm. wide, clasping by a
rounded base, distally dentate and glandular-punctate, finely puberu-
lent to glabrate. Pedicels 1-2 mm. long. Bractlets similar to and
equaling or slightly exceeding the lanceolate calyx-lobes, 5-10 mm.
long. Corolla 12-14 mm. long, its tube four-angled, yellowish,
with fine brown lines, its lobes spreading, white, somewhat pinkish-
tinged or at times the corolla strongly pink. Anterolateral fila-
ments evident, each capped by two small rudimentary anthers.
Capsule ovoid, 5 mm. long. Seeds .5 mm. long, obovoid, conspicu-
ously alveolate-reticulate.

Type, wet grassy place, base of mountain above Chapinero, near
Bogota, Cundinamarca, altitude 2700-2800 meters, collected in
flower and fruit September 23, 1917, Pennell 2108 in Herb. New
York Botanical Garden. This was collected in company with Sr.
Santiago Cortes, who designated it by the name here given.

A near ally or possibly geographical variety, of Gratiola peruvi-
ana L., Sp. PI. 17. 1753, based upon Feuillee's description and
drawing of a plant found in the mountains of Chile, at 26° S. L.
Feuillee's plant is well-matched by a specimen collected by Otto
Kuntze in February, 1892, at Ervilla, Chile, and which has the
stem less fleshy, the leaves broader and the pedicels slightly longer
than does our plant.

Wet grassy places, springheads and ditches, at altitudes of 2600
to 3200 meters. Temperate zone, ascending, in dwarf form, to Par-
amo, Cordillera Oriental, and Cordillera Central, southward at
least into Ecuador.

Cundinamarca. Bogota (ditch in meadow, alt. 2600 m.), Pen-
nell 1908, (wet grassy place near Chapinero, alt. 2700-2800 m.)
Pennell 2108, (southwest of Las Cruces, open spring-head, alt.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155

2600-2700 m.) Pennell 2158; Sibate (wet loam, alt. 2700-2800 m.),
Pennell 2451; Ubaque (wet ditfch, edge of paramo, alt. 3000-3200
m.), Pennell 1902; Zipaquira (Mt. Aquila, edge of pool, just below
paramo, alt. 3100 m.), Pennell 2532.

Nariiio. Tuquerres (alt. 3000 m.), Triana (H, Y).

Tolima. IMurillo (pool, alt. 2600-2800 m.), Pennell 3155.

6. MONOCARDIA'5 Pennell, gen. nov.

Stems much branched, terete, repent, the apices ascending.
Leaves sessile, slightly clasping, oblong to orbicular, entire, pal-
mately-veined from base, obscurely glandular-dotted and not odor-
ous. Pedicels axillary, 6 20 mm. long, pubescent, not bracteolate.
Caljrx of 5 very dissimilar sepals; outermost (posterior) heart-
shaped; two antero-latei'als smaller, obliquely, or but one-half cor-
date- or truncate-ovate, three outei- prominently reticulate; two pos-
tero-laterals (innermost) linear-attenuate, only % length of outer-
most and usually slightly longer than the capsule. Corolla 3-7
mm. long, the widely-spreading lobes longer than the tube, the two
posterior lobes united nearly throughout; glabrous throughout, blue
or white. Stamens four, glabrous, didynamous (the posterior fila-
ments shorter and usually anthers smaller) ; anthers uniform, the
narrow sacs closely connivent, each opening its entire length. Style
glabrous, httie exceeding the sepals. Stigmas distinct, flat. Cap-
sule 2-4 mm. long, much shorter than calyx, oblong or ovoid-oblong,
acute, brown, septicidal and loculicidal; the septum with adherent
thin placentae, persisting plate-like. Seeds .2-.3 mm. long, oblong,
blackish-brown, ridged and with cross-reticulations.

Type species, M. violacea Pennell.

Hydrotrida Small, in general aspect like this genus, differs in pos-
sessing a circle of bristles surrounding the ovary, pubescence within
over the bases of the corolla -lobes, two bracteoles below the calj^x,
and more conspicuous glands which exhale a strong aromatic odor.

Pedicels and sepals with spreading hairs. Stems and leaves beneath

pubescent. Corolla blue.

Corolla 6-7 mm. long. Calyx 5-7 mm. long. Leaves 1.2-1.8

cm. long, and nearly as wide. Stems densely hirsute, 2-3

dm. long. 1. M. violacea.

Corolla 4-5 mm. long. Calyx 4-6 mm. long. Leaves .7-1.8 cm.

long, ovate-oblong. Stems pubescent, less than 1.5 dm.

long.

^Name from (xovoq, one, and KapBta, heart, in allusion to the single large cor-
date sepal.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Leaves 1.2-1.8 cm. long, the younger pubescent along midrib

beneath. Sepals 5-6 mm. long. 2. M. lilacina.

Leaves .7-.9 cm. long, the younger pubescent over the entire

surface beneath. Sepals 4-5 mm. long. 3. M. humilis.

Plant glabrous throughout. Corolla white, 3-3.5 mm. long.

4. M. albida.

1. Monocardia violacea Penneli, sp. nov.

Stems fleshy, 2-3 dm. long or longer, densely hirsute with yellow-
ish hairs. Leaves ovate- or oval -orbicular, 1.2-1.8 cm. long, 1-1.4
cm. wide, obtuse, pubescent beneath along midrib proximally,
distally glabrous and obscurely reticulate. Pedicels 10-20 mm.
long, hirsute with spreading hairs. Sepals all ciliate: the three
outer 5-7 mm. long, the innermost pubescent on the midrib. Cor-
olla 6-7 mm. long; tube yellow, distally purplish, the lobes violet.
Filaments violet-bluish; anthers white. Capsule 3-4 mm. long,
narrowly oblong. Seeds .3 mm. long, brown.

Type, wet loam, along trail in forest, near Villa\'icencio, Meta,
altitude 450 meters, collected in flower and fruit August 28, 1917,
F.W. Penneli 1480; in Herb. New York Botanical Garden. Only
specimen seen.

Wet loam in forest at an altitude of 450 meters. Tropical zone,
in Meta, and in Panama. Doubtless wide-spread in northern South
America.

2. Monocardia lilacina Penneli, sp. nov.

Stems slightly fleshy, .5-1.5 dm. long, pubescent with spreading
hairs. Leaves ovate-oblong, 1.2-1.8 cm. long, .8-1.1 cm. wide;
obtuse, pubescent beneath along midrib proximally. Pedicels 8-12
mm. long, pubescent with spreading hairs. Sepals all ciliate: the
three outer 5-6 mm. long, two innermost pubescent on the midrib,
shorter. Corolla 4-5 mm. long, \iolet "within throat, the lobes pale-
blue. Filaments of anterior stamens pale-blue, of posteiior violet;
anthers pale-blue. Capsule 2.5-3 mm. long, ovoid-oblong. Seeds
.2-.25 mm. long, blackish.

Type, wet loam, along trail in forest, near Villavicencio, Meta,
alt. 450 meters, collected in flower and fruit August 28, 1917. F. W.
Penneli 1476; in Herb. New York Botanical Garden.

Wet loam in forest, at altitudes of 450 to 500 meters, Tropical
zone, in Meta.

Meta. Villavicencio (wet trail in forest, alt, 500 m.), Penneli
1378, (alt. 450 m.), Penneli 1476, (wet place near Rio Guatiquia,
alt. 500 m.), Penneli 1547.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

3. Monocardia humilis Pennell, sp. nov.

Stems not fleshy, .2-1 dm. long, pubescent "with spreading hairs.
Leaves ovate-oblong, .7-.9 cm. long, .3-.8 cm. wide, obtuse, at least
when young hirsute over entire under surface, not evidently reticu-
late. Pedicels 6-9 mm. long, pubescent with spreading hairs.
Sepals all ciliate: the three outer 4-5 mm. long, pubescent over
entire outer sm-face. Corolla 4-5 mm. long, violet within throat,
the lobes pale-blue. Filaments of anterior stamens pale-blue, of
posterior violet; anthers pale-blue. Capsule 2-3 mm. long, ovoid-
oblong. Seeds .2-.25 mm. long, blackish.

Type, sandy soil, seepy place in plain east of Neiv'a, Huila, alt.
550-600 meters collected in flower and fruit August 8, 1917, Rusby
& Pennell 1065; in Herb. New York Botanical Garden.

Wet open soil, sandy or loam, at altitudes below 800 meters,
Tropical zone, llanos of upper Magdalena valley, and in Panama.
Doubtless in the Sabana of Bolivar.

Huila. Neiva (sandy seepy place in plain east of N., alt. 550-
600 m.), Rusby & Pennell 1065.

Tolima. San Lorenzo (swale west of S. L., alt. 600-800 m.),
Pennell 3544.

4. Monocardia albida Pennell, sp. nov.

Stems not fleshy, .3-1.5 dm. long, glabrous. Leav^es ovate-
oblong, .7-1.5 cm. long, .3-1 cm. wide, obtuse, glabrous. Pedicels
7-14 mm. long, glabrous. Sepals glabrous: the three outer 4-5 mm,
long. Corolla 3-3.5 mm. long, dull white throughout. Filaments
and anthers white. Capsule 2-3 mm. long, narrowly elliptic-oblong.
Seeds .2-.3 mm. long, blackish.

Type, wet loam, trail in forest, Villavicencio, Meta, alt. 450
meters, collected in flower and fruit August 28, 1919, F. W. Pennell
1477; in Herb. New York Botanical Garden.

Wet loam in forest at altitudes of 450 to 500 meters, Tropical
zone, in Meta.

Meta. Villavicencio (wet trail in forest, alt. 450' m.), Pennell
1477, (moist meadow near Rio Guatiquia, alt. 50G m.), Pennell
1555 (plant much smaller than 1477).

7. MACUILLAMIA Raflnesque.

MacuillamiaRaf. [>^eogenyton 2.1S2.5, generic description only.] Autik. Bot.
44, 1840.

Type species, Monniera rctundifolia Mich., of Illinois.

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

1. Macuillamia limosa Pennell, sp. no v.

Extensively repent. Stem slightly succulent, finely pubescent
rather densely so distally. Leaves 1.2-1.7 cm. long, 8-10 mm. wide
obovate-elliptic, entire, narrowed at base, rounded at apex, with
7 or 9 longitudinal veins. Pedicels slender, 10 15 mm. long, finely
pubescent, in flower ascending, soon reflexing below the leaf-like
bracts. Sepals 2.5-3 mm. long, obtuse, somewhat pubescent; two
outer ovate-oblong; two median lanceolate-oblong; the innermost
one narrower or wanting. Corolla 4 mm. long, the lobes spreading,
slightly longer than the tube, the two posterior united to apex;
glabrous throughout, white. Filaments white. Anthers purplish.
Styles distinct near apex; stigmas semi -capitate. Capsule 2-2.5
mm. long, nearly globose, ol)tuse. Seeds .6 mm. long, cylindric-
oblong, reticulate, brown.

Type, open pool in clayey loam, Melgar, Cundinamarca, altitude
400-500 meters, collected in flower and fruit December 4-5, 1917,
F. W. Pennell 2927; in Herb. New York Botanical Garden.

Open pools and ditches, in shallow still water, at altitudes below
500 meters. Tropical zone, in the Magdalena and Cauca valleys,
and doubtless through northern Colombia. Ranges northward to
Mexico.

Antioquia. Puerto Berrio (shallow water, alt. 125-135 m.),
Rusby & Pennell 32.

Cundinamarca. Melgar (pool in clayey loam, alt. 400-500 m.),
Pennell 2927.

Tolima. Espinal to Cuamo (ditch, loam, alt, 350-400 m.), Rusby
& Pennell 179.

Valle. La Paila, L F. Holton 581 (H, Y).

8. HYDRANTHELroM Humboldt, Bonpland and Kunth.
Hydranthelium H. B. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 7: 202. pi. 646. 1825.

Type species, H. calUtrichoides H. B. K., of Venezuela.

1. Hydranthelium braunii Ernst.

H ydrantheUum hraunii Ernst, in Vargasia 1 : 189. 1870.
"Halle el 19 de Setiembre de 1869 en uno de los pozos de la sabana delante
el camposanto de la Merced [Caracas]," Venezuela.

Open wet soil, at an altitude of 30 meters. Tropical zone, in Mag-
dalena; doubtless eastward near the Caribbean coast through \'ene-
zuela.

Magdalena. El Libano plantation, (Santa Marta region, open
land on border of swamp and flooded during heavy rains, alt. 30 m,),

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 159

H. H. Smith 2544 (C, H, U, Y). (Plants small, largest .8 dm.
long, and in flower only, youngest leaves slightly unduiate-lobed.)

9. SCOP ARIA Linne.
Scoparia L., Sp. PI. 116. 1753.

Type species, S. dulcis L.

1. Scoparia dulcis L.

Scoparia dulcis L., 1. c. 116. 1753. "Habitat in Jamaica, Curassao";
ex L., Hort. Cliff. 320. 1737. "Crescit in Curassao & Jamaica." No
specimens from Curagao seen but the plant here considered unquestion-
ably occurs there.

Capraria dulcis (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 459. 1891.

Open soil, loam or sand, river-banks, fields, along trails and in
towns, at altitudes below 1500 meters, Tropical zone, doubtless
throughout lowland Colombia. Ranges throughout Tropical Amer-
ica, a weed of South American origin.

Antioquia. Vuelta de Acuna on Rio Magdalena (sandy loam
shore, alt. 125-130 m.), Pennell 3790.

Bolivar. Boca Verde on Rio Sinu (cacaotale, alt. 90-120 m.),
Pennell 4233; Buenavista, east of Since (open grassy place), Pennell
399-1; Calamar (along Rio Magdalena, alt. 15-25 m.), Rusby &
Pennell 17; Vilches on Rio Sinu (loam, alt. 20-50 m.), Pennell 4713.

Cundinamarca. Girardot (field, alt. 350-400 m.), Rusby & Pen-
nell 113'; Pandi (open slope, alt. 900-1100 m.), Pennell 2816.

Huila. Cordillera Oriental, east of Neiva (open foot-hill, alt.
700-1500 m.), Rusby & Pennell 460.

Magdalena. Bonda (alt. 45 m., common weed in open places
below 900 m.), H. H. Smith 1330 (C, H, U, Y).

Meta. Villavicencio (streets, alt. 525 m.), Pennell 1372, (road-
side, alt. 500 m.), Pennell 1572.

Tolima. Libano (field, alt. 700-900 m.), Pennell 3426.

Valle. La Paila, I. F. Holton 587 (Y).

10. STEMODIA Linne.

Type species, S. maritima L., of Jamaica.

Stemodia L., Syst. Nat. ed. X, 1118. 1759.
1. Stemodia durantifolia (L.) Sw.

Capraria duranlifolia L., Syst. Nat. ed. X. 1116. 1759. ". . . Sloan.

Jam. t. 174." Ex Sloane, Jam. 196. pi. 124. f. 2: "Grows in the sandy

savannas [of Jamaica]."
Stemodia durantifolia (L.) Sw., Obs. Bot. 240. 1791.
Stemodacra durantifolia (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 466. 1891.

Occurs in two color-forms, blue, and lavender or ''pale-pink."

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

River-flats and moist, or frequently desiccated, ditches, in open
land, at altitudes below 500 meters. Tropical zone, near the Carib-
bean Coast, along the Rio Magdalena and on the Sabana of Bolivar.
Ranges from Mexico to Brazil and in the West Indies.

Antioquia. Brazue'a de Perales (river flat along Rio Magda-
lena, alt. 150 m.), Pennell 3698 [corolla blue].

Bolivar. Cartagena (moist arroyo, 12 km. s. e. of C, alt. 50-100
m.), Pennell 4729 [corolla blue], (open ditch, 14 km. s. e. of C, alt.
50-100 m.), Pennell 4730 [corolla lavender]; Since (desiccated pool
in prairie, alt. 120-170 m.), Pennell 4047 [corolla lavender].

Huila. Quei^rada de Angeles, above Natagaima (alt. 450-500
m.), Rusby & Pennell 263 [corolla blue].

Magdalena. Carpentiera (along Rio Magdalena, alt. 50-60 m.),
Rusby & Pennell 28; Mamatoca (open boggy ground, 5 m. s. of M.,
alt. 30 m.), H. H. Smith 1360 (C, H, U, Y) [corolla pale pink],

11. UNANUEA (Rxiiz and Pavon.) gen. nov.
Unanuea R. & P., (Ic. Fl. Per. Ined.),

Erect, much-branhed shrubby herbs or low shrubs, at least 8-10
dm. tall. Stems 4-angled. Leaves mostly whorled in threes,
lanceolate to ovate, acute to acuminate, serrate to dentate, shortly
petioled. Pedicels axillary, slender, as long as or longer than the
calyces, not bracteolate. Sepals five, uniform, linear to lanceolate,
entire. Corolla 9-13 mm. long, tubular-campanulate with spread-
ing lobes, the posterior united three -fourths length; externally
• puberulent, within glabrous, purple-blue. Stamens four, didy-
namous (the posterior filaments shorter), glabrous, anthers-sacs
elliptic, each stalked on a short arm of the connective. Style gla-
brous. Stigmas distinct, flattened. Capsule brown, ovate in out-
line, acuminate, dehiscent septicidally (even through septum) and
slightly also loculicidally; placentae adherent to septum, roughened
by funicles. Seeds oblong, minutely roughened-tubercular.

Differs from Stemodia L., which has corolla-lobes not widely
spreading, pubescent or glabrous within on the anterior side, two
bracteoles on the pedicel beneath the calyx, and the leaves sessile
and clasping; from Lendnena Minod, which are herbs low and
spreading, with smaller corollas densely pubescent within over the
bases of the posterior lobes and with evidently petioled leaves.
Both Stemodia and Lendneria are genera of the Tropical life-zone,
while Unmiuea is of the Subtropical and Temperate zones.

Type species, Stetnodia suffruticosa H. B. K., of Ecuador.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

1. Unanuea dentata (Minod) Peimell.comb. nov.

Stemodia suffndicosa H. B. K., f. dentata Minod in Bull. Soc. Bot. Geneve
ser. II. 10: 201. 1918. "In Andibus Ecuadorensibus (R. Spruce, n.
5066!)." Isotype seen in Gray Herbarium of Harvard University.

At an attitude of 2600 meters, Temperate zone, southern Cor-
dillera Central southward into Ecuador.

Cauca. Mozoco, Moras Valley, Tierra Adentro (alt. 2600 m.),
H. Pittier 1326 (U). [''A shrub, 1 m. high; fl. deep purple."]

12. LENDNERIA Minod.
Lendneria Minod, in Bull. Soc. Bot. Geneve, ser. II. 10: 240. 1918.

Type species, Capraria humihs Soland.

Pedicels 1-2 mm. long. Corolla 4 mm. long, its lobes blue, the
posterior united two-thirds length. Hairs within corolla over
base of posterior lobes not knobbed. Anther-sacs circular,
slightly separated on very short connective -arms. Capsule
globose, 2 mm. long, much shorter than the sepals. Seeds
pale yellowish, nearly cyhndric. 1. L. humilis.

Pedicels longer, mostly 7-20 mm. long. Corolla 8 mm. long, its
lobes white, the posterior united nearly to apex. Hairs within
corolla over base of posterior lobes knobbed. Anther-sacs
oblong, distinctly separated on stout connective-arms. Cap-
sule in outline oblong-ovate, 4-5 mm. long, about equaling the
sepals. Seeds brown-black, nearly oblong. 2. L. angulata.

1. Lendneria humilis (Soland.) Minod.

Capraria humilis [Soland. in] Ait., Hort. Kew. 2: 3-54. 1789. "Nat. of
the East Indies. John Gerard Koenig, M.D. Introd. 1781, by Sir
Joseph Banks, Bart." Identified by Bentham in DC. Prod. 10: 383.
1846, as species here considered, his determination with an "!" Our
plant has been occasionally reported as an introduction into the Old
World Tropics.

Stemodia parviflora Ait., Hort. Kew., ed. II. 4: 52. 1812. "Nat. of South
America. Cult. 1759 by Mr. Ph. Miller." Miller's plant was derived
from Houston who collected at Cartagena in Colombia as well as in
Mexico and the West Indies. The original introduction of Houston,
published as Erinus verticillatus Mill., Gard. Diet. n. 5. 1768, differs
so essentially from the account of Alton's plant, especially in denoting
a plant with glabrous stems and leaves, as to lead to the supposition that
the latter was described from specimens of a different origin.

Stemodia arenaria H. B. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 2: 357. pi. 175. 1818. "Cres-
cit in ripa inundata fluminis Magdalenae prope Banco et El Peiion inter
Mompox et Morales."

Lendneria humilis (Solander) Minod in Bull. Soc. Bot. Geneve, ser. II. 10:
240. 1918.

Corolla-tube yellowish, lobes blue-violet, tube and lobes, es-
pecially on the posterior side, with deep violet lines. Seen also
(Pennell 4709) with corolla very pale, a distinct color-form.

Moist soil, river-banks and waste-land, frequently a weed near
habitations, at altitudes below 200 meters. Tropical zone, along the

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Rio Sinu in Bolivar, the Rio Cauca in Valle, and the Rio Don Diego
in Magdalena; doubtless wide-spread elsewhere. Ranges from
Mexico to Argentina and in the West Indies.

Bolivar. Boca Verde, on Rio Sinu (gravelly river-bank, alt.
90-120 m.), Pennell 4197, (field along river, alt. 100-200 m.), Pennell
4567; Frasquillo, on Rio Sinu (grove along river in village, alt.
90-120 m.), Pennell 4610; Vilches, on Rio Sinu (shaded yard, alt.
20-50 m.), Pennell 4708 [corolla blue], 4709 [corolla pale-blue],
4710 [corolla intermediate in color between 4708 and 4709].

Magdalena. Open sandy ground by the Rio Don Diego, near the
sea, H. H. Smith 2730 (Y).

Valle. La Paila, I. F. Holton 580 (H, Y).

2. Lendneria angulata (Oersted) Pennell, comb. nov.

Sleniodia angulata Oersted in Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 1853: 22. 1853.
"I Naerheden af Cartago i Costa-Rica."

Certainly distinct from Stemodia joruUensis H, B. K., Nov. Gen.
et Sp. 2: 358. 1818, which is described as 1-1| feet tall and with
leaves in threes, incised or doubly serrate.

Moist soil in shade, river-banks and waste land, at altitudes
below 600 meters, Tropical zone, along the Rio Sinu in Bolivar,
and in Magdalena; doubtless wide-spread in northern Colombia.
Ranges northward to Guatemala.

Bolivar. Frasquillo, on Rio Sinu (shady soil along river, alt.
70-100 m.), Pennell 4192.

Magdalena. Minca (damp door-yard, in crevices of bricks, alt.
600 m.), H. H. Smith 1328 (C, H, U, Y).

13. VANDELLIA Browne.
Vandellia Browne; L., Mant. PI. 1: 12, 89. 1767.
Type species, V. diffusa L.

1. Vandellia diffusa L.

Vandellia diffusa L., Mant. PL 1 : 89. 1767. "Habitat in Insula S. Thomae.
D. D. Browne." Description inaccurate in describing the calyx as quad-
ripartite (but with upper lobe subbifid), its lobes equal, the lower lip of
corolla as bilobed, and the capsules as one-celled, but is nevertheless
certified by Bentham, DC. Prod. 10: 416. 1846 as being the plant here
considered.

Linderriia diffusa (L.) Wettst. in Nat. Pflanzenfam. 43b: 79. 1S91.

Pyxidaria diffusa (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen.: 464. 1891.

Moist open soil, along trails and in towns, at altitudes beiow
1500 meters. Tropical zone; widely distributed through tropical
America, in situations to suggest its having been naturalized. Ap-

1920.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

parently introduced from the Ethiopian Region of the Old World
Tropics.

Cundinamarca. Icononzo (along trail in forest, alt. 1400-1800
m.), Pennell2871.

Magdalena. River Don Diego (open sandy wet ground near sea,
alt. 0-10 m.), H. H. Smith 2729 (H, Y).

Meta. Villavicencio (moist depression in llano, e. of, alt. 450
m.), Pennell 1466; (streets of town, alt. 525 m.), Pennell 1575,
(gravel along Rio Guatiquia, alt. 500 m.), Pennell 1590.

Tolima. Mariquita (prairie, depression, alt. 250-300 m.), Pen-
nell 3639.

14. TORENIA Linne.
Torenia L., Sp. PI. G19. 1753.
Type species, T. asiatica L., of India.

Bracts leaf-like, the upper smaller; inflorescence an elongate raceme.
Pedicels 20-25 mm. long. Sepals 4-5 mm. long. Corolla 5-7
mm. long, its posterior lobes united f f length and equaling
the anterior; anterior lobes widely horizontally spreading;
.within glabrous, blue on posterior lobes and distally on anterior
lobes, these yellowish-white proximally with an arch of d^eep-
violet at the base of the anterior lobes. Capsule 3-4 mm. long,
obtuse and mucronate. Leaves ovate, 1-1.5 cm. long. Plant
repent-ascending. 1. T. Crustacea.

Bracts minute, subulate; inflorescence congested at the nodes.
Pedicels 10-15 mm. long. Sepals 9-11 mm. long. Corolla
8-9 mm. long, its posterior lobes united nearly to apex and
shorter than the anterior lobes; antero-lateral lobes placed
sagitally, the anterior lobe horizontal and longest; within
pubescent over bases of anterior lobes, white or on anterior
side somewhat blue-violet. Capsule 8-10 mm. long, acute.
Leaves lanceolate-ovate, 1.2-2.5 cm. long. Plant ascending-
erect.
Corolla on anterior lobe blue-violet, and on antero-laterals with
blue-violet streaks. Leaves dentate. 2. T. thouarsii.
' Corolla white throughout. Leaves crenate -serrate.

2a. T. thouarsii nivea.

1. Torenia Crustacea (L.) Cham. & Schlecht.

Capraria Crustacea L., Mant. 87. 1767. "Habitat in Amboina; China."
Amboina plant, described by Rumphius, Herb. Amb. 5: 461. pi. 170 f. 3,
verified by Dr. E. D. Merrill, Interp. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 468, as the
plant here considered.

Torenia Crustacea (L.) C. & S. in Linnaea 2: .570. 1827.

Vandellia Crustacea (L.) Benth., Scroph. Ind. 35. 1835.

Lindernia Crustacea (L.) F. Muell., Census 97. 1882.

Pyxidaria Crustacea (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2: 464. 1891.

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Moist open soil, along trails and in towns, at altitudes of 500 to
600 meters, Tropical zone; introduced from Oriental Region of
Old World Tropics.

Cundinamarca. Melgar (moist loam, open slope, along trail,
alt. 500-600 m.), Pennell 2878, 2879 [form smaller throughout].

Meta. Villavicencio (streets and yards, alt. 525 m.), Pennell
1527.

2, Torenia thouarsii (Cham. & Schlecht.) Kiintze.

Nortenia thouarsii Cham. & Schlecht. in Linnaea 3 : 18. 1828. "In Brasiliae
provincia Rio Janeiro in uliginosis post Botafoginam . . . legit Bey-
rich, in insulis Madagascaria et Mauritii Depetit Thouars. . . .
Willd. Hb. n. 11,547 (planta madagascariensis a Thouarsii comm.)."

Torenia nortenia Steud., Nom., ed. II. 2: 692. 1841.

Torenia thouarsii (Cham, (fe Schlecht.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 468. 1891.

This has usually been known as Torenia parviflora Ham.

Moist banks, in edge of forest, at an altitude of 500 meters. Trop-
ical zone; wide-spread through lowland tropical South America,
growing as if a native plant. However, as this American plant ap-
pears to be indistinguishable from the plant of the Old World, and
the remaining species of the genus are all Palaetropic it appears
nearly' certain that our plant is an introduction. From the Ethi-
opian and Oriental regions of the Old World Tropics.

Meta. Villavicencio (moist shaded bank near Rio Guatiquia,
alt. 500 .m.), Pennell 1528, (moist meadow and swamp in foi-est,
near Rio Guatiquia, alt. 500 m.), Pennell 1560,

2a. Torenia thouarsii nivea Pennell, var. nov.

Leaves smaller, 1.2-1.5 cm. long, crenate-serrate, rather than
dentate. Corolla white throughout. Probably a color-form iden-
tical with plants of the Old World Tropics and introduced there-
from.

Type, wet sand along Rio Guatiquia, altitude 500 meters, col-
lected in flower and fruit August 30, 1917, F. W. Pennell 1531; in
herbarium New York Botanical Garden.

15. ILYSANTHES Raflnesqiie.
Ilysanthes Raf., Ann. Nat. 13. 1820.
Type species, I. riparia Raf., of the Ohio.

1. Ilysanthes inae quails (Walt.) Pennell.

Gratiola inaequalis Walt., Fl. Carol. 61. 1788. [South CaroHna.]
Ilysanthes inaequalis (Walt.) Pennell in Torreya 19: 149. 1919.

Wet soil near streams, at an altitude little above sea -level. Trop-
ical zone, in Magdalena. Probably wide-spread, and also in the

1920.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

Subtropical and Temperate zones. Through lowland South Amer-
ica south to Paraguay; ranges northward into Temperate North
America.

Magdalena. Rio Buritaca (observed only in a swampy place,
bank of R. B., close to the sea — 50 m. e. of Santa Marta), H. H.
Smith 1329 (C, H, U, Y).

16. SCHISTOPHRAGMA Bentham.

Schistophragma Benth. in DC. Prod. 10: 392. 1846
Type species, S. pusilla Benth.

1. Schistophragma pusilla Benth.

Schistophragma pusilla Benth. in DC. Prod. 10; 392. 1846. "In Mexico
pr. Tehuantepec (Alaman!) ... (v. s. comm. a. cl. DC.)." De-
scription from a dwarf plant, which explains the variety following.

Schistophragma pusilla major Benth., 1. c. 392. 1846. "In campis aridis
pr. Sta Martha fPurdie!) ... (v. in herb. Hook.)."

Conobea pusilla (Benth.) B. & H., Gen. 2: 951. 1876.

Open drj^, stony soil, at altitudes below 300 meters, Tropical
zone, in Magdalena, and doubtless spread across northern Colombia.
Ranges northward to Mexico.

Magdalena. Bonda (alt. 60 m.), H. H. Smith 1970 (C, H, U, Y).

["Rare on open, stony and dry ground, hillsides or banks below
1000 f."]

17. MIMULUS Lmne.
Mimulus L., Sp. PI. 634. 1753.
Type species, M. ringens L., of Virginia.

1. Mimulus glabratus H. B. K.

Mimulus glabratus H. B. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 2: 370. 1818. "Crescit
prope Moran Mexicanorum, alt. 1330 hex. [ = 2527 m.]. Varies, even
in same colony, with leaves obviously petioled or nearly sessile, and
with all parts of the plant, including the flower, relatively large or rela-
tively small. The latter state is doubtless the basis of M. andicola H.
B. K. from Ecuador.

Corolla lemon-yellow, within throat on anterior side golden and
spotted with many red-brown spots.

Along streams, springheads, swales and brooks, at altitudes of
2300 to 3200 meters, Temperate zone, ascending as a dwarfed plant
to Paramo, and descending rarely into the Subtropical zone, both
slopes of Cordillera Oriental, in Cundinamarca. Doubtless through-
out this and the other Cordilleras. Ranges through the Andes
southward to Bolivia and with many breaks, through the mountains
of Central America and Mexico, northward to Colorado and the
plains of North Dakota.

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Cundinamarca. Bogota (ditch in field near Rio San Cristobal,
alt. 2800 m.), Pennell 2194, 2279, (wet open spring-head, alt. 2700-
2800 m.), Pennell 2296; Chipaque (wet roadside, alt. 2300-2400
m.), Pennell 1326; Sibate (wet roadside, alt. 2620 m.), Pennell 2387;
Zipaquira (springhead in meadow, alt. 2650 m.), Pennell 2533; Mt.
Chuscal, west of Zipaquira (swale on paramo, alt. 3100-3200 m.),
Pennell 2600; Guasca (alt. 2700 m.), Triana.

18. LEUCOCARPUS D. Don.
Leucocarpus D. Don in Sweet. Brit. Flow. Gard. II. pi. 124. 1831.
Type species, Conobea alata Graham, of Mexico.

1. Leucocarpus perfoliatus (H. B. K.) Benth.

Mimvlus perfoliatus H. B. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 2: 371. 1818. "Crescit
in Regno Novo-Granatensi. ... A Mutisio cum Bonplandio com-
municatus." Described as with leaves connate, but this appearance has
misled subsequent workers, including Bentham in his characterization
of Leucocarpus. The plant actuallv has opposite cordate-clasping leaves.

Leucocarpus perfoliatus (H. B. K.) Benth. in DC. Prod. 10: 335. 1846.

This species has usually been called L. alaius (Graham) D. Don,
based upon Conobea alata Graham (1830) of Mexico, a plant more
carefully described and under an appropriate name. The character
of length of calyx-lobes, used by Bentham, is of no significance,
the lobes varying in the same specimens and usually seeming rela-
tively longer when in the bud.

Corolla yellow throughout, with two pubescent ridges within
throat anteriorly. Plant shrubby below, from a perennial root
sending up a clump of many long densely floriferous stems. Fruit
fleshy, chalky-white.

Along stream banks in forest, at altitudes of 1350 to 2000 meters,
probably from all slopes of the Cordilleras and also on the Sierra
Nevada de Santa Marta. Subtropical zone. Ranges from Mexico
to Bolivia. The seeds are doubtless carried by birds.

Huila. Cordillera Oriental, east of Neiva (along rocky stream in
forest, alt. 1500-2000 m.), Rusby & Pennell 600.

Magdalena. Las Nubes (damp clearing near stream, alt. 1350 m.),
H. H. Smith 1405 (C, H, U, Y).

Tolima (?). "Forets de Quindio" (2200 m.), J. Triana (U).

Valle. Jicaramata, "circum flumen Toluam'', I. F. Holton 578.

19. ALONSOA Riiiz and Pavon.

Alonsoa R. & P., Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. et Chil. 1.50. 1798.

Type species, A. caulialata R. & P., of Peru.

Leaves coarsely serrate or dentate, the largest 5-6 cm. long. Cor-
olla 10 mm. long. Filaments thick. Anthers infundibuliform-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

explanate. Capsule 9-10 mm. lono;, narrowly ovoid, con-
spicuously attenuate. Seeds black, the furrows nearly as wide
as the intervening ridges. Stem above, pedicels and calyces
usually glabrous, rarely somewhat glandular-pubescent.

1. A. meridionalis.
Leaves uniformly serrate, the largest 8-9 cm. long. Corolla 5-6

mm. long. Filaments thin. Anthers widely and flatly ex-
planate. Capsule 6 mm. long, pyramidal, shortly attenuate.
Seeds dark -brown, the furrows much narrower than the inter-
vening ridges. Stem above, pedicels and calyces glandular-
pubescent, densely pubescent at the bases of the petioles.

2. A. serrata.

1. Alonsoa meridionalis (L. f.) Kuntze.

Scrophularia meridionalis L. f., Suppl. 280. 1781. "Habitat in Nova

Granada. D. Mutis." Tj^pe probably from Bogota.
Hemimeris mulisii H. B. K., Xov. Gen. et Sp. 2: -376. 1817. ''Crescit

prope Santa Fe de Bogota [Humboldt & Bonpland]."
Alonsoa mutisii (H. B. K.) G. Don, Gen. Syst. 4: .518. 1838.
Alonsoa. meridionalis (L. f.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2: 457. 1891. The plant

of Venezuela noted by Kuntze, and described as so variable in color, is

A. -parvi flora (H. B. K.) G. Don.

Corolla uniformly dull-orange. Filaments dull-yellow\ Anthers
yellow.

Waysides and grassy slopes, around the margins of the Sabana
of Bogota, on the western slope of the Cordillera Oriental; at alti-
tudes of 2600 to 2900 meters. Temperate zone.

Cundinamarca. Zipaquira, Pennell 2564 (Y); Bogota, Holton
(Y), Pennell 1309 (Y), Pennell 2099 (Y), Pennell 2332 (Y); (Plateau
de Bogota), J. Triana (Y); El Penon, s. w. of Sibate, Pennell 2410
(Y), [pedicels unusually glandular-pubescent].

2. Alonsoa serrata Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem 6 dm. tall, four-angled, angles slightly winged, stem glabrous
below, glandular pubescent above. Leaves opposite, 8-9 cm. long,
the blades ovate, uniformly serrate, slightly paler beneath, glabrous,
on petioles .less than one-half length of blade. Racemes indefinite,
teiminal on the stem and branches; bracts sessile, the lowermost
ovate and somewhat serrate, nearly 2 cm. long, the upper lanceolate,
smaller. Pedicels spreading, 10-11 mm. long, glanduiar-putiescent.
Sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute, glandular-pubescent, 3-4 mm. long,
Corolla 5-6 mm. long. Filaments slender. Anthers widely ex-
planate. Style 2-2.5 mm. long. Stigma capitate. Capsule 6 mm.
long, pyramidal, slightly attenuate to an obtuse apex, glabrous.
Seeds .8-.9 mm. long, cylindric, dark-brown, with about 8 rounded
longitudinal ridges separated by deep narrow furrows; the whole
surface finely alveolate-reticulate.

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Type, Santa Marta Mountains, collected in flower and fruit about
April, 1899, H. H. Smith 1497; in Herb. New York Botanical Garden.
The note for 1497 is stated by Smith to have been lost, but he tells
us that the plant is ''probably from Valparaiso, 4500 ft. [ = 1350 m.] "
altitude. I suspect that this plant came from much higher than
this.

Rusby has compared this with Purdie's plant from Santa Marta
and has written on our sheet "Purdie's plants are more hairy than
this," an excellent confirmation of Purdie's specimens cited in DC.
Prod. 10. 250: being this same species.

Magdalena. Valparaiso, Santa Marta Mts., H. H. Smith 1497 (C,
H, U, Y).

20. FAGELIA Schwencke.

Fagelia Schwencke, [in Verh. Bataafsh. Genootsch. Rotterdam 1: 474. pi. 13.

1774, generic diagnosis only]; J. F. Gmel., Syst. Nat. 40. 1791.
Calceolaria L., in Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handl. 31: 288, 1770, not Calceolaria

Fabr., Enum. Meth. PI. Host. Med. Helmstad. ed. II. 37. 1763,

Type species, F. flavicans J. F. Gmel., probably from Ecuador.

Anther-sacs proximate on the simple filament, both alike and fertile.

Anterior lip of corolla ( = sac) not over twice width of posterior

• lip ( = hood). Leaves entire to coarsely serrate-dentate, the

blades at times triangular. [CHEiLONCOfi Kranzl.]
Capsule ovate or broader, no longer than broad, thick-walled,
shorter than or but slightly exceeding the sepals. Corolla
8-25 mm. long, with the posterior lip broadly truncate to
notched. Filaments stout, not or but little longer than the
oblong anthers. Inflorescence corymb-like, both secondary
branches developed, and at least some of the lateral flowers
without bracts.
Shrubs. Glutinous above, on stems, pedicels, sepals and leaves.
Leaf-blades lanceolate, entire to slightly serrate, shortly
petiolate. Corolla appearing l^roader than long because
the sac is pressed tightly against hood; orifices to lips broad
and rounded, so sac is shallow.
Calyx 4-6 mm. long. Leaves glaucous beneath. Plant less
glutinous. Branches of the inflorescence once branched,
so that flowers occur in fours. 1. F. microbefaria.

Calyx 2-3 mm. long. Leaves slightly paler beneath. Plants
very glutinous. Branches of the inflorescence irregularly
twice branched, so that flowers occur usually in clusters
of more than four. 2. F. fruticosa.

Herbaceous throughout. Not glutinous, but often with stalked
glands. Leaf-blades lanceolate to broadly triangular, ser-
rate to doubly dentate. Corolla evidently elongated sagit-
tally, with sac usually not pressed against hood and so

1920.] .NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

with its orifice evident; orifice to hood narrow, or trun-
cate; to sac truncate, with sac deep.
Caljoc 4-5 mm. long, shorter than or about equaUng the
capsule. Leaves sessile. Stem densely glandular-pubes-
cent.
Leaves narrowed at base, elliptic-lanceolate, dentate, on
both surfaces densely ferruginous-pubescent with dark-
jointed hairs. Stem below densely, above sparsely
pubescent. Inflorescence of a few wide-spreading
branches. Corolla 8 10 mm. long. Anthers about
1.5 mm. long. 3. F. lehmanniana.

Leaves rounded-clasping at base, lanceolate, crenate-serrate
(ijvith spinulose serrations), above glabrate, beneath
paler and finely pubescent. Stem below apparently
glabrate, above pubescent with .short gland-tipped
hairs. Corolla about 12-15 mm. long. Anthers about
2.5 mm. long. 4. F. crenata.

Calyx 7-12 mm. long, longer than the capsule. Leaves
petioled, petiole at times broadly winged.
Anther-sacs stiffly divaricate (so anthers straight), open-
ing throughout or from distal apices. Capsule with
gland-tipped hairs. Corolla slightly pubescent within
at base. Style 1.5-4 mm. long. Wing of petiole less
than one-third width of blade or wanting.
Leaves 3-5 mm. long, the petioles wingless.

Stem pubescent throughout with glandless hairs.
Calyx-lobes obtuse to acute. Corolla 15-20
mm. long. Style 1.5 mm. long. Leaves 3-4 cm.
long, obtuse to acutish, simply or somewhat
doubly crenate-serrate, beneath pale and densely
pubescent. Secondary branches of the inflores-
cence not or scarcely branched.

5. F. saxatilis.
Stem pubescent distally with gland-tipped hairs.

Calyx -lobes acuminate. Corolla about 10 mm.
long. Style 3 mm. long. Leaves 4-5 cm. long,
acuminate, irregularly somewhat doubly serrate
with acute teeth, beneath lighter green and some-
what pubescent. Secondary branches of the in-
florescence repeatedly branched,

6. F. hogotensis.
Leaves 11-17 cm. long, the petioles winged proximally

or throughout, the wing connate with that of oppo-
site leaf.
Petioles broadly winged proximally, distally very nar-
rowly margined; leaf -blades broader than long,
irregularly shallowly crenate-dentate. Corolla
with posterior lobes not united to apex, so leaving
a deep narrow orifice into hood. Anther-sacs
broadly contiguous. 7. F. trilohata.

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.

Petioles nearly uniformly winged throughout; leaf-
blades longer than broad, sharply doubly serrate-
dentate. Corolla with posterior lobes united
nearly or quite to apex, so leaving slight if any
median orifice into hood. Anther-sacs narrowly
contiguous.
Corolla 8-10 mm. long; hood with slight median
orifice. Anthers 2 mm. long, the sacs opening
throughout. Style 1.5-1.8 mm. long. Capsule
3-4 mm. long. Winged petiole usually 12-18
mm. wide, and somewhat dentate. Plant pu-
bescent above with some gland-tipped hairs.

8. F. alata.
Corolla 13-15 mm. long; hood truncate, without
apical median orifice. Anthers 3.5 mm. long,
the sacs opening from distal apex but not
throughout. Style 4 mm. long. Capsule 5-6
mm. long. Winged petiole 8-13 mm. wide,
entire. Plant pubescent throughout with gland-
less hairs. 9. F. nevadensis.
Anther-sacs curved (so anther horseshoe-shaped), opening
from proximal apices partially or throughout. Capsule
pubescent with glandless hairs. Corolla glabrous within
at base. Style 5 mm. long. Wing of petiole more than
one-third width of blade.
Leaves sharply dentate, above glabrate, beneath paler
and finely pubescent. Stem glabrate below, some-
what hirsute above. Calyx 8-10 mm. long.

10. F. tolimensis.
Leaves obtusely dentate, above pubescent, beneath softly

pubescent to tomentose. Stem hispid below, hirsute-
pubescent above. Calyx 9-11 mm. long.

11. F. perfoliata.
Capsule narrowly pyramidal, longer than broad, thin-walled,

nearly twice as long as the sepals. Corolla 5-6 mm. long,
nearly globose, with posterior lip attenuate to a shallowly
notched apex. Filaments slender, several times longer than
the hemispheric anthers. Inflorescence appearing as if with
flowers axillary, normally one secondary branch developing
repeatedl}^ through an indefinite number of nodes.

12. F. ovata.
Anther-sacs separated on two arms of the connective (filament

wanting or very short), dissimilar, the anterior tending to
become sterile. Anterior lip two to four times the width of the
posterior. Leaves pinnately lobed. [Aposecos Benth.]
Anterior anther-sac fertile, brown or yellowish. Style .6-. 8 mm.

long. Calyx 3-5 mm. long. Pedicels and stems above

pubescent with gland-tipped hairs.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

Leaves 2-4 cm. long, the blades with one or two partial pairs of
segments, the sinuses of which are narrow and reach only
one-half to two-thirds the distance to the midrib. Calyx
3-4 mm. long. 13. F. micranthn.

Leaves 2-10 cm. long, the blades with usually three pairs of
segments, the proximal sinuses of which are usually broad
and reach nearly to the midrib. Calyx 4-5 mm. long.

14. F. radiculoides.
Anterior anther-sac sterile, yellow or orange-yellow. Style 1-2
mm. long. Calyx 5-9 mm. long.
Anterior anther-sac light-yellow. Corolla 5-7 mm. long. Leaf-
blades with shallow crenately-toothed lobes. Distally finely
pubescent with glandless hairs. 15. F. crenatiloha.

Anterior anther-sac orange-yellow. Corolla 7-21 mm. long.
Leaf-blades with deep sharply serrate lobes.
Stems above and pedicels pubescent with few-celled gland-
tipped hairs. Blades of lowermost leaves with shallow
lobes. Base of petioles very narrowly connate. Calyx-
lobes slightly serrate, obviously ciliate with gland-tipped
hairs. Style 1-1.3 mm. long. Capsule pubescent with
short gland-tipped hairs. 16. F. chelidonioides.

Stems above and pedicels hirsute with many-celled dark-
jointed hairs. Blades of all leaves pinnatisect nearly
to the midrib. Base of petioles ol^viously connate.
Calyx-lobes decidedly serrate, hirsute on the back and
margin. Style 1.8-2 mm. long. Capsule pubescent with
glandless (or in pimiatisectn with interspersed gland-
tipped) hairs.
Corolla 15-21 mm. long. Calyx-lobes ovate, acute. Cap-
sule 6 mm. long. Leaves 5-8 cm. long, 3-5 cm. wide.

17. F. scalar is.
Corolla 8-10 mm. long. Calyx-lobes lanceolate or nar-
rowly ovate, acuminate. Capsule 4 mm. long. Leaves
3-5.5 cm. long, 2-3 cm. wide. 18. F. pinnatisecta.

1. Fagelia microbefaria (Kranzl.) Peimell, comb. nov.

Calceolaria microbefaria Kranzl, in Ann. k. k. Naturh. Hofm. Wien 22: 19.3.
1907. "Kolumbien, Ostkordilleren, Provinz Pamplona, zwischen Urban
unci Las Vetas in 330C m ii. d. M. (Linden Nr. 730!)."

Stem 1-2 meters tall, much branched, woody, with grayish-brown
bark, the twigs reddish- or yellowish -brown, glutinous and finely
pubescent. Leaves 6-8 cm. long, the blades lanceolate, acuminate,
serrate to entire, at times slightly revolute, 12-17 mm. wide; each
narrowed to a petiole 5-10 mm. long; blades above green, pubescent
on the midrib or pulverulent or quite glabrous, beneath glaucous,
sparsely puberulent to glabrous, reticulate; somewhat glutinous on
upper surface. Corymb bractless, the secondary branches slightly

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

if at all branched, so that the inflorescence simulates a stalked four-
flowered umbel. Peduncle and pedicels somewhat glutinous and
pubescent with brown hairs. Calyx 4-6 mm. long, the lobes tri-
angular-ovate, obtusish to acute, entire, puberulent, glutinous.
Corolla: posterior lip 6-7 mm. long, 7-9 mm. wide, with broad
rounded orifice; anterior lip 12-13 mm. long, 8-10 mm. wide, with
rounded orifice opening into two-thirds or more of its length; sac
pressed against hood so that corolla appears broader than long;
externally finely puberulent, within glandular-pubescent proximally,
especially about bases of filaments. Filaments stout, less than 1
mm. long. Anther 2.5 mm. long, brown, the walls thin, the sacs
contiguous, opening throughout and eventually through the thin
connective. Style 3 mm. long. Capsule 5 mm. long, broadly ovate,
acute, puberulent. Seeds .4-.5 mm, long, oblong, obtuse, ridged,
red brown.

Thickets, along streams and at edge of forest, also in thicket-
islands in Paramo, at altitudes of 2800 to 3300 meters; Temperate
zone of western slope of Cordillera Oriental, from Santander to
Cundinamarca.

Cundinamarca. Rio Frio, west of Zipaquira (along stream-
banks), Pennell 2570, 2605; Mt. Chuscal, west of Zipaquira (thicket-
island in paramo), Pennell 2584; Sibate (bushy hillsides southwest
of), Pennell 2389.

2. Fagelia fruticosa Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem 1-2 meters tall, much branched, woody, with grayish bark,
the twigs reddish and glutinous-puberulent or slightly pubescent.
Leaves 5-6 cm. long, the blades lanceolate, acuminate, slightly
serrulate to entire, at times slightly revolute, 12-13 mm. wide;
each narrowed to a petiole 4-7 mm. long; blades above dark-green
and puberulent, beneath paler and reticulate, on both surfaces
strongly glutinous. Corymb bractless, the secondary branches soon
branching so as to simulate an umbel. Peduncle and pedicels
glutinous and somewhat pubescent with brown hairs. Calyx 2-3
mm. long, the lobes broadly ovate, acute, entire, puberulent, glutin-
ous. Corolla: posterior lip 6-7 mm. long, 7-8 mm. wide, with broad
rounded orifice; the anterior lip 12-13 mm. long, 8-9 mm. wide,
with rounded orifice opening into two- thirds or more of its length;
sac pressed against hood so that corolla appears broader than long;
externally finely puberulent, within pubescent proximally, especially
near the filaments. Filaments stout, less than 1 mm. long. An-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

thers nearly 2 mm. long, brown, the walls thin, the sacs contiguous,
opening throughout and through connective. Style 3 mm. long.
Capsule 5 mm. long, broadly pyramidal, acute, glandular-puberu-
lent. Seeds.

Plant more glutinous and drying blacker than Fagelia microhe-
faria.

Type, forest at margin of Paramo de Ruiz, Tolima, altitude 3200-
3500 meters, collected in flower December 16, 1917, F. W. Pennell
2998; in Herb. New Yoi*k Botanical Garden.

Shrub belt about and below paramo, Temperate zone, eastern
slope of the Cordillera Central, in Tolima.

3. Fagelia lehmanniana (Kranzl.) Pennell, comb. nov.

Calceolaria lehmanniana Kranzl. in Fedde, Rep. Nov. Spec. 1: 100. 1905.
"Columbien: Dpto. Cauca; an feuchten Orten an den oberen Gehangen
des Vulcan de Sotara und auf dem Paramo de Barbillas in 3000 bis 3300
m ii. d. M. (F. C. Lehmann, no. 6134!)"; not C. lehmannii (Riavon)
Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 20. Beibl. 49: 57. 1894.

At altitudes of 2800 to 3300 meters. Temperate Zone, southern
Cordillera Central, from Cauca to Pasto.
Pasto. Puruquai, J. Triana in 1851-7 (Y).

4. fagelia crenata (Lam.) Kuntze.

Calceolaria crenata Lam., Encyc. Meth., Bot. 1: 556. 1785. "Trouvee au
Perou par M. Joseph de Jussieu (v. s. in herb. Juss.)." .Jussieu collected
mainly in Ecuador.

Fagelia crenata (Lam.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 495. 1891.

At an altitude of 3000 meters, Temperate Zone, southern Cor-
dillera Central, from Pasto to Ecuador.

Cauca. Valle de Quintero above Pitaio, R. Palo basin, Central
Cordillera, H. Pittier 1425 (U).

Pasto. "Tuquerres et Puruquai," J. Triana in 1851-7. "Juda-
bolsa."

5. Fagelia saxatilis (H. B. K.) Kimtze.

Calceolaria saxatilis H. R. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 2: 382. 1817. "Crescit
locis saxosis montis Chimborazo in summa planitie Sisgun, alt. 1750
hex. [ = 3325 meters] . . . [Humboldt & Bonpland]."

Fagelia saxatilis (H. B. K.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 460. 1891.

Stem about 1 meter tall, much branched, herbaceous, green or
reddish, pubescent with white hairs, densely so above. Leaves 3-4
cm. long, the blades ovate, cordate or truncate at base, obtuse, each
narrowed to a petiole 5-10 mm. long; blades above green, finely
pubescent, beneath pale and densely pubescent, with some sessile
glands; petiole white-lanate. Corymb bracted at base, its secondary
branches usually quite simple. Pedicels lanose with glandless white

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [MaV-Oct.,

hairs. Calyx 8-14 mm. long, the lobes ovate, obtuse to acute, ob-
scurely lobed, lanose-pubescent. Corolla: the posterior lip 3-4 mm.
long the two lobes united nearly to apex (so strongly hooded, with
shallow median orifice) ; anterior lip 20-25 mm. long, 10-12 mm.
wide, with orifice opening about one-third of its length; sac upcurv-
ing toward hood, the orifice opening externally; externally glandular-
pruinose, within slightly pubescent at base on anterior side. Fila-
ments 2 mm. long. Anthers 2 mm. long, brown, the walls thick,
the sacs broadly contiguous, opening throughout and through the
thin connective. Style 1.5 mm. long. Capsule 5-6 mm. long,
broadly globose-pyramidal, obtuse, thick-walled, puberulent with
gland-tipped hairs. Seeds .5 mm. long, oblong, distally acute,
finely ridged, brown.

Thickets, along streams and at edge of forest, at altitudcv^ of
2700 to 3300 meters; Temperate zone of eastern slope of Cordillera
Central, from Tolima to Ecuador. Collected also above Bogota,,
where probably an escape.

Tolima. "Rosalito," near Paramo de Ruiz (along stream in
meadow), Pennell 2990. Also recorded by Kranzlin from Paramo
de Ruiz, Purdie.

Cundinamarca. Guadalupe, above Bogota, Bro. Ariste-Joseph
A230 (U).

6. Fagelia bogotensis Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem probably about 1 meter tall, branched, herbaceous, pubes-
cent with white hairs, distally these gland-tipped. Leaves 4-5 cm.
long, the blades triangular ovate, cordate, acuminate, irregularly
dentate with acute lobes 3^ cm. long, 2.5-3 cm. wide; each on a
wingless petiole 10-20 mm. long; blades above green, pubescent,
beneath lighter green and moderately pubescent, without sessile
glands; petiole pubescent, some hairs gland-tipped. Corymb leafy-
bracted at base, its secondary branches becoming much branched.
Peduncles and pedicels hirsute with gland-tipped hairs. Calyx
10-12 mm. long, the lobes ovate, acuminate, entire, hirsute-pubes-
cent. Corolla: the posterior lip 4 mm. long, the two lobes united
nearly to apex (so strongly hooded, with shallow median orifice) ;
anterior lip about 10 mm. long, with orifice opening less than ^ of
length; sac upcurving toward hood, the orifice opening externally,
externally glandular-pruinose, within somewhat pubescent at base.
Filaments 1.5 mm. long. Anthers 2.5 mm. long, brown, the walls
thick, the sacs broadl}- contiguous, opening from proximal end,

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

eventually to the distal apex. Style 3 mm. long. Capsule 6-8
mm. long, urceolate -pyramidal, acute, thick walled, pubescent with
short gland-tipped hairs. Seeds .3 mm. long, o1)long, mucronately
acute at each end, ridged, brown

Type, Bogota, Cundinamarca, alt. 2600 meters, collected in 1851-
1857 by J. Triana; in Herl). Columbia University at The New York
Botanical Garden.

At an altitude of slightly over 2600 meters, Temperate zone of
western slope of Cordillera Oriental, in Cundinamarca.

7, Fagelia trilobata (Hemsl.) Rusby.

Calceolaria trilobata Hemsl., Biol. Centr. Am., Bot. 2: 439. 1881-2. "Guate-
mala, Volean de Fuego, 7000 to 10,000 feet (Godman & Salvin, 239).
Colombia. Hb. Kew. The description was mainly drawn up from
Hotton's [ = Holton's] Colombian specimen, n. 575." Species an aggre-
gate, and to be typified by I. F. Holton 575. An isotype of this, in
Herb. Columbia University at The New York Botanical Garden is labeled
"Rio Arzobispo, in montibus juxta Bogotam, legit ... 23 Oct.
1852." A redescription, from this specimen, is given below.

Fagelia trilobata (Hemsl.) Rusby in Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 6: 93. 1896.
As to synonomy only.

Stem probably about 1 meter tall, branched, herbaceous, pubes-
cent with white hairs, distally these gland-tipped. Leaves 15-17
cm. long, the blades triangular, slightly three-lobed, cordate, taper-
ing to an acute tip, irregularly crenate-dentate, with callous-tipped
lobules, 9-10 cm. long, 11-12 cm. wide, each on a petiole 6-7 cm.
long its wing distally very narrow, proximally expanding to 3-4
cm. wide and connate with that of opposing leaf; above green, pub-
escent, beneath pale-green and slightly pubescent, more so on the
veins, narrow- winged portion of petiole pubescent, some hairs with
glandular tips. Corymb leafy-bracted at base, its secondary branches
much branched. Peduncles and pedicels hirsute with gland-tipped
hairs. Calyx 12 mm. long, the lobes ovate, acuminate, obscurely
lobate, hirsute -pubescent. Corolla: the posterior lip 5-6 mm. long,
the two lobes not united to apex, so not hooded, with deep, narrow
median orifice; anterior lip 10-12 mm. long, with orifice opening
much less than one-half of length; sac upcurving toward hood;
externally glandular-pruinose, within somewhat pubescent at base.
Filaments 2 mm. long, widening distally. Anthers 3.5 mm. long,
brown or yellowish, the walls thick; the sacs broadly contiguous,
opening throughout, the septum between very thin, and ultimately
(?) breaking. Style 4 mm. long. Capsule glandular-puberulent,
not seen mature.

176 PROCEEDINGS OP^ THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Thickets along stream, at an altitude between 2600 and 3000
meters, Temperate zone of western slope of Cordillera Oriental, in
Cundinamarca.

8. Fagelia alata Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem about 1 meter tall, little branched herbaceous, pubescent
with white hairs, distally lanose and with short-stalked glands.
Leaves 11-17 cm. long, the blades triangular-ovate, cordate, acum-
inate, coarsely doubly dentate (dentate with the lobules triangular
and dentate), 7-10 cm. long, 6-8 cm. wide; each on a petiole 4-7
cm. long, this broadly winged throughout (in middle 10-18 mm.
wide), entire to crenate-dentate, proximally slightly expanding and
connate with that of opposing leaf; above green, beneath pale green,
on both surfaces slightly pubescent, more so on younger growth.
Corymb bractless, its secondary branches repeatedly branched.
Peduncles and pedicels pubescent with longer white glandless, and
with shorter gland-tipped hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm. long, the lobes
lanceolate, acuminate, slightly serrate-dentate or some entire,
glandular-puberulent. Corolla: the posterior lip 2-3 mm. long,
5 mm. wide, arched, the two lobes united very nearly to apex (so
hooded with slight median aperture); anterior lip 8-9 mm. long,
7 mm. wide, with orifice opening much less than | length (not strongly
upcurving toward hood) ; externally minutely glandular-puberulent,
within minutely pubescent at base on anterior side, lemon-yellow
margin of sac very finely purple-spotted. Filaments .5-.7 mm.
long, narrowing distally. Anthers 2 mm. long, yellowish, the walls
thick; the sacs narrowly contiguous, opening throughout, the sep-
tum between thin and ultimately breaking. Style 1.5-1.8 mm.
long. Capsule 3-4 mm. long, urceolate-pyramidal, emarginate,
pubescent with short gland-tipped hairs. Seeds .2-.3 mm. long,
oblong, distally obtuse, ridged, black -brown.

Type, moist bank in forest, loam soil, western slope of Cordillera
Oriental, east of Neiva, Huila, altitude 1800-2300 meters, collected
in flower and fruit August 1-8, 1917, Rusby & Pennell 579, in Herb.
New York Botanical Garden.

Moist banks in forest at an altitude between 1800 and 2300 meters,
Subtropical zone of the western slope of Cordillera Oriental, in Huila.

9. Fagelia nevadensis Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem erect, nearly 1 meter tall, branched, pubescent, lanose
distally, with long glandless white dark-jointed hairs. Leaves 16
cm. long, the blades ovate, cordate, acuminate, doubly and sharply

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177

dentate, (dentate with lobules irregularly and sharply dentate), 10
em. long, 8-9 cm. wide, each on a petiole 6 cm. long, uniformly
winged throughout (in middle 8-13 nmi. wide), entire, proximally
slightly expanding and connate with that of opposing leaf; above
green, beneath slightly paler, slightly pubescent on both surfaces.
Corymb leafy-bracted at base, its secondary branches long, each
dividing above a long peduncular portion into six to eight pedicels.
Peduncles and pedicels hirsute with glandless white hairs and with
short-stalked glands. Calyx 11-12 mm. long, the lobes ovate,
acuminate, entire, pubescent. Corolla: the posterior lip about 5
mm. long, 6 mm. wide, arched, the two lobes united to apex (so
hooded, truncate without apical aperture) ; anterior lip 13-14 mm.
long, 12-14 mm. wide, with orifice opening much less than one-half
length of sac (sac strongly up curving toward hood) ; externally gla-
brous, within pubescent at base on anterior side. Filaments .8 mm.
long. Anther straight, 3.5 mm. long, grayish, its walls firm; sacs
contiguous, permanently separated by a firm septum, each opening
by a slit from the distal apex which does not reach the proximal
end. Style 4 mm. long. Capsule 5-7 mm. long, pyramidal, some-
what obtuse, puberulent, with short-stalked glands. Seeds .2-.3 mm.
long, irregularly oblong, ridged and transverse-lined, dark-brown.

Type, damp hillside, clearing at Las Nubes, slopes of Sierra Ne-
vada de Santa Marta, Magdalena, collected in flower and fruit
December 15, 1898-1901, Herbert H. Smith 1404, in herbarium
New York Botanical Garden; isotypes in Gray Herbarium, United
States National Museum, and Field Museum of Natural History.
Said to be from "4500 feet" [= 1350 meters], such a low elevation
for a plant of this genus as to force the suspicion that datum is
erroneous. The specimen is more probably from some slope much
higher, surely over 2000 meters altitude.

10. Fagelia tolimensis Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem lax, ascending. 1 to 2 meters long, branched, reddish^ her-
baceous, glabrate below, above slightly hirsute with dark-jointed
hairs. Leaves 8-10 cm. long; the blades triangular-lanceolate,
cordate or truncate, acuminate, irregularly and somewhat doubly
dentate (dentate with lobules shallowly triangular and irregularly
acutely toothed), 6-7 cm. long, 2.5-3.5 cm. wide; each on a petiole
2-3 cm. long, broadly winged throughout (in middle 12-15 mm.
wide), irregularly shallowly crenately dentate, proximally expanding
and connate with that of opposing leaf; above dark-green, minutely

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [MaV-Oct.,

pubescent, becoming glabrate, beneath pale-green, permanently
pubescent, especially on the veins. Corymb leafy-bracted at base,
its secondary branches soon much branched (pedicels long and
slender) Peduncles and pedicels hirsute with dark-jointed hairs,
these of various lengths. Calyx 8-10 mm. long, the lobes ovate,
acuminate, entire, pubescent. Corolla: the posterior lip 3-4 mm.
long, 5 mm. wide, arched, the two lobes united to apex (so hooded,
without median aperture); anterior lip 12-14 mm. long. 10 mm.
wide, with orifice opening about one-half length (sac strongly up-
curving toward hood), externally slightly pubescent to glabrate,
within glabrous throughout. Filaments 1.2 mm. long. Anthers
horseshoe-shaped, brown; each sac 2 mm. long, contiguous, splitting
its entire length, septum between sacs thin, but apparently not rup-
turing. Style 5 mm. long, proximally pubescent. Capsule pubes-
cent with white glandless hairs; not seen mature.

Type, moist mossy loam, margin of forest, "Rosalito" (east of
Paramo de Ruiz), Tolima, altitude 2800-3100 meters, collected
in flower December 15-17, 1917, F. W. Pennell 2979; in Herb. New
York Botanical Garden.

Nearest to Fagelia purpwascens (Sodiro) Pennell, comb, nov.,
of Ecuador, but appears distinct in having leaves more sharply cut,
stem less pubescent, pedicels more slender and sepals shorter.

Moist soil, edge of forest, at an altitude between 2800 and 3100
meters, Temperate zone of eastern slope of Cordillera Central, in
Tolima.

11. Fagelia perfoliata (L. f.) Kuntze.

('alccolaria perfoliata L. f., Suppl. 86. 1781. "Habitat in Nova Granada.

Mutis." Type probably from Bogota.
Fagelia perfoliata (L. f.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 460. 1891.

Stems lax, ascending, 1-2 meters long, somewhat branched, red-
dish-broAvn, pubescent throughout, above densely so, with hairs not
or slightly dark-jointed. Leaves 8-13 cm. long, the blades tri-
angular-lanceolate to ovate, cordate to truncate, acuminate, irregu-
larly and somewhat doubly dentate (dentate with lobules shalbwh'
triangular and shallowly dentate), 5-8 cm. long, 3.5-5.5 cm. wide;
each on a petiole 3-5 cm. long, broadly winged throughout (in
middle 15-20 mm. wide), sHghtly crenate-dentate to entire, prox-
imally expanding and connate with that of opposing leaf; above
green, beneath whitish -green, pul^escent on both surfaces, densely
canescent beneath. Coryml:) leafy-bracted at base, its secondary
branches soon much branched (pedicels long and slender). Pe-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

diincles and pedicels villous, with spreading dark-jointed hairs,
these mostly long. Calyx 9-11 mm. long, the lobes ovate, acumi-
nate, entire, putescent. Corolla: the posterior lip 4-5 mm. long,
5-6 mm. wide, arched, the two lobes united to apex (so hooded with-
out median apertm-e) ; anterior lip 13-14 mm. long, 7-8 mm. wide,
with orifice opening ab.out one-half length (sac strongly upcurving
toward hood) , externally slightly pubescent to glabrate, within
glabrous throughout. Filaments about 1 mm. long. Anthers horse-
shoe shaped, brown, each sac 1.8 mm. long, contiguous, splitting
from proximal end its entire length, septum between sacs thin and
rupturing. Style 5 mm. long, proximally pubescent. Capsule 5
mm. long, urceolate pyramidal, acutish, pubescent with white gland-
less hairs. Seeds .5 mm. long, lanceolate, distally acuminate, ridged,
and transverse-lined, brown.

Moist bushy slopes, along streams in shrub-zone, at altitudes of
2700 to 3000 meters, Temperate zone of western slope of Cordil'era
Oriental, in Cundinamarca.

Cundinamarca. Rio San Cristobal, near Bogota (bushy moun-
tain-slope, alt. 2800-3000 m.), Pennell 2380; Chipaque (moist road-
bank above, alt. 2800-2900 m.), Pennell 1317; Sibate (luishy slopes
near, alt. 2700-3000 m.), Pennell 2485; Bogota (alt. 2700 m.),
J. Triana (U, Y).

12. Fagelia ovata (Smith) Kimtz.

Calceolaria ovata Smith, Ic. Ined. 1:3 pi. 3. 1789. "Ex Peru semina setulit

Dombey."
Fagelia ovata (Smith) Kuntz, Rev. Gen. 460. 1891.

Stem erect or ascending, 1-4 dm. tall, branched, pubescent with
white gland-tipped hairs. Leaves 2.5-3.5 cm. long, the blades
ovate, narrowed to nearly truncate at base, acute, obscurely simply
serrate with shallow teeth, 2.3-3 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. wide, each on a
petiole .2-. 5 cm. long, not winged, lanose with gland-tipped hairs;
green, beneath slightly paler, pubescent on both surfaces. In-
florescence apparently axiHary, actually at each node two pedicels
occur, at right angles to which are two leaves from the axil of one of
which usually develops the branch which indefinitely repeats this
manner of branching. Pedicels pubescent wdth gland-tipped hairs.
Calyx 3 mm. long, the lobes ovate, acutish, entire, pubescent. Cor-
olla: the posterior lip 3-4 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, arched, the two
lobes united throughout, distally attenuate to a slightly notched
apex (so hooded); anterior hp 5 mm. long, 5 mm. wide, widest at
base, with orifice opening much less than one-half length of sac

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

(sac, upcurvecl toward hood, its anterior surface incurved forming
a broad pouch into which anthers shed pollen and into which the
stigma grows, apparently ensuring self-pollination); externally gla-
brous, within with a few hairs about base. Filaments 1.5 mm.
long. Anthers .6 mm. long, elliptic or hemispheric, yellow, the
walls thin; sacs contiguous by a broad contact, opening throughout.
Style 1.2 mm. long. Capsule 5-6 mm. long, narrowly pyramidal,
obtusish, thin-walled, sparsely paberu lent with short-stalked glands.
Seeds .1-.2 mm. long, oval, obtuse, ridged and transverse-lined,
brown.

Type, moist roadside below Chipaque, Cundinamarca, altitude
1800-2200 m., collected in flower August 23, 1917, F. W. Pennell
1327; in Herb. New York Botanical Garden.

Moist shaded banks, at altitudes of 1300 to 2200 meters. Sub-
tropical zone of eastern slope of Cordillera Oriental, in Cundina-
marca.

Cundinamarca. Chipaque (moist roadside below, alt. 1800-2200
m.), Pennell 1327; Quetame to Monte Redondo (moist cliff, along
stream in woodland, alt. 1300 m.), Pennell 1352, (moist bank, alt.
1400-1500 m.), Pennell 1854.

13. Fagelia micrantha Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem spreading and laxly ascending, 2-3 dm. long branched,
sparsely pubescent below with short few-celled gland-tippecl hairs.
Leaves 2-4 cm. long, the blades acute or obtusish at apex, irregu-
larly pinnately lobed with 1-2 pairs of segments, the incisions usually
reaching ^ to f the distance to the midrib, the lobules and main
portion of the blade irregularly dentate, 1 5-3 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm.
wide; each on a petiole .5-1 cm. long, slight'y winged, pr3ximally
clasping stem and slightly connate with, that of opposing leaf; abo-ve
cleep-green, with sparse scattered pubescence soon becoming gla-
brous, beneath pale-green and nearly glabrous. Corymb leafy-
bracted at base (the two primary flowers developed), the secondary
branches scarcely or not longer than the primary pedicels, usually
once dividing, and bracted with reduced leaves. Peduncles and
pedicels pubescent with short gland-tipped hairs. Calyx 3-4 mm.
long, the lobes oblong-ovate, obtuse, slightly serrate, pubescent
proximally. Corolla: the posterior lip about 2 mm long and 2 mm.
wide, arched, the two lobes united and slightly hooded, free toward
apex (leaving a narrow arched aperture into hood) , anterior lip
5-6 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, with narrow base, hooded almost

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

entire length (sac strongly upcurving against hood) : externally
glabrous or minutely puberulent at l)ase, within glabrous. Fila-
ments none. Anther with two sacs separated on two arms of the
connective, both sacs fertile; opening throughout, the anterior pro-
jecting into orifice, smaller; posterior arm (with sac) 1.5 mm. long,
anterior arm (with sac) 1 mm. long. Style 6-.8 mm. long. Cap-
sule glabrous, not seen mature.

Type, along streamlet, edge of forest, "Rosalito" (between MuriJlo
and Paramo de Ruiz) Tolima, altitude 2800-3100 meters, collected
in flower December 17, 1917, F. W. Pennell 3145; in Herb. New
York Botanical Garden. Growing with 3119, F. crenati oha.

Along streamlets, edge of forest, at an altitude between 2800
and 3100 meters, Temperate zone of eastern slope of Coi'dillera
Central, n Tolima.

14. Fagelia radiculoides Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem spreading and laxly ascending, 1-15 dm. long, branched,
glabrate, above pubescent with spreading gland-tipped hairs. Leaves
2-10 cm. long, the blades acute to acuminate at apex, pinnately
lobed with usually three pairs of lanceolate segments, the incisions
extending nearly to the midrib, the lobules and terminal segment
irregularly serrate-dentate, 1.5-6 cm. long, 1.5-6.5 cm. wide; each
on a petiole .5-4 cm. long, narrowly winged, proximally slightly
expanding and connate with that of opposing leaf; above deep-green,
with scattered hairs or glabrous, beneath glaucous, glabrous or pu-
bescent on the midrib. Corymb leafy-bracted at base (the two
primary flowers developed), the secondary branches long and re-
peatedly dividing, bracted throughout. Peduncles and pedicels
pubescent with gland-tipped hairs. Cal>^ 4-5 mm. long, the lobes
ovate, acute to obtusish, obscurely slightly serrate, pubescent prox-
imally and on margin with gland-tipped hairs. Corolla: the pos-
terior lip 1.5-2 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, arched, the two lobes united
and slightly hooded, free toward apex (leaving a narrow arched
aperture into hood); anterior lip 6-7 mm. long, 4-5 nmi, wdde,
narrowed at base, hooded almost entire length (sac strongly upcurv-
ing against hood); externally and internally glabrous. Filaments
none. Anther with two sacs separated on two arms of the con-
nective, both sacs fertile, opening throughout, of about equal size,
each arm (with sac) about 1 mm. long. Style .7-.8 mm. long.
Capsule 3-4 mm. long, broadly globose-pyramidal, rounded and
slightly notched, somewhat pubescent with gland-tipped hairs.

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.

Seeds .5-.6 mm. long, oblong, obtuse, ridged (with rounded ridges)
dark-brown.

Type, moist rocky canon, Rio San Francisco, above Bogota,
Cundinamarca, altitude 2700-2800 meters, collected in flower and
fruit September 13, 1917, F. W. Pennell 1942; in Herb. New York
Botanical Garden.

Moist or wet soil, springheads, swales and cliffs, partially shaded
or open, at altitudes of 2600 to 3200 meters, occasionally descending
to 1500 meters, Temperate zone, ascending to Paramo, where
dwarfed, and to Subtropical zone, where more rank; on both slopes
of the Cordillera Oriental, in Cundinamarca.

Cundinamarca. Zipacjuira (springhead in meadow, alt. 2650 m.),
Pennell 2534; Mt. Chuscal, west of Zipaquira, (swale on paramo,
alt. 3100-3200 m.), [only 1-2 dm. tall; leaves in some plants more
pubescent], Pennell 2602; Bogota (moist rocky canon on Rio San
Francisco above, alt. 2700-2800 m.), Pennell 1942, (moist bank,
base of mount, alt. 2700-2800 m.), Pennell 2293; Sibate (wet road-
bank, alt. 2600-2800 m.), Pennell 2386; Ubague (moist loam in
shrub-zone abo\e, ait. 2700-3000 m.), Pennell 1898; Monte Redondo
to Quetame (wet bank, alt. 1400-1500 m.) [plant especially rank],
Pennell 1855.

15. Fagelia crenatiloba Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem ascending, 3-6 dm. long, little branched, glabrous or nearly
so, above pubescent with white several-celled glandless hairs. Leaves
5-7 cm. long, the blades obtuse or acutish at apex, pinnately lobed
with 2-3 pairs of segments, the incisions rarely extending over
^-f the distance to the midrib, the lobules and main portion of
blade crenately dentate, 3.5-5 cm. long, 3-4 cm. wide; each on a
petiole 1.5-2 cm. long, slightly margined, glabrous or nearly so,
proximally somewhat expanding and connate with that of opposing
leaf; above green and with scattered pubescence, beneath pale-green
and the midrib and principal veins pubescent. Corymb leafy-
bracted at base (the two primary flowers developed) , its secondary
branches longer, once or twice dividing and bracted throughout
with reduced leaves. Peduncles and pedicels finely pubescent with
several-celled glandless hairs. Calyx 5-6 mm. long, the lobes ovate,
obtuse or acutish, slightly serrate, slightly pubescent, especially
proximally. Corolla: the posterior lip 1-2 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm.
wide, arched, the two lobes united and slightly hooded, free toward
apex (leaving a narrow or triangular slit-like aperture into hood);

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

anterior lip 5-7 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, narrowed at base, hooded
almost entire length (sac strongly upcm^ving against hood) ; exter-
nally glabrous or finely puberulent proximally, within glabrous.
Filament none or very short. Anther with the two sacs separated
on two arms of the connective, each (including sac) about 1.5 mm.
long; posterior sac .6-.7 mm. long, whitish, opening throughout,
fertile, concealed within hood; anterior sac shorter, projecting into
orifice, partially or wholly sterile. Style 1 mm. long. Capsule
nearly globose, finely pubescent with glandless hairs; not seen
mature.

Type, along streamlet, edge of forest, ''Rosalito," (between
Murillo and Paramo de Ruiz), Tolima, altitude 2800-3100 meters,
collected in flower December 17, 1917, F. W. Pennell 3119; in Herb.
New York Botanical Garden.

Along streamlets, edge of forest, at an altitude between 2800 and
3100 meters. Temperate zone of eastern slope of Cordillera Central,
in Tolima.

16. Fagelia chelidonioides (H. B. K.) Kuntze.

.Calceolaria chelidonioides H. B. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 37S. 1818. "Crescit
in radicibus mentis Javirac prope Quito, alt. 1500 hex. [ = ca. 2850 m.]
[Humboldt & Bonpland]."

Fagelia chelidonioides (H. B. K.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2: 459. 1891.

Fagelia diversifolia Pennell, in Addisonia4: 73, pi. 153. "Type . . . collected
on a moist bank at Chipaque, Department of Cundinamarca, Colombia, at
an altitude of about 8700 feet, August 23, 1917, my number 1320, and is
preserved in the hebarium of the New York Botanical Garden." Specimens
seen later appear to unite this with the plant from Ecuador.

Stem erect or ascending, 3-9 dm. tall, little branched, sparsely
pubescent, more so about nodes, with few-celled gland-tipped hairs.
Leaves 4-15 cm. long, the blades acute to acuminate at apex, the
lower ovate and shallowly pinnately lobed, irregularly serrate-
dentate, the upper pinnately lobed nearly to the midrib with two or
three pairs of oval or ovate, irregularly doubly serrate-dentate
segments, (the odd terminal segment largest), 3-10 cm. long, 2.5-
7.5 cm. wide, each on a petiole 1-5 cm. long, slightly margined,
glandular- pubescent, proximally slightly expanding and clasping the
stem, usually slightly connate with that of opposing leaf; green
above, pale green beneath, with scattered pubescence on both
surfaces. Corymb leafy-bracted at base (the two primary flowers
developed), its secondary branches elongated, several times dividmg
and bracted throughout with reduced leaves. Peduncles and pedi-
cels finely pubescent with few-celled gland-tipped hairs. Calyx
7-8 mm. long, the lobes ovate, acuminate, slightly serrate (the

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

few serratures not callous-tipped), slightly pubescent on the back,
and conspicuously ciliate with gland tipped hairs. Corolla: the
posterior lip about 3 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, arched, the two
lobes united and hooded, but not to apex (leaving a narrow slit like
aperture into hood), anterior hp 10-15 mm. long, 11-13 mm. wide,
narrowed at base, hooded almost entire length (sac strongly up-
curving against hood); externally glabrous or puberulent on pos-
terior lip, within pul^escent about base and within posterior lip.
Filament none. Anther with the two sacs separated on two arms
of the connective, each about 1.5-1.8 mm. long; posterior sac 1.2
mm. long, yellowish, opening throughout, fertile, concealed within
hood; anterior sac short, orange yellow, sterile, projecting into the
orifice, the club-like dark connective arm ser\ing as a lever against
which entering insect pushes, thus forcing the fertile sac out through
the slit like aperture of the hood and against back of insect. Style
1.1-1.3 mm. long. Capsule 8 mm. long, globose-oyramidal, obtuse,
pubescent with short gland-tipped hairs. Seeds .6-.7 mm. long,
oblong, obtuse, ridged (with high rounded ridges), brown.

Moist soil, roadside ditches and banks, frequently cultivated and-
possibly introduced from Ecuador, at altitudes of 2000 to 2700
meters, Subtropical zone of eastern slope of Cordillera Oriental,
in Cundinamarca; also obviously from cultivation at Bogota and
at "Balsillas", east of Neiva in Huila, also from the Subtropical zone
of the Cordillera Occidental, in Valle. In Ecuador.

Cundinamarca. Chipaque (moist bank, alt. 2600-2700 m.),
Pennell 1320; Ubague (moist soil, alt. 2000-2500 m.), Pennell 1877;
[Zipaquira (moist ditch on hill — alt. 2900 m.), evidently escaped
from garden, Pennell 2567].

[Huila. ''Balsillas," on Rio Balsillas (cult, in garden, alt. 2000-
2100 m.), Rusby & Pennell 692.]

Cauca. Cuesta de Tocota, road from Buenaventura to Call,
western Cordillera; alt. 1500-1900 m., H. Pittier 698 (U).

17. Fagelia scalaris Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem erect or ascending, about 1 meter tail, little branched,
pubescent to hirsute above with many-celled dark-jointed not or
scarcely gland-tipped hairs. Leaves 5-8 cm. long; the blades acumi-
nate at apex, pinnatisect (cut nearly to midrib) with 2 or 3 pairs
of lanceolate-ovate, irregularly serrate-dentate segments (the odd
terminal segment largest), 4-6 cm long, 3-5 cm. wide; each on a
petiole 1-2 cm. long, very narrowly winged, hirsute, proximally

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

slightly expanding and connate with that of opposing leaf; green,
beneath paler, with scattered pubescence on both surfaces. Corymb
leafy-bracted at base (the primary flowers sometimes not developed) ,
its secondarj^ branches (one or both developed) long, once or twice
dividing and bracted throughout with reduced leaves. Peduncles
and pedicels hirsute with yellowish-white dark -jointed hairs. Calyx
6 mm. long, the lobes ovate, acute, serrate (with shallow callous-
tipped serratures), densely hirsute. Corolla: the posterior lip
2-3 mm. long, 4 mm. wide, arched, the two lobes united and hooded,
but not to apex (leaving a slit- like aperture into hood), anterior
Up 15-21 mm. long, 14-18 mm. wide, narrowed at base, with narrow
orifice, hooded almost entire length (sac strongly upcurving against
hood); externally pubescent with short hairs on posterior lip, with
longer hairs on base of anterior lip, within pubescent at base. Fila-
ments very short or not developed. Anthers straight, 4 mm. long,
the two sacs separated on two arms of the connective; posterior
sac 1.5 mm. long, yellowish, opening throughout, fertile, concealed
within hood; anterior sac short, orange-yellow, sterile, projecting
into the orifice, the club-like dark connective-arm serving as a lever
against which entering insect pushes, thus forcing the fertile sac
out through the slit- like aperture of the hood and against back of
insect. Style 2 mm. long. Capsule 6 mm. long, globose pyramidal,
obtuse, pubescent with glandless hairs. Seeds .6-.7 mm. long,
oblong, obtuse, ridge-angled, brown.

Type, swale, "Balsillas," on Rio Balsillas, altitude 2000-2100
meters, collected in flower and fruit August 3, 1917, Rusby & Pen-
nell 710; in Herb. New York Botanical Garden.

Swales, at an altitude of 2000 to 2100 meters. Subtropical zone
of eastern slope of Cordillera Oriental, in Huila.

18. Fagelia pinnatisecta Pennell, sp. nov.

Stem ascending, 2-6 dm, tall, little branched, pubescent above
with many-celled dark-jointed not or scarcely gland-tipped hairs.
Leaves 3-5.5 cm. long; the blades acuminate at apex, pinnatisect
(cut nearly to midrib) with three pairs of lanceolate, irregularly
serrate -dentate segments, (the odd terminal segment largest) 2-3.5
cm. long, 2-3 cm. wide; each on a petiole 1-2 cm. long, narrowly
winged, somewhat hirsute, proximally slightly expanding and con-
nate with that of opposing leaf; green and pubescent above, beneath
pale, and hirsute pubescent on the main veins, sparsely so over sur-
face. Corymb leafy-bracted at base (the primary flowers not

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

developed), its secondary branches long, once or twice dividing and
leafy-bracted throughout with reduced leaves. Peduncles and pedi-
cels hirsute with yellowish- white dark-jointed hairs. Calyx 7-9
mm. long, the lobes lanceolate or narrowly ovate, acuminate, serrate
(with not or scarcely callous-tipped serratures), hirsute, especially
proximally. Corolla: the posterior lip 2-3 mm. long, 2-3 mm.
wdde, arched, the two lobes united and hooded, but not to apex
(leaving a narrow aperture into hood); anterior lip 8-10 mm. long,
6-7 mm. wide, narrowed at base, hooded over f length (sac strongly
upcurving against hood); externally and within slightly pubescent
about base. Filaments very short or none. Anther with the two
sacs separated on two arms of the connective, each about 1.6-1.8
mm. long; posterior sac 1.2 mm. long, yellowish, opening through-
out, fertile, concealed within hood; anterior sac short, orange-yellow,
sterile, projecting into the orifice, the club-like dark connective-
arm serving as a lever as in F . scalaris. Style nearly 2 mm. long.
Capsule 4 mm. long, broad-globose, rounded, pubescent with gland-
less and some gland-tipped hairs. Seeds .6-.7 mm. long, oblong,
obtusish, ridge-angled, brown.

Type, swale, "Balsillas," on Rio Balsillas, altitude 2000-2100
meters, collected in flower and fruit August 3, 1917, Rusby & Pen-
nell 721 , in Herb. New York Botanical Garden. From the same
swale as 710, F. scalaris.

Swales, at an altitude of 2000 to 2100 meters. Subtropical zone
of eastern slope of Cordillera Oriental, in Huila.

21. RUSSELIAJacquin.
Russelia Jacq., Enum. PL Carib. 25. 1760.

Type species, R. sarmentosa Jacq., of Cuba.

1. Russelia colombiana Pennell, sp. nov.

Her]), or shrubl^y below, diffuse, reaching 5 feet long. Stem
6-angled below, sharply 4-angled above, glabrous or with sparse
pubescence. Leaves in threes, the upper opposite, ovate, 5 cm.
long, 3 cm. wide, truncate at base, strongly acuminate, sharply
serrate-dentate with ascending teeth (bracts lance-ovate, coarsely
toothed), glabrous nearly from the first, green, with brown wax dots
on upper surface. Inflorescence much elongated, of axillary cymes.
Cymes hirtellous, 5 15-flowered. Calyx 4 mm. long, with brown
wax dots, its lobes narrowly ovate wdth caudate pubescent tips
nearly equaling the length of the body, slightly pubescent. Corolla
red, 10-11 mm. long, its lobes 1.5 mm. long, the posterior united
|-f their length, externally glabrous, within on anterior side pubes-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

cent with yellow hairs. Stamens and pistil glabrous throughout.
Capsule brown, globose-ovoid, 4.5-5 mm. long, with a slender beak
1-1.5 mm. long.

Related to R. sarmentosa Jacq. of Cuba, which differs in the
stem being 4-angled, its leaves smaller, with rounded teeth and
obtuse at apex, its sepals with shorter caudate tips, its corollas
slightly larger, 12-14 mm. long, and its capsules smaller, excluding
the beak, only 4 mm. long.

Type, in mountain forest, on the Agua Dulce road, between
Santa Marta and the Sierra Nevada, altitude 450 meters [ = 1500
feet], collected in flower and fruit November 22, 1898, Herbert H.
Smith 1361; in Herb. New York Botanical Garden; isotypes in
United States National Herbarium, Gray Herbarium and Field
Museum of Natural History.

Forest, at an altitude of 450 meters, Tropical zone on lower slopes
of Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta in Magdalena.

22. ANGELONIA Humboldt and Bonpland.
Angclonia Humb. & BonpL, PL Aequin 2: 92. 1809.

Type species, A. salicariaefoHa H. & B.

1, Angelonia salicariaefolia Hiimb. & Bonpl.

A.salicariacfolia Humb. & BonpL, PL Aequin. 2: 92. pL 108. 1809. "Hab-
itat in America meridionali ad Caracas." . . . " Croit sur les collines
arides de gneis.s, qui avoisinent la ville de Caracas, a une hauteur de cinq
ou six cents toises [ca. 1000-1200 m.] ou-dessus du niveau de I'ocean."
Specimen from Caracas, Otto Kuntze 1407, seen in Herb. New York
Botanical Garden.

Gravelly slopes, rather moist, along the lower western slopes
of the Cordillera Oriental, and the similar eastern slopes of the
Cordillera Central, doubtless continuously encircling the upper
Magdalena Valley; in the Cauca valley; extending eastward along
the northern lower slopes of the Venezuelan Andes; at altitudes
of 450-1400 meters. Tropical zone.*

Cundinamarca. Anapoima, J. Triana (Y); Fusagasuga, I. F.
Holton 577 (Y); Fusagasuga to Pandi, Pennell 2714 (Y); Icononzo^
Pennell2761 (Y).

Tolima. San Lorenzo, (first foothill of Cordillera Central, west
,of), Pennell 3517 (Y).

■• Angelonia angustifolia Benth.

Specimens collected from plants cultivated at "Medellin," on the bank of
the Rio Sinu, Bolivar, Pennell 4141 (Y) appear to be this commonly cultivated
species of Mexico. The two plants are readily distinguished:

Herbage densely glandular-pubescent. Leaves lanceolate., clasping at base.

1. ^4. salicariaefolia.
Herbage glabrous or sparsely glandular-pubescent. Leaves linear-lanceolate,
narrowed at base. 2. A. angustifolia.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Huila. Neiva (open slope of first foothill of Cordillera Oriental,
east of), Rusby & Pennell 1082 (Y); Quebrada de Angeles, above
Natagaima, Rusby & Pennell 284 (Y).

Valle. Call, H. Pittier 632 (V).

23. LINARIA Miller.
Linaria Mill., Gard. Diet. ed. IV. 1754.
Type species. Antirrhinum linaria L., Sp. PI. 616. 1753, of Europe.

1. Linaria texana Scheele.

Linaria texana Scheele in Linrlaea 21: 761. 1848. "Zwischen Houston
und Austin [Texas] haufig: Romer." Type not seen nor verified, but
description evidently of plant here characterized.

Meadow-land, on the Sabana of Bogota, at an altitude of 2600
to 2650 meters, certainly introduced. Widespread through western
temperate North America, and collected extensively in Andine and
Temperate South America, probably always as a weed.

Cundinamarca. Sibate (meadow on sabana, alt. ),

Pennell 2469; Hacienda de Tequendama, I. F. Holton (Y).

Corrections to ^' Scrophulariaceae of the Southeastern United States"

in Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences

of Philadelphia 1919: 224-291. 1920.

p. 228, last line. For " Ranapalus" read " Macuillamia."
p. 231, 1. 19. Delete "lanate."

p. 238, 1. 31. Delete "stoloniferous." The plants have slender root-
stocks, not stolons,
p. 242. For entry under genus "8. Ranapalus Kellogg," substitute:
"8. Macuillamia Rafinesque.
Macuillamia Raf. [Neogenyton 2. 1825, generic description

only] Autik. Bot. 44. 1840.
Type species, Monniera rotundifolia Michx., of lUinois.
1. Macuillamia rotundifolia (Michx.) Raf.

Monniera rotundifolia Michx., "

p. 248, 1. 8. Before the word "type" read:

Micranthemum orhiculatum Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer. 1 : 10. pi. 2.
1803. "Hab. in udis opacisque sylvarum Carolinae et Geor-

giae "

p. 250, 1. 9. Under "1. Verhascum hlattaria L.," insert:

"Verhascum clayioni Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer. 1: 148. 1803.

'Hab. in Carolina [A. Michaux].' Evidently a form of the

introduced species, V. hlattaria."

p. '254, 1. 29. For "Texas" read "Louisiana." Penstemon australis

is replaced west of the Mississippi River by P. pauciflorus Buckl.

p. 255, 1. 18. Delete "and west to Oklahoma." Specimens from

west of the Mississippi River belong to another species,
p. 288, 1. 1. Delete "Seeds.'

p. 290, 1. 29. For "straw-colored" read "brown to straw-colored,"
as the supposed contrast in color of capsule cannot be maintained.

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

189

TWO NEW CYPRINOID FISHES FROM FORMOSA.
BY MASAMITSU OSHIMA.

By courtesy of Mr. Moichiro JMaki, of Taihoka Normal School,
the author was able to examine the collections of Formosan fresh-
water fishes made by his students during the summer of the year
1919. Among them two species of Leuciscus were found which are
apparently new to science. Unfortunately, there are no records with
regard to their type localities. It is certain, however, that they
were obtained in the mountain streams of central Formosa, because
other species preserved in the same bottle, that is, Salmo formosanus
and Liobagrus formosamis, are not found from in other places than
the tributaries of the Taiko and Taito Rivers.

Leuciscus schisturus new species. Fig. 1.

Head 4,20 in length; depth 4. 65; D. iii,7; A. in, 8; P. 17, V. 9;
scales 74 in lateral line ; 14 scales between origin of dorsal and lateral
line, 16 between the latter and middle of belly; 9 scales between

Fig. 1. — Leuciscus schisturus new species.

lateral line and the root of ventral; width of head 2 in its length;
snout 3 in head; eye 5; interorbital space 3; pectoral 1.50; ventral
1.81; pharyngeal teeth 4, 2-2, 5; gill-rakers 4+8. Body elongate,
compressed posteriorly; head elongate, triangular, upper profile
nearly straight; snout rather long, pointed, edge of its skin slightly

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct„

covering the upper lip; interorbital space and top of head more
or less convex, eye small, anterior and superior, 1. 46 in snout;
mouth salDinferior, not very oblique, maxillary reaching posterior
border of nostril; lips thin, the lower discontinuous, distinct at
the angle of mouth only; anterior margin of lower jaw trenchant;
pharyngeal teeth hooked, with no grinding surface; nostrils close
together, on the supra-lateral part of snout; gill -openings rather
large; gill-rakers rather short and pointed. Origin of dorsal mid-
way between tip of snout and base of caudal, the first branched
ray the longest, reaching beyond the others to origin of anal when
depressed, its outer margin nearly straight; pectoral five-eighths
the distance to ventrals; origin of ventral in advance of that of
dorsal, inserted nearer origin of anal than that of pectoral; anal
inserted a little nearer to tip of pectoral than base of caudal, the
first branched ray the highest, scarcely reaching beyond the others
when depressed, the base of the fin 1.50 in its height, outer border
shghtly concave; caudal peduncle long, its depth 2.50 in head;
caudal fin deeply emarginate, lobes sharply pointed. Scales cycloid,
imbricated, of rather even size; no pectoral flap; ventral with a
slender scaly flap; lateral line continuous, more or less decurved
anteriorly, running along the middle of tail. Color in alcohol uni-
formly grayish brown above, paler below; all the fins whitish. Total
length 145 mm.

Habitat: Central Formosa (type-locality unknown).

{Schistmus, split-tail; with reference to the vvell-developed rudi-
mentary caudal rays.)

Leuciscus medius new species.

Head 3.83 in length; depth 4.55; D. iii,7; A. iii,7; P. 15; V. 8;
scales 76 in lateral line; 19 scales between the origin of dorsal and
lateral line, 17 between the latter and middle of belly; 11 scales
between lateral line and the root of ventral; width of head 2 in
its length; snout 3 in head; eye 4.33; interorbital space 3; pec-
toral 1.71; ventral 1.81; pharyngeal teeth 4,2-2,5; gill-rakers 2 + 7.
Body elongate, compressed; head elongate, pointed, sides flat-
tened, upper profile nearly straight; snout rather pointed, slightly
produced; eye moderate, anterior 1.50 in snout; mouth terminal,
slightly obhque, maxillary reaching posterior border of nostril; lips
thin, not cUIated; lower lips discontinuous; anterior margin of
lower jaw trenchant; pharyngeal teeth hooked, with no grinding
surfaces, nostrils close together, in front of eye above; inter-

1920.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

191

orbital s])ace and top of head very slightly convex; gill-openings
moderate; gill-rakers rather short and pointed. Origin of dorsal
nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, rather high, the first branched
ray the longest, reaching far beyond the origin of anal when de-
pressed, its outer margin nearly straight, anal inserted nearer tip
of pectoral than base of caudal, the first branched ray the highest,
not reaching beyond the others when depressed, the base of the
fin 1.42 in its height, its outer margin straight; pectoral two-thirds
the distance to ventrals; ventrals inserted nearer origin of anal
than that of pectoral, in advance of origin of dorsal; caudal peduncle

Fig. 2. — Leuciscus medius new species.

compressed, its depth 2 in head; caudal fin deeply forked, the lobes
obtusely pointed. Scales cycloid, moderately small, of rather even
size; no pectoral flap; ventral with a small fleshy flap; lateral line
continuous, slightly decurved, running along the middle of the tail.
Color in alcohol grayish brown above, paler below; all the fins
whitish. Total length, 110 mm.

Habitat: Central Formosa (type-locality unknown).

The present species distinctly differs from the former in having
19 scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line.

{Medius, central, the species having been obtained in central
Formosa.)

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

MOLLUSKS FROM LAKE CHAPALA, STATE OP JALISCO AND VICINITY.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Professor Francisco Contreras, in the course of his stadies of
the natural resources of Mexico, has made a small collection of the
shells of Lake Chapala. The occurrence of pecuUar species of
Planorbis, Physa, and Anodoniites probably indicates that there is
a considerable endemic element in the mollusk fauna of this Mex-
ican lake.

In treating of the Planorbes and Physas of Lake Patzcuaro', the
writer called attention to the more enlarged last whorl of the shell,
compared with the most closely related species found in other Mex-
ican localities. It was conjectured that larger lung capacity might
be advantageous to air-breathing snails of this deep lake. The
same peculiarity is seen in Planorbis contrerasi and Physa solidissima
of Lake Chapala; but while the shells of Lake Patzcuaro are thin
and light, those of Chapala are remarkably solid, perhaps an adap-
tation to wave-beaten shores.

Polygyra ventrosula (Pfr.).

Chapala. Diameter about 10 mm. Also similar smaller shells,
diam. 7.3 mm., which are referable to the variety hmdsvi (Pfr.).
Whether these sizes occur in the same colony, or are connected by
intermediate sizes, should be noted.

Polygyra matermontana jaliscoensis Pils.

Chapala. This form was described from Guadalajara.
Drymaeus hegewischi (Pfr.).

Chapala.

Planorbis tenuis chapalensis new subspecies. Fig. 1.

The shell is very strong and solid with narrow, deeply sunken
spire on the left side. The aperture is piriform, the penult whorl
intruding but little.

Greatest diam. 16, alt. at aperture 9.3 mm.

^ These Proceedings for 1891, p. 324.

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

193

Laguna de Chapala, State of Jalisco, collected by Prof. Francisco
Contreras, March 1, 1920. Type No. 46,194.

Fig. 1. — Planorhis tenuis chapalensis. Enlarged.
Planorbis contrerasi new species, Fig. 2,

The shell is solid; last whorl compressed on the right side, bluntly
angular, with funnel- or vortex-shaped umbilicus; left side angular,
with rather wide bowl-shaped concavity. Surface closely striate
spirally within both concavities, seemingly with weak traces of spiral
lines over the peripheral part, though the specimens are all so wave-
worn that the external sculpture cannot be seen except within the
aperture. The aperture is narrow, angular at the ends.

Greatest diameter 14.3, alt. at aperture 10.2 mm.; fully 4 whorls.

^ c>}

. Fig. 2. — Planorhis contrerasi. Enlarged.

Laguna de Chapala, State of Jalisco, collected by Prof. Francisco
Contreras, March 1, 1920. Type No. 46,193.

While the shape is somewhat like that of Planorhis tejiuis exag-
geratus, of Lake Patzcuaro, this species differs by its solidity and
especially by the strongly developed spiral sculpture. It is a very
distinct species.

Physa solidissima Pils.

Laguna de Chapala. Dead specimens of this remarkably globose,
heavy species are somewhat larger than the type, the largest measur-
ing: length 11.3, diam. 9.5, length of aperture 9.9 mm. The rounded
fold of the massive columella is prominent, as in the type.

It is hoped that living individuals can be secured. They may
show differences from the ordinary Physas.

Anodontites jaliscoensis n. sp. Fig. .3.

The shell is oblong, the alt. 55 per cent, of the length, the diam-
eter slightly less than one-third the length, moderately solid ; Isabella

194

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

color, paler buff toward the beaks, a little browner toward the
lower margin, the epidermis thin with weak growth lines; under
the lens showing radial bands of festooned striae in the middle part.
Beaks small, somewhat worn, showing no sculpture. The interior
is pale Payne's gray with a rather wide matt border; stained with
olive-buff in the cavity toward the beaks. There is a dark, iri-
descent triangle at the posterior end of the hinge.

Length 46, alt. 25.5, diam. 14 mm.

ToUman, State of Jalisco. Prof. F. Contreras. Type No. 46,197.

This is a longer shell than Anodonta coardata Anton, differing
also in external texture, the wide dull border inside, and the deep,
triangular "sinulus" at the end of the hinge.

Fig. 3. — Anodontites jaliscoevsis. Natural size.
Nephronaias aztecorum tolimanensis new subspecies. Fig. 4.

Differs from N. aztecorum and N. a. chayalensis by the smaller
size and lower form, the shell not so wide posteriorly.

Length 43, alt. 24.3 mm.

Length 35, alt. 19.3, diam. 11.4 mm.

Tollman, State of Jalisco. Type No. 46,195.

A specimen from Rio Grande, Zapotitlan, Jalisco, measures:
length 54, alt. 28 mm.

Fig. 4. — Nephronaias aztecorum tolimanensis. Natural size.

1920.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

MOLLUSCA FROM CENTRAL AMERICA AND MEXICO.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The following descriptions and notes are in continuation of those
published in these Proceedings for 1919, pp. 212-223.

Further comparisons have shown that Donax mediamericana (op.
cit. p. 222) is merely a form of D. striata. The differences depended
upon are inconstant.

Scolodonta seteki new species. Fig. ].

The shell is discoidal, broadly umbilicate, almost flat above,
thin, Isabella colored, slightly translucent. The surface is glossy,
finely striate above, more weakly so below. There are six narrowly
coiled, slowly increasing, convex whorls, the last, at the aperture,
nearl}^ twice the width of the preceding, rounded at periphery and

Fig. 1. — Scolodonta zeteki.

base, not descending in front. The umbilicus is conic, showing
all of the whorls. The aperture is slightly oblique, lunate, higher
than wide. Peristome thin and simple, the wddely separated ter-
minations joined by a very thin callus.

Alt. 4, diam. 10.9 mm.; 6 whorls. Gatun.

Alt. 3.4, diam. 9.1 mm.; 5.5 whorls. Gamboa.

Canal Zone: Gatun (D. E. Harrower); Gamboa (James Zetek).

Type No. 114,079, A. N. S. P.

Readily recognized by its discoidal form. There is a very closely
related species in the collection from Venezuela without definite
locality (R. Swift coll.; No. 23,775), whitish, with the whorls a trifle
less closelv coiled.

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Thysanophora textilis new species. Fig. 2.

The shell is umbilicate, conoid, the height and diameter about
equal, pale brown. Sculpture of extremely low, subregularly spaced
longitudinal waves, over all a microscopic granulation produced by
the intersection of very minute striae and equally close spiral lines,
giving the appearance of a fine woven material. First 1| whorls
smooth. The whorls are \ery strongly convex. Suture very deeply
impressed. Aperture somewhat semilunar, oblique, outer Up thin
and simple, the columellar margin broadly dilated.

Alt. 1.8, diam. 1.8 mm.; 4 whorls.

Alt. 1.95, diam. 1.95 mm.; 4j whorls.

Chama, Guatemala, A. A. Hinkley.

The microscopic sculpture is somewhat like that of the apex of
Drymaeus, and unlike any Thysanophora I have examined. Whether
the species belongs to Thysanophora or to Pupisoma is an open
question, but the shape is rather more like the former.

Fig. 2. — Thysanophora textilis. Fig. 3. — Helicina oaxacana.

Helicina oaxacana new species. Fig, 3,

The shell is a little wider than high, with conic spire and bluntly
carinate periphery, whitish, not glossy. Sculpture of fine growth-
striae and fine, indistinct, protractive wrinkles, visible in places only.
The whorls are rather strongly convex, the last having a blunt
median keel, convex above and at the base. The aperture is semi-
circular, oblique. Outer IId is moderately expanded. Columella
strongly concave on its ventral side, terminating in a projecting
tubercle. Callus small, a groove behind the columellar side.

Alt. 4, diam. 4.5 mm.; 4f whorls.

Pjerto Angel, Oaxaca, Mexico. C. R. Orcutt, 1910. Type No.
112,572, A. N. S. P.

This species appears related to H. raresulcata of Vera Cruz, but
besides the somewhat diverse sculpture it differs by the angular
periphery. The same character differentiates it easily from other
small species of the region.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

Eutrochatella microdina chryseis (Tristr.).

Two specimens from Chama measm-e: Alt. 4.2, diam. 3.83 mm.,
and Alt. 3.55, diam. 3.45 mm., respectively.

The color is barium yellow or between that and amber yellow.
The size is about that given for E. microdina, but the proportions
are between microdina, in which the alt. and diam. are 4 mm., and
chryseis, alt. 4, diam. 3 mm. Perhaps chryseis may better be ranked
as a subspecies of E. ynicrodina.

In this connection it may be noted that Wagner in his mono-
graph places microdina in both Eutrochatella (p. 138) and Helicina
(p. 318). The species described at p. 318 is certainly not Morelet's
species, which has been figured from author's specimens by Fischer
and Crosse.

E. microdina, of which I have three from Morelet, is covered
with excrement when aUve. It is paler than chryseis, with the
spire slightly lower, tapering with a wider angle, as Fischer and
Crosse have pointed out.

E. simpsoni Ancey, from Utila Island, Honduras, is closely related,
but the whorls project more prominently at the periphery, and the
size is smaller. One of the original lot was figured in these Proceed-
ings 1903, pi. 49, fig. 4.

These three forms belonging to the subgenus Pyrgodomus Crosse
and Fischer, are now for the first time brought together.

COCHLIOPA Stimpsoii.

As this genus has doul^led in number of species since the publi-
cation of the "Biologia Centrali-Americana" a catalogue of the
species may be of use:

Cochliopa riograndensis Pils. & Ferr.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1906, p. 171, pi. 9, figs. 10-13. Nautilus, XXIII,
p. 99.

Rio Grande (Ferriss and Pilsbry) to the Panuco River tributaries

(Hinkley).

Cochliopa compacta Pils,

Nautilus, XXIII, Jan. 1910, p. 99, pi. 9, figs. 4. 5.
Choy Riv^er, State of San Luis Potosi (Hinkley).

Cochliopa picta Pils.

Nautilus, XXIII, Jan. 1910, p. 100, pi. 9, figs. 1, 2.

Choy and Ganina Rivers, State of San Luis Potosi (Hinkley).

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Cochliopa guatemalensis (:\Iorelet)

Valvata guatemalensis Morelet, Testacea Novissima, etc., II, 1851, p. 22.

Fischer and Crosse, Miss. Sci. Mex., Moll. II, p. 302, pi. 48, figs. 2-26;

pi. 50, figs. 1-16.
Cochliopa guatemalensis (Morel.) v. Martens, Biologia, p. 428.

Rio Michatoj^a near Istapa, southern Guatemala.

Cochliopa rowelli (Tryon).

Amnicola rowelli Tryon, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1863, p. 147, pi. 1, figs. 8, 9.

Cochliopa rowelli Tryon, Stimpson, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. No. 201, 1865,
p. 50. W. G. Binney, Land and Freshwater Shells of N. A., Ill, p. 73,
figs. 144. Pilsbrv, Nautilus XIX, 1905, p. 91. J. Powell, Nautilus, XX,
p. 10.

Panama (W. Newcomb); Rio Matasnillo, Las Sabanas, Panama
(J. Zetek).

This species has been omitted from works on Central American
mollusks because it was reported from California by the Rev. J.
Rowell, who collected the original specimens. No other Californian
conchologist has found it in the places he mentioned, but it has been
taken in Panama by Dr. Wesley Newcomb many years ago, and
recently by Mr. James Zetek. There can be no reasonable doabt
that Mr. Rowell was mistaken in the locality, and really picked it
up on his way to California by the Panama route.

Cochliopa tryoniana Pils.

Nautilus, IV, 1890, p. 52. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1891, p. 331, pi. 15, fig. 12.
Biologia, p. 428, pi. 33, figs. 9-9c.

Western Nicaragua, southwestern Costa Rica.

Cochliopa trochulus Martens.

Biologia, p. 429, pi. 23, fig. 7.

Southwestern Costa Rica (Pittier and Biolley) to Panama (James
Zetek).

Cochliopa infundibulum Martens.
Biologia, p. 429, pi. 23. fig. 3.

Guatemala.

Another related species was taken at Esmeralda, Rio Dulce,
Guatemala, by Mr. Hinkley. This, I understand, will soon be de-
scribed, making in all twelve species of Cochliopa.

Cochliopa hinkleyi new species. Fig. 4.

The shell is minute, planorhoid, with a very wide, shallow um-
bilicus and a slightly concave spire. Color brownish corneous. The
three whorls are oval in section, the last descending slowly and at
the end, only very shortly in contact with the preceding. Sculp-
ture of numerous subequal, rather sharp spiral threads separated by

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. • 199

wider intervals, a narrow plain band below the suture and a wider
one within the umbilicus. The aperture is slightly oblique, rounded-
oval, the peristome very shortly adnate in adults (or sometimes
very shortly free, continuous).
Alt. 0.75, diam. 1.75 mm.

Fig. 4. — Cochliopa hinkleyi.

Lake Izabal near Jocolo, Guatemala, A. A. Hinkley.

With the sculpture of C. guatemalensis, this species has the shape
of a small Planorbis of the parvus group. In most adult shells the
inner whorls are eroded away, leaving a hole through the center of
the disc, as in the right hand figure. Sometimes the last whorl is
shortly free, as in the lower figm-e.

Cochliopa minor new species. Fig. 5.

The shell is depressed, umbilicate (the umbilicus rapidl}^ enlarging
in the last whorl, contained five times in the diameter), soHd, very
pale brownish. The spire is very low conic. The first of the four
whorls is smooth ; spiral ridges set in on the second ; on the last there
arc about 23 of these ridges, nearly equal, and a little narrow^er
than the concave intervals; the latter showing microscopic growth-
lines and traces of fine spirals in some places. The last whorl is
rounded peripherally, and descends slightly to the aperture. Aper-
ture is strongly oblique, rounded. Peristome blunt, the margins
joined by a heavy parietal callus.

Alt. 1.2, diam. 2.1 mm.; 4 whorls.

Cochliopa minor.

Polvon, Nicaragua. Type and paratypes No. 58,286, A. N. S. P.,
collected by the McNeil Expedition.

200

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[May-Oct.,

These specimens were formerly identified by the writer as C.
guatemalensis (Morelet). The latter is much larger, diameter 3.5
mm., and came from the Michatoya River near Istopa, in southern
Guatemala.

The teeth of the radula have denticles according to the formula
-^n^, 2.1.3, 13, CO . Those of the outer uncinus are very minute,
not clearly seen. The lateral tooth has the boss and socket structure
of the broad body, as in many other Amnicolidae.

Cochliopa izabal new species. Fig. 6.

The shell is conic, umbilicate (umbiUcus narrow, rapidly widen-
ing in the last half whorl), rather thin; very pale brownish-gray;
smooth except for faint traces of spiral striae, a little stronger near
the umbilicus and sometimes on the penult whorl. The spire is
ele\ated, the early whorls eroded. The whorls are strongly con-

i^y

Fig. 6. — Cochliopa izabal.

vex, the last everywhere rounded. The aperture is moderately
oblique, angular above, otherwise rounded. The outer lip is thin;
columella concave, thickened, continued in a callus across the pari-
etal wall.

Alt. 1.75, diam. 1.9 mm. Type, fig. 5 a, h.

Alt. 1.7, diam. 2.15 mm. Fig. 5 c, d.

Alt. 1.85, diam. '1.5 mm. Fig. 5 e.

Lake Izabal near Jocolo, Guatemala.

[1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

The nearly smooth form is selected as typical because it pre-
dominates in the lot collected. In some examples no spiral sculpture
is visible; others are sUghtly to distinctly striate. The spire is
always eroded, even in the smallest taken, diameter 1.3 mm., of 3
whorls (fig. 5/), t3ut the summit would be obtuse if perfect, the
early whorls increasing the shell rapidly in diameter. At this stage
it has the normal shape of Cochlwpa. Later the whorls descend
more rapidly, giving it a somewhat Amnicoloid outline. Fig. 5e
represents the narrowest specimen found.

Mutation 'per striata (Fig. 7). Occurring with the smooth and
moderately striate specimens there are a few having many strong
spiral threads at all post-embryonic stages of growth, as in C. guate-
malensis. The largest specimens are of this kind. Alt. 2.7, diam.
2.75 mm.

This species differs conspicuously from C. guatenialensis (Morel.)
by its elevated spire. A large series was collected.

Fig. 7. — Cochliopa izabal mut. perstriata.

Names Applied to Pachychilus.

Pachychilus I. and H. C. Lea, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1850, p. 179,
for P. cummingii Lea [ = graphium Morel.]. Not Pachychila
Eschscholtz, Zoologischer Atlas, 4tes Heft, 1831, p. 5 (Coleop-
tera) .

Cercimelania Fischer and Crosse, Mus. Sci. an Mex., Moll. terr. et
Fluv., ii, p. 327, 1892, type PAiehmanni Phil.

Glyptomelania F. and C, op. cit. p. 328, type P. glaphyrus Morel.

Oxymelania F. and C, op. cit. p. 328, type P. schiedeanus Phil.

Sphaeromelania Rovereto, Atti della Societa Ligustica di Sci. Nat. e
Geogr., X, 1899, p. 109, new name for Pachychilus Lea.

The name to be used for this genus depends upon whether Pachy-
chilus and Pachychila are considered to be different names. They

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

are of course of identical derivation; so are Louis and Louise, Francis
and Frances, which serve very well. Until there is a definite ruling
by the International Commission, it may be as well to continue
to use the familiar Pacliychilus.

Those who consider -us and -a names identical can adopt Cerci-
melania, type liehmanni Phil., proposed as a subgenus of Pachy-
chilus.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

NEW LAND SHELLS.

BY E. G. VANATTA.
Odontosagda havanensis new species. PI. VI, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Shell small, thin, opaque, pinkish grey; apex obtuse, rather large,
and smooth; spire depressed conic, composed of four and one half
slowly increasing, vertically striate whorls; suture moderately deep;
last whorl obtusely angular above the periphery, not descending
in front; base obtusely conic, with a wide, perspective, well-like
umbilicus. The surface of the base is provided with irregular in-
cremental striae, and under a strong lens showing spaced spiral
striae. Aperture lunate; peristome sharp, evenly arcuate, within
the lip provided with one large white tooth in the basal region below
the periphery, and a smaller white tooth near the base of the narrow
columella.

Alt. .77, diam. 1.25, alt. of aperture .42, diam. .51 mm.

Picked from red earth collected under bushes in front of the
Country Club at Havana, Cuba, by liOuis H. Bregy in March, 1920.

The type is tray number 46,077 in the collection of The Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

This species is smaller than Odontosagda hillei (Gundl.) ; 0. abhoiti
Van. is larger and less angular near the periphery; and 0. hlandi
(Weinl.) is more elevated.

This new Odontosagda was associated with Praticolella griseola
(Pfr.), which has not been reported from Cuba before; also Vol-
videns ivichostoma (Pfr.), Urocoptis poeyana (Orb.), Guppya gund-
lachi (Pfr.), Caecilioides gund'lachi (Pfr.), and Ennea bicolor Hutton.

Zonitoides bregyi new species. PI. VI, figs. 6, 7, 8.

Shell small, thin, translucent, corneus, shining, apex smooth,
rather acute; spire low-conic, suture moderately deep; whorls about
four, sculptured wdth irregular incremental striae, and under a strong
lens showing fine undulated spiral lines; periphery evenly arcuate;
base convex, provided with a deep umbilicus, surface shining, show-
ing a few growth lines, and under a strong lens fine undulated spirals

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

may be seen; aperture serailunate; peristome thin; columella slightly
reflexecl; parietal wall thin.

Alt. 1.3, diam. 1.88, alt. of aperture .75, diam. .88 mm.

Picked from leaf mould collected at the Costa Mine, about 15
miles from Bueicito, Prov. Oriente, Cuba, by Louis H. Bregy in
March, 1920.

The type is in the cabinet of The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, being tray number 46,089.

This species has narrower whorls and smaller umbilicus than
Zonitoides maya Pils.; Z. 'paracusis Bkr. is smaller; and Striatura
neomexicana Pils. has a wider umbilicus, fewer whorls, is more de-
pressed, and has a duller surface.

Caecilioides domingensis new species. PI. VI, flg. 15.

Shell small, subcylindrical, translucent corneus; apex obtuse; spire
high, composed of four and one half moderately convex whorls;
suture rather deep; surface shining, sculptured with a few irregular
incremental striae; base convex, imperforate; aperture about one-
third the altitude of the shell, oval, narrow above and broader below;
lip acute, slightly arcuate; basal hp convex; columella truncate,
comparatively thick, concave; parietal wall nearly straight; parietal
callus thin.

Alt. 2.27, diam. .79, alt. of apertui-e .75, diam. .54 mm.

The types are tray number 44,654 in the Academy's collection,
and were picked from earth collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott, one mile
northwest of Sanchez, Santo Domingo.

This species has a deeper suture, more convex whorls, and a more
obtuse apex than Caecilioides consobrina Orb.

Opisthosiphon maynardi new species. PI. VI, figs. 0, 10, 11, 13.

Shell conical, thin, opaque, reddish brown above and greyish-
yellow below, and a white line composed of sharp points at the
suture; apex truncate, widely perforate, provided with a bluish
plug of shell matter in the end of the decollated whorl; spire high,
conic, composed of nearly four convex whorls; suture deep, acutely
dentate; the last whorl free from the penultimate whorl near the
aperture and again united to it by the parietal callus; last whorl
evenly arcuate, provided with two slightly thickened, white, spiral
Hues near, and four others visible within, the umbilicus. The sur-
face of the shell has a dull silk-like sculpture, and many very indis-
tinct vertical costae, about sixty on the penultimate Avhorl; body
whorl nearly smooth near the aperture; aperture entire, wide, ellip-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

tical, with a raised, smooth rim in advance of the broadly expanded,
flat, white Hp, which is provided with several, slightly raised, con-
centric lamellae; outer lip forming at the suture a recurved hollow
tube connecting the deep suture openly with the interior of the aper-
ture by a small round pore. The broadly expanded basal and col-
umellar lips showing faint white thickenings at the ends of the above-
mentioned spirals; parietal hps expanded into a broad flat plate
with its edge attached to the body-whorl, the concentric lamellae
upon its surface are interrupted in an oblique line above the pore
in the aperture, forming a small bay in the upper edge near the outer
lip. Operculum, thick, calcareous, paucispiral, smooth within, com-
posed of about three rapidly increasing volutions; nucleus below
the middle; outer surface with a deep spiral groove with a raised
irregular edge arising near the nucleus, continuing along the suture
and completely around the outer edge of the operculum; the surface
is also covered with coarse raised lamellae in the direction of the lines
of growth.

Alt. 11.2, diam. 6.3, alt. of aperture 5.0, diam. 4.4 mm.

The types are in the cabinet of the Academy, being tray number
44,488, collected at Nassau, New Providence, Bahama Islands, by
Mr. C. J. Maynard in 1888.

One specimen has the apex almost entire and is composed of
about seven whorls; another (fig. 11) which is not quite mature, has
a broad open bay at the upper angle of the aperture disconnecting
the parietal wall and outer lips, and lacks the raised rim about
the inner edge of the mouth; some specimens are uniform greyish
yellow.

This species differs from Opisthosiphon hohamensis (Shutt.) by
being smoother, having weaker, more spaced vertical costae, finer
crenulations at the suture, and a wider expanded lip; 0. moreletiana
(Pet.) has stronger costae, and the aperture is free from the body
whorl; 0. excurrens (Gundl.) is more strongly costate, obese and
cyHndrical.

Helicina abbotti new species. PI. VI, figs. 12, 14.

Shell small, globose, moderately thick, opaque yellowish corneus;
apex obtuse; spire elevated, conic, composed of four arcuate whorls;
suture moderately impressed, not descending at the aperture; per-
iphery convex; surface smooth, shining, with a few oblique lines
and incremental striae crossed by very indistinct spiral lines \isible
under a lens. The base is rather flat, carinate about the edge of

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

the deep umbilical rimation; aperture subtriangular; outer lip
slightly thickened, narrowly reflexed, descending in a nearly straight
hne to the convex periphery; basal lip sinuous, narrowly reflexed;
columella thick, concave at the edge of the umbilical rimation;
parietal callus broad, heavy, linguiform, and granulate; operculum
not found.

Alt. 2.1, diam. 2.8, alt. of aperture 1.1, diam. 1.4 mm.

The types are in the collection of the Academy, being tray num-
ber 44,370, and were picked from earth collected one mile northwest
of Sanchez, Santo Domingo, Hayti Island, by Dr. W. L. Abbott,
during February, 1919.

This species differs from Helicina (Artecallosa) continua (Gundl.)
Poey by having broader parietal callus, smaller umbilical rimation,
a more sinuous basal lip, a broader columella, a more obtuse spire,
and is smaller and more globose.

Stoastoma domingensis n. sp. PI. VI, figs. 4, 5.

Shell small, conic, thin, opaque, greyish white; apex rather obtuse,
smooth; spire high, conic, slightly concave sided, composed of five
and one half convex whorls; body whorl contracted and free near
the aperture; suture impressed, descending in front; periphery
evenly convex; base convex; umbilicus minute. The surface of the
shell is sculptured fine spiral hair lines, of which nine are visible
on the penultimate whorl, about nineteen on the bodj^ whorl, and
sixteen on the base, the growth lines are very indistinct; last whorl
provided with a smooth band near the aperture; aperture semi-
lunate; peristome continuous; outer lip evenly arcuate; basal lip
acute; columella arcuate, slightly thickened; parietal wall nearly
straight, rather thick, free from the penultimate whorl.

Alt. 2.47, diam. 2.26, alt. of aperture .89, diam. 1.04 mm.

The type is in the collection of the Academy, being tray number
44,372, picked from soil collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott, one mile
northwest of Sanchez, Santo Domingo, Hayti Island.

This species is larger and more conic than Stoastoma (Lindsleya)
leanum Ad., which it resembles in the shape of the aperture and
sculpture.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1920

PLATE VI.

VANATTA: NEW LAND SHELLS.

*,

1920.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

NOTES ON ARACHNOIDISCUS.
BY SARAH P. MONKS.

While studying specimens of Hemiqjtychus (Arachnoidiscus) , which
are extremely abundant in many San Pedro, California, tidepools,
an unusual form was found which may be called a variety of Arach-
7ioidisciis ehrenbergii .

Instead of being circular ^\^th raj^s of equal length, it is blunt-
cuneiform, with sides compressed and two sets of short rays. In
all but shape and rays, even in various sizes and deformations, it
is a true Arachnoidiscus, and I have called it A. ehrenbergii var.
cuneatus.

It is quite abundant, thirty specimens being found in thirty micro-
mounts.

The change of shape is no doubt partly due to overcrowding, for
although there are miles of tide-pools and millions of sea-plants to
choose from, the diatoms are often on some plants in almost in-
credible abundance.

These ahen epiphytes crowd on many different algae — on stiff
Gelidium, stony Corallines, and even on the flexible stems of other
plants. Sometimes in shallow tidepools nearer land which are
exposed to wdnter cold, or summer heat, during very low tide, the
diatoms are killed, and then the host plant is gray-coated like sleet-
crusted trees in winter. But when alive the brown of the diatoms
entirely covers the stem of the host 'like a shiny varnish, and the
only chance the burdened alga has is for terminal growth. When
the brown film dies, on exposure to the sun or the dry air, the whole
colony shows the green of chlorophyll, and this green remains for
years; then when nothing remains but skeletons the effect is gray-
ish white and the diatoms still stick to the host plant. Not only
are the algae burdened with "an innumerable host" of Arachnoidis-
cus, but there are co-dwellers, members of ten or more other genera.

The habits of these diatoms may account for the many and vari-
ous irregularities of Arachnoidiscus. Species of Isthmia hang in
festoons and swing away from the alga's stems^ as do some Biddulpha

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

also; acicular species like Lichmophora and Climacosphenia shoot
out at many angles, thus leaving Arachnoidiscus and other sedentary
forms to bear the burden of growth-pressure. This intensive growth
pressure in the struggle for existence in the overcrowded sea-tene-
ment may be responsible for the many deformations of diatoms
and the forming of Arachnoidiscus ehrenbergii var. cuneatus.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 209

IRON ORE ARTIFACTS FROM ALABAMA.
BY H. NEWELL WARDLE.

The attention of the writer was recently called to a series of arti-
facts of peculiar form and unusual material — all surface finds, from
Blount County, Alabama. Their owner and discoverer, Mr. E. S.
Ginnane, a local private collector, being unable to account for their
singular form, and noting no duplicates on display in the great
museums of our cities, kindly sent a selection of the pieces to The
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and, these prov-
ing so interesting, followed them with the loan of his entire series
for purposes of study.

The material is iron ore of varying grade — some hematite, some
limonite. Many of the pieces, taken by themselves, might be con-
sidered as implements in the process of blocking out, but, brought
into relation to the series, show a definiteness of purpose that calls
for interpretation.

In general, the outline is amygdaloid, varying to oblong, with one
plane surface and one more or less convex. The plane surface, and
occasionally the lateral surfaces also, show signs of rubbing or pol-
ishing. Though some pieces thus approach the well-known hoat-
stone in form,i neither material nor finish permits their assignment
to that class, and the objects are obviously tools. Their narrow
ends are frequently flattened, squared or notched. This last pecu-
liarity was the first to attract attention. Taken in conjunction
with their relatively great weight, it seemed to throw them into the
group of sinkers. But why the notch should have been placed on
the ends, in preference to the sides, as in all recognized sinkers,
remained a disconcerting problem.

A second possible explanation was their employment as weaving
weights where a slender weight would have its advantage among
the close-hung strands. Not all the pieces are notched, however,
and, of those which are, some have the groove much shallower

^A boat stone of ferruginous rock or limonite, resembling the specimen shown
in Plate VII, fig. 1 was found by Mr. Clarence B. Moore, in the Mound near
Chandler Landing, Prairie County, Arkansas. Moore, "Antiquities of the St.
Francis, White, and Black Rivers, Arkansas." Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila-
delphia, Vol. XIY, p. 346.

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

(Plate VII, fig. 5), or even absent (Plate VII, figs. 2, 6, 7) at one
extremity.

Judged by material alone, all might be classed as paint-stones,
for they are quite capable of rendering a red or red-brown paint.
But, in that case, why were they ground into so special a form when
any irregular shape would serve, as witness other specimens of
identical material which bear evidence of such usage and which
were collected from the same fields (Plate IX) ; while, on the other
hand, an occasional artifact, not of iron-ore but of ordinary sand-
stone (Plate VIII, figs. 7, 8, 9), or even of fine-grained quartzite
(Plate VIII, fig. 6), may offer the same general characters.

One quality is common to all the pieces under consideration,
whatever their composition or their contour — namely grit. This
would indicate that they were hones of convenient form for the
dressing and finishing of small tools such as awls, needles, fish-hooks,
etc. Only occasionally, however, do they exhibit the grooves on
their flat surfaces which are attributed to the sharpening and point-
ing of such tools (Plate VII, fig. 10, Plate VIII, fig. 5.). Moore-
head, in "The Stone Age in North America,"^ figures two sandstone
arrow- and needle-sharpeners from North Dakota, which have the
form of the Alabama pieces under discussion, but are grooved from
end to end on the face. It may be added that two of the irregular
paint stones (or hones?), referred to above (Plate IX, figs. 6, 8)
exhibit fine striae, apparently made by such work in sharpening
tools, in one instance (Fig. 8), the groove having been partly ob-
literated by later grinding.

This usage leaves unexplained the notch upon the ends. Obvi-
ously it could not have served for the attachment of a thong to pre-
vent loss for the notch is perpendicular to the flat surface of the
tool, so that a thong would have traversed its working plane in all
cases save in one piece, a very crude one, showing little use — an
unthinkable attachment. Such is believed to have been the pur-
pose of the groove which lies along the periphery of the beautiful
boat-shaped hones and tool trimmers of Neolithic Scandinavia.*

The only hematite known to the writer, which appears to belong
to this class, is in the Andover collection, and is described by Moore-
head,"* as "a grooved hematite object, the groove extending around

2 Vol. II, p. 314.
'Nilsson, The "Primitive Inhabitants of Scandinavia" (Nilsson on the Stone
Age, edited by Sir John Lubbock), pp. 14, 15, PI. I, fig. 8.
4 Op. cit. II, p. 306, fig. 700.

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA

211

the periphery of the object." Unfortunately, it is impossilile to be
certain from the illustration, whether the piece is truly one of the
group here described.

Actual experiment with the notched hones convinced the writer
that the terminal groove had served for the dressing of thong or
sinew, the tool being held comfortably in the closed hand, and the
thong drawn through the hand and over the end of the stone, cutting
more or less deeply into its end and the adjoining faces. This
method of handling tends to slant the notch to the left — for right-
handed workers. One specimen (Plate VII, fig. 7; text fig. 1) pre-
sents, in addition to its notched end, a series of five finer striae
across one edge of the hone, apparently cut in by a slender sinew
thread.

Fig 1. — Sinew scored edge of
PI. VII. fi?. 7.

Fig 2.— Basal view of PI. VII,
fig. 8.

In addition to the hones already described, there are, in the col-
lection certain irregular pieces which call for special mention. One
little hone (Plate VII, fig. 8; text fig. 2), w^hich approaches in form
the Antilhan Zeiyii or "cocked-hat stone," has been drilled near one
edge, probably for the attachment of a cord, which passed in a
shallow groove over the edge of the artifact. The working down
of the face through use has almost obliterated the groove, and
possibly, by wear on the cord, accounts for the loss of the tool.

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Another hone (Plate IX, fig. 9), likewise of oval outline on the flat
face, is hollowed upon its opposite aspect, so that it comfortably fits
the thumb when the piece is turned edgewise in order to use the
lateral surfaces for abraiding — as has been freely done.

One of the most interesting tools is roughly quadrangular in out-
line (Plate IX, fig. 4). Evidence of long and hard service is ap-
parent on one narrow side, as well as on the irregularly convex face
and in the deep concavity of its opposite aspect. The curve of this
hollow face is such as to suggest the spear-shaft and the paddle
handle, or the curved back of a bow, as objects which it had served
to finish, but the delicate friction lines, traversing lengthwise the
wide groove, suggest a more resisting material than wood. Such
a tool as this might have worked the bowl of a stone pipe or the
handle of that monolithic axe from Moundville, Alabama.

Another of these artifacts is a little truncated pyramid (Plate IX,
fig. 10), its narrow base worn off diagonally, the angles of its long
sides sharply defined, and the apex broken away so as to leave in
doubt the problem of its possible pendent form.

Lastly attention may be called to three pieces of worked hematite
(Umonite?) (Plate IX, figs. 1, 2, 3.) Upon the first (Plate IX, fig. 1)
a mass of limonite crystals, the primitive artificer has just begun to
work, as shown by a single rubbed surface. The second (Plate IX,
fig. 2) has been roughly blocked into circular f^rm, and the flat base
and convex upper aspect offer patches of po aed surface; while
in the third (Plate IX, fig. 3) the grinding and polishing has pro-
gressed farther so that the object takes on the form of the well-
known hematite cone. This piece was however far from finished,
as attested by the still irregular contours and the rough depressions
which the grinding down process has not yet reached.

To sum up: certain iron ore objects of amygdaloid or oblong
shape, which, as a group, fall neither into the class of pendent orna-
ments, nor of weights used in fishing or weaving, are here identified
as probable hones and sinew-dressing tools of a special form. It is
hoped that the present study offers not only the description of a
hitherto undescribed type of stone artefact, but its interpretation
in terms of aboriginal life.

Explanation of Plates VII, VIII, IX.

The numbers on the specimens refer to Mr. Ginnane's catalogue. All figures
are shown natural size.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1920.

PLATE VII.

WARDLE : IRON ORE ARTIFACTS.

PROC ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1920.

PLATE Vin.

"WARDLE : IRON ORE ARTIFACTS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1920.

PLATE IX.

WARDLE: IRON ORE ARTIFACTS.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 213

Plate VII. — Artifacts of hematite and limonite.
Figs. 1, 2, 8.— Hones.

Figs. 3, 11. — Lower aspect of planoconvex hones.
Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9. — Sinew dressers and hones combined.
Fig. 10. — Tool sharpener and dresser.

Plate VIII. — Iron ore objects and homologues of gritty stone.
Figs. 1, 5. — Hones of iron ore.

Fig. 2. — Iron-ore hone and sinew-dresser combined.
Figs. 2, 4. — Sinew dressers of iron-ore.
Fig. 9. — Sinew-dresser of sandstone.
Figs. 6, 7, 8. — Hones of quartzite and sandstone.

Plate IX. — Irregular artifacts of hematite and limonite.
Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Stages of making hematite cones.
Fig. 4. — Concave rubbing stone, shaft-dresser.
Figs. 5, 8. — Tool sharpeners.
Fig. 6. — Heart-shaped artefact.
Figs. 7, 10. — Pyramidal rubbing stones.
Fig. 9. — Rubbing-stone socketed for thumb.

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF BRAZILIAN ORTHOPTERA.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

The records and descriptions in the present paper have been ac-
cumulating for approximately five years during the study of more
representative regional series of Brazihan Orthoptera. Aside from
the geographic data here presented, the taxonomic and variational
information thus sifted out and here brought together is of very
considerable value.

Two hundred and nineteen specimens are discussed, representing
one hundred and two species belonging to seventy-six genera, of
which seventeen species and one genus are described as new. In
addition it has been necessary to give one new generic name.

The material treated belongs almost wholly to The Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the Hebard Collection, which
is on deposit at the Academy, the United States National Museum,
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and Cornell University,
to the authorities of which institutions the author is indebted for
the opportunity to study these collections. These institutions are
indicated through the following pages by their respective initials.

BLATTIDAE.

ECTOBIINAE.

Anaplecta replicata Saussiu-e and Zelintner.

1893. Anaplecta replicata Saussiire and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth.,
I, p. 2.5, pi. IV, fig. [Pernambuco, Brazil.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. January, 1883. (A. Koebele.)
One male, three females. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens are identical with material from Igarape-assu,
State of Para, Brazil,

Anaplecta chrysoptera Shelford.

. 1906. Anaplecta chrysoptera Shelford, Trans. Entom. Soc. London, 1906,
p. 247, pi. XVI, fig. 7. [Amazons.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. September, 1883. (A. Koebele;

"on cotton".) One male. [U. S. N. M.]

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

This specimen does not fully accord with Shelford's description
and figure, having but ten instead of thirteen costal veins to the
wangs and no blackish color on the palpi. In other features the
individual fully agrees with the description and it seems desirable
to tentatively refer it to chrysoptera.

PSEUDOMOPINAE.

Ischnoptera amazonica Rebn.

1916. Ischnoptera amazonica Rehn. Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc, XLII, p.
225, pi. XIV, figs. 4 to 8. [Igarape-assu, Para, Brazil (type); Para,
Brazil; Independencia, Parahyba, Brazil; Ceara, Brazil; Piunuha to Con-
cha Huaya, Peru.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. February 18, 1883. (A. Koebele.)
One male. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen has been compared with the typical material. The
present record extends the range of this species a short distance
south along the coast.

Neoblattella conspersa (Bruimer).

1865. P}i[yllodromia] conspersa Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 106. [Bra-
- zii.l

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. January-February, 1883. (A.
Koebele.) Five males, one female. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens are somewhat paler than the average of a large
series from the state of Para, with the usual pronotal pattern greatly
reduced, faintly indicated or even absent. In all the tegminal punc-
tulations are indicated although never strongly so.

■ EPILAMPRIXAE.

Notolampra gibba (Thunberg).

"1826. Blntta gibha Thunberg, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., X, p.
279."

Pernambuco, State of Pernambuco. January 2, 1883. (A. Koe-
bele.) One male. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen shows no trace of the median brown pronotal line
mentioned by Saussure in describing the synonymous lucida.

All the previous exact records given for the species are from Bahia.

Phoraspis picta (Drury).

17S2. [Blaita] picta Drury. Ilhist. Exot. Entom., Ill, p 76, ind. (2), pi. 50,
fig. 3. [Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.]

Santa Catharina. One male. [Hebard Cln.]

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Maj'^-Oct.,

Epilampra fallax Saussure and Zehntner.

1893. Epilampra fallax Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth.,
I, p. 64. pi. IV, fig. 36. [Santa Catharina. Brazil.]

Santa Catharina. One female. [Hebard Cln.]

Roga Nova, Serra do Mar, State of Parana. One female. [A,

N.S. P.]

These specimens are typical of the species.

Epilampra imitatrix Saussure and Zehntner.

1893. Epilampra imitatrix Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., I, p. 63. [Brazil.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. October. One female. [U. S.
N. M.]

This specimen differs from the description in several features, but
as the species was based on the male sex these are probably only
sexual. The tegmina are somewhat shorter and the pronotum of
smaller size, but the other characters are in accord. The supra-anal
plate is narrowly divided mesad.

This is the first record of the species with exact locality.

Epilampra latifrons Saussure and Zehntner.

1893. Epilampra latifrons Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., I, p. 66. [South America ]

• Pernambuco, State of Pernambuco. (J. C. Fletcher.) One male.
[M. C. Z.]

This specimen, which is the first of the species recorded with exact
locality, fully agrees with the description except in a few features
which appear to us to be matters of variation or interpretation. The
interspace between the eyes is exceptionally broad for the male sex,
but is not quite twice as wide as the depth of the eye ; the intercalated
area is represented by a slight but distinct fold, while the supra-anal
plate is sub-bilobate instead of having its margin entire as described.
In every other respect the specimen is in exact accordance with the
description, and differs from the related azteca, with which it has
been compared, in the differences given by the original describers.

Epilampra atriventris Saussiu-e.

1895. EYpilampra] atriventris Saussure, Revue Suisse de Zoologie, III, p. 357.
[Brazil.]

Santa Catharina. One female. [Hebard Cln.]
This specimen fully agrees with the original description except
that the tegmina are slightly longer (22.6 mm.) and the supra-anal
plate is not minutely incised mesad. The latter features is probably
one which varies on account of the, at most, very delicate character
of that area of the plate. This is the first record of the species with
exact locahty.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

PANCHLORINAE.

Panchlora prasina Burmeister.

1838. Planchloni] prasina Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, abth. II,
pt. 1, p. 507. [Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.]

Piquete, State of Sao Paulo. January, 1901. One female,

[A. N. S. P.]

Santa Catharina. Two females. [Hebard Cln.]

These appear to be the first exact records published since the

original description of the species. One of the Santa Catharina

females is smaller than the other individuals of this exceptionally

large species.

BLABERINAE.

Petasodes dominicana (Burmeister).

1838. M[onachoda] dominicana Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, Abth.
II, pt. 1, p. 514. [Brazil.]

Santa Catharina. One male. [A. N. S. P.]

River Una, forty-six miles south of Bahia, State of Bahia. (A.

de Lacerda.) One male. [Hebard Cln.]

Monastria biguttata (Thunberg).

' "1826. Blatta biguttata Thunberg, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., X,
p. 276, pi. 14."

Teffe (Ega), State of Amazonas. (Roulin; Thayer Expedition.)
One male. [Hebard Cln.]

Rio dos Macacos, State of Para. (Thayer Expedition.) One
male. [M. C. Z.]

Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de Janeiro. (Thayer Expedition.)
One male. [M. C. Z.]

We have not been able to examine the original description of this
species, volume ten of the "St. Petersburg Memoirs" being lacking
in our set of that pubhcation. However, the specimens before us
accord with the interpretation of the species presented by Serville
and Brunner, and have the cephahc margin of the pronotum lined
with fuscous and the costal margin of the tegmina without any con-
trasted pale edging. The specimens previously recorded by us as
this species, from Yaguarasapa, Paraguay^ and Misiones, Argentina,^
together wdth two other males now^ before us from Puerto Cantera
(X, 1913; C. Schrottky) and Alto Parana (II, 1914; C. Schrottky),
Paraguay, belong to the form called siinilis by Serville. This has
the cephalic margin of the pronotum deep ochraceous-orange and

1 Entom. INews, XXII, p. 248 (1911).

2Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 293, (1913); Ibid., 1915, p. 275, (1915).

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,..

the costal margin of the tegmina largely edged with the same.
Whether similis should be considered a distinct species or merely a
chromatomorph of higuttata we cannot say at present, an uncertainty
shared with Brunner and Saussure, but it is our opinion that, ten-
tatively at least, it should be considered worthy of specific rank.
Aside from the color features the female appears to differ in the teg-
mina being longer than in higuttata, and of sufficient length to cover
half of the dorsum of the abdomen. All the material we have re-
ferable to similis is of considerably larger size than that referred to
higuttata, also much surpassing the measurements given in both
of the original descriptions, but this, we feel, may ]je individual or
geographic in character.

Monastria cassidea (Eschscholtz).

1822. Blatta cassidea Eschscholtz, Entomographien, p. 87. [Santa Catha-
rina, Brazil.]

Theresopolis, State of Santa Catharina. One female. [Mus.
Comp. Zool.]

It may be necessary in the future to remove this species from the
genus Monastria, as there is a very great amount of difference between
M. higuttata, the type of Monastria, and this species.

CORYDIINAE.
Euthyrrhapha pacifica (Coauebert).

1804. Blatta pacifica Coquebert; Illustr. Inconogr. Insect., Ill, p. 91, pi.
XXI, fig. 1. [Islands of the Pacific Ocean.]

Piquete, State of Sao Paulo. One- male. [A. N. S. P.]

PERISPHAERINAE.

Hormetica^ scrobiculata Biirmeister. ,

1838. H[ormetica] scrobiculata Burmeister, Handb. dor Entom., II, abth.-
II, pt. 1, p. 512. [Bahia, Brazil.]

Amazons. One male. [A. N. S. P.]

As pointed out elsewhere^ we consider this name to represent a ■
species well separated from H. laevigata Burmeister; with which it
is usually synonymized.

^ We have recently had occasion to examine the type of Scudder's Hormetica
advena (Proc. Davenp. Aoad. Nat. Sci., VIII, p. 94) described from a specimen,
unquestionably introduced, taken at Belmont, IVIassachusetts. It is a well
marked species, characterized by lateral tegmina such as are found in Parahor-
metica, but having strongly developed tarsal arolia as in Hormetica. Its closest
relationship is, however, not with verrucosa as stated by Scudder, but with sah-
cincta Walker, from which it differs in the tegmina being lateral instead of quad-
rate and attingent, in the pronotal "horse-shoe" being of relatively less area,
less pronounced and differently colored, and in the pronotum being in general -
less compressed and less vaulted. Both species have shining black abdomens,,
margined laterad with ochraceous and the tegminal color similar.

4 Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc, XLIII, pp. 341-342, (1917).

1920.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

MANTIDAE.

ORTHODERINAE.

Mantoida burmeisteri (Giebel).

1862. Ch[aetaessa] burmeisteri Giebel, Zeitschr. flir die gesammt. Naturwiss.,
XX, p. 316. [Neu Freiburg, State of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. August. One male. [M. C.

This specimen has been compared with individuals of the species

from the Rio Salado and the Misiones, Argentina. The range of

the insect is considerably extended to the north-westward by the

present record.

MANTINAE.

Acontiothespis bimaculata (Saussiue).

1870. Alcontistii] bimaculata Saiissure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell.,
Ill, p. 229. [Brazil.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Two males. [Hebard Cln.]

We have compared these specimens with males from Sapucay,

Paraguay and the Misiones and Jujuy, Argentina.

Euryderes anisitsi Brancsik.

1897. E[urydcrcs] anisitsi Brancsik, .Jabresh. Naturw. Ver. Trencsin. Comit.,
• XIX-XX. p. 63, pi. I, fig. 9. [Fuerte Olympo, Paraguay.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Six males. [Hebard Cln.]
It was a surprise, as well as a pleasure, to recognize this previously
little known genus and species in the present collection. The speci-
mens fully agree with the original description and also, after allow-
ing for a certain degree of roughness in the drawing, with the figure.
Our specimens are all slightly larger than the original measurements,
several appreciably so, but it is evident there is considerable
individual variation in this respect. Superficially the present insect
bears a considerable resemblance to the African Vatid genus Danuria
. and allied genera, the form of the head and pronotum much suggest-
ing that found in the Old World group, but Euryderes is a true mem-
ber of the Mantinae. Its position, however, appears to be removed
from Coptopteryx and near Photina than the location given it by
Kirby in his Catalogue. While distinctly aberrant in general
features it would seem to us to fit more logically in a linear arrange-
ment between Metriomantis and Photina.

The species was previously known only from the type locality.

Photina brevis Rehn.

1907. Photina brevis Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 156, figs.
1 and 2. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Two males. [Hebard Cln.]

220 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,.

These specimens have been compared with the type of the species.
In this form the venation of the wing shows much individual varia-
tion in the number of rami of the principal veins. Both of the Goyaz
specimens are somewhat larger than the Sapucay individuals (type
and paratypes).

The present record extends the range of the species to the north-
ward.

Angela infuscata (Chopard).

1911. Thispis infuscata Chopard, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, LXXX, p..
320. [Saint Jean du Maroni and ISouveau Cbantier, French Guiana.]

Obidos, Rio Amazon, State of Amazonas. One male. [A. N. S.

P-]

This specimen agrees with two cotypes of this species now in the

Hebard Collection. The range of the form is extended southward

into the Amazon vaUey by the present record.

MIOPTERYGINAE.

TRACHYMIOPTERYX^ new genus.

This genus is nearer to Pseudomiopteryx Saussure and Eumiop-
teryx Giglio-Tos than any others. Its relationship to Pseudomiop-
teryx is much less intimate than that with Eumiopteryx, and from
the former the new genus can be immediately separated by the
absence of a frontal spine and the angulation of the latero-cephalic
sections of the pronotal margins. From Eumiopteryx its differences-
are more subtle, yet distinctly evident. The basal outline form of
the pronotum is much the same as in Eumiopteryx, showing, however,,
a slight angulation to the expansion, which is suggestive of that
found in Pseiulomiopteryx, but the dorsal surface has three pairs of
pronounced tubercles ; the vicinity of the transverse sulcus is strongly^
sellate; the occipital outline is distinctly arcuate emarginate, instead
of subtruncate as in Eumiopteryx, and the juxta-ocular lobes are-
decided and rectangulate; the facial shield is deeper in proportion,
while the tegmina are more ample, as in Pseudomiopteryx.

The present genus is apparently a type intermediate between the-
two genera with which it has been compared, but sufficiently distinct
to be generically recognized.

Genotype. — T. tuberculata new species.

Trachymiopteryx tuberculata new species. (Plate X, figs, l and 2.)

Type. — cf ; Goyaz, State of Goyaz, Brazil. [Hebard Collection,.
Type no. 216.]

^ From tgixyyq rough and Miopieryx.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

Size medium (for the subfamily) ; form but little elongate. Head
•svith the greatest depth contained one and one-half times in the
greatest width across the eyes; cephalic face of occiput moderately
declivent mesad with a distinct but Ioav and rounded boss or swelling,
laterad of which are shallow, broad, depressed areas, in which the
antennae lay when directed caudad; occipital outhne, when seen
from the cephalic aspect, distinctly though not deeply arcuate-
emarginate, very faintly bulbous on each side immediately mesad
of the juxta-ocular sulci, the juxta-ocular lobes distinct, elevated,
slightly acute with the apices rounded; ocelh relatively large, moder-
ately prominent, well separated, placed in an inverted, subdepressed
triangle, their vicinity without a frontal production; facial shield
transverse, its greatest depth contained three times in the greatest
width; dorsal margin of shield arcuate mesad and arcuate-emarginate
laterad, ventrad of the antennal scrobes; ventral margin of the shield
arcuate-emarginate; the curve of the median section of the dorsal
margin continued ventro -laterad over the plate by low ridges: clypeus
transverse, its surface elevated in a distinct transverse ridge, highest
mesad : eyes prominent, inflated, in basal outhne short ovate, close
to the internal margin of each eye, and between it and the nearest
antenna and ocellus, is placed a pair of well separated tubercles, the
dorsal of which is more pronounced than the ventral: antennae
with the joints, aside from the proximal three, moniliform, the
proximal jointf relatively large.

Pronotum in general form intermediate between that found in
Pseudomiopteryx and Eumiopteryx, the greatest width across the
supra-coxal expansion contained about twice in the greatest length
of the pronotum, which is nearly twice the least width, this being
situated caudad of the middle of the shaft: collar with the lateral
margins appreciably depressed amphate, cephahc margin relatively
narrowed, rounded, with a slight angle where it passes into the
lateral section, thence the margins are straight and obliquely diverg-
ing to faintly before the middle of the shaft, where there is a dis-
tinct obtuse-angulate projection, the margins thence to the angle
of the dilation divergent arcuate-emarginate ; angles of the expansion
obtuse, the immediate angles narrowly rounded; margins of the
shaft regularly narrowing from the long expansion to the point
of least width, thence faintly expanding to the arcuate caudal mar-
gin; lateral margins in the vicinity of the expansion minutely crenu-
late: collar occupying two-fifths of the length of the pronotum,
its surface with a paired median tubercle and caudad of this a pair

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct. ,

of slightly more conical tubercles: shaft at cephaUc third with a
median bifid tubercle, the points of which are conical, immedi-
ately caudad of this is a pair of widely separated, low, conical tuber-
cles, and about an equal distance from this pair, but on each lateral
face of the shaft, is a pronounced conical tubercle, caudad of which
and running dorso-caudad is a carinate ridge, stronger caudad,
and fusing with a strumose area near the caudal margin, where
there is a pair of elevated, longitudinally disposed projections,
the crests of which are serrulate; median carinulation distinct but
low caudad of the median paired tubercle on the collar; when seen
from the side the region of the expansion is distinctly sellate, and
the shaft less decidedly but still distinctly so.

Tegmina four and one-third times as long as the pronotum, its
greatest width contained three and one-half times in the tegminal
length, the greatest width at the distal third: costal margin appreci-
ably ciliate, very briefly arcuate proximad and in distal third moder-
ately arcuate to the rotundato-rectangulate apex, distal margin
suturad of the apex broadly rounding into the sutural margin: mar-
ginal field coarseh^ reticulate; discoidal vein bifurcate at distal fourth;
median vein bifurcate at middle; ulnar vein bifurcate near the base,
the sutural ramus bifurcate immediatelj^ distad of the primary bifur-
cation, all rami of the median and ulnar veins reaching the sutural
margin; anal vein arcuate in proximal half, thence straight oblique;
axillary veins two in number, the sutural one bifurcate near its base;
stigma distinct, slightly oblique, involving all veins from the median
to the caudal ramus of the ulnar vein ; areas between all veins of the
discoidal field irregularly but rather openly and finely recticulate with
cross-veins, which are less numerous in the immediate vicinity of
the main veins than in the middle of the areas. Wings when in re-
pose surpassing the apices of the tegmina by about the length of
the collar of the pronotum, the apex rotundate-rectangulate : ulnar
vein biramose, the proximal ramus diverging near the proximal
third, the distal ramus diverging at about the distal third, the
proximal ramus separated from the distal one by a considerable
space, which narrows distad: discoidal field of the wing with the
interspaces between the veins proximad with fairly regular cross-
veins, which are much more oblique in some areas than in others,
distad the cross-veins become irregular and anastomosing, except in
the narrower fields where there is a general biseriate disposition.

Abdomen with the supra-anal plate transvei'se, triangularly pro-
duced mesad, moderately tectate, weakly carinate mesad, the apex

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

angulate; cerci moderately surpassing the subgenital plate, subequal
in width, moniliforni, slightly depressed, apical joint bluntly acum-
inate: internal genital plates which are apparent from the dorsum,
lying in the hollow of the subgenital plate, are: on the right side a
depressed, broad, narrowing and incurved plate, the apex of which is
bluntly acuminate and slightly decurved; on the left and extending
over to the center is a very broad, strongly depressed plate, which is
in general obliquely subtruncate at the distal extremity and from the
dorso-distal portion of which arises an erect, falcate process, which is
curved to the left; ventrad of this plate lies a narrow, sinuato-falcate
titillator, the apex of which is bluntly acuminate and reaches to the
dextral internal plate: subgenital plate broad, depressed, saucer
shaped, the margin sinuato-arcuate when seen from the dorsum,
styles represented sinistrad by a strong acuminate appendage, the
dextral equivalent of which is, possibly teratologieally, a mere node.

Cephalic coxae subequal to the pronotum in length, subcompressed,
external margin lamellato-carinate, all margins very finely and
sparsely serrulate: cephalic femora nearly one and one-fifth times
the length of the pronotum, distinctly compressed, the general form
of the femur elongate sub-triquetrous, the greatest femoral depth
contained about three times in the length of the same; dorsal margin
of the femur lamellato-carinate, faintly sinuate; external face obso-
letely granulose; ventro-external margin with five relatively short,
conical spines, the distal one on the genicular lobe; ventro-internal
margin with thirteen conical spines, which are arranged according
to length in the following biseriate formula — (reading proximad)
I lililililili; discoidal spines four in number, the second (reading
proximad) much the longer; proximal section of the ventral surface
with a median row of tubercles; cephalic tibiae (aside from the
apical spur) half as long as the femora, moderately compressed,
subcarinate on the extensor surface, external margin with a series of
six distinct, adpressed spines on the distal half, these increasing in
length distad and represented proximad by weak crenulations;
internal margin with a continuous series of ten spines, which regu-
larly increase in length distad, apical claw greatly elongate, falci-
form: cephalic metatarsi but little shorter than the tibiae, the re-
maining joints of the cephalic tarsi but slightly shorter than the
metatarsi. Median and caudal hmbs of medium length, relatively
slender.

General color ochraceous-buff to ochraceous-tawny, very thickly
^and in general uniformh^ overlaid with a nebulose or punctulate

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.^

pattern of mummy brown to blackish-fuscous, which is in
general so heavy that at first glance it is supposed to be
the base color: eyes ochraceous-tawny overlaid with cloudings of
blackish fuscous; ocelli zinc orange; antennae mummy brown on an
ochraceous-tawny base: tegmina with the discoidal and all principal
veins suturad of the same regularly checked with blackish fuscous,
the base color of the veins being buffy, of the discoidal vein strongly
ochraceous-buff , the general infumation of the tegmina weak mummy
bi'own, with the immediate vicinity of the areal cross-veins hyaline;
wings infumate similar to the tegmina, but proximad and on the
radiate field more weakly so, the veins of the humeral field checked
similar to those of the tegmina, the veins of the radiate field with a
faint indication of similar but infrequent and attenuate checking;
internal face of the cephalic coxae in general uniformly pale; internal
face of the cephaUc femora largely blotched with fuscous; cephalic
tibiae with three rather indistinct bands of mummy brown; cephalic
metatarsi with incomplete median and distal annuli of fuscous, re-
maining tarsal joints each uni-annulate, median femora obscurely
tri- and caudal femora obscurely bi-annulate with fuscous clouds.

Length of body, 24.2 mm.; greatest width of head across eyes, 4;
length of pronotum, 5.4; greatest width of pronotum, 2.8; length of
tegmen, 23; greatest width of tegmen, 6.4; length of exposed portion
of wing distad of tegmen, 2.4; length of cephahc femur, 6.1; length
of caudal femur, 7.2.

The type of this interesting genus and species is unique.

Eiuniopteryx laticoUis Giglio-Tos.

1915. E[umiopteryx] luticollis Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Entora. Ital., XLVI,
p. 141. [Paraguay; Province of Sara, Bolivia.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One male. [Hebard Cln.]
This specimen agrees quite well with the generic and specific
descriptions, although very slightly smaller than the original measure-
ments for the sex. The individual has been much damaged about
the wings and the median and caudal limbs, and in consequence
certain venational features are not as clearly discernable as might
be desired. The genus is not far distant from Pseudomiopteryx,
and also close to the genus Trachymio-pteryx, above described. The
principal features of difference between the latter genus and Eu-
iniopteryx are given under the diagnosis of Trachymiopteryx.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

CNEPHOMANTIS'5 new namo.

1915. Miopteryx Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XLVI, p. 139. (Not
Miopteryx Saussure, 1869.)

1919. Miopteryx Giglio-Tos, Ibid., XLIX, p. 60. (Not Miopteryx Saus-
sure, 1869.)

Giglio-Tos' recent reference of Miopteryx granadensis Saussure to a
new genus Promiopteryx,~ as its genotype, is completely in error.
His procedure is completely nullified by the first (the present au-
thor's) fixation of the genotype of Miopteryx as M. granadensis.''
GigHo-Tos was, doubtless, following Kirby's fixation of rustica as.
the genotype, » but Kirby's fixation was made a number of months
posterior to the indication of granadensis. The name Promiopteryx
is, consequently, a pure synonym of restricted Mioptenjx. It is
necessary, therefore, to have a new generic name for the genus
called Miopteryx by Giglio-Tos, and we are here proposing Cnepho-
maniis, selecting as genotype the species described as Miopteryx
fuscata by Giglio-Tos.

Cnephomantis-o fuscatus (Giglio-Tos).

1915. M[iopteryx] fuscata Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XLVI, p.
139. [Brazil.!
Espirito Santo. One male. [Hebard Cln.]

This specimen fully answers the brief description of Giglio-Tos^
but has the pronotum faintly shorter (4.6 mm. instead of 5).

Musoniella chopardi Cjiglio-Tos.

1913. Miopteryx livida Chopard, Ann. Entom. Sor. France, LXXXII, p. 759.
(Nee Thespis livida Serville, 1839.) [Cuyaba, Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

1916. M[usoniella] chopardi Giglio-Tos, Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XLVII, p. 4.
(Name for liidda Chopard, nee Serville.)

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One male. [Hebard Cln.]
This specimen is apparently inseparable from the insect errone-
ously determined as Serville's Thespia livida by Chopard, and later
named chopardi by Giglio-Tos. The species is a rather aberrant
Musoniella, showing, in its pronotai form and type of head, a ten-
dency toward Eumusonia.

« From Kvl(})as gloom and [Xxvc't's Mantis, in allusion to the shaded forest habi-
tat of many of these small Neotropical Mantidae.

'Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XLVI, p. 138. (1915).

8 Proc U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 566, (February, 1904).

'Syn. Catal. Orth., I, p. 274, (not earlier than November, 1904).

1" We find that Chopard in his recent key to the species of the genus Miopteryx
as understood by him (Ann. Soc. Entom. France, LXXXII, pp. 760 and 761,
(1913)), has misplaced certain of the features of the species r(/.s/?;c« and argentina,-
the number of tibial spines given for argentina does not agree with the comments
of the describer, Saussure, while the color features given for the same form are
not those originally described, but instead those found in rustica. We have,
tentatively, separated as ciliata the Misiones male taken April 19, 1910, and
recorded by us (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 294), from the other speci-
mens there referred to rustica. It is the more infumate individual mentioned
in the comments in that paper.

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Musonia" costalis new species. (Plate X, figs. 3 and 4.)

This species is a quite interesting one, being on the borderland
between the genus Musonia{Promusonia GigUo-Tos'-) and Musoniella
GigHo-Tos, but apparently nearer the former assemblage. When
compared with a St. Laurent cotype of Chopard's Mionyx fusces-
cens,^^ which is a member of the restricted genus Musonia and to
which the new form is closely allied, costalis is seen to differ most
.strikingly in the deeper frontal shield, the shorter and broader pro-
notum, this showing Musoniella tendencies, the strongly infuscate
marginal field of the tegmina, which has a strikingly marked pale
line on the costal margin, and in the infuscate proximal sections of
the tranverse veins. The apex of the abdomen is lacking in the
specimens seen. From surinama, the genotype, costalis is separated
by a number of characters, the shorter pronotum and bicolored teg-
mina, with infuscate bases to the cross-veins, being sufficiently dis-
tinctive in costalis to separate readily the two forms.

Type. — cf (presumably); Goyaz, State of Goyaz, Brazil. [Hebard
Collection, Type no. 217.]

Size small: form moderately elongate. Head much wider than
the pronotal expansion, when seen from the cephalic aspect strongly
transverse, the greatest depth contained one and one-half times in
the greatest width: occipital line between the juxta-ocular sulci
straight transverse, between the juxta-ocular sulci and the eyes the
margins is slightly declivent and developed into low obtuse-angulate
lobes, from the side the longitudinal angle of the occiput is seen
to be slightly acute: oceUi large, but little separated, placed in a,
reversed, slightly depressed triangle: facial shield strongly trans-
verse, the greatest depth contained two and one-half times in the

^^ We have nothing to add to our previous remarks regarding the generic name
Paramusonia (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 567, footnote, (1904)), the indi-
cated type of which is Thespis cubensis Saussure. Relative to GigHo-Tos' genus
Diainusonia, based on Mantis parva Drury, all we can say is that we do not
know the genotype, but we have a male of his species media from Caparo, Trin-
idad (April, 1913, S. M. Klages, [Hebard Chi.]) before us. However, the generic
name cannot be maintained, as in February, 1904, the present author first defin-
itely designated (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 56-5, footnote), the type of
Thespis Serville as Mantis parva. In consequence the name Diamusonia must
give place to Thespis Serville. Our species Paramusonia seclusa (Proc. Acad.
I\at. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 29.5, fig. 7, (1913)), from Alto Pencosa, Argentina, has
been referred by Giglio-Tos (Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XLVII, p. 6, (1916)), to
his genus Promusonia {=Musonia Stal), but a re-examination of the type shows
no reason for us to change our assignment, as it does not appear generically
separable from cubensis, the genotype of Paramusonia.

^n^ide Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1918, p. 167, footnote 27, (1918).

" Ann. Soc. Entom. France, LXXX, p. 333, (1911). [St. Laurent, La Fores-
tiere and Nouveau Chantier, French Guiana.]

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 22T

greatest width, dorsal mai-gin of shield in general obtuse-angulate,
slightly emarginate ventrad of the antennae; lateral margins slightly
diverging dorsad; ventral margin faintly emarginate: eyes moderately
prominent, not extending caudad of the general line of the head, in
basal outline broad ovoid: antennae elongate, joint moniliform.

Pronotum moderately elongate, the greatest width across the ex-
pansion contained nearly four times in the length of the same: collar
occupying about two-fifths of the pronotal length, the collar margins
regularly diverging caudad to the moderately indicated expansion,
the cephalic extremity of the pronotum regularly, but relatively
narrowly, rounded ; shaft of the pronotum ajDpreciably broader than
the collar, the margins almost subparallel, faintly diverging caudad,
caudal margin subtruncate, all lateral margins sparsely but dis-
tinctly denticulate, expansion rounded; median carina distinct^
weak cephalad on the collar; transverse sulcus well indicated: collar
with lateral impressed areas throwing an elongate-elliptical dorsal
medio-longitudinal area into relief.

Tegmina in length equal to about three times that of the pro-
notum: costal margin distinctly and regularly fringed with rela-
tively short hairs, strongly rounding to the narrowly rounded but
acute-angulate apex: marginal field narrow, proximal section weakly
expanded, the field having in the broader proximal section a false
longitudinal vein which forms a biseriate row of areolets: discoidal
vein bifurcate at distal third, median vein biramose, ulnar vein
biramose proximad; stigma nearly longitudinal, involving both distal
rami of the ulnar vein and the proximal ramus of the median vein;
axillary veins two in number, the distal one strongly sigmoid ; inter-
spaces between the veins of the discoidal field with false longitudinal
veins, which make a biseriate disposition of the subrectangulate
areolets. Wings surpassing the closed tegmina by about the length
of the shaft of the pronotum, the apex slightly acute. Surface of
the tegmina and of the exposed portion of the wings covei-ed with
short, plush-like, microscopic pile. Abdomen with the distal por-
tion missing.

Cephalic coxae subequal to the pronotum in length, slender^
strongly carinate, the margins unspined: cephalic femora equal
to one and one-fourth the length of the coxae, slender, the depth
hardly more than one-sixth of the length; ventro-external mar-
gin with five spines, one of which is genicular in position; ventro-
internal margin with thirteen spines, which are arranged in the
following formula (reading from the distal extremity) ilililililili,

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

of which the first, fifth and sixth of the longer spines are more ro-
bust than the others of that category; discoidal spines four in num-
ber, the distal one small: cephaUc tibiae slightly less than half
the length of the femora, external margin with five spines, with
a large proximal diastema, internal margin with nine spines, in-
creasing in length distad, apical claw large: cephalic metatarsi
very slender, elongate, in length faintly longer than the tibiae (with-
out claw), proximad sigmoid, remaining cephalic tarsal joints about
two-thirds as long as the metatarsus. Median and caudal limbs
very elongate and slender, the median femora subequal to the pro-
notum in length, the caudal femora almost half again as long as
the median femora.

General color wood brown, overlaid with a finely punctulate pat-
tern and clouding of bone brown to fuscous. Head with the ocellar
region solidly, and the facial shield almost solidly, fuscous; eyes
broadly blotched with fuscous on the ground color; antennae of the
general color, weakly infuscate distad. Lateral portions of the pro-
notal shaft heavily blotched with fuscous. Tegmina snuff brown,
the marginal field solidly clove brown, the costal margin narrowly
but strikingly lined with light buff, this weakening distad; discoidal
field with a very short section of each of the cross-veins adjacent to
the longitudinal veins lined with clove brown; distad the longitu-
dinal veins show a pencilling of clove brown. Exposed portion of
wings colored similarly to the distal section of the tegmina. Limbs
with the pale base color evident on the carinae of the coxae and
femora; external face of the cephalic femora heavily clouded with
fuscous, internal face with a heavy blotch of fuscous at the ungual
groove; cephalic tibiae with three incomplete annuli composed of
fuscous blotches.

Greatest width of head across eyes, 3 mm; length of pronotum,
5.6; greatest width of pronotum across expansion, 1.5; length of
tegmen, 17.2; greatest width of tegmen, 4; length of cephalic femur,
4.9; length of caudal femur, 8.6.

The type of this species is unique.

Eumusonia'^ livida (Serville).

1839. Thespis livida Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 172. [Brazil.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One male. [Hebard Cln.]
This specimen appears, in the light of Giglio-Tos' comments'^
and a re-examination of all of Serville's remarks, to be the same as,

"Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XLVII, p. 8, (1916).
15 Ibid., pp. 4, 5 and 8.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

or extremely close to, Serville's species. The insect previously
called livida by Caudell^*' and the present author^' is quite close, and
we have identified it as Eumusonia viridis Giglio-Tos,^* which was
recently described from a single male from Salto Grande, State of Sao
Paulo, Brazil. The species viridis has both green and brown chroma-
tomorphs, the green apparently the more infrequent, but a single
specimen of it being in the series of six individuals of the species
now before us.

Thesprotia fuscipennis Saussui-e and Zehntner.

1894. Thesprotia fuscipennis Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., I, p. 171. [Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.]

Espirito Santo. One male. [Hebard Cln.]

This specimen is fully typical of the species, but unfortunately
lias the supra-anal plate damaged, as did the male type, so that the
character of this important part is as yet unknown.

CREOBOTRINAE.

Acanthops erosa Serville.

1839. Acanthops erosa Serville, Hist. Mat. Ins., Orthopt., p. 165. [Brazil.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. January, 1885. One female.
[U. S. N. M.]

The present species, as we understand it, is quite close to A. fal-
cataria, from which it readily can be separated by the narrower
proximal section of the marginal field of the tegmina.

Acanthops rehni (Cliopard)."

1913. P[lesiacanthops] rehni Chopard, Bull. Soc. Entom. France, 1913, p.
55, figs. 1 to 3. [Gran Chaco, Argentina.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Two males. [Hebard Cln.]
This species is extremely variable in size in the male sex, as a
series of nine males from Sapucay, Paraguay, now before us, shows.
Females from the latter locality are appreciably larger than the
type measurements.

The genus Plesiacanthops, which was erected for tuherculata Saus-
sure and the present species, does not appear to us to be very sharply
distinguished from true Acanthops, three species {hrunneri, falcataria
and erosa) of which latter division are now before us. Chopard has

16 Journ. N. Y. Entom. Soc, XII, p. 184, (1904).

"Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 1.58; Ibid., 1913, p. 205.

18 Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XLVII, p. 8, (1916).

'9 This is the species recorded by us from Paraguay as Acanthops sinuata (Proc.
-Acad. ISiat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 1.59). We are enabled to correct this determina-
tion by the acquisition of true sinuata {= falcataria) from the Guianas.

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

recently reduced Plesiacanthops from generic rank to that of a divi-
sion or subgenus of Acanthops.-'^

As the male sex of this species has not been described, a few notes
may be of value :

cf . Sapucay, Paraguay. December 8, 1909. (WiUiam Foster.)
[Hebard Collection.]

In general form differing from the female in the same fashion as
males of the other species of the genus Acanthops differ from the
females of their respective species. Form moderately slender, in
general depressed, tegmina and wings well developed, considerably
surpassing the apex of the abdomen. Head with its greatest depth
contained one and one-third times in the greatest width of the head
across the eyes; facial shield slightly more transverse than in the
female; ocelU large, subcontiguous, placed in a depressed triangle;
eyes much more produced than in the female, the apices' more de-
cidedly mammillate; antennae setaceous, but slightly heavier than
in the female: surface of head with faint traces of the asperities
found in the female.

Pronotum relative smooth, no trace of asperities being present;
greatest width across the expansion contained three and one-third
times in the greatest length of the pronotum, subequal to the length
of the collar; expansion moderately indicated, rounded, margins
entire, no median carina or depression indicated. Tegmina of
the usual type found in the males of this genus, mortui-foliaceous,
greatest width (which is at distal fourth) contained three and one-
third times in the tegminal length; costal margin bisinuate, the
distal one shorter longitudinally than the proximal one; apex sub-
rectangulate with the angle slightly produced lobulate. Wings
infumate, with the transverse veins of the anterior humeral and
more distinctly of the radiate, but not of the posterior humeral,
fields whitish, forming a distinct pattern; greatest width of the wing
contained one and three-quarters times in the greatest length of the
same; apex narrowly rounded rectangulate, costal margin in general
straight, at the distal fourth rounded and thence to the apex oblique
truncate.

Supra-anal plate subtransverse rounded trigonal; cerci not longer
than the subgenital plate, subdepressed, subequal in width, the
distal joint as long as the two preceding it and truncate at the ex-
tremity; subgenital plate shovel-shaped, subtrigonal, the distal

2" Ann. Soc. Entom. France, LXXXV, p. 179, (1916).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

extremity V-emarginate, the styles very brief. In structure the
abdomen is lamellate as in the female, but in a slightly more re-
duced fashion; the dorsal black pattern is some^^hat different; second
segment with a transverse bar caudad, third segment with an arcuate
figure distad taking up about two-thirds of its surface, fourth seg-
ment similarly but more completely occupied, fifth segment com-
pletely colored except that proximo-mesad the tone is weaker and
brownish, sixth segment broadly bordered laterad and caudad with
black, seventh segment distinctly and eighth and ninth segments-
faintly bordered caudad with blackish: venter of the abdomen with
the structure of the segmental margins as in the male. Limbs of
the type found in the female but much more slender.

Measurements of the described specimen: length of body, 41 mm.;
greatest width of head across eyes, 5.8; length of pronotum, 11.5;:
greatest width of pronotum across expansion, 3.5; length of tegmen,.
38.6; greatest width of tegmen, 11.5; length of cephaUc femur, 10;^
length of caudal femur, 7.5.

VATINAE.
Oxyopsis lobeter Rehn.

1907. Oxyopsis loheler Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 159,.
figs. 3 and 4. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Three males. [Hebard Cln.]

The range of this species is now known to extend from the Misiones,.

northeastern Argentina north to Goyaz, Brazil.

Oxyopsis oculea new species. (Plate X, flgs. 5, 6 and 7.)

A member of the section of the genus having produced and acute
apices of the wings, and related to 0. ruhicunda (Stoll), from the
Guianas, but differing from that species in the female sex in the less
elongate pronotum, more decidedly trigonal sectional form of the
shaft of the same, in the more produced (laterad) eyes, in the some-
what narrower marginal field of the tegmina, in the reduction in
number and size of the hyaline areas of the discoidal field of the
same, in the more acute tegminal apices, in the slightly more acumin-
ate apices of the wings and in the relatively shorter median and
caudal limbs. We are unable to compare the male very satisfac-
torily with nibicunda, owing to a lack of material of that sex of the
older species, and the rather poor character of the available descrip-
tions and figures of the same.

Type. — 9 , Bonito, State of Pernambuco, Brazil. July 15, 1883.
[United States National Museum.]

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Size medium, form moderately slender. Head with the greatest
width across eyes twice that across the expansion of the pronotum,
when seen from the cephalic aspect the form of the head is depressed
trigonal, the greatest depth contained one and five-eighths times in
the greatest width across the eyes; occipital line subtruncate, round-
ing to the eyes laterad; region of the frons distinctly declivent,
slightly concave; juxta-ocular sulci and the median pair of sulci well
impressed on the frons; ocelli distinct, small, well separated, placed
in a strongly curved line; facial shield transverse, its greatest depth
contained one and two-thirds times in the greatest width, the dorsal
outline of the plate transverse truncate mesad, obliquely truncate
laterad, lateral margins vertical, ventral margin weakly arcuate-
emarginate, surface of the plate with a few depressions laterad but
no elevations excepting the dorsal and lateral margins, which are
cingulate; clypeus and labrum transverse, eyes strongly produced
laterad, when seen from the dorsum or from the cephalic aspect
the production of the eyes is rectangulate, the apex submammilate,
the cephalic surface of the eyes with a distinct convexity: antennae
simple, setaceous, relatively short.

Pronotum elongate, the greatest width across the inflation con-
tained slightly more than five times in the greatest length of the
same, inflation little pronounced, the collar regularly narrowing
from this to the rather narrowly rounded cephalic extremity, the
shaft with the margins faintly concave, the least width of the shaft
being at the median third, where the margins are briefly subparallel;
lateral margins of the shaft distinctly dentate, the teeth sparser
caudad, the margins of the collar closely denticulate, on the ex-
pansion proper the denticulations are few and weak; in section
the shaft is strongly trigonal, median carina of the shaft fairly
decided and continuous, collar with a medio-longitudinal impression,
which is stronger caudad and there accompanied by a median carinu-
lation, transverse impression well indicated.

Tegmina about one and one-fourth times as long as the prono-
tum, in form quite elongate elliptico-ovoid, the greatest width
contained about three times in the greatest length; costal margin
strongly arcuate proximad and distad but straight for the greater
portion of its length mesad, apex subrectangulate with the immediate
apex very narrowly rounded, sutural margin with the proximal
third faintly arcuate, the distal fourth obliquely rounding to the
apex: marginal field occupying aboat two-fifths of the width of the
tegmen, gently broadening to the distal fourth, thence narrowing

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

to the apex; oblique rami in the marginal field nine in number, oc-
casionally bifurcate; hyaline areolae of the proximal section of the
discoidal and anal areas relatively -few in number, not markedlj^
conspicuous. Wings surpassing the apices of the tegmina by about
one-third of the pronotal length, the exposed portion of the wings
distinctly and regularly acute, the proximal width of the exposed
portion contained one and one-third times in the length of the same
section, the structure of the exposed area coriaceous; wing in gen-
eral relatively long and narrow, its greatest width contained about
twice in the total wing length. Abdomen incomplete.

Cephalic coxae about five-eighths as long as the pronotum, in sec-
tion compressed triquetrous, dorsal (cephalic) margin with moderate
spines, which are biseriate in length and somewhat irregular in dis-
position; cephalic femora equal to two-thirds of the prono-
tum, slender, little compressed; discoidal spines four in number;
external margin with four large spines and a microscopic point on the
genicular lobe; internal maigin with fifteen spines, which are biseri-
ately arranged for length as follows (reading proximad), liilililililili:
cephalic tibiae (exclusive of apical claw) slightly less than half as
long as the cephalic femora, subcompressed, the claw heavy, ex-
ternal margin with eleven spines, which increase in length distacl
and proximad of which is a brief diastema, internal margin with
sixteen to seventeen spines, which increase in length distacl: cephalic
metatarsi slightly shorter than the tibiae, faintly longer than the
remaining tarsal joints. Median and caudal limVis elongate, moder-
ately slender; median femora slightly longer than the cephalic coxae;
caudal femora subequal in length to the shaft of the pronotum,
caudal tibiae subequal in length to the femora; caudal metatarsi
shghtly shorter than the collar of the pronotum, the remaining tarsal
joints faintly shorter than the metatarsus.

Allotype. — cf ; same data as type. [United States National
Museum.]

Differing from the description of the type in the following features.
Size smaller; form more slender, as usual in males of this genus. Head
with greatest Avidth across eyes over two and one-half times that
across the expansion of the pronotum, the form of the head more
depressed, the greatest depth contained one and three-fourths times
in the width across the eyes; occipital line more broadly transverse,
hardly rounding to the eyes; ocelU large, closely placed in a triangle;
facial shield strongly transverse, its greatest depth contained three
times in the greatest width of the shield, the dorsal line of the plate

234

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

narrowly truncate mesad, broadly oblique truncate laterad, lateral
margins truncate, distinctly converging ventrad, ventral margin
decidedly arcuate-emarginate ; eyes slightly more prominent than
in the female; antennae lacking.

Pronotum very slender, its greatest width across the expansion
contained more than five times in the length of the same, general
form much as in the male, but the form of the inflation is more
decided and the shaft is more strongly triquetrous, with the median
carina decidedly indicated and the collar margins more subparallel;
lateral margins very weakly crenulate, this more evident, though
there far from decided, on the supra-coxal inflation. Tegmina
missing. Wings two and one-fourth times as long as the pronotum,
apices rotundato-rectangulate, these less coriaceous and less sharply
differentiated than in the female. Abdomen with the apex missing.

Cephahc coxae with a single series of well-spaced spines; cephalic
femora about five-eighths as long as the pronotum, armed as in
the female; cephalic tibiae with one spine less on each margin than
in the female. Caudal limbs missing.

Coloration of type and allotype have been completely destroyed
by immersion in a liquid preservative, from which they were mounted.
At present both specimens are ochraceous or brownish, with the eyes
walnut brown. The wings of the male are hyaline with the tips
brownish in the coriaceous section; the wings of the female are
hyaline tessellate with yellow, which colors the vicinity of the cross-
veins, the coriaceous section of the apices of the general tone. The
tegmina of the female show sufficient contrast to warrant the as-
sumption that the marginal field and probably a portion of the
proximal section of the discoidal field were originally purplish or
brownish, while the remainder of the discoidal and the anal fields
were greenish or yellowish, the hyaline areas moderately contrasted.

Measurements {in millifneters).

Greatest

width of

head (across

eyes)

o' , allotype 5 . 8
9, type .... 8.6

Greatest
width of
Length of pronotum
pronotum across
inflation

12.4 2.2

23.2 4.2

Length

Length of Width of
exposed exposed
of coriaceous coriaceous
tegmen jjortion of portion of
wing wing

— 4.8 5.6

29.5 7 5

cT, allotype
9, type

Length of Length of Length of

cephahc femur median femur caudal femur

8.5 8

15.7 13.6 IS

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235

The type and allotype of this species are the only specimens we
have examined.

Parastagmatoptera glauca new species. (Plate X, flgs. 8 and 9.)

An interesting species related to P. theresopolitana and pellucido.
Giglio-Tos^i, agreeing with those species in the non-tessellate wings
and the siibpellucid, non-fenestrate wings. From both of these
species, however, glauca differs in its much smaller size, more weakly
denticulate lateral margins of the pronotum, the narrower marginal
field of the tegmina and impunctate stigma, and, in addition, from
theresopolitana in the absence of black from the wings and cephalic
coxae and in the unmarked bases of the larger internal spines of the
cephalic femora.

Type. — 9 ; Colonia Hansa, State of Santa Catharina, Brazil.
[Hebard Collection, Type no. 221.]

Size small , form somewhat more robust than usual in the same sex
in this genus. Head depressed trigonal in form, with the greatest
width one and one-half times as great as the greatest depth of the
same; occipital outline sinuato-truncate between the juxta-ocular
sulci, juxta-ocular section (laterad of the sulci) moderately arcuato-
bullate, sulci moderately impressed, straight, vertical for the greater
portion of their length; face hardly concave; ocelli small, distinct,
placed in a very much depressed triangle; facial scutellum strongly
transverse, the greatest depth contained about two and one-half
times in the greatest width, dorsal margin very broadly rounded
obtuse-angulate mesad and faintly emarginate laterad, dorso-lateral
angles nearly rectangulate, ventral margin shallowly arcuato-
emarginate, surface faintly excavate; eyes well rounded in outUne
when seen from the cephalic aspect, in basal outline subovoid-
p>Tiform, flattened caudad; antennae fihform, in length slightly
shorter than the pronotum.

Pronotum moderately robust, greatest width of supra-coxal dila-
tion contained three and one-third times in the greatest length;
collar broad, margin regularly expanding from the strongly arcuate
cephalic margin; supra-coxal dilation hardly differentiated from
the collar, passing regularly by expansion from one to the other,
broadly rounded and as evenly narrowing caudad to the shaft,
the caudal half of which is subequal in width, caudal margin trun-
cate mesad, well rounded laterad, entire lateral margins closely
denticulate; median line on collar and cephalic section of shaft

" BoUett. Mus. Zoolog. Anat. Comp. Torino, XXIX,no. 684, pp. 20, 21, (1914.)

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

as a fine sul cation; surface with numerous scattered fine asperities;
transverse sulcus truncate mesad, arcuato-rectangulate laterad.

Tegmina surpassing the apex of the abdomen, in shape ovoid,
one and four-fifths times as long as the pronotum, l)road, the great-
est width about two-fifths of the greatest length, marginal field
opaque, discoidal and anal fields translucent; costal margin strongly
and regularly arcuate, sutural margin largely straight, rounding
to the rotundato-rectangulate apex; marginal field forming about
one-third of the total tegminal width, oblique veins of the same
quite irregular and much forked and fused; discoidal sectors five
to six in number, oblique, equidistant, moderately sigmoid, trans-
verse nervures moderately regular, irregular false sectoi's present
toward the sutural margin; anal vein moderately arcuate, join-
ing the sutural margin slightlj^ proximad of the middle, anal field
wth axillary veins disposed similarly to the discoidal sectors; stigma
distinct, close to the humeral trunk proximad of the middle, longi-
tudinal, uncolored. Wings reaching to the tips of the tegmina, sul)-
hyaline translucent. Abdomen depressed, broad.

Supra-anal plate produced mesad into a linguiform process which
is subequal to the proximal width of the plate; subgenital plate
strongly compresso -rostrate distad, this section deep. Cephalic
coxae faintly longer than the shaft of the pronotum, faintly arcuate
distad, dorsal margin biseriate denticulate, the larger series six in
number and recurved, the smaller ones minute and more numerous,
the numbers between the larger denticulations variable, ventral mar-
gin sparsely serrulato-denticulate, the external margin similar but
more closely armed, internal face with a few low tubercles parallel
to the dorsal margin; cephalic femora faintly shorter than the pro-
notum in length, greatest depth contained three and one -half times
in the greatest length, subcompressed, dorsal margin straight, ventro-
external margin with four large spines, slightly longer proximad,
lateral genicular lobe with a single rather short spine, ventro-internal
margin with thirteen spines which are biseriate in length, the for-
mulae (reading distad) being ilililililiil, discoidal spines four in
number; cephalic tibiae (exclusive of the apical claw) subequal
to one-half the femoral length, external margin armed with seven
spines increasing in length distad, a considerable unarmed diastema
present proximad, internal margin with eleven spines increasing in
length distad, apical claw quite long, gently arcuate; cephalic meta-
tarsi subequal to the remaining tarsal joints in length. Median
and caudal limlis elongate, tibial carinations weak.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

General color (undoubtedly discolored in drying untl probably
green in life) ochraceous-tawny. Head chestnut-brown (^doubtless
discolored). Tegmina yellowish-glaucous, mytho-green distad, the
latter probably the natural color of the whole tegmen. Wings hy-
aline, faintly yellowish. CephaUc femoral and tibial spines weakly
tipped with black or pitch black.

Length of body, 28.8 mm.;'-'- length of pronotuin, 11.2; greatest
width of supra-coxal expansion of pronotum, 3.4; length of tegmen,
20.5; greatest width of tegmen, 8.5; greatest width of marginal field
of tegmen, 2.6; length of cephahc coxa, 8.8; length of cephalic femur,
10.5; length of caudal femur, 10.5; length of caudal tibia, 10.

The type is unique.

PHASMIDAE.
PYGIRHYNCHIN.AJE.

Ceroys perfoliatus (Gray).

1835. C[lndoniorphus] perfoliatus Gray, Synops. Spec. Ins. Fam. Phasm.,
p. 15. [Brazil.]

Rio de Janeiro. One female. [M. C. Z.]

This specimen is perfectly typical of the species, but shows some
difference from the descriptions in having a second pair of tubercles
on the mesonotum cephalad of the usual pair, the extra ones being
developed as a strong spine (right side) or as a short conical tubercle
(left).

The species has been previously recorded from this localit}'.

PSEUDOPHASMIN.\E.23

Olcjrphides tithonus (Gray).

1835. P[hasma] tithonus Graj-, Synops. Phasm., p. 23. ["East Indies" (in
error).]

Espirito Santo. One male. [Hebard CIn.]

-- Approximate, as the apex of the abdomen is twisted out of its normal plane.
23 \\^p have examined the unique tvpe of Phasma rndiatum Scudder (Proc;.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXVII, p. 279," (1875)), and find that Kedtenbacher (In-
scktf. Phasm., p. 105, (1906)), has properly phiced this species in the genus »S7/-o/o-
cles, and has correcth^ interpreted the features of the species. Although the
material examined by Redtenbacher was of the female sex and the type is a
male, the characters assigned by him are all those of the type, except for rela-
tively minor ones of the abdominal and limb coloration, and these may be sexual
features. In the type the apex of the abdomen is solidly blackish, without any
indication of the lateral ferruginous and the marginal greenish mentioned by
Redtenbacher. The caudal tibiae in the type have the dorsal surface lined with
ferruginous except proximad and distad, where the general blackish-color is
found. Redtenbacher says the tibiae are uniformly fuscous-black, along with
the tarsi. The caudal tarsi are pale ferruginous in the type, while those of the
other limbs are as described by him.

"238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Rio de Janeiro. November. Two males, two females. [U. S.

:n. m.]

This beautiful species has been reported from as far north as
Cayenne, south to Santos, Brazil. The Espirito Santo male has
the black areas on the antennae more extensive than in the other
specimens.

Paraphasma marginale Redtenbacher.

190G. P[araphas»ia] marginale Redtenbacher, Die Insektenfam. Phasm.,
I, p. 11.5. [Santos, Minas Geraes, Rio de Janeiro, and Goyaz, Brazil;
Paraguay.]

Piexe Boi, east of Para, State of Para. (H. B. Merrill.) Novem-
ber to December, 1907. One female. [A. N. S. P.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Two males, three females. [Hebard
€ln.]

Corumba, State of Matto Grosso. April (highland). (H. H.
Smith.) Three males, one female. [U. S. N. M.]

This species, or at least individuals which we feel compelled to
refer to this species, exhibits a most extraordinary amount of
variation in structure and, to a certain extent, in coloration. We
have before us in addition to the specimens recorded above, indi-
viduals of both sex from Sapucay, Puerto Cantera and Alto Parana,
Paraguay, and Misiones, Argentina, most of which already have been
rreported. These specimens show appreciable variation in the rela-
tive width of the head, in the relative size of the ocelli, in the rela-
tive length of the tegmina, in the acuteness and degree of develop-
ment of the tubercle of the tegmina and in the coloration of the wings
and the limbs. The anterior field of the wings may have the colora-
tion strongly bicolored, blackish and pea green, or the "ground color
pale with the vicinity of the longitudinal veins lined with fuscous;
the posterior field of the wings may be unicolored infumate with the
principal veins well lined, while in the other extreme the greater
portion of the field is pale with the distal section and part of the
margin infumate, the veins in the pale area non-infumate. The
limbs may be blackish or mummy-brown. At first examination it
appears that two distinct species are present, but when all the avail-
able material is examined it is found that there is only a partial cor-
relation of these characters, one male from Sapucay, for instance,
being in every other way characteristic of one of the extremes ana-
lyzed above, but having the broad head of the other extreme, while
the Peixe Boi individual is in most of its features intermediate be-
tween the two types. The genitalic features of all of the specimens
seem to be identical for the respective sexes.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

Damasippus pulcher Redtenbacher. *

1906. D[omasippus] pulcher Redtenbacher, Die Insektenfam. Phasm., I,
p. 148. [Espirito .Santo, Brazil.]

Espirito Santo. One female. [Hebard Cln.]

This specimen has the greenish-yellow on the head less clearly
defined than the original description would lead one to suppose it
is in the type, which was also a female. The caudal femora are
also more clear greenish than " flavo-ferruginous " as described. In
all the other features, however, the present individual is typical.

Prisopus horstokkii De Haan.

1842. P[has)na] (Prisopus) horstokkii De Haan, Verhandl. Natuurl. Ges-
chied., Bijdrasen Kenn. Orth., p. 113, pi. XII, fig. 1. ["Cape of Good
Hope" (erroneous).]

Rio Verde, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.]
Gahan's recently described P. fisherp* is supposed to differ from
horstokkii in the presence of triangular processes on the lateral sec-
tions of the metathorax, but our material, which fully agrees with
the description and figure of horstokkii, possesses the same structures,
yet differs from the description of fisheri in other features, as the
color of the ventral surface of the body and of the membranous sec-
tion of the wings. It is evident that either horstokkii possesses such
appendages on the metathorax or the coloration given for certain
areas, which are as a rule of fairly fixed character, varies in fisheri.
We feel that the first explanation is more likely the correct one, in
which conclusion we are strengthened by an examination of other
inaterial of the genus. The metathoracic processes are hidden from
above in spread specimens and this may explain their oversight by
previous workers.

This is the first Brazihan record of the species.

HETERONEMINAE.
Dyme straminea new species. (Plate X, flgs. 10 and 11.)

This remarkably elongate and attenuate species can be distin-
guished by the excessively elongate and straw-like limbs, the slen-
derness of the body and the distinct medio-longitudinal fuscous line,
which reaches from the inter-antennal region to the proximal por-
tion of the abdomen, where it becomes obsolete. Of the species
treated by Brunner the only one to which it appears at all allied is
D. incoliimis, from Vera Paz, Guatemala, and from the description
of which it differs in the male (the only sex in hand) having the ventro-
lateral margin of the penultimate (eighth) dorsal abdominal segment

24 The EntomoL, XLV, p. .54, fig., (1912).

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,.

«

straight, its angles rectangulate, instead of I'ounded with the angles
obtuse, in the ultimate (ninth) dorsal abdominal segment of the
same sex being two and one-half times as long as broad, instead of
equally long and broad, and in the subgenital operculum falling
distinctly short of the apex of the dorsal penultimate (eighth) seg-
ment, instead of reaching to the apex of the same as in incolumis.

Type. — cf ; Goyaz, State of Goyaz, Brazil. [Hebard Collection.
Type no. 471.]

Size moderately large: form very elongate and slender, baciUiform.
Head with its length nearly one and one-half times that of the pro-
notum, the greatest width across the eyes contained twice in the
length of the head, the caudal section of the head, i. e. that caudad
of the eyes, subequal in width, slightly narrower than the width
across the eyes: ocelli absent: eyes very short oval in basal outline,
hardly prominent when seen from the dorsiun: antennae not com-
plete, in length certainly exceeding the head, pronotum and mesono-
tum as remaining portions show.

Pronotum no wider than the caudal section of the head, the length
about twice the median width, the cephalic half faintly narrower
than the caudal half; cephalic margin faintly arcuate emarginate,
caudal margin very slightly arcuate convex; median transverse
indentation pronounced, medio-longitudinal sulcus indicated cepha-
lad. Mesonotum about three times as long as the combined length
of the head and pronotum, slender, faintly widening caudad, the
wadth elsewhere uniform, hardly greater than that of the head,
strongly arcuate in transverse section, near each lateral margin
with, a continuous but low carina; caudal margin weakly arcuato-
emarginate. Metanotum, including the median segment, four-fifths
as long as the mesonotum, in general form and sculpture similai'
to the mesonotum: length of the median segment contained o\er
three and one-half times in the length of the remainder of the meta-
notum; caudal margin of the median segment arcuato-emarginate.
Meso- and metasternum with paired, prominent lateral carinae
prominent throughout their length.

Abdomen slightly longer than the combined length of the head and
thoracic segments, slender, faintly thickened and enlarged at the
sutures between the segments; first to seventh joints distinctly
elongate, the second to fourth joints slightly the longer; eighth dor-
sal segment slender, faintly shorter than the ninth segment, dis-
tinctly infolded ventro-distad ; ninth dorsal abdominal segment
three-fourths as long as the eighth dorsal abdominal segment.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

slendcM-, sul) compressed, tectate, carinate dorsad, distal extremity
broadly \'-emai-ginate, the margin thickened, the ventral surface of
the same supplied with a heavy covering of small, imbricate, ad-
pressed denticulations, when seen from the side the segment has the
lateral margins straight, the angles rectangulate; subgenital opei-
culum moderately compressed, rostrate distad, reaching to the
distal third of the eighth dorsal abdominal segment, ventral surface
with a inedio-longitudinal carina on distal section : cerci simple,
slightly incurved, subequal in width, their length equal to about
one-third that of the ninth dorsal abdominal segment, apex blunt,
that section covered with i-ecurved, chaetiform spinulations.

Limbs extremely slender, attenuate, multicarinate. Cephalic fem-
ora almost twice as long as the metanotum (including the median
segment), cephalic flexure pronounced and slightly sigmoid when seen
from the dorsum: cephalic tibiae surpassing the femoral length by
about twice the length of the head: cephalic metatarsi nearly twice
as long as the length of the remaining tarsal joints united. Median
femora equal to the length of the metanotum and the first and half
of the second abdominal segments, very slightly bowed: median
tibiae surpassing the femoral length by about the length of the pro-
notum: median metatarsi hardly longer than the remainder of the
median tarsal joints united. Caudal femora reaching to about
the apex of the fifth dorsal abdominal segment, almost imperceptibly
arcuate: caudal tibiae surpassing the femoral length by about the
length of the head : caudal metatarsi slightly longer than the remain-
ing tarsal joints united. Arolia relatively large in all tarsi.

General color i-anging from primuline yellow on the thoracic seg-
ments to dull wax yellow on the abdomen, passing through buck-
thorn brown to cinnamon-brown on the limbs. Eyes iDuckthorn
brown; antennae mar's brown proximad, passing into fuscous distad.
Head with paired postocular lines of mummy brown; these are dis-
continuously indicated on the meso- and metanotum and the prox-
imal abdominal segment. A medio-longitudinal line of l)lackish
fuscous extends continuously from the inter-antennal region to the
sixth abdominal segment, not strongly indicated distad of the second
abdominal segment.

Length of body, 113.5 mm.; length of head, 5; length of pronotum,
3.6; length of mesonotum, 26; length of metanotum (including
median segment), 21.2; length of median segment, 4.4; length of
cephalic femur, 43.5; length of cephalic tibia, 54.2; length of median
femur, 32; length of caudal femur, 37.

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

In addition to the type we have before us a paratypic male, dif-
fering from the type solelj' in being shghtly smaller.

PHIBALOSOMINAE.
Bactridium grande new species. (Plate X, fig. 12.)

A very striking new species allied to B. dentipes Redtenbacher,
emortuale (Saussure) and gracile (Serville), but differing from all in
the much shorter operculum of the female, which does not exceed
the apex of the body, and also from the individual species as follows :
from dentipes in the larger size, in the presence of very decided teeth
on the dorsal and ventro-external margins of the cephalic femora,
in the relatively longer limbs and in the different spination of the
median and caudal limbs; from emortuale in the relatively longer
limbs and in the absence of lobes on the proximal section of the
ventral margins of the median femora; and from the poorly defined
gracile in the much greater size and the more spinose ventral carinae
of the median femora.

Type. — 9; Santa Catharina, Brazil. [Hebard Collection, Type
no. 401.]

Size very large; form elongate and as usual in the genus. Head
nearly twice as long as the pronotum, subovate in outline when seen
from the dorsum, the greatest width (across the eyes) contained one
and one-half times in the length of the head; occiput subdeplanate,
the caudal margin of the same weakly produced mesad and shallowly
divided into two by a faint longitudinal impression, laterad of which
production there is another faint impression in the same margin,
the lateral margins of the occiput moderately and regularly converg-
ing caudad from the eyes; no apparent ocelli present; eyes moder-
ately produced, subglobose; antennae missing except for the two
proximal joints, the first of which is quite slender and elongate, de-
pressed.

Pronotum moderately longitudinal, slightly l^roader caudad than
cephalad; cephalic margin obtuse-angulate, strongly elevato-cingu-
late; lateral margins shallowly arcuate-emarginate cephalad, sub-
parallel caudad; caudal margin arcuato-emarginate ; cephalic inter-
marginal sulcus with a distinct median and paired lateral fossae,
median transverse impression well marked mesad, obsolete laterad.
Mesonotum about three times as long as the head and pronotum
together, non-carinate. Metanotum (with median segment) about
two-thirds as long as the mesonotum, of similar structure; median
segment subequal in length to the metanotum proper.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

Abdomen with all segments longitudinal, those from one to five
regularly increasing from twice to four times as long as wide, sixth
segment slightly more than three times as long as wide, seventh seg-
ment strongly compressed and three times as long as wide, eighth
segment elongate quadrate, one and one-half times as long as wide,
ninth segment (anal segment) with median length faintly more than
greatest width, lateral margins moderately expanding caudad, caudal
margin obtuse-angulate emarginate, median line finely sulcate;
distal margin of the fourth dorsal segment transversely tuberculate
mesad; supra-anal plate small, placed in the emargination of the anal
segment, the margin arcuate; cerci slender, styliform, acuminate,
but faintly surpassing the lateral portions of the anal segment;
sixth ventral segment produced ventrad into a distinct bidigitate
process, which is subdepressed, with the processes well separated by
a deep median incision and converging distad; subgenital operculum
large and broad, but not surpassing the apex of the abdomen, the
distal margin subobtusely rounded, the surface of distal portion
wTinkled rugulose, a distinct median carina distad. Prosternum
slightly transverse, trigonal.

Cephalic femora subequal in length to that of the head, pro-
notum and mesonotum combined, proximal flexure decided and
strongly narrowed, dorso -internal margin strongly and ventro-
external margin distinctly lamellate developed and serrato-dentate,
dorso-external margin not elevated but with six spaced dentations,
genicular lobes spiniform; cephalic tibiae damaged. Median femora
subequal in length to the three proximal abdominal segments,
very faintly bowed, dorso-internal margin with a high trigonal
recurved spiniform lobe at the proximal third, distad of which
there are from five to six similar but very much smaller tooth struc-
tures, dorso-external margin with four similar small structures
on distal two-thirds, ventro-external margin with nineteen similar
teeth, ventro-internal margin with eighteen to twenty teeth, ventro-
medial! carina with five to six teeth; median tibiae slightly longer
than the median femora, all the margins finely serrato-dentate,
the dorso-internal mesad with an elongate but rather low lobe end-
ing distad in a spine, all the carinae subcristate distad and there
with several fine teeth; median metatarsi subequal in length to
the remaining tarsal joints, dorsad with a low but distinct median
carina. Caudal femora slightly longer than the median femora,
of similar character, the margins armed with serrato-dentations
of a minor grade, as follows — dorso-external, four to eleven; dorso-

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF '[May-Oct.,

internal, six to fifteen; ventro-external, twenty to twenty-six; ventro-
internal, twenty-one to twenty-nine; ventro-mcdian carina, ten
to eleven, no lobes present on the margins; genicular lobes spinose,
subdepressecl; caudal tibiae faintly shorter than the four prox-
imal abdominal segments, the margins armed and developed as
on the median tibiae; caudal metatarsi slightly longer than the re-
maining tarsal joints, evenly cristato-lobate dorsad, the distal ex-
tremity of the lobe with three to six minute teeth.

General coloration pinkish-cinnamon to kaiser-brown (unciues-
tionably green or a more uniform brownish in life), the femora, par-
ticularly the caudal pair, weakly washed with dark livid-purple,
while the tibiae are in part weakly light fluorite-green' to dull mala-
chite-green, this probably a trace of the original coloration.

Length of body, 264.6 mm.; length of head, 12.5; length of pro-
notum, 7.3; length of mesonotum, 59.5; length of metanotum (in-
cluding median segment), 40.3; length of median segment, 19.7;
length of cephalic femur, 74; length of median femur, 56.5; length
of median tibia, 64.3; length of caudal femur, 59.4; length of caudal
tibia, 77.5; length of operculum, 24.2.

The type of this striking species is unique.

ACRIDIDAE.

PROSCOPINAE.
Proscopia scabra Klug.

1820. Proscopia scabra Klug, in Nees ab Esenbeck, Horae Phvsicae Berolin.,
p. 19, pi. Ill, fig. 2. [Para, Brazil]

Upper Amazon. Two females. [M. C. Z.]

Brunner has recorded this species from "Provincia Alto Ama-
zonas."

Corynorhynchus hispidus Klug.

1820. Proscopia hispidn Klug, in Xees ab f^senbeck, Horae Phy-sicae
Berolin., p. 20, j)!. Ill, fig. 5. [Bahia, Brazil.]

Rio de Janeiro. One male, one female. [M. C. Z.]
The female specimen is somewhat smaller than the original meas-
urements and is minus the caudal limbs, but it is clearly the opposite
«ex of the male now before us, and, when compared with a pair of
C. radula, their close relationship to the latter species is very appar-
ent. The specimens measure as follows:

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

cf 9

Lenjj'th of body 62.8 mm. 83.5 mm.

Lenccvh of head 9.3 " 14

Len2;th of ro.stnim 1.8 " 4.4 "

Length of pronotum 17.3 " 19.5 "

Length of cephaUc femur 10.3 " 11.1 "

Length of caudal femur 23 "

Length of caudal tibia 25 "

The form of the rostrum of the female is as figured by Brunner.
The apex of the male abdomen is more short clavate than in the
male of radula, the supra-anal plate is less sculptured and the sub-
genital plate' less pi'oduced, luit the general form of the region is
very similar.

The species was previously known only from Bahia.

ACRIDIXAE (Truxali)iae of authors).

"Peruvia nigromarginata-' (Scudder). {Toropierjs mini tus of mo.st authors.)

1875. MdchiKrocvia nigrotnarginata Scudder Proc. Boston Son. Nat. Hi-st.,
XVII, p. 268. [Eastern slopes of the Peruvian Andes.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.]

This is the most eastern locality for the species. The previous
record from Rio de Janeiro, made by Bruner,^"^ refers to P. erisicornis
(Rehn), which is an east coast form.

OMMEXECHINAE.

Spathalium klugii (Biu-meister).

1838. 0[f)unc.recha] klugii Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, abth. II,
pt. I, p. 655. [Brazil.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Three males, one female. [Hebard Cln.]
These specimens are inseparable from the female from Chapada,

Matto Grosso, previously recorded by us, first as cyanopterunf-' and

afterward correctly as klugii ."^^

The species is known from Bahia, Santarem, Goyaz and Chapada,

Brazil.

LOCUSTINAE {Acridinae of most authors).

Diedronotus laevipes (Stal).

1878. T[rapidonolus\ laevipes Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad.
Handl., V, no. 9, p. 20. [Sao Leopoldo, Brazil; Argentine Republic]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.]

This is the most northern as well as the extreme northeastern

record for this species, which ranges south into northern Argentina

and west to Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia (Bruner).

2» For remarks on this name see Rehn, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc, XLII,
p. 280, (1916).

2« Ann. Carneg. Mus., VIII, p. 23, (1911).

■-' Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXVI, p. 110, (1909).

28 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 329; footnote, fl913).

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.^

Zoniopoda fissicauda Bruner.

1906. Zoniopoda fissicauda Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 653.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.]

This specimen, which is clearly the present species, has lost some

of the brilliancy of its original coloration, as if it had been exposed

to the continued action of a strong kilhng medium. It is slightly

smaller than the measurements of the same sex given by Bruner.

The two localities are the only ones from which the species is known.

Zoniopoda collaris Bnmer.

1911. Zoniopoda collaris Bruner. Ann. Carneg. Mus., VIII. pp. 58, 60.
[Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

Rio Verde, State of Goyaz. Three males. [Hebard Cln.]
These specimens agree with the original description of the unique
type except that all the pale areas are slightly pinkish, which, how-
ever, we feel is not normal but due to chemical action of a killing
medium. The species is known only from the two localities given
above.

Diponthus bilineatus new species. (Plate X, figs. 13 and 15.)

A close ally of D. crassiis Bruner (plate X, figs. 14 and 16), from
northeastern Argentina and eastern Paraguay, differing in the
slightly more elongate form (for the sex), in the slightly less de-
clivent fastigium, in the proportionately more longitudinal pro-
notum, the more distinctly angulate caudal margin of the disk of
the same, in the slightly more elevated medio-longitudinal section
of the metazona, in the more obhque caudal margin of the lateral
lobes of the pronotum, in the more elongate, narrower tegmina, in
the more elongate male cerci, which surpass the apex of the supra-
anal plate and have their distal extremity distinctly decurved, and
in the coloration — the tegmina being non-reticulate but with the
humeral trunk and the anal angle contrastingly lined with yellow
on an olive-green ground, the caudal femora pinkish with a weaker
medio-longitudinal line on the external face and with the caudal
tibiae lacking the dark Hning of crassus and reddish on the internal
face, while the wing is more greenish hyaline, without the l)luish
wash seen in crassiis.

Type — cf; Santa Catharina, Brazil. [Hebard Collection, Type
no. 411.]

Size large (for the genus); form as in D. crassus; surface of the
head, pronotum and pleura strongly and closely cribroso-punctate.
Head with the vertex and fastigium considerably declivent, nar-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

rowly rounding into the slightly retreating facial line; interspace
between the eyes broad, ])ut little narrower than the fastigium; fas-
tigium distinctly broader than long, truncate cephalad, very shal-
lowly and broadly excavate; frontal costa dorsad nearly as wide as
the vertex interspace between the eyes, regularly narrowing ventrad
until on the lower face, at the ventral third of the face, it is less than
one-half the width at the fastigio-facial region, subobsolete in the
vicinity of the clypeal suture, closely and deeply cribroso-punctate
dorsad and ventrad, excavato-sulcate mesad, lateral margins well
indicated; lateral facial carinae arcuate, converging to the clypeal
base: eyes quite prominent, subovate in outline, faintly flattened
ventrad, in depth about one and one-half times that of the infra-
ocular portion of the genae: antennae about two and one-third times-
as long as the pronotal disk, thick, apex moderately acuminate.

Pronotum of moderate length, the greatest caudal width of the disk
contained one and one-third times in the greatest dorsal length of
the same; in section the prozona of disk is arcuate, the metazona low
tectate; cephalic margin of disk broadly and shallowly angalato-
emarginate mesacl, caudal margin of disk regularly obtuse-angulate
with ■ the immediate angle narrowly truncate; prozona slightly
shorter than the metazona; median carina obsolete, being but faintly
indicated by strumosities between the punctures, lateral angles not
at all indicated on the prozona, well marked but not carinate on the
metazona; transverse sulci deeply impressed, the median one slightly
weaker on the dorsiun than the other two: lateral lobes with their
greatest depth subequal to the greatest dorsal length of the same;
ventro-cephalic angle of lobes obtusely rounded, ventral margin
obliquely truncate cephalad, thence truncate to the broadly rounded
ventro-caudal angle, caudal margin obliquely subconcave. Tegmina
reaching to but not surpassing the apex of the abdomen; costal
margin regularly broad arcuate, sutural margin nearly straight, apex
rather narrow, obliquely subtruncate; principal longitudinal veins
decided. Wings reaching to the apices of the tegmina. Prosternal
spine distinctly compressed, directed moderately caudad, blunt;
interspace between the mesosternal lobes faintly longitudinal, the
internal face of the lobes arcuate; interspace between the metasternal
lobes slightly transverse.

Furcula developed as broad, depressed, well separated, acute
trigonal lobes, the external margin of which is straight, the internal
concave: supra-anal plate escutcheon-shaped, slightly constricted
proximad, of the same form found in D. crassus, a median rectangu-

'248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

late transverse strumosity placed at distal third, the adjacent por-
tion of the lateral margins with a similar thickening, the section
of the plate distad of these elevations deflected from the plane
of the major portion of the plate; medio-longitudinal sulcus and
its tounding carinae indicated on the proximal two-thirds of the
plate, this area widening proximad: cerci straight, styliform, taper-
ing, the extremity moderately decurved and incurved, apex acute:
subgenital plate moderately full, faintly compressed dorso-proximad,
free margin weakly and broadly emarginate mesad.

Cephalic and median femora moderately robust. Caudal femora
■equal to slightly more than one-half the body length, similar to the
type found in crassus but more slender; caudal tibiae with ten
spines on the external margin.

General color blackish-green, varied with shades of yellow-ocher,
pinkish red and purphsh. Head with a broad medio-longitudinal
bar of vinaceous-rufous covering occiput, vertex, fastigium and face,
except lateral margins of frontal costa, passing into the general
color on the genae; eyes tawny-olive; antennae dark slate-purple,
becoming dull brownish distad. Pronotum with a medio-longi-
tudinal bar of ochraceous-tawny, sharply delimited from the general
color, a narrow cephalic margin on the lateral lobes amber -yellow,
almost all of the metazona on the lateral lobes and a lateral section
of the dorsum of the same olive-ocher. Tegmina with the humeral
trunk and vicinity of the anal vein lined with olive -yellow; veins of
the general color on a greenish hyaline ground. Wings hyaline,
faintly washed with greenish toward the costal margins, principal
veins finely colored with the general shade. Abdomen tawny-olive
with the dorsum, aside from a continuous, narrow, medio-longi-
tudinal bar of the basic abdominal color, washed with blackish-
green, this disappearing ventro-laterad ; apex and internal margin
•of the furcula, strumosities of the supra -anal plate and apices of
cerci black. Limbs largely vinaceous -russet; caudal femora with a
median longitudinal line of blackish on proximal portion of the
paginae, internal face pale carmine, with three transverse areas of
blackish green — one premedian, one postmedian and the other cover-
ing the internal genicular area, external genicular area olive-citrine;
caudal tibiae on the external face colored the same as the femora,
on internal face pale carmine, external spines pale greenish tipped
with black, internal spines black.

Length of body, 31 mm.; length of pronotum, 7; greatest caudal
width of pronotal disk, 5.2; length of tegmen, 22; length of caudal
femur, 16.8.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

The type is unique.

• Chlorohippus roseipennis Brimer.

1911. Chlorohippus roseipennis Bruner, Ann. Carneg. Mus., VIII, p. 88!
[Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.]

The present specimen agrees with Bruner's description of this

interesting genus and species, except that the caudal margin of the

pronotal disk is arcuate instead of subangulate as described, that

the caudal tibiae have six instead of seven or eight spines on the

external margin and the same tibiae are purplish-glaucous instead

of oil-green as described. These differences appear to us to be

individual, although future work may show the Goyaz and Chapada

specimens to differ from one another in other unnoticed specific

features. For the present, however, it is best to consider them as

representing the same species.

Copiocera erythrogastra (Perty).

1834. Xiphiara erythrogastra Perty, Delect. Anim. Articul. Brasil., p. 122,
pi. XXIV, fig. 2. [Mountains of the Province of Minas Geraes, Brazil]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.]

It seems very probable that Marschall's euceros was based on

the male sex of this species. The difference in antennal coloration

mentioned by him may have been due to Perty's specimen having

had the pale tips broken off.

Episcopotettix sulcirostris Rehn.

1902. Episcopotettix sulcirostris Rehn, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc, XXIX,
p. 13. [Forest of San Juan, Mexico.^^j

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Two females. [Hebard Cln.]
These specimens appear to us to represent the previously unknown
female of this species. Certain features of difference from the male
type are very apparent, but of these several are clearly sexual and
the others are in all probability so. There exists, however, a possi-
bility that the Goyaz females may be specifically distinct from the
type of sulcirostris. The points of difference can be sunomarized as
follows. The fastigium is shorter and broader than in the type,
being distinctly shorter than the occiput, the dorsal surface not sul-
cate and distinctly lower than the level of the occiput, which latter
is appreciably arcuate dorsad; the frontal costa is broader, less
marked ventrad, with the sulcation distinct dorsad and subobsolete

2^ We feel that the correctness of this locality is open to question, as all the
material seen since the original description came from South America. The
type had been dried from alcohol and labelled a number of years ago, by whom
ive do not know.

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct,-

ventrad; the fastigio-facial truncation is more rounded; antennae
much shorter and less strongly ensiform proximad. The wings have
the disk colored as in the male, but the anterior field is hyaline in-
stead of largely blackish-brown as it is, continuously with the disk, in
the male. The prosternal process, rather curiously, is unsymmetrical
in both females, Ireing transverse as in the male, tut having the
sinistral angle distinctly projecting in a moderately acute or sub-
bulbous projection, far more developed than the corresponding
dextral angle. The cerci of the female are very slender, tapering,
nearly reaching the tip of the supra-anal plate; ovipositor valves
elongate, the dorsal pair greatly produced, slightly more than twice-
as long as the cerci and nearly twice as long as the ventral valves,
strongly compressed, sublamellate, unarmed, tips blunt. The fas-
tigium and occiput bear a pair of fine l^lue-black lines, which gradu-
ally diverge caudad, these represented on the pronotum by paired
diffuse mottlings of the same shade, which color the punctations of
the regions they cover, the transverse sulci are lined with blue-black;
the impressed lines on the face and some of the punctations on the
same, blue-black; dorsum of the abdomen broadly nopal red; a
narrow line on the ventral section of the external face of the caudal
femora and the dorsal surface blue-black.

The present specimens measure (in millimeters) as follows:

Greatest Length of
Length of Length of Length of Length of Length of width caudal

body head fastigium pronotum tegmen of tegmen femur

44.5 9.8 4.6 5.6 37.5 (incomplete) 4.2 17

47 10.3 4.8 6 41.3 4.2 18

Bruner has reported a female of this species from South America

without exact locality.^"

TETTIGONIIDAE.
PHANEROPTERINAE.

Hyperophora brasiliensis Bniuner.

1878. H[yperophora] brasiliensis Brunner, Monogr. dor Phaneropt., p. 126.
[Brazil.]

Corumba, State of Matto Grosso. March. (H. H. Smith; high-
land.) One female. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen is somewhat smaller than the original measurements
of the same sex, but otherwise it is not different as far as can be
determined from the very brief original description. The antennae
have well-separated pale annuli on a dark ground, the pale areas^

30

Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 264; Ann. Carneg. Mus., VIII, p. 90.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

more closely placed proximad, becoming more distant distad. The
females previously recorded by us as this species from Sapucay,
Paraguay,^' we find instead represent the previously unknown fe-
male of cerviformis Rehn.''^ The female of cerviformis is a larger
insect than brasiliensis, with a broader head as in the male, more
elongate tegmina, shorter, more regularly tapering and less attenuate
cerci, and much longer, more regularly arcuate ovipositor, which
latter has the apex acute and the margins with fewer well-spaced
teeth, which distad on the ventral margin are recurved. The sur-
face of the ovipositor in cerviformis is less shagreenous than in hrasili-
ensis. The selected allotype of cerviformis measures as follows:
length of body (exclusive of ovipositor), 23.4 mm.; length of pro-
notum, 4.4; length of tegmen, 29.2; length of wing distad of tegmen,
7.5; length of caudal femur, 23.5; length of ovipositor, 9.

Hyperophora peruviana Brunner."

1891. Hyperophora peruviana Brunner, Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-botan.
Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. .59. [Peru.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Two females. [Hebard Cln.]
These specimens are both in the green phase and subequal in size
to females from the province of Mendoza, Argentina, and appreci-
ably smaller than Sapucay, Paraguay representatives of the same sex.
The species is now known to range from Peru east to Goyaz,
Brazil, south to the Province of Mendoza, Corrientes and the terri-
tory of Misiones, Argentina.

Uberaba brevicauda Bruner.

191.5. Uberaba brevicauda Bruner, Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 303. [Cba-
pada, Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.]
This specimen fully agrees with the description of this very inter-
esting genus and species. The genus is known only from the two
ocahties here mentioned.

"Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 371, (1907).

^^ Ibid., p. 371, figs. 2 and 6.

'3 A revision of our previous records of H. major Brunner, and a careful examin-
ation of the few points given by Bruner for the separation of H. major and H.
peruviana have convinced us that we have examined but a single specimen of
the former species. This is the female from Embarcacion, Salta, Argentina,
recorded by us as a member of the Argentina series of major (Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 360, (1913)). The remainder of the series there recorded,
the series from Sapucay, Paraguay {Ibid., 1907, p. 373, fig. 3, (1907)) and the male
from Yuto, Argentina {Ibid., 1915, p. 287, (1915)), all recorded as major, are
instead peruviana as we now understand it. It is possible true peruviana may
be different but these specimens are in accord with the very insufficient original
description. Peruviana as we understand it is a more elongate, more uniformly
narrower winged species than major, with more elongate limbs.

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct..-.

Ligocatinus sordidus new species. (Plate X, flgs. 17 and 18.)

Allied to L. olivaceus (Brunner), from southeastern Brazil, Para-
guay and northern Argentina, having much in common, in addition
to the similar coloration of the two forms, but differing in the greater
size, narrower fastigium of the vertex, narrower fastigium of the
face, more distinctly longitudinal tegmina, which have a coarser
reticulation than those of olivaceus, in the proportionately more
slender and elongate limbs and in the decidedly more slender and
elongate ovipositor. We do not know the male of the species, but
are very certain it is not the female of L. long icercatus (Brunner) ,
which was based on the male sex alone, as the size and coloration
are quite different.

Type. — 9; Corumba, State of Matto Grosso, Brazil. March..
(H. H. Smith, highland.) [United States National Museum.]

Size medium, form more elongate and compressed than in L.
olivaceus. Head with the occiput and interocular space full and
strongly rounded, the latter moderately declivent to the fastigium,
which is narrow, compressed, sulcate dorsad, with the distal ex-
tremity weakly inflated, nearl}^ in contact with the acute-angulate
but apically blunted fastigium of the face, the outline of the fas-
tigium of the vertex, when seen from the side, being concave, the
juncture with the vertex proper marked by a slight inflation: eyes
large, quite prominent when seen from the dorsum, broad ovate in
basal outline with a distinct ventro-cephalic angle, their depth sub-
equal to that of the infra-ocular portion of the genae: antennae
about twice as long as the body, proximal joint nearly half as wide
as the eye. Pronotum not at all sellate, the dorsal line when seen
from the side being straight, lateral angles of the disk not marked
cephalad, weakly indicated caudad: disk with the cephahc margin
truncate, caudal margin broadly and strongly arcuate; caudal width
of the disk contained one and one-third times in the length of the
same; lateral margins of the disk gently and regularly diverging
caudad ; surface of the disk with a median V-shaped impressed figure :
lateral lobes of the pronotum with their greatest dorsal length
slightly less than their greatest depth; cephalic margin of the lobes
straight, ventro-cephalic angle roundly obtuse-angulate, ventral
and caudal margins broadly and regularly arcuate to the distinct,
rotundato-rectangulate humeral sinus. Tegmina elongate, the
greatest width (at proximal two-fifths) contained about six times in
the greatest length of the same; reticulations coarse and open com-
pared with those of L. olivaceus; costal and sutural margins sub--

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

parallel proxiniad, the tegmen somewhat narrowed in distal half,
apex narrowly rounded; humeral and discoidal veins non-attingent.
throughout, discoidal vein with one distinct distal ramus, mediart
vein diverging slightly proxiniad of the middle of the tegmina,.
biramose. Wings surpassing the tips of the tegmina by about two-
thirds of the dorsal length of the pronotum, apex of the closed wings
sutural and rectangulate, the costal margin arcuate to the apex.
Prosternum unarmed: meso-and meta-sternum strongly transverse,,
the former distinctly, the latter weakly emarginate mesad, caudo-
lateral angles of both plates strongly rounded. Supra-anal plate^*
moderately acute trigonal, surface plane: cerci simple, short, taper-
ing: ovipositor not strongly abbreviate and very deep as in olivaceus^
but slightly bent at the base and faintly arcuate, the greatest depths
not more than one-half the length and the form narrowed distad;.
dorsal margin of the ovipositor very faintly arcuate-concave, the-
extremity of the dorsal valves narrowly rounded; ventral margin of
the ovipositor strongly arcuate throughout; all of the margins ex-
cepting the proximal third of the ventral margin with strong spini-
form teeth, which are directed disto-dorsad on the dorsal margin!
and appreciably recurved on the ventral margin, those distad on
the latter strongly recurved ; surface of the ovipositor with three lines.
of serrato-dentations and mesad irregularly scattered, low, rounded
tubercles: subgenital plate acute trigonal, compressed. Cephalic-
and median femora unarmed beneath; cephalic tibiae sulcate dorsad,
but margins without spines excepting the caudal apical one; fora-
mina open. Caudal femora four-fifths as long as the tegmina,.
strongly inflated proxiniad, distal half slender and the ventral mar-
gins there with not more than three spines, genicular lobes bispinose.
General color (apparently that of life) cinnamon, the tegmina
with their base color warm fuscous, the venation and reticulations
outhned in the general color proximad and in maroon distad; tibiae
and the distal half of caudal femora washed with ox-blood red, the
distal extremity of the caudal tibiae and the tarsi fuscous. Eyes,
brussels brown; antennae (aside from the proximal joint which is of
the general color) amber-brown, multi -annulate with fuscous, which
is the predominating color distad; face with the ventral margin of
the antennal scrobes, the clypeal suture and a pair of short, arcuate
vertical lines on the dorsal half, fuscous. Tegmina faintly greenshi

'^ This is not clearly sepai'ated from the disto-dorsal abdominal segment, sa
the term is used in an analogous, not a strictly homologous, sense.

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

mesad on the costal margin. Exposed portion of the wings colored
similarly to the distal portion of the tegmina. Abdomen with a
broad, medio-longitudinal, dorsal bar of shining black, which includes
the whole of the supra-anal plate; laterad of this bar the abdomen
bears a pair of deep-chrome areas. Femoral and tibial spines tipped
with black. Ovipositor teeth fuscous tipped.

Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor), 18.2 mm.; length of pro-
notum, 3.9; greatest (caudal) width of pronotal disk, 3.1; length of
tegmen, 24.2; greatest width of tegmen, 4.1, length of caudal femur,
19.1; length of ovipositor, 5.

In addition to the type we have before us four paratypic females
bearing the same data as the type, except that two were taken in
April instead of March. The paratypes fully agree with the type
in all essential features. In coloration they have some variation in
the general tone, but the relative values remain the same. In one
individual, which is not the palest of the lot, the facial markings are
subobsolete.

Ligocatinus minutus new species (Plate X, flgs. 19 and 20.)

A strikingly small member of the olivaceiis-longicercatus-sordidus
group of the genus, which in size is hardly more than two-thirds
the bulk of the smallest of the previously known species. The
genitalia are nearest in type to those of longicercatus, but the sub-
genital plate is hardly emarginate, while the caudal femora are
unarmed beneath distad and the size, as already mentioned, is very
much less. From olivaceus the species differs chiefly, aside from the
smaller size, in the unspined ventral margins of the caudal femora,
the form of the cerci and in the short styles of the subgenital plate.
'The species sordidus is known only from the female sex, but the size
is quite different, the caudal femora are spined ventrad and the
.angle of the caudal margin of the lateral lobes of the pronotum is
more decided and less rounded.

Type. — cf ; Goyaz, State of Goyaz, Brazil. [Hebard Collection,
Type no. 416.]

Size quite small: form as usual in the genus. Occiput gently
rounded, regularly but strongly rounded to the fastigium, least
width between the eyes slightly less than the depth of one of the
eyes; fastigium compressed, weakly strumose proximad, distal por-
tion faintly bullions, sulcate dorsad, when seen from the lateral
aspect rounded, largely in contact with the fastigium of the face;
eyes moderately prominent, subreniform- ovate in basal outline, in
<lepth subequal to the infra-ocular portion of the genac; antennae

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

incomplete. Pronotum with the general form much as in sordidus
but with the disk broader, the greatest caudal width of same con-
tained one and one-third times in the greatest length: lateral lobes
with the general form more quadrate than in sordidus, the ventral
margin being obliquely arcuato-truncate caudad, the ventro-caudal
angle rotundato-rectangulate, humeral sinus as in sordidus. Teg-
mina but slightly exceeding the apices of the caudal femora, form
similar, reticulations slightly coarse; discoidal vein with three distal
rami, median vein diverging from the discoidal vein slightly proxi-
mad of the middle of the tegmina; stridulating field relatively
simple, no distinct tympanum, stridulating vein no stronger than
the other reticulations of the field. Wings surpassing the tegminal
apices. Sternal plates of the types found in L. sordidus, but the
meso-and metasternum are more decidedly transverse with the
caudo-lateral angles more broadly rounded. Disto-dorsal abdom-
inal segment arcuato-truncate dorso,-mesad, with a shallow and very
broad median emargination : supra-anal plate trigonal: cerci sur-
passing the subgenital plate, tapering, straight in the proximal four-
fifths, the distal fifth slightly flattened and bent inward and dorsad,
the immediate apex weekly uncinate, surface of the proximal por-
tion of the cerci delicately tuberculate: subgenital plate narrowing
distad, the distal margin truncate, styles very brief articulate nodes,
ventral surface of the plate with a medio-longitudinal carina and
converging paired ridges, which distad carry the styles. Caudal
femora four-fifths as long as the tegmina, rather strongly inflated
proximad, ventral margins unarmed, genicular lobes very weakly
l)ispinose: caudal tibiae subequal to the femora in length.

General color chamois, becoming honey-j^ellow on the dorsum of
the abdomen, the tegmina with their base color and also that of the
wings mars -brown. Head with paired arcuate facial hues of mars-
brown; eyes auburn; antennae (incomplete) hazel, sparsely annulate
proximad with blackish. Tegmina with the stridulating field
largely chamois, the sutural margin netted with wax-yellow, the
humeral trunk, reticulations of the marginal and adjacent portion
of discoidal field and costal margin primuline-yellow proximad,
passing into bice-green distad. Abdomen with a broad medio-
dorsal blackish -fuscous line; cerci tipped with same. Caudal tibiae
pale absinthe -green, becoming ochraceous-tawny.

Doubtless the original coloration of this insect was largely green
or greenish, as traces of green are evident on the disk of the pro-
notum.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.^

Length of body, 11.5 mm.; length of pronotum, 3.6, greatest dor-
sal (caudal) width of pronotal disk, 2.8, length of tegmen, 18.3;
greatest (median) width of tegmen, 3.6; length of caudal femur,
14.8.

The type of this species is unique.

Ligocatinus spinatus (Bninner).

1878. A[maura] spinata Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 248, pi. V,
figs. 74a and 74b. [Buenos Aires, Argentina.]

Corumba, State of Matto Grosso. March (one), no date (four).
One male, four females. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens are indistinguishable from a pair from Rosario
and a female from Buenos Aires, Argentina.

The species was recorded from Corumba by Bruner.^^

Homotoicha fuscopunctata Caudell.

1906. HomaLoicha (sic) fuscopunctata Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX,
p. 236. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. May (two), June (one), July
(one), September (one), no date (three). (H. H. Smith.) Three
males, five females. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens have been compared with the male from Sapucay,
Paraguay, previouoly recorded by us, ^*' a female from the same
locality and another from the Misiones Territory, Argentine, and
found to be identical, Bruner has recently recorded both sexes of
the species from Chapada,^' remarking that some little size varia-
tion was present in his series. The present representation shows
the same feature, which, however, does not interfere with the recog-
nition of the species, which is nearest in affinity to H. laminata
Brunner. The form of the male cerci is very distinctive, particu-
larly the structure of the apex.

The species is known only from the localities mentioned above.

Ceraia cornutoides Caudell.

1906. Ceraia cornutoides Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 237.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. November. (H. H. Smith.)
One female. [U. S. N. M.]

Corumba, State of Matto Grosso. April. (H. H. Smith; high-
land.) One female. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens fully agree with males from Paraguay and a
female from Misiones, Argentina. It is worthy of note, from the

35 Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 309, (1915).

36 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. .376, fig. 9, (1907).
"Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 309, (1915).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

above females, that the subgenital plate of that sex is progressively
deeper in its emargination as material from more northern localities
is examined, this being shallowest in the Misiones individual and
almost fissate in the Chapada specimen. The lateral angles of the
plate are progressively produced as the incision deepens.

Bruner has rcorded the species from both of the above localities
and Puerto Suarez, Bolivia.

Scaphura nigra (Thunberg).

1824. Gr[ylliis] niger Thunberg, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., IX, p..
415. [Brazil.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Three females. [Hebard Cln.J
Rio Verde, State of Goyaz. Three females. [Hebard Cln.j
These specimens represent about four stages in the color varia-
tions of this unstable species, of which numerous color forms have
been described as distinct species. One type is extremely close to
Kirby's figure of vigorsii, except that the proximal section of the
marginal field of the tegmina is as dark as the apex of the tegmina:
another is similar but paler, with the pronotum largely rufous and
the distal portion of the abdomen, particularly ventrad, similar-
probably near to ktrhii Westwood; the third has the rufescence gone
except from areas in the anal field, proximal section of the discoidal
field and a proximo-median patch in the marginal field of the teg-
mina, while the apex of the tegmina is pale ; the fourth form is nearly
typical 7iig7-a or chaJyhea, with immaculate or nearly immaculate
velvety black tegmina and strongly chalybeous abdomen.

Stilpnochlora marginella (Serville).

1839. Phylloptera marginella Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 40.5. [" Cape
of Good Hope."]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. (A. Koebele.) One male. [U. S,
N. M.]

Theresopohs, State of Santa Catharina. One male. [M. C. Z.j
For comments on this species and its affinity to the other members
of its species group, see the recent paper by the author on the sub-
ject.^^ Since the latter paper was written we have been able to
examine the type of Scudder's quadrata, and find it to be identical
with the material referred to that species by us. The type (male;
Guayaquil, Ecuador; Museum of Comparative Zoology) has been
badly damaged by insect pests at some time in the past, but its
characters are clearly evident.

=»Entom. News, XXVIII, pp. 108-110, (1917).

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Anaulacomera^^ brevicauda Bninner.

1891. Anaulacomera brevicauda Brunner, Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-botan.
Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 144. [Sao Paulo, Brazil.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. July and August. (H. H.
^ Smith.) Four males. [U. S. N. M.]

Corumba, State of Matto Grosso. July. fH. H. Smith.) One
Tnale. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens apparently represent the previously undescribed
male of the species. As far as can be determined from the ambi-
sexual characters given in the original description, our individuals
are conspecific with the female described by Brunner. The stridu-
lating field of the male tegmina is elongate and relatively narrow,
bearing two very conspicuous, ivory-white, subcircular areas, sur-
rounded and separated by a border of ox-blood red. The margin of
the disto-dorsal abdominal segment is faintly arcuato-emarginate
distad, while the supra-anal plate is of uncertain form, being buried
by the flexed cerci; the latter are simple, tapering, deplanate distad,
.straight in the proximal two-thirds, then moderately arcuate in-
wards, the apex blunt; subgenital plate rather short, narrowing dis-
tad, with a distinct median carina, the distal margin truncate with
the lateral angle produced into distinct, acute, substyliform pro-
cesses. A representative specimen measures as follows: length of
body, 14 mm.; length of pronotum, 4.3; length of tegmen, 25.5;
greatest width of tegmen, 5.6; length of caudal femur, 17.5 .

The localities given above are apparently the only ones from
which the species has been reported, Bruner having already re-
corded it from Chapada.^"

Anaulacomera bellator new specie.s. (Plate X, figs. 21 and 22.)

Closely related to A. intermedia Brunner (plate X, fig. 23), with
.a male of which we have compared the new species, but differing
in the more roundly deflected lateral lobes of the pronotum, the
more narrowly rounded tegminal apices, somewhat longer limbs and
more strongly divergent sections of the male cerci, these divided
more proximad and the ventral section of which also carries on it
■dorsal surface a short supplementary spine.

^^ We find that the species described by us as Hjiperophrona signata (Peoc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907. p. 382, figs^ 14, 1.5 and l«i, (1907)), from Sapucay,
Paraguay, is not a member of that genus, but instead an aberrant Anaulacomera,
more nearly related to A. brevicauda. From the latter species signata differs in
the proportionately broader tegmina, which are regularly elongate ovate, in the
less slender limbs, the more sharply hooked cereal apices and the distinctly
broader tymi:)anal field of the male tegmen.

""Ann. Carncg. Mus., JX, p. 319, (191.'3).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

Type. — cf ; Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. November. (H.H.Smith.)
[United States National Museum.]

Size medium: form moderately compressed. Head with the occi-
put moderately arcuate in transverse section, not at all declivent
cephalad; fastigium moderately compressed, faintly elevated and
slightly enlarged distad, sulcate dorsad, the lateral margins of the
dorsal surface faintly elevated proximad, cephalic face of the fas-
tigiimi cuneate, weakly excavate, well separated from the acuminate
frontal fastigium: palpi very elongate, extremely slender, the distal
joint moderately arcuate distad; eyes prominent, semiglobose, in.
basal outline circular: antennae incomplete in the type, proximal
joint large. Pronotum with the greatest caudal width of the disk
contained one and two-thirds times in the length of the same, the sur-
face of the disk moderately arcuate in transverse section cephalad
deplanate caudad, lateral angles weakly indicated caudad ; cephalic
margin of disk faintly arcuato-emarginate, caudal margin moderately
arcuate; an impressed figure, in the form of a broad W, placed
slightly caudad of the middle of the disk: lateral lobes of the pro-
notum slightly longer than deep; cephalic margin of lobes arcuato-
sinuate, ventro-cephalic angle obtusely rounded, ventral margin,
ventro-caudal angle and caudal margins broadly arcuate, regularly
passing from the ventro-cephalic angle to the humeral sinus, the
latter distinct but not deeply indicated, obtuse-angulate. Tegmina
elongate lanceolate, surpassing the apex of the abdomen by more-
than twice the length of the head and pronotum combined; greatest
width of tegmen contained four and one-half times in the length of
the same, greatest width of the marginal field at the proximal third
of the tegmen and there forming two-fifths of the entire tegminal
width; costal margin in general very weakly arcuate, very briefly
sharp arcuate proximad, distad regularly and decidedly arcuate to
the relatively narrow, but well rounded apex; sutural margin nearly
straight, moderately distad to the apex; marginal field irregularly
areolate, with about six or seven oblique, irregular rami of the
humeral vein, which are poorly dominant in the general areolation
of the field; median vein diverging from the discoidal very faintly
proximad of the middle of the tegmen, bifurcate, with the rami
reaching the sutural margin; ulnar vein markedly undulate, without
appreciable rami; discoidal field very closely and finely areolate,
these slightly larger distad, in the proximal half of the area betweeri
the discoidal and ulnar veins are placed a series of six to seven low
nodes in the reticulate areolation: stridulating field relatively nar-

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

row, moderately elongate, the margin very broadly obtuse-angulate
at the apex of the stridulating vein, the latter thick, depressed,
hardly arcuate. Wings surpassing the closed tegmina by about
two-thirds the length of the pronotal disk. Prosternum with a
broadly triangular figure: mesosternum with rounded obtuse-angu-
late lobes: metasternum with convergent, shallow, arcuate lobes.
Abdomen but little compressed, the dorsal surface rounded tectate:
disto-dorsal abdominal segment relatively short, subdepressed
dorsad, faintly declivent distad; distal margin sinuato-truncate
dorso-mesacl, lateral margins markedly bisinuate: cerci relatively
heavy, forked from the base, the rami strongly diverging, the dorsal
one erect, moderately inbowed or faintly inbent, tapering, the apices
acute spiniform, on the external and internal surfaces bearing three
longitudinal grooves, separated by distinct, sharp carinulae; ventral
ramus directed ventrad and slightly cephalad, when seen from the
caudal aspect directed slightly inwards toward the median hue of
the body, the ramus relatively thick, weakly channelled on the
internal face, the extremity somewhat thickened and rounded bul-
bous, with a blunt tooth on the internal face sUghtly proximad of
the extremity; at about the middle of the ventral ramus, on the
caudal face, there is present a slender, spiniform process, which is
nearly straight and is directed caudo-mesad: subgenital plate rela-
tively large, scoop-shaped, with a distinct, complete, median carina
and short lateral carinae on the distal section of the plate, the latter
carinae ending in very low, blunt tubercles, which form the lateral
angles of the distal margin of the plate; distal margin of the plate
not longer than two-thirds the length of the lateral margin of the
plate, faintly angulate emarginate; lateral margins of the plate
sinuato-arcuate. Cephalic femora more than five-sixths the length
of the pronotal disk; cephalic tibiae one-third longer than the cephahc
femora, very slender distad of the enlarged proximal section, audi-
tory foramina relatively large, elhptical on both faces. Median
Hmbs missing. Caudal femora but shghtly shorter than the body,
moderately slender, ventral margins spined distad, the external
with seven, the internal with five spines both genicular lobes with a
single spine; caudal tibiae surpassing the length of the femora by
about half the length of the pronotal disk, all margins continuously
spined, the dorsal ones more heavily so than the ventral ones.

General color ranging from sayal-brown on the head, pronotum
and sides of the abdomen, to ochraceous-tawny on the dorsum of
the abdomen, and cinnamon-buff, the latter broadly washed with

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2G1

light cress-green, on the tegmina and exposed portions of the wings.
The original color was probably more green than is now the case
with the type specimen, but to what extent we cannot say, and the
coloration described is that found in the present condition of the
individual. Eyes cinnamon-brown, blotched with fuscous. An-
tennae, except for the proximal portion which is of the general color,
clear kildare-green. Femora of the general color, tibiae weakly
light cress-green.

Length of body, 21.8 mm.; length of pronotal disk, 5.3; greatest
(caudal) width of pronotal disk, 3; length of tegmen, 29.3; greatest
width of tegmen, 6.1; length of caudal femur, 19.8.

The type of this most interesting species is unique.

Anaulacomera libidinosa new species. (Plate X, figs. 24; PI. XI, fig. 25.)

Apparently close to A. chelata Brunner, ha\Ting wdth the older
species a unique position in the genus by possessing an articulate
appendage attached to the cercus of the male, but differing from
chelata in the lateral lobes of the pronotum being longer than high,
and in the articulate arm of the cercus being of a more highly special-
ized, character, having the apex of the same blunt and depressed and
the ventral surface with an arcuate compresso-lamellate expansion.
Type. — cf ; Bonito, State of Pernambuco, Brazil. January 16,
1883. (A. Koebele.) [United States National Museum.]

Size medium: form distinctly compressed, deep: surface of limbs
shining, of most of body dull. Head slightly broader across genae
than caudad of the eyes; face faintly bullate, slightly compressed
and the infra-antennal region impressed: palpi elongate, slender:
-eyes moderately prominent, faintly flattened subglobose when seen
from the dorsum, slightly projecting cephalad, basal outline sub-
circular: antennae slender, proximal joint relatively large. Pro-
notum with the disk narrow, its greatest caudal width contained
about one and two-thirds times in the greatest length of the same,
surface of the disk faintly arcuate transversely cephalad, deplanate
caudad, lateral angles moderately indicated caudad, more rounded
cephalad, surface of the disk with a fine medio-longitudinal sulcation,
across which, shghtly caudad of the middle of the disk, is placed an
obtusely-angulate sulcation, which does not reach the lateral angles
of the disk; surface of the cephahc portion of the disk slightly riigu-
lose: cephalic margin of the disk truncate, caudal margin of the disk
moderately arcuate : lateral lobes of the pronotum slightly longer
than deep, nearly vertical; cephahc margin arcuato-emarginate,

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Qct.,

ventro-cephalic angle rounded obtuse, ventral margin oblique sub-
truncate, ventro-caudal angle and caudal margin broadly and regu-
larly arcuate, humeral sinus moderately decided, rounded rectangu-
late.

Tegmina about half again as long as the body, lanceolate, the
greatest width contained slightly more than three and two-thirds
times in the length of the same, the marginal field at the proximal
third of the tegmen forming two-fifths of the entire tegminal width:
costal margin well arcuate proximad and distad, flattened mesad,
apex moderately narrowed but well rounded, sutural margin gently
arcuate: marginal field with numerous but coarse areolations, which
are deeply etched, among which there stands out above seven poorly
defined ol^lique rami of the humeral vein; median vein diverging
slightly distad of the middle of the tegmen, this bifurcate with the
rami reaching the sutural margin shortly proximad of the apex,
these and the ulnar vein much fractured and in consequence some-
what zig-zag in their direction, the areolations of the discoidal field
in general, but particularly proximad, finer than those of the mar-
ginal field: stridulating field relatively small, the margin rounded
obtuse-angulate at the apex of the stridulating vein, the latter
slightly oblique, gently arcuate, distinctly depressed, thickened.
Wings with the normally exposed portion projecting distad of the
tegmina a distance equal to the length of the pronotal disk, the
form of the apex narrowly rounded acute.

Prosternum with a broadly V-shaped carinate elevation: meso-
sternal lobes very small, rounded rectangulate, convergent: meta-
sternal lobes similar to the mesosternal lobes but slightly larger.
Disto-dorsal abdominal segment .moderately cucullate, the mar-
gin arcuate-emarginate laterad around the cereal bases, the distal
margin proper (mesad) shallowly arcuate-emarginate: cerci with
the main (ventral) shaft about two-thirds as long as the disk of
the pronotum, weakly compressed, gently falciform, tapering in
proximal half, subequal in distal half where the width is little more
than half that at the base, the apex with an unguiculate spine;
dorsal articulate section of the cercus about half again as long as
the ventral portion, straight, at the middle on the ventral surface
there is developed a low but distinct lamellation, which is regu-
larly arcuate proximad, oblique subtruncate distad, the angle nar-
rowly rounded, the general form of this lamellation strongly sug-
gesting the femoral lobes of certain mantids of the subfamilies
Vatinae and Empusinae, the distal section of this arm of the cercus

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

is depressed and when seen from the dorsum spatulate: subgenital
plate broad, shghtly scoop-shaped, regularly narrowing distad,
distal margin of the plate so damaged that its true form cannot
be determined, the styles also being missing, but the latter were
in all probability well developed, as tubular sockets in which they
were placed are indicated in the remaining section of the distal
portion of the plate.

Cephalic femora subequal to the disk of the pronotum in length;
cephalic tibiae surpassing the femora in length by about one-fourth
of the femoral length, very slender except in the proximal fourth^
auditory tympani elliptical. Median femora half again as long
as the pronotal disk; median tibiae surpassing the femoral length
by about that of the distal tarsal joint. Caudal femora nearly
three-fifths as long as the tegmina, moderately inflated proximad,
slender distad, moderately compressed proximad, ventral margins
armed with three to four (external) and two (internal) spines ; caudal
tibiae one and one-fifth times as long as the femora, compressed,
deeper proximad than distad, armed on the dorsal margins with
distinct spines, those of the internal margin more numerous than
those of the external and differing from those on the latter margin
in being erect and not diverging, between the spines is present a
continuous, distinct and deep sulcus, ventral margins with rela-
tively few spines, these mainly distad.

Original coloration of the specimen destroyed by immersion at
some time in a liquid preservative. Present color wood-brown,
the tegmina verona brown.

Length of body, 17.2 mm.; length of pronotum, 4.9; greatest (cau-
dal) width of the pronotal disk, 2.9; length of tegmen, 27; greatest
width of tegmen, 6.8; length of caudal femur, 21.2; length of caudal
tibia, 18.5.

The type of this species is unique.

Anaulacomera sulcata Brunner.

1878. A[nanlacomera] sulcata Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., pp. 279,
289. [Brazil; Peru.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.]
This specimen fully agrees with the original description and is
inseparable from an individual of the same sex from Rio de Janeiro,
in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
w^hich was determined as sulcata by Saussure, from whom it was
received. The species has been questionably recorded from Rio
de Janeiro by Bruner.

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Grammadera rostrata Rehn.

1907. Grammadern rostrata Rehn, Prof>. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p.
378, figs. 10 and 11. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Corumba, State of Matto Grosso. March. (H. H. Smith; low-
land.) One female. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen has been compared with the type and found to be
inseparable. The size is very faintly smaller, and the ovipositor is
faintly more arcuate proximad on the ventral margin, but otherwise
the two are identical.

Corumba and Sapucay are the only localities known for the species.

Grammadera chapadensis Bruner.

1915. Grammadera cha-padensis Bruner, Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 321.
[Chapada, Matto Gros.so, Brazil.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. November. (H. H. Smith.)
Two males, two females. [U. S. N. M.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. Four females. [Hebard Cln.]

These specimens fully agree with the description of cha-padensis,
which is certainly close to albida Brunner. Just how it differs
from the older species is not at all clear, as the form of the supra-anal
plate of the male, which is said in the original description of chapa-
densis to be the chief characteristic of the species, shows no differ-
ences which would not be covered by Brunner's brief description of
this area in albida.

The material from Sapucay, Paraguay and Misiones, Argentina
which we had previously referred to albida,*^ we now know does not
belong to that species, but instead represents G. steinbachi Brunerj^^*
a species which at the time of our references was undescribed. In
consequence we do not know albida Brunner, to which, however,
chapadensis is very close.

The localities given above are the only ones known for the species.

Phylloptera^' quinque-maculata Bruner.

1915. Phylloptera quinque-maculata. Bruner, Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 325.
[Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. July and October. (H. H.
Smith; campo [October].) Two males, one female. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens are perfectly typical of Bruner 's species. One
male is more brownish than the other individuals, while in all the
dorso-caudal section of the pronotal disk is strongl}^ colored.

^1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 377, [Sapucay, Paraguay]; Ibid.,
1913, p. 371, [Misiones, Argentina]; Ibid., 1915, p. 287> [Misiones, Argentina].
^^Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 322. [Puerto Suarez, Bolivia.]
^^ At this writing we have before us the unique female type of Phylloptera
tripunctata Scudder (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.; XVII, p. 261, (1875)), described

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

Phylloptera phyllopteroides (Brimner).

187S. Plaruhli'ta] phyllopteroides Bruaner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 254.
[Brazil.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One male, two females. [Hebard Cln.]

This is apparently the first record of the species with exact data.

Phylloptera tenella new species. (Plate XI, figs. 26, 27 and 28.)

A close relative of P. alliedea Caudell, from Paraguay," and P.
cognata Rehn, described below, but particularly close in its relation-
ship to the former. ■ From alliedea the present species differs in its
considerably smaller size, more robust proximal portion of the cau-
dal femora and the more bent, shorter and blunter ovipositor. The
form of the latter strongly approaches that of the ovipositor of P.
cognata, but in proportions it would hold an intermediate position,
as the apex is more acute and the disto-dorsal section of the margin
is by no means as coarsely spined as in cognata.

Type. — 9; Corumba, State of Matto Grosso, Brazil. March.
(H. H. Smith; highland.) [United States National Museum.]

Size medium: form compressed. Head with the fastigium narrow,
acuminate, sulcate, moderately declivent, hardly in contact with
the .fastigium of the face, the latter moderately acuminate: palpi
elongate, slender, the distal joint arcuate: eyes not prominent,
faintly compressed, slightly projecting cephalad, in basal outline
slightly ovate. Pronotum with the disk deplanate, relatively broad,
the greatest caudal width contained one and one-fifth times in the
greatest length of the same; cephalic margin of the disk concave
with a faint angulate tendency, caudal margin of the disk strongly
arcuate; surface of the disk with a distinct but narrow medio-longi-
tudinal sulcus, a median figure forming wdth the sulcus the letter ^';
lateral angles distinct, rectangulate, subcarinate: lateral lobes
slightly deeper than long; cephalic margin of the lobes weakly con-
cave, ventro-cephalic angle moderately rounded, ventral margin

from the "Eastern slopes of the Peruvian Andes." Brunner, in 1878 (Monogr.
der Phaneropt., p. 314), suggested the possibility of the species being the same
as his there described P. serva, while, in 1896, Scudder (Proc. Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist., XXVII, p. 213) stated it appeared to be a Homotoicha. Kirby in
his catalogue (Synon. Catal. Orth., II, p. 4.50, (1906)), placed tripunctata in Para-
scudderia. As a matter of fact the species is a Phylloptera, rather aberrant in
certain features it is true, but it is the same as either P. nigro-nuricvlata or hrevi~
lamulosa Brunner (Verhand. k.-k. Zool.-botan. Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 162, (1891 )),
from the Upper Amazons. It agrees in structure and coloration vevy fidly with
breviramidosa, but in addition has the tegminal margins and cephalic tibiae
colored as in nigro-annulata. The safer course appears to us to be the synonym-
izing of breriramulosa under tripunctata. The type is in bad condition, having
been dried from alcohol.
« Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 238, (1906).

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,.

broadly arcuate, ventro-caudal angle not indicated, the ventral
margin passing regularly into the arcuate caudal margin, humeral
sinus well indicated, rounded obtuse-angulate.

Tegmina surpassing the apex of the abdomen by the greater por-
tion of the length of the caudal femora, its length slightly more
than six times that of the disk of the pronotum, its greatest width
contained two and four-fifths times in the greatest length of the
same: costal margin regularly and rather strongly arcuate, sutural
margin similarly arcuate, apex broadly rounded acute: marginal
field at its widest point forming about two-fifths of the entire teg-
minal width at that point: median vein diverging at two-fifths
of the tegminal length from the base, bifurcate, the arms reaching
the sutural margin very shortly before the apex; ulnar vein with
two distinct rami ; transverse nervures of the discoidal field rela-
tively few, rather regularly placed, those distad slightly oblique,
the "dead-" spots placed one on each of the ulnar rami close to the
main vein, the third covers the short transverse nervures connecting
the ulnar vein and the pi-oximal fork of the median vein: anal field
narrow, elongate. Wings but slightly projecting distad of the
closed tegmina, the apex moderately acute when closed, when the
wing is expanded the apex is rotundate rectangulate.

Mesosternal lobes relatively small, acute: metasternal lobes
rectangulate, arcuate laterad. Abdomen distinctly compressed,
moderately carinate dorsad, aside from the two dorsal segments:
disto-dorsal abdominal segment short, weakly sulcate medio-longi-
tudinally, the margin rather briefly sinuato-emarginate on each
side of the sulcus : supra-anal plate trigonal, briefly and shallowly
sulcate proximad: cerci tapering, falciform, relatively thick proxi-
mad, the extremity slender: ovipositor one and two-fifths times
as long as the disk of the pronotum, strongly compressed, deep,
regularly falcate, the dorsal margin serrulate in the greater portion
of its length, the denticulations regularly increasing in size distad,
ventral margin with recurved denticulations for a short distance
distad, apex of the two valves together moderately acute; surface
of ovipositor with depressed shagreenous teeth: subgenital plate
trigonal, deeply sulcate medio-longitudinally, this bounded laterad
by converging, elevated, rounded ridges.

Cephalic femora very slightly longer than the pronotal disk,,
ventro-internal margin armed distad with two to three spines;
cephalic tibiae with the auditory foramina elongate elliptical. Cau-
dal femora about three-fifths as long as the tegmen, moderately^

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

inflated proximad, appreciably compressed, ventro-external margin
with six spines, ventro-internal margin with five to eight spines,
genicular lobes bluntly bispinose: caudal tibiae faintly longer than
the femora, subcompressed, particularly proximad, the dorsal mar-
gins sublamellate carinate, multispinose, the ventral margins less
thickly spined, dorsal surface moderately deplanate impressed.

Allotype. — cf; Same data as type. [United States National
Museum.]

Differing from the above description of the type in the following
features. Stridulating field of the tegmina with its margin oblique
arcuate to the apex of the stridulating vein, there rounded and
distad very faintly arcuate the remainder of its length; stridulating
vein thick, strongly depressed, in fact flattened, in the greater por-
tion of its length transverse, narrowing distad, the distal margin of
the vein with a distinct cingulate ridge. Disto-dorsal abdominal
segment with the sinuate-emarginate character of the margin much
less decided than in the female, yet appreciable: cerci strongly falcate .
dorso-mesad, slightly thickened proximad, elsewhere uniform in
thickness, the extremity not acuminate, armed with two low, very
blunt teeth: subgenital plate with the lateral margins regularly
narrowing distad, the distal extremity very narrowly arcuate-
emarginate, the bases of the styles developed as short projections
on each side of the distal emargination, these projections repre-
sented and continued over the plate for some distance by slightly
diverging rounded ridges; styles short, their length subequal to the
distance between their bases, simple. Caudal femora with the
ventro-external margin bearing fom- to five spines; ventro-internal
margin with four to five spines.

General color honey yellow to clay color (doubtless discolored),
the distal three-fifths or all of the tegmina courge-green, the vena-
tion in the green sections lined with light hellebore-green, the " dead "
area mummy-brown. Normally exposed portion of the wings col-
ored similarly to the tegmina. Eyes buckthorn-brown. Limbs
proximad of the general color, passing on the distal section of the
femora and the tibiae to course- and biscay-greens, these more de-
cided on the caudal limbs.

Measurements {in

millimeters.)

Greatest

Length

Length (caudal)

Length Greatest

Length

Length

of

of width of

of width

of

of

body

pro- pronotal

tegmen of

caudal

ovi-

notum disk

tegmen

femur

positor

cf, allotype... 20

4 3.3

26 9.2

16.1

—

9, type 21.5

4.1 3.6

28. 3 10.2

18.3

6

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

In addition to the type and allotype we have before us two male
and one female paratypes which bear the same data as the type,
except that all three of them were taken in the month of April.
These specimens show no noteworthy variation from the above
descriptions, except in furnishing data on the variability of femoral
spine formulae. The cephalic femora have on the internal face
distad from two to four spines, while the caudal femora are armed
on the external margin with from four to six (generally five) spines,
the internal with from four to eight spines.

Phylloptera cognata new species. (Plate XI, figs. 29, 30 and 31.)

Closely related to P. alliedea Caudell, from Sapucay, Paraguay,*^
agreeing in the sulcation of the cephalic femora, the form of the
sternal lobes and the general form, but differing in the more elongate
basal outline of the eyes, the axis of which is more oblique dorso-
caudad, the more compressed fastigium of the face, the propor-
tionately narrower tegmina and the shorter, much broader (propor-
tionately) and distinctly bent ovipositor, the apex of which is dorsad
and sharply narrowed and on the distal portion of the dorsal margin
is strongly dentate. From the above described tenella, cognata can be
separated readily by its larger size, the shape of the eyes and the
stouter and more abbreviate ovipositor. The male of the species is
unknown.

Type. — 9 ; Chapada, State of Matto Grosso, Brazil. August. (H.
H. Smith.) [United States National Museum.]

Size medium: form compressed: surface dull, mat, the tegmina and
exposed portion of the wings coriaceous. Head in general form
similar to that of tenella: fastigium faintly longer and more regularly
narrowing than in tenella; fastigium of the face as in teiiella, median
ocellus large: face bullate to the same degree and laterally com-
pressed in similar fashion to that of tenella: palpi equally slender but
slightly shorter than in tenella: eyes in basal outline distinctly ovate,
the axis oblique: antennae reaching at least as far as the tips of the
tegmina.

Pronotum as in tenella except that the ventro-cephahc angle of
the margin of the lateral lobes is more obtuse and less rounded.
Tegmina very similar to those of tenella, but the apex is slightly
more sharply rounded. Sternal lobes of the type found in tenella,
but they are individually slightly more longitudinal. Apex of
the abdomen as in tenella, with the following differences: oviposi-

« Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 238, (1906).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

tor subequal in length to the disk of the pronotum, strongly com-
pressed, moderately deep, bent dorsad very close to the base, apex
of the two valves together broader and blunter than in tenella,
the dorsal margin serrulate distad, the ventral margin recurved
denticulate distad.

Cephalic femora armed on the ventro-internal margin with four
spines distad. Caudal femora about four-sevenths as long as the
tegmen, general form as in tenella, ventro-external margin wdth
six to nine spines, ventro-internal margin with four to six spines:
caudal tibiae as in tenella.

General color of the body and limbs antimony yellow to ochraceous-
buff, darkening on the ventral surface of the abdomen to tawny,
tegmina, exposed portion of the wings and to a certain extent the
dorsum of the pronotum, courge-green, the veins frequently, and to
a variable degree, hned with light hellebore-green, the "dead"
spots mummy brown and variable in size, occasionally but two being
present. Eyes buckthorn-brown. Tibiae courge-green, the ex-
tremities of the caudal femora weakly of the same color. In life
the body coloration was in all probal^ility green or greenish, that of
the, tibiae probably being a remnant of the natural color.

Length of body, 19 mm.; length of pronotum, 4.5; greatest (cau-
dal) width of pronotal disk, 3.9; length of tegmen, 32; greatest
width of tegmen, 10.9; length of caudal femur, 18.5; length of ovi-
positor, 5.

In addition to the type we have before us two paratypic females,,
which bear the same data as the type, except that one was taken in
the month of July instead of August. These specimens show no
noteworthy differences from the type. One of the specimens has.
lost the cephalic femora and the other has but a single one ; in this latter
the femur has but a single spine on the ventro-cephalic margin.
The ventro-external margin of the caudal femora has the spines
seven or eight in number, of the ventro-internal margin six to eight
in number. These figures make the known variation in the for-
mulae of these margins for the species, six to nine and four to eight
respectively.

Phylloptera ovalifolia Burmeister.

1838. Ph[ijUoptera] ovalifolia Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, Abth II,
pt. I. p. 693. [South America.]

Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de Janeiro. November. One male.
[U. S. N. M.]

This species previously has been recorded from Rio de Janeiro,
Theresopolis and Santa Catharina, Brazil.

270 PROCEEDIIsTGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Phylloptera spinulosa Brunner.

1878. Ph[ijlloptera] spinulosa Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 314.
[Ypanema, State of Sao Paulo, Brazil.]

Rio Verde, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One male. [Hebard Cln.]

Corumba, State of Matto Grosso. March and April. (H. H.

Smith; highland.) Three females. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens show a great amount of size variation, which

appears to have some geographic correlation.

The Corumba specimens are of a uniformly medium size, while the

Rio Verde female is quite large, and the Goyaz male the smallest

individual of the species we have seen, much smaller than a Sapucay

male, the only other individual of that sex at hand. The tegmina

of one Corumba individual are unmarked, of another with a single

small ocellar spot on the ulnar vein at the base of its first ramus,

and the third with a relative large greenish-white ocellar spot in the

same position. The Rio Verde female has no tegminal spots, and

the Goyaz male is similar in this respect to the second Corumba

individual mentioned above. There is considerable variation in

the relative width of the tegmina, which is apparently individual

in character.

The species is now known to range from the State of Goyaz west

to at least Corumba, south to Sapucay, Paraguay and the Misiones,

Argentina.

Pycnopalpa bicordata (Serville).

1825. L[ocusta] bicordata Serville, Encycl. Method., Ins., X, p. 343. [Bra-
zil.]

Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de Janeiro. November and Decem-
ber. (H. H. Smith.) Two males. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens show some difference in size, but are clearly
identical. Bruner has recorded the species from this locality.

Pycnopalpa rubiginosa (Brimer).

1915. Topana rubiginosa Bruner, Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 330. [Cha-
pada, Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. July. (H. H. Smith.) One
male. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen fully agrees with the original description except
for its faintly smaller size. We feel that Bruner was not correct in
placing this species in Topana, as a careful comparison of it with
the genotypes of Topana and Pycnopalpa shows more features of
agreement with the latter than with the former. The cingulate
disk of the pronotum, the form of the palpi, the number of spines

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

on the ventro-cephalic margin of the cephalic femora, the form of
the stridulating field of the male tegmina and the color distribution
at the base of the tegmina are as in Pycnopalpa, while the tegminal
venation and the non-erose character of the tegmina are as in To-
pana. As the majority of the striking features accord with Pycno-
palpa this association is clearly the more justifiable course to pur-
sue, although nibiginosa is a definite proof of the common origin of
the two genera.

Topana cincticornis (StS^l).

1873. P[lagioptera] cincticornis Stal, Ofv. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl.,
XXX, p. 4.3. [Brazil.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. April, July and August. (H.
H. Smith; one labelled ''highland".) One male, four females.
[U. S. N. M.]

Bruner''« has recorded the species from this locality. These
specimens agree with Stal's description, but are somewhat smaller
than the measurements given for the species by Brunner. The
species has been definitely recorded from Rio de Janeiro, Nova Fri-
burgo, Matto Grosso and Chapada, Brazil, and Luque, Paraguay,
as well as general ''Brazil" and "Paraguay" records.

Diplophyllus ensifolius Saussure.

1859. Ph[ijlloptera {Diplophyllus)] ensifolia Saussure, Revue et Magasin de
Zoologie, 2e ser., XI, p. 202. [Bahia, Brazil.]

Corumba, State of Matto Grosso. March. (H. H. Smith;
highland.) One female. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen agrees with the two previous descriptions (Saussure
and Brunner), which were based on the male sex, but has the teg-
mina shorter (33 mm. instead of 39) and narrower (10 instead of 11)
than Brunner's measurements of the same. When compared with a
female of D. pundatus (Stal), from Montserrat, West Indies, ensi-
folius is seen to be a more slender insect, with less globose eyes,
more regularly lanceolate and less angulate tegmina, and much
more elongate, narrower and regularly arcuate ovipositor, which
has the distal third of its dorsal margin crenulato-serrate and the
same portion of the ventral margin recurved serrato-dentate. The
length of the ovipositor is 9.6 mm.; the median depth of the same,
1.9.

«Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 330, (191.5J.

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Microcentrum lanceolatum (Burmeister) .

1838. Ph\ylloptera] lanceolnla Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II. abth.
II, pt. 1, p. 692. [Brazil.]

Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de Janeiro. November. (H .H.
Smith.) Two males. [U. S. N. M.]

The present widely distributed species has been recorded from
this locality by Brunner and Bruner.

Lobophyllus reversus new species. (Plate XI, figs. 32 and 33.)

A striking species, differing chiefly from L. legurnen Saussure, from
"Brazil," the genotype and only previously known species, in the
more subequal dorsum of the pronotum, the much more ample teg-
mina, the distal portion of which is much wider, in the transverse
veins of the marginal field of the tegmina being directed proximad,
in the ramus of the median vein being proximad extremely close to
the median vein, in the more regular disposition and correlation of
the rami of the median and ulnar veins and in the caudal tibiae
slightly surpassing instead of being shorter than the femora. The
ovipositor of the new species is quite different from that of legumen,
being proportionately shorter and broader with a rotundato-trun-
cate apex and the margin of the same section denticulate.

Type. — 9 ; Goyaz, State of Goyaz, Brazil. [Hebard Collection,
Type no. 473.]

Size large: form moderately compressed: surface unpolished, teg-
mina and exposed portions of wings coriaceous, wdth a faint gloss.
Head with its greatest width slightly greater than the depth from
the occipital margin to the clypeal suture: occiput bullato-arcuate
transversely, regularly arcuato-declivent from the caudal portion
of the occiput to the fastigial suture: fastigium of the vertex very
broad, faintly broader than the greatest dimension of the eye, not
at all elevated above the general level of the head, broadly in con-
tact with the equally wide and similarly constructed fastigium of
the face, the inter-fastigial suture straight: surface of the fastigia
and vicinity cribroso-punctulate, the occiput and genae with scattered
indications of the same: eyes little prominent, relatively small, in
basal outline subcircular, with a slight flattening cephalad: antennae
not reaching to the apex of the abdomen, aside from the two prox-
imal joints very slender.

Pronotum with the length of the disk about one and one-fourth
times the greatest width of the head, the greatest (caudal) width
of the disk contained one and one-fourth times in the length of
the same; disk nearly subequal in width; the lateral margins faintly
diverging, regularly, caudad, the cephalic width equal to about
nine-tenths the caudal width; cephalic margin of the disk arcuate-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

emarginate with a faint median tooth, caudal margin of the disk
strongly arcuate with a weak, shallow median emargination; lateral
margins of the disk rectangulate in caudal two-thirds, olituse in
cephalic third, rounded in both sections, cut at one-third their
length from the cephalic margin by a very brief sulcus, which does
not extend over the disk of the pronotum, the latter with a broad
V-shaped figure faintly cephalad of the middle, when seen from
the side the portion of the disk caudad of this figure is plane, while
that cephalad of the same is regularly ascending cephalad: lat-
eral lobes of the pronotum slightly deeper than long, the dorsal
length contained one and one-fifth times in the depth; cephalic
margin arcuato-emarginate, ventro-cephalic angle rounded obtuse,
the ventral margin relatively short, oblique, rotundato-truncate,
ventro-caudal angle broadly rounded-rectangulate, caudal margin
flattened arcuate, slightly oblique ventro-cephalad in direction,
humeral sinus relatively small, but acute and sharply indicated:
surface of disk and lobes cribroso-punctulate, the indentations finer
cephalad on the disk and the dorsal section of the lateral lobes than
elsewhere.

Tegmina elongate and ample, their length slightly greater than
one and two-thirds times the body length, the greatest width con-
tained two and one-third times in the greatest length of the same,
the general form of the tegmen acuminate ovate-lanceolate, the
greatest width at five-eighths of the length from the base: costal
margin regularly and strongly arcuate, apex slightly acute, the
immediate apex rather narrowly rounded, sutural margin faintly
arcuate distad to the distal third, thence broadly arcuate and in the
remainder of the margin (subapical portion) oblique subtruncate to
the apex: marginal field very broad in the proximal two-thirds of
the tegmina, distad of this point the curving of the humeral trunk
restricts the marginal field to a mere edging, the greatest width of
the field (at the proximal third of the tegmen) slightly more than
one-third of the greatest tegminal width and two-fifths of the entire
tegminal width at the proximal third; anal field relatively narrow
and elongate: mediastine vein short, subobsolete; rami of the humeral
vein, which cross the marginal field, all regularly trend in the direc-
tion of the base of the tegmen as they diverge toward the costal
margin, these rami more numerous and crowded distad; humeral
trunk sigmoid, the arcuate at the distal third very decided w^hen
compared with that at the proximal third; median vein diverging
from the discoidal vein very shortly before the middle of the tegmen,

'274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

for a short distance pai-alleling the discoidal vein, bifurcate then
diverging from the main humeral trunk at an angle of sixty degrees
and in a fractured fashion reaching the oblique portion of the sutural
margin; ulnar vein arcuate toward the humeral trunk, which it
closely approaches, distad connected with the proximal ramus of the
median vein by a short cross- vein, the ulnar vein with two oblique
arcuate rami, which follow the general trend of the extremity of the
main ulnar vein, a number of oblique cross-veins between the humeral
trunk and the ulnar vein are also present, these having the same
trend toward the base as they approach the humeral trunk, a pecu-
liarity possessed by all the more prominent rami and cross-veins.
Wings with the exposed portion very acute, projecting distad of the
tegmina a distance subequal to the length of the pronotal disk.

Mesosternal lobes elongate, acute-angulate caudad, the angle very
narrowly rounded, the external margin of the lobes gently arcuate,
the lobes held in a nearly vertical position: metasternal lobes indiv-
idually longitudinal, shorter proportionately than the mesosternal
lobes, the caudal angle moderately acute, the angle narrowly rounded,
the caudal and lateral margins moderately arcuate. Disto-dorsal
abdominal segment moderately arcuate about the base of each
cercus, the distal margin of the plate dorsad of the supra-anal plate
weakly and broadly emarginate, the surface of the plate moderately
concave mesad: supra-anal plate trigonal, slightly longer than the
proximal width: cerci styliform, regularly tapering from the rela-
tively incrassate base to the very slender distal portion, straight:
ovipositor with its greatest length equal to four-fifths of the length
of the pronotal disk, bent arcuate in proximal third, thence very
gently arcuate, the greatest depth of the ovipositor equal to about
two-fifths of the ovipositor length, the ovipositor very faintly narrow-
ing in the distal half, the extremity obliquely arcuato-truncate, the
obliquity towards the dorsal margin, the margin of the apex with
deeply cut denticulations, which are larger mesad, other margins
of the ovipositor unarmed: subgenital plate small, compressed
trigonal, paired carinae converging distad.

Cephalic femora four-fifths as long as the disk of the pronotum,
subcompressed, ventro-cephaUc margin with five spines, genicular
lobes bispinose: cephalic tibiae with the auditory foramina having
rimate apertures on both faces. Median femora one and one-third
times as long as the pronotal disk: median tibiae weakly expanded
in the proximal half on the ventral surface, there subcompressed.
Caudal femora in length equal to two-fifths of the length of the

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

tegmina. compressed, rather regularly tapering distad, the external
face with a well-impressed but irregular pattern of the pagina;
genicular lobes bispinose; ventral-external margin with a continu-
ous series of twenty-one to twenty-two spines, the ventro-internal
margin with a series of nine to ten spines restricted to the distal
section of the margin, the spines of both margins of similar size
and equally spaced, except that distad on the external margin they
are more crowded than elsewhere; ventral surface moderately chan-
nelled: caudal tibiae in actual length slightly surpassing that of
the caudal femora, faintly compressed proximad, the dorsal sur-
face moderately deplanate, dorsal margins regularly spined, the
ventral margins with a much sparser spination.

General coloration of the head and pronotum light yellowish-olive
to ecru-olive, on the abdomen saccardo's-umber, on the venter of
the same bister; tegmina and exposed portion of wings courge-green
to light elm-green, blotched with chamois and cream-buff, probably
through dessication of the original green color; limbs saccardo's-
umber to ecru-olive. Eyes mottled prout's-browai and fuscous;
antennae amber-brown, greenish proximad. Pronotum with the
lateral angles of the disk rather obscurely hned with ochraceous-
buff, the short sulci (paired) which intersect the lateral angles of the
disk at the cephalic third are lined with black. Humeral trunk of
the tegmina and the principal veins of the same lined with buffy,
the veins other than those of the trunk with this passing into cedar-
green; discoidal field and the adjacent portion of the marginal field
with numerous, scattered, very small points of creamy-white. Ovi-
positor ochraceous-tawny, more or less distinctly edged with russet.

Length of body, 29.3 mm.; length of pronotum, 7.6; greatest (cau-
dal) width of pronotal disk, 6.1; length of tegmen, 50; greatest
width of tegmen, 21.4; length of caudal femur, 20; length of ovi-
positor, 6.1.

The type of this most interesting species is unique.

Ischyra punctinervis Brimner.

1878. I[schyra] punctinervis Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 344, pi.
VII, fig. 99a-b. [Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.j
This specimen is faintly smaller than the original measurements
and shows no sanguineous punctations at the base of the tegmina,
although the ivory areas and the rows of fuscous points bordering
the veins are well marked. It fully agrees otherwise with the
description.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

PSEUDOPHYLLINAE.

Meroncidius flavolimbatus Brunner.

1895. Meroncidius flavolimbatus Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p.
150. [Paraguay; State of Espirito Santo, Brazil.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. January 11, 1883. (A. Koebele;
on Agave sp.). One female. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen fully agrees with the original description of the
species, which can be distinguished from marcjinatus Walker by its
smaller size, its relatively straighter cephalic femora, its slightly
more compressed pronotum, which has the marginal color contrast
moderately decided, and its less produced lateral angles of the meso-
and metasternum. The present species has the same type of mottled
light and dark coloration of the sutural margin of the tegmina found
in marginatus, but as the general color is darker the pale areas are
reduced in size and less conspicuous. At first glance flavolimbatus
might be taken for a small specimen of marginatus, but the struc-
tural differences appear to be sufficiently marked to distinguish the
two.

Meroncidius marginatus Walker.

]870. Meroncidius marginatus Walker, Catal. Spec. Derm. Salt. Brit.
Mus., Ill, p. 450. [Para, Brazil.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. January 11, 1883. (A. Koebele;
on Agave sp.) One male, two females. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens agree with Walker's description of the species,
which is close to ochraceus of Stoll. The older species, however,
as understood by Brunner, has unicolorous antennae, the ovipositor
without distal rugae, very much greater general size and a distinctly
longer, although no deeper, ovipositor.

Anchiptolis chapadensis Brvmer.

1915. Anchiptolis chapadensis Bruner, Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 355.
[Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. June and September. (H. H.
Smith.) Two males, three females. [U. S. N. IVl.]

These specimens fully agree with the original description, which
was based on a single female. Several features of the male sex are
worthy of comment. The stridulating field of the male tegmina
occupies about one-fourth of the sutural section of the tegmina.
The two disto -dorsal abdominal segments are shining black, as in
the female sex. Supra-anal plate rather short, trigonal in form,
with the distal angle produced into an acute process; cerci short,
incrassate, faintly inliowed, the apex recurved with a straight tooth,

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

the ventro-lateral section of the shaft with a shallow longitudinal
impression; subgenital plate distinctly narrowed distad, the distal
extremity very narrowly and quite deeply U-emarginate; styles
rather short, cylindrical, ventral surface subsulcate.

The measurements (in millimeters) of the present material are as
follows:

Greatest Greatest Length Length

Length Length width Length width of of

of of of of of caudal ovipos-

body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen femur itor

c^ 23" 7.9 5.1 29.2 6.3 19.5

cf 32.7 8.8 5.4 34.5 7.5 22.2

9 33.5 8.7 5.5 38 8.7 20.6 16.9

9 31 8.1 5.4 37.5 8 22 17.6

9... 28 8.1 5.3 36.5 8.5 22.7 17.2

Tanusia angulata-ooellata Bruuner

1895. Tanusia angulaio-ocellata Brunner, Monogr. der PseudophylL, p.
251. [Brazil.]

Canta Gallo, State of Rio de Janeiro. (Dr. Teuscher; Thayer
Expedition.) One female. [M. C. Z.]

This specimen is typical except that the proximal three-fifths of
the tegmina is green, instead of ferruginous as described. We know
there is dichromatism in some of the Pterochrozae (i. e. Mimetica)
and this is apparently a case of the same sort. We have not used
Serville's picturata for this species, an action taken by Kirby, as we
do not feel convinced the older name w^as applied to the same species
as Brunner 's angulato-ocellaia .

This is the first record of the species with exact locality.

COPIPHORINAE.
Copiphora producta (Bolivar).

1903. Copiophora producta Bolivar, Revista Chilena Hist. Nat., VII, p.
143. [Paraguay.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One male. [Hebard Cln.]
This specimen shows a few differences from the description, which
was based on the female sex, but these are chiefly in measurements
and are probably due to sexual difference in proportions. The de-
velopment of the caudal section of the pronotum is exactly as de-
.scribed by Bolivar.

The species has been recorded from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and
''Province del Sara", Bolivia, by Bruner.

This measurement is unnaturally small, as the abdomen is shrunken.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,.

Oxyprora flavicornis Redtenbacher.

1891. Oxyprora flavicornis Redtenbacher, Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-botan.
Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 360. [Bahia, Brazil.]

Goyaz, State of Goyaz. One female. [Hebard Cln.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. July and October. (H. H.
Smith.) Three males, one female. [U. S. N. M.]

One male is decidedly brownish, apparently indicating the pres-
ence of a brown phase in the species.

Previous records were of its occurrence at Chapada, by Bruner,**
and Urucum, near Corumba, Matto Grosso, by Giglio-Tos."

Caulopsis lancifera new species. (Plate XI, flgs. 34, 35, 36, 37 and 38.)

Closely related to C. cuspidata Scudder, from Cuba, but differing
in the more compressed form, more elongate fastigium, which is also
deeper and faintly decurved distad, in the more retreating face, in
the much reduced stridulating field of the male tegmina, which has-
the tambourine hardly half the size of that found in cuspidata, in
the narrower and more acuminate tegmina, the more deeply divided
disto-dorsal abdominal segment of the male, the armament of the
male cerci and the more deeply emarginate subgenital plate.

Type. — cf ; Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil. March. (H. H.
Smith; lowland.) [United States National Museum.]

Size rather small: form very elongate: surface of head, pronotam,.
pleura and sterna cribroso-punctulate. Head with the greatest dor-
sal length (from apex of fastigium) nearly twice as great as the length
of the pronotal disk: dorsal line of occiput and fastigium in greater
part faintly and regularly ascending cephalad: fastigium with its
dorsal length subequal to the length of the occiput and inter-ocular-
region of vertex, lanceolate, faintly narrowed proximad, subequal
in width of remainder of proximo! half, then narrowing distad to
the strongly blunted apex; ventral line of fastigium, when seen from
the side, faintly concave; ventral surface non-carinate, but deeply
punctate, proximal tooth prominent, completely in contact with the
fastigium of the face; facial Une, when seen from the side, greatly
retreating, straight: eyes hardly prominent, ovate-orbicular in basal
outline: antennae at least two and one -half times as long as body. .

Pronotum of the usual type for the genus, the greatest caudal width
of the pronotal disk contained nearly twice in the greatest length of
the same: cephalic margin of disk weakly arcuato-emarginate, cauda
margin of disk arcuato-truncate, lateral angles of disk distinct but
well rounded, except caudad, when they are sUghtly more decided
shoulders; transverse sulcus placed slightly cephalad of the cephalic

« Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 389, (191.5).

« Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XV, no. 377, p. 7, (1900).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

third, a fine medio-longitiidinal sulcus impressed for some distance
caudad of the transverse sulcus: lateral lobes of the pronotum dis-
tinctly longitudinal; cephalic margin of lobes strongly oblique,
arcuato-truncate; ventro-cephalic angle hardly indicated; ventral
margin oblique truncate; ventro-caudal angle rounded obtuse,
caudal margin strongly arcuate; humeral sinus deep, well rounded
rectangulate. Tegmina elongate lanceolate, the greatest width
contained slightly more than nine times in the length, surpassing
the apex of the abdomen by more than twice the dorsal length of
the head: costal margin straight except for a regular arcuation in
the distal third to the suturad apex, which is rather well rounded:
stridulating field small, in its entirety not quite two-thirds as long
as the dorsum of the pronotum, free margin but moderately arcuate,
stridulating vein not more pronounced than the other veins of the
field. Wings equalling the tegmina.

Prosternal spines very elongate, aciculate, parallel; sternal lobes
strongly compressed, those of mesosternum rounded rectangulate,
of metasternum arcuate laterad, with an extremely faint obtuse-
angulation caudad. Disto-dorsal abdominal segment with a broad,
relatively shallow, obtuse-angulate depressed area on the distal
half of the dorsal surface, this area deepest disto-mesad and its
proximal outline is rectangulate, the distal margin obtuse-angulate
emarginate, the supra-cereal angles moderately acute, cereal emar-
ginations relatively deep, broad, truncate at the bottom: sub-
genital plate reflexed, linguiform: cerci of medium length, moder-
ately robust, covered with shagreenous points which give rise to
short chaetiform and long piliform hairs; when seen from the dor-
sum the cerci are nearly straight, when seen from the side they are
moderately regularly arcuate, subequal in depth; apex obliquely
subtruncate, supplied with two spines, one large and cultriform,
directed dorsad, the other aciculate, directed toward the median
line and placed distad of the cultriform spine; subgenital plate
compressed, relatively short, distal margin narrowly fissato-emar-
ginate; styles articulate, short.

Cephalic and median limbs relatively short, comparatively slender:
caudal femora elongate, slender, one-half as long as the tegmina;
ventro-external margin Avith two to five spines, ventro-internal
margin with two to three spines. Genicular lobes unarmed except
those of the caudal femora and the caudal one on the median femora.

Allotype. — 9; Iga, River, State of Amazonas, Brazil. (Thayer
Expedition.) [Museum of Comparative Zoology.]

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

This specimen differs from the description of the type in the fol-
lowing features. Size larger, form faintly more robust. Head with
the greatest dorsal length one and a half times as long as the pro-
notal disk; dorsal line of occiput and fastigium faintly and regularly
ascending; facial line slightly less retreating than in the male; an-
tennae broken. Cephalic margin of disk of pronotum very faintly
more angulato-emarginate than in the male; greatest caudal width
of pronotal disk three-fifths of length of same. Disto-dorsal ab-
dominal segment deeply and narrowly V-emarginate mesad: cerci
terete, tapering in distal third, acute, faintly arcuate when seen
from the side; ovipositor in length subequal to that of the dorsum
of the head and pronotum together, relatively broad, subeciual in
width, faintly decurved in distal two-thirds, apex acute: subgenital
plate produced trigonal, compressed, subcarinate ventrad, distal
margin narrow, shallowly arcuate-emarginate. Caudal femora
slightly less than one-half as long as the tegmina: ventro-external
margin armed with three to four, ventro-internal margin with two
to three spines.

General color serpentine-green to old-gold above, beneath old
gold to dull yellow-ocher. Eyes russet; antennae dresden-brown to
buckthorn -brown, passing into the general color proximad. Larger
areas of the male stridulating field washed to a variable degree with
mummy brown. Tibial spines yellowish, tipped with brownish.
The female (allotype) has lost all trace of the original coloration, the
above features being derived entirely from the type and paratype.

Measurements {in millimeters.)

Cireatest Greatest Length Length

Length Length Length caudal Length width of of

of of fas- of pro- width of of of caudal oviposi-

body tigiuni notum pro- tegmen tegmen femur tor

notum

d^ , Corumbtl,

Brazil, type

.24

3.6

4.3

2.2

29.25"

3.1

14.8

cf , Corumba,

Brazil, paratype..

.23

3.1

4

2.2

28.2

2.6

13.2

9 , Iga River,

Brazil, allotype..

.29*1

4

4.6

2.8

35.2

3.5

15.8

12.9

In addition to the type and allotype we have before us a paratypic
male bearing the same data as the type. It is a smaller insect than

^° Apices damaged. Measurement approximate.
*^ Exclusive of ovipositor.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

the type, with the fastigium relatively shorter, but it is clearly the
same species as the described individual. The number of spines on
the ventro-external margin of the caudal femora is two to five in the
paratype.

Neoconocephalus irroratus (Burmeister) .

1838. C[oiiocephalus] irroralus Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, abth.
II, pt. 1, p. 70.5. [Brazil.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. February, 1883. (A. Koebele.)
Three females. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens have lost all of their original coloration, from
liquid immersion, but they are inseparable from well preserved
specimens from other localities.

Neoconocephalus vicinus Karny.

1907. Neoconocephalus vicinus Karnv. Abb. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien,
IV, heft. 3, pp. 26, 34. [Rio Grande do Sul (Brazil): Paraguay.]

Chapada, State of Matto Grosso. IVTay and June. (H. H.
Smith). Four females. [U. S. N. M.]

These individuals have been compared with specimens from
Sapucay, Paraguay. Two of the series are in the brownish phase
of coloration, with the costal margin of the tegmina finely lined with
fuscous, while the others are in the greenish phase, with the tegmina
not lined. The degree of completeness of the blackish marking on
the venter of the fastigium varies appreciably.

We have every reason to believe that Bruner's Neoconocephalus
longifossor, described from Chapada, ^^, is identical with this species.

Bucrates^^ capitatus (DeGeer).

1773. Locusla capiiata DeGeer, Mem. Hist. Ins., Ill, p. 455, pi. 40, fig. 1.
[UnknowTi locality.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. February 15, 1883. (A. Koebele.)
■One immature female. [U. S. N. M.]

62 Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 395, (1915).

^^ Scudder's Conocephalus clausus (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XX, p 94,
(1878)), from Jalisco (in error, Jalasco), Mexico, we find, on examination of the
unique tj^pe, to be a Biicrates. It differs from capitatus in the more compressed
form, more elevated fastigium, shorter lateral lobes of the pronotum, the greatly

^elongate tegmina, while the ovipositor is shorter, decurved in distal half and
there quite broad, distinctly broader than proximad. A number of other fea-
tures of difference in clausus, such as more prominent eyes, less deeply emargin-

•ate subgenital plate, more deeply impressed transverse sulcus of the pronotum,
different areolation of the marginal field of the tegmina, etc., are also present.

"The species has the caudal tibiae strongly expanded laterad. I\o close affinity to
Parabucrates is noticed, while it has no affinitj' with Homorocoryphus, or the

.-species H. laticeps, as suggested by Karny (Gen. Insect. Orth., Copiphorinae

•■(fasc. 139), p. 38 j.

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

We have compared this individual with an adult female from La
Piedrita, Venezuela (II, 16, 1911; Stewardson Brown), in the collec-
tion of the Academy, and as far as can be determined from the im-
mature specimen, which is in the instar preceding maturity, the two
represent the same species. Redtenbacher has recorded the species
from Bahia.

LISTROSCELINAE.

Listrocelis atrata Redtenbacher.

1891. Listrocelis atrata Redtenbacher, Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell.
Wien, XLI, pp. 544, 545. [Nova Friburgo (Neu Freiburg), State of Rio
de Janeiro, Brazil.]

Espirito Santo, Brazil. One male. [Hebard Cln.]

This specimen is somewhat larger than the measurements given

by Redtenbacher, but it does not appear to differ in other features.

From the closely related L. carinata Karny, the present specimen

differs, as does the description of atrata, in the longer and strongly

arcuate process of the left mandible and the straight cerci.

The localities given above are all known for the species.

CONOCEPHALIXAE.

Conocephalus iriodes Relin and Hebard.

1915. Conocephalus iriodes Rehn and Hebard, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc,
XLI, pp. 231, 258, pi. XXI, fig. 6, pi. XXII, figs. 5 and 2.3, pi. XXIII,
figs. 12 and 13, pi. XXIV, fig. 5. [Cuidad Bolivar and Maripa, Vene-
zuela; Kaiteur (type and allotype) and Rockstone, British Guiana; Ireng
River near Roraima, British Guiana; Bonito, Pernambuco, Brazil.)

Bonito, State of Pernambuco, January 7 and 15, 1883. (A. Koe-
bele.) One male. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen, like the female from the same locality previously
recorded by us, has been immersed in alcohol or a similar preserva-
tive, so that to-day its distinctive coloration is almost entirely lack-
ing. The caudal limbs and the cephalic and median ones on the
left side are missing, but all the important structural features of the
species are evident. The tegmina are longer than in any of the
other males measured by us, being but shghtly shorter (18.3 mm.)
than those of the female from the same locality previously measured. ^*

Conocephalus saltator (Saussure).

1859. X[iphidium] saltator Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 2e ser. XI, p.
208. [Guiana.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco, January 27, 1883. (A. Koebele.)
One male. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen is of the brachypterous type.

^* Vide .supra.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

GRYLLIDAE.

GRYLLOTALPINAE. '
Scapteriscus vicinus Scudder.

1869. Scapteriscus vicinus Scudder, Mem. Peabody Acad. Sci., I, pp. 7
and 12, pi. 1, figs. 4 and 23. [Rio Negro; Piauhy and Para, Brazil;
Panama; Rio Grande (Brazil?); Asia?]

State of Sao Paulo. (Hanimar.) One male. [Cornell Univ.]

GRYLLIXAE.
Nemobius hebardi Rehn.

191.5. Nemobius (Argizala) hebardi Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1915, p. 290, figs. 4 and .5. [Buenos Aires (type locality) and Misiones,
Argentina.)

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. February 27, 1883. (A. Koebele.)
One female. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen fully agrees with the typical material, and, like
the original individuals, has caudate wings.

This record carries the range of the species greatly to the north-
ward.

OECANTHINAE.

Oecanthus minutus Saussiue.

1S78. Oe[canthus] minutus Saussure, Melang. Orthopt., II, fasc. VI, p.
594. [Pernambuco, Brazil.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. January 16, 1883. (A. Koebele;
collected on cotton.) One male, one female. [U. S. N. M.]

These specimens show no differences worthy of mention from the
original description. The disparity in size of the two faces of the
foramina of the cephaUc tibiae is quite evident, while in the measure-
ments the female, which is the sex of the type, shows no noteworthy
difference except that the tegmina are about one millimeter longer.
The male tegmina is narrow, the greatest width of dorsal field con-
tained two and one-half times in the greatest length of the same.
Both of the present specimens are minus two to three legs and the
coloration has been much affected in the male.

TRIGONIDIINAE
Cyrtoxipha pernambucensis new species. (Plate XI, fig. 39; text fig. 1.)

This species is a relative of C. gundlachi (the genotype) , from which
it differs chiefly in the more deplanate head and more elongate
eyes, which in basal outline are more pyriform than reniform; the
head when seen from the cephalic aspect is much more strongly
transverse and shallower in proportion to its depth than in gund-
lachi. The pronotum of the male is shghtly less decidedly trans-
verse, with a more marked cephalic narrowing than in gundlachi,
while the tegmina of the male have the dorsal field shghtly narrow^er

284

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.

in pernanibucensis than in gundlachi, with the specuhim and the
principal veins more longitudinal. Most of the limbs are missing
in the unique type of pernambucensis. It is probable that the
Pernambuco material referred to gundlachi by Saussure" belongs to
this species.

Type. — cf ; Bonito, State of Pernambuco, Brazil. January, 1883.
(A. Koebele.) [United States National Museum.]

Size medium (for the genus), form slender but apprecia,bly de-
pressed; surface of body and limbs rather thickly clothed with short
hairs. Head of the transverse depressed type characteristic of the
genus; occiput and fastigium strongly and uniformly deplanate
declivent when seen from the side, the fastigio-facial angle rectangu-
late; interspace between the eyes broad, faintly ex-
ceeding the greatest length of the eye, inter-antennal
width of the frontal costa less than one-third of
the interocular width, dorsum of the fastigium and
cephalic section of occiput with a delicate medio-
longitudinal sulcus: facial line, when seen from
the side, slightly arcuate : palpi rather short, fourth
joint slightly shorter than the third joint, fifth joint
faintly shorter than the fourth, the fifth joint form-
ing a nearly equilateral triangle, the distal margin
truncate and but faintly shorter than the length
of the joint: eyes distinctly longitudinal pyriform,
the greatest depth, which is cephalad, contained
about one and a half times in the eye length: an-
tennae with the proximal joint broad, strongly de-
pressed.

Pronotum transverse, the greatest caudal width
one and two-thirds times the greatest length, the
cephalic width about two-thirds the caudal width,
when seen from the dorsum the pronotum is ap-
preciably narrowed cephalad: cephalic margin of
disk faintly arcuate, caudal margin of disk bisinuato-

truncate; disk of the pronotum with a medio-longi- .^^ , ,-

^ , • , , • p • • r , 1 , . ■ Dorsal outline of

tudmal sulcnorm nnpression tor the greater portion male (type).

of its length, lateral angles of disk well rounded: (X 8-^

lateral lobes of pronotum subrectangulate, distinctly longer than

deep: cephalic margin, moderately oblique, truncate, ventro-cephalic

Fig. l.—Cyr\to-
xipha pernambu-
censis new species.

" Mel. Orth., II, fasc. VI, p. 620, (1878).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

angle well roiUKled, ventral margin suljtruncate, ventro-caudal angle
narrowly rounded, caudal margin straight; surface of lobes with an
oblique, poorly delimited, broad depression, its general trend ventro-
caudad.

Tegmina moderately narrow, their greatest width contained about
two and one-half times in the greatest tegminal length; dorsal vena-
tion and areas strongly longitudinal in disposition (see figure 1);
lateral venation with the mediastine vein moderately bi-sinuate,
three short, free veins present, the second abbreviate. Wings
surpassing the tegmina by about one and a half times the combined
length of the head and pronotum. Cerei failing to reach the apices
of the closed wings by about one-third the length of the exposed
portion of the latter. Cephalic tibiae faintly fusiform: both faces.
with an elliptical foramen. Caudal limbs missing.

General coloration dull colonial-buff, apparently quite greenish
in life. Eyes tawny, becoming russet ventro-cephalad.

Length of body, 6 mm.; length of pronotum, 1; greatest caudal
width of pronotum 1.7; length of tegmen 5.3; greatest width of
dorsal field of tegmen, 1.9.

The type is unique.

Anaxipha^'^ aptera (Chopard).

1912. C[yr(oxipha] aptera Chopard, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, LXXXI,
p. 410, 4 figs. [Charvein, St. Laurent and Nouveau-Chanticr, B'rench
Guiana.]

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. January, 1883. (A. Koebele.)
One male. [U. S. N. M.]

Anaxipha olmeca (Saussure).

1897. Cyrtoxiphvs ohncc^is Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 236,
pi. XT, figs. 42 and 43. (Teapa, Tabasco, Mexico.)

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. January, 1883. (A. Koebele.)
Two females. [U. S. N. M.]

The reference of this material to olmecus is provisional, as we have
no Mexican individuals for comparison, and the Bonito representa-
tion is not in as good condition as could be desired. It shows, how-
ever, no differences worthy of mention from the original description
and figures, and for the present must be referred here. This is the
first South American record of the species.

EXEOPTERINAE.

Podoscirtus americanus Saussure.

1878. P[odoscirtiis] americanus Saussure, Melang. Orthopt., II, fasc. VI,
pp. 776, 782. [Bahia, Brazil.]

*8 For comments on the characters separating Cyrtoxipha and Anaxipha, see
Rehn and Hebard, Entom. News, XXIII, pp. 411 and 412; Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci., Phila., 1916, i)p. 300 to 302.

286

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Bonito, State of Pernambuco. February, 1883. (A. Koebele.)
One female. [U. S. N. M.]

This specimen fully agrees with the description of the present
species. The only really noteworthy difference is that the caudal
tibiae have five spines on the external and six on the internal dorsal
margins, instead of 5:5 or 4:3 as described.

This is, apparently, the first record of this magnificent species
since the original description.

Aphonomorphus inopinatus new species. (Plate XI, flgs. 40, 41 and 42; text figure 2.)

Apparently related to A. mulus (Saussure), from Guiana, from
which it differs chiefly in the caudal margin of the pronotum being
hardly angulate caudad, in the lateral lobes of the pronotum being
more longitudinal than quadrate, in the more numerous (six) spines
on the dorso-internal margin of the caudal tibiae, in the fewer (two)
spines on the dorso-external margin of the caudal metatarsi and in
the distal palpal joint not being black.

Type. — 9 ; Bonito, State of Pernambuco, Brazil. January, 1883.
(A. Koebele.) [United States National Museum.]

Size medium:'* form moderately elongate, slightly
depressed: surface of body and limbs rather sparsely
pilose, of tegmina microscopically adpressed pilose.
Head with its caudal width but faintly greater than
the cephahc width of the pronotum, when seen from
the cephahc aspect the greatest depth is slightly greater
than the width across eyes: occiput weakly declivent
cephalad : ocelli of medium size, placed in an arcuate fine;
median one transverse elliptical, weakly fossetted
cephalad, the interspaces between the median and
lateral ocelli slightly greater than the short dimension
of the median one; lateral ocelli sublongitudinal in
position, ovate, lai-ger than the median one, separated
from the eyes by a distance subequal to that between
the median and lateral ocelli: inter-antennal rostrum
I'ounded obtuse-angulate when seen in lateral outline,
mina of female its least width subequal to that of the proximal-antennal
\yy )■ \ ■) joint, dorsal section weakly fossetted : eyes but moder-
ately prominent, slightly directed cephalad, subreniform and narrow
ventro-cephalad in basal outline: palpi with the third joint relatively
heavy; fourth joint subequal in length to the third, slender proximad;
iifth joint elongate securiform, its length greater than the breadth of

Fig. 2.—Apho-
nomorphus in-
opinatus new
species. Dorsal
outline of tes-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

the distal margin, which latter is truncate, the flexor margin straight,
rouncUng into the distal margin, the extensor margin moderately
but distinctly concave: antennae incomplete.

Pronotum transverse, the greatest median length contained nearly
one and a half times in the greatest caudal width of the pronotum;
in transverse section the dorsum of the pronotum is rather strongly
arcuate, well rounding into the lateral lobes: cephalic margin of
dorsum emarginato-truncate ; caudal margin bisinuate laterad, ro-
tundato-angulate mesad; lateral borders of the disk weakly diverg-
ing caudad, all pronotal margins excepting the usual lamellato-
cingulate portion ventro-caudad on the lateral lobes, narrowly
cingulate: medio-longitudinal line weakly impressed; pyriform im-
pressions transverse, elongate: lateral lobes longitudinal, their
depth contained nearly twice in their length, moderately impressed
ventro-caudad; ventro-cephalic angle and ventral margin arcuate,
ventro-caudal angle rounded obtuse.

Tegmina very slightly surpassing the tips of the caudal femora,
relatively narrow, the lateral borders of the dorsal field subparallel
proximad, faintly arcuate convergent distad: lateral field rather
narrow, subequal in width in the proximal third, very gradually
narrowing thence to the distal fourth, from which point distad it
more sharply narrows; mediastine vein with four to five rami and
the field with five free veins proximad; dorsal field with its greatest
width contained about five times in the greatest tegminal length;
ulnar vein strongly sinuate at about its middle; anal vein with a
faint sinuation slightlj^ proximad of its middle; axillary veins (two)
simple; median vein with four oblique rami distad, which are not
strongly marked, yet form with the ulnar and anal veins the usually
distinct pattern of oblique "sectors" found in most of the species
of the genus; longitudinal sinuate intercalated nervures and short
cross-veins evident. Closed wings extending distad of the teg-
mina a distance equal to about one and one-third times the length
of the pronotum.

Limbs moderately robust, the cephalic and median femora quite
deep, moderately compressed. Cephalic tibiae with a small elliptical
foramen on the cephalic face, the caudal face imperforate. Caudal
femoi-a one and two-fifths times as long as the tegmina, regularly nar-
rowing distad: caudal tibiae subequal to the femora in length; dorso-
external margin armed with five major spines, the dorso-internal
with six, the dorso-external margin with 3-2-2-1 intercalated spinu-
lations, the internal with 2-2-1-2-0; external distal spurs very

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

small, dorso-internal spur twice as long as the ventro-internal one:
caudal metatarsi with two spinulations on the external, and a single
one on the internal, margins; internal distal metatarsal spur sub-
equal to the metatarsus in length. Ovipositor slightly longer than
the caudal femora, the structure of the apices very similar to that
of the recently described A. surdus Rehn," the marginal teeth, how-
ever, slightly smaller, more regular and more acute.

General coloration ochraceous-buff; a pronounced grouping of
spots along the cephalic, and a less decided row of the same along
the caudal, margins of the dorsum of the pronotum, fuscous; a
poorly defined speckling on the limbs and over much of the pronotum,
cinnamon-brown; eyes cinnamon-brown; tegmina pencilled in weak
tawny, the proximal third of the humeral vein lined ventrad with
fuscous; ovipositor tipped with fuscous.

Length of body, 13.6 mm.; length of pronotum, 2.8; greatest (cau-
dal) width of pronotum, 3.9; length of tegmen, 15.5; greatest width of
dorsum of tegmen, 3; length of caudal femur, 11; length of ovipositor,
11.8.

In addition to the type we have before us a paratype female with
the same data as the type, except that it was taken in February,
1883. This specimen is slightly larger than the type and has been
badly damaged, lacking all the limbs excepting the dextral median,
one and the dextral caudal femur, while the tegmina are not perfect.
It is in a more intensive type of coloration than the type,
having the punctulation much heavier, far more numerous and fus-
cous; washes on the fastigium, in the median area of the pronotum,
irregular beading along the median vein of the tegmina and a spot
at the base of the humeral trunk, cloucUngs on the tegminal "sec-
tors" and beading along the ventral margins of the caudal femora,
fuscous.

Nessa vectis new species. (Plate XI, fig. 43; text figure 3.)

This species is referred to Nessa provisionally, as it may prove to
be generically distinct from the poorly known genus of Walker.
From the description of the genus Nessa, and the genotypic N.
linearis, the new species differs in the pronotum being slightly broader
than long, in the ovipositor faintly surpassing the length of body
and very much longer than the abdomen, in the caudal tibiae having
six external and seven internal spines on the dorsal margins, in the

" Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1918, p. 230, pJ. II, figs. 71, 72, 73 and 74,.
(1918).

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

289

caudal femora being without distinct black markings and the teg-
mina with the veins unlined with piceous, and in the smaller size.
Some affinity is shown to Parametrypa and some similarity to Cylin-
drogryllus and Tapinopiis is noted, but from the former the new
species differs chiefly in the femoral spination, as well
as the elongate and fully developed tegmina, while
the shorter pronotum, elongate tegmina, tibial and
metatarsal spination, and the abbreviate distal caudal
tibial spurs are the more readily perceived features of
difference from Cylmdrogryllus. From Tapvnopiis the
new form differs in the shorter head, shorter and
simpler pronotum, the imperforate cephalic tibiae, the
short cephalic tarsi and the slender ovipositor, which
has the distal valves short and slender.

Type. — 9 ; Bonito, State of Pernambuco, Brazil.
January 17, 1883. (A. Koebele.) [United States Na-
tional Museum.]

Size medium: form quite elongate, slender, sub-
equal in width: surface of body and limbs with ad-
pressed pile, on the tegmina a similar, but more de-
cidedly microscopical, pile covering is present. Head
with, its caudal width slightly greater than the ceph-
alic width of the pronotum, depressed, dorsal sur-
face deplanate, greatest width across eyes but faintly
vectis new spe- less than the greatest length of the head, the great-
outline ofle- ^^^ depth of the head distinctly less than the greatest
male (type), width: occiput gently rounded, the interocular portion
KX 6/2). q£ ^j-^p dorsum plane, almost imperceptibly excavate;

ocelli placed in a strongly arcuate line, small, the median one slightly
smaller than the lateral ones, the median ocellus fossetted cephalad,
all the ocelli well separated from each other and also from the
eyes: interantennal rostrum with the width subequal to that of the
proximal antennal joint, the lateral outline of the rostrum arcuate
obtuse-angulate when seen from the side: palpi moderately elongate;
fourth joint slightly shorter than the third joint; fifth joint elongate
securiform, its flexor length slightly greater than that of the obhque
subtruncate distal margin : eyes hardly prominent, elhptical in basal
outline, shghtly declivent cephalad in their general trend from the
horizontal: antennae broken.

Pronotum with the greatest dorsal width about a fourth greater
than the median length, the disk weakly transverse, the lateral bor-

Fig. 3. — Nessa

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

ders faintly bowed outward mesad, but the cephalic width is sub-
equal to that caudad; in transverse section the disk is arcuato-
deplanate: cephalic margin very faintly and broadly arcuato-emar-
ginate; caudal margin weakly bisinuate-laterad, very slightly and
broadly arcuato-angulate ; cephalic margin rather narrowly, caudal
margin more broadly, cingulate: surface with a narrow medio-
longitudinal line, which is delicately fiUform cephalad and caudad
more broadly and conspicuously indicated; pyriform impressions
distinct, rather large, moderately elongate, more approximated than
usual; lateral lobes strongly longitudinal, the greatest depth of the
lobes contained slightly more than twice in their length, the depth
in general subequal; ventro-cephalic angle rounded rectangulate,
ventral margin straight, horizontal for two-thirds of its length;
ventro-caudal angle obUquely rotundato-truncate, passing into the
caudal margin; surface of the lobes with the point of impression
ventro-caudad.

Tegmina reaching to the apex of the abdomen, elongate, slender,
lateral borders of the dorsal field parallel: costal margin straight;
mediastine vein with six oblique rami, three of which are short
and distal and three elongate and proximal in origin; marginal field
with one free vein proximad; humeral and discoidal veins follow-
ing the curve of the mediastine vein, simple: dorsal field narrow,
its greatest width contained about five and a half times in the great-
est length of the same; median vein straight, with two poorly de-
fined rami distad; ulnar vein bifurcate; simple anal and two axil-
lary veins unbranched, regularly placed, nearly longitudinal; veins
of the dorsal field almost longitudinal, subparallel, the interspaces
with numerous, generally irregular, cross-veins, which are never as
distinct as the principal veins and rarely form regularly shaped
areolae. Wings, when closed, with their folded tips very briefly
surpassing the tegmina. Cerci faintly more than twice as long as
the pronotum, tapering, supphed with rather short hairs and elongate,
more erect, hairs: ovipositor slightly surpassing the body in length,
very slender, weakly compressed, in lateral outline weakly sinuate
proximad, moderately curved dorsad in distal three-fifths; surface
of the lateral aspects inicroscopically rugulose; distal valves little
inflated, strongly acuminate, ventral surface of valves with a series
of weakly recurved, serrate teeth, these decreasing in size distad.

Cephalic and median limbs moderately robust, rather short ; cephalic
tibiae imperforate, cephahc and median tarsi short. Caudal femora
but faintly shorter than the tegmina, moderately robust, regularly

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

tapering distad: caudal tibiae but faintly shorter than the femora;
dorsal margins armed with six external major spines and seven
internal ones, the intercalated spinulations numbering 3-2-2-2-0 on
the external, and 3-2-1-1-1-0 on the internal margin; distal spurs
of the external side small, the internal side having the dorsal distal
spur slightly less than twice as long as the ventral pne: caudal meta-
tarsi very short, the dorsal surface with two external and one in-
ternal spinulations, distal spurs of both sides slightly surpassing the
second tarsal joint.

General coloration pale buckthorn-brown, the head inclining to-
ward dresden-brown, the venter of the abdomen ochraceous-tawny.
Ocellar region outlined dorsad with fuscous, a V-shaped patch of the
same on the occiput; eyes auburn with a median and a dorsal thread
of fuscous. Pronotum with a fuscous medio-longitudinal line which
is almost completely divided by a thread of the general color, points
of fuscous regularly disposed along the cephalic and caudal margins
of the disk and along the lateral border of the same, a very faint
wash of russet suggesting a post-ocular bar. Tegmina with a moder-
ately broad bar embracing the humeral vein, fuscous, bordered
suturad by the pale ochraceous-buff pencilling of the median vein.
Abdomen with the dorsum shining blackish-fuscous. Caudal tibiae
dorsad weakly washed with mummy-brown. Ovipositor finely
lineate on the external surface with blackish-fuscous, the valves
chestnut with blackish-fuscous teeth.

Length of body, 16.5 mm.; length of pronotum, 2.7; greatest (cau-
dal) width of pronotum disk, 3; length of tegmen 13.8; greatest
width of dorsal field of tegmen, 2.3; length of caudal femur, 12.3;
length of ovipositor, 18.5.

The type of this very striking and peculiar species is unique.

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May-Oct.,

Explanation of Plates X, XL

Plate X.

Fig. 1. — Trnchymiopteryx tuherculala new genus and species. Dorsum of
pronotum of male (type). (X 4)

Fig. 2. — Trachymiopteryx tubcrculata new genus and species. Outline of
cephalic aspect of head of male (type). (X 4)

Fig. 3. — Musonia costalis new species. Outline of dorsum of pronotum of
male (type). (X 6)

Fig. 4:.—Musonia costalis new species. Outline of cephalic aspect of bead
of male (type). (X 4)

Fig. 5. — Oxyopsis oculea new species. Outline of dorsum of pronotum of
female (type). (Natural size.)

Fig. 6. — Oxyopsis oculea new species. Cephalic aspect of head of female
(type). (X 4)

Fig. 7. — Oxyopsis oculen new species. Apex of tegmen and wing of female
(type). (Natural size.)

Fig. 8. — Parastagmatoptera glauca new species. Dorsal outline of pronotum
of female (type). (X 3)

Fig. 9. — Parastagmatoptera glauca new species. Cephalic aspect of head
of female (type). (X 3.)

Fig. 10. — Dyine straminea new species. Dorsal outline of apex of abdomen
of male (type). (X 2)

Fig. 11. — Dyrne straminea new species. Lateral outline of apex of abdomen
of male (type). (X 2)

Fig. 12. — Bactridium grandc new species. Lateral outline of apex of ab-
domen of female (type). (Natural size.)

Fig. 13. — Diponthus hilirieatus new species. Dorsal view of head and pro-
notum of male (type). (X 3)

Fig. 14. — Diponthus crassus Bruner. Misiones, Argentina. Dorsal view
of head and pronotum of male. (X 3)

Fig. 15. — Diponthus biliueatus new species. Lateral outline of apex of
abdomen of male (type). (X 3)

Fig. 16. — Diponthus crassus Bruner. Misiones, Argentina. Lateral out-
line of apex of abdomen of male. (X 3)

Fig. 17. — Ligocatinus so7xlidus new species. Cephalic aspect of dorsal por-
tion of head of female (type). (Greatly enlarged.)

Fig. 18. — Ligocatinus sordidus new species. Lateral view of ovipositor of
female (type). (X 6)

Tig. 19. — Ligocatinus minutus new species. Lateral outline of pronotum
of male (type). (X 6)

Tig. 20. — Ligocatinus minutus new species. Dorsal outline of apex of ab-
domen of male (type). (X 6)

Fig. 21. — Anaulacomera hellator new species. Lateral outline of pronotum
of male (type). (X 6)

F'ig. 22. — Anaulacomera hellator new species. Cercus of male (type).
(Greatly enlarged.)

Fig. 23. — Anaulacomera intermedia Brunner. Petropolis, Brazil. Cercus
of male. (Greatly enlarged.)

Fig. 24. Anaulacomera lihidinosa new species. Lateral view of cercus of
male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)

Plate XL

Fig. 25. — Anaulacomera lihidinosa new species. Lateral outline of right

tegmen of male. (X 23^)
F'ig. 26. — Phylloptera tenella new species. Lateral outline of left tegmen

of female (type). (X 23^)
Fig. 27. — Phylloptera tenella new species. Outline of eye in latero-cephalic

aspect. Female (type). (Greatly enlarged.)

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

293

Fig- 28. — Phylloptera tcnella new species.

female (type). (Greatl}' enlarged.)
Fig. 29. — Phylloptera cognala new species.

of female (type). (X 2^2)
Fig. 30. — Phylloptera cognata new species.

aspect. Female (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 31. — Phylloptera cognata new species.

female (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 32 — Lobophyllus rei'ertms new species.

female (type). (X IK)
Fig. 33. — Lobophyllus reversus new species.

of female (type). (Natural size.)
Fig. 34. — Caulopsis lancifera new species.

male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Pig. 35. — Caulopsis lancifera new species.

male (typej. (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 36. — Caulopsis lancifera new species.

field of left tegmen of male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 37. — Caulopsis lancifera new species. Dorsal outline of apex of ab-
domen of male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 38. —Caulopsis lancifera new species. Lateral outline of apex of ab-
domen of male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 39. — Cyrtoxipha pernambucensis new species.

of male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 40. — Aphononiorphus inopinatus new species.

(Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 41. — Aphonomorphus inopinatus new species.

(Greatly enlarged.)

Fig. 42.- — Aphonomorphus inopinatus new species. Cephalic face of cep-
■ halic tibia of female (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
JFig. 43. — Nessa vectis new species. Palpus of female (type). (Greatly

enlarged.)

Lateral view of ovipositor of

Lateral outline of left tegmen

Outline of eye in latero-cephalic
;ed.)
Lateral view of ovipositor of

Lateral outline of pronotum of

Lateral outline of right tegmen

Dorsal outline of fastigium of

Lateral outline of fastigium of

Dorsal outline of stridulating

Lateral outline of head
Ocelli of female (type).
Palpus of female (type) .

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1920,

PLATE X.

REEIN: BRAZILIAN ORTHOPTEEIA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1920.

PLATE XI.

REHN : BRAZILIAN ORTHOPTERA.

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

293

Lateral view of ovipositor of

Lateral outline of left tegmen

Fig. 28. — Phylloptera tenclla new species.

female (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 29. — Phylloptera cognata new species.

of female (type). (X2J2)
Fig. 30. — Phylloptera cognata new species. Outline of eye in latero-cephalic

aspect. Female (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 3L — Phylloptera cognata new species. Lateral view of ovipositor of

female (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 32. — Lobophyllus reversus new species.

female (type). (XlK)
Fig. 33. — Lobophyllus reversus new species.

of female (type). (Natural size.)
Fig. 34. — Caulopsis lancifera new species.

male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 3.5. — Caulopsis lancifera new species.

male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 36. — Caulopsis lancifera new species.

field of left tegmen of male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 37. — Caulopsis lancifera new species. Dorsal outline of apex of ab-
domen of male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 38. — Caulopsis lancifera new species. Lateral outline of apex of ab-
domen of male (tyte). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 39. — Cyrtoxipha pernambuccnsis new species.

of male (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 40. — Aphonomorphus inopinatus new species.

(Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 41. — Aphonomorphus inopinatus new species.

(Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 42. — Aphonomorphus inopinatus new species.
■ phalic tibia of female (type). (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 43. — Nessa veclis new species. Palpus of female (type). (Greatly

enlarged.)

Lateral outline of pronotum of
Lateral outline of right tegmen
Dorsal outline of fastigium of
Lateral outline of fastigium of
Dorsal outline of stridulating

Lateral outline of head
Ocelli of female (type).
Palpus of female (type).
Cephalic face of ce-

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NuV.

November 16, 1920.

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair.

Eighteen persons present.

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., made a communication on "Hawaii
and the Pan-Pacific Scientific Conference," illustrated by lantern
slides. (No abstract.)

The Publication Committee reported the receipt of the following
papers for the Proceedings:

''Scrophulariaceae of Colombia — -I," by Francis W. Pcnnell.

"Two New Cyprinoid Fishes from Formosa," by Masamitsu
Oshima.

"Mollusks from Lake Chapala, State of Jalisco, and Vicinity,"
by Henry A. Pilsbry.

"New Land Shells," by E. G. Vanatta.

"Mollusca from Central America and Mexico," by Henry A.
Pilsbry.

"Notes on Arachnoidiscus," by Sarah P. Monks.

"Records and Descriptions of Brazilian Orthoptera," by James
A, G. Rehn.

"Iron Ore Artifacts from Alabama," by H. Newell Wardle.

"Marine Mollusks of Hawaii, VHI-XIII," by Henry A. Pilsbry.

"Statistical Observations on the Texas Fever Parasite," by How-
ard Crawley.

"American Dermaptera of the Museum d'Histoire Naturclle,
Paris," by Morgan Hebard.

"A Colombian Pupillid Snail," by Henry A. Pilsbry.

"Ordovician Basalts and Quartz Diabases in Lebanon County,
Pennsylvania," by Samuel G. Gordon,

"Marine Mollusks of Hawaii, XIV," by Henry A. Pilsbry.

"Studies on Some Flagellates," by E. Penard.

Nominations for Officers, Councillors, and mcml3ers of the Com-
mittee on Accounts were made.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

The deaths of W. Lyman Bitklle and Benjamin Smith Lyman,
members, were announced.

Edwin B. Bartram, John Cadwalader, 3rd, Francis L DuPont,
Richard Erskine, Samuel G. Gordon, JuUan K. Potter, D. W.
Steckbeck, Henry F. C. Stikeman, Rodney H. True, and William
Chatten Wetherill, were elected members.

The following were ordered to be printed:

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

MARINE MOLLUSKS OF HAWAII, Vni-XIII.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The description of material submitted to me for determination
by Mr. D. Thaanum, Prof. Wm. A. Bryan and Mr. J. M. Oster-
gaard, with other forms collected by myself in 1913, is here con-
tinued. Former papers of this series were published in these Pro-
ceedings for 1917, pp. 207-230, and 309-333 (1918).

VIII. Stylifer, Odostomia, Acteocina

One Hawaiian species, Stylifer rohusfus, was described by Mr.
Pease. The Hawaiian species referred to Scalenostoma apiculatuni
Souv. in a former paper' is perhaps a Stylifer or closely related
thereto. It is parasitic or commensal on Echinoderms. Whether it
is without an operculum, like the typical Stylifers, has not been noted.

Stylifer deformis Pease, from the Paumotus, resembles both of the
Hawaiian forms from the Bryan collection, without exactly matching
them. A series of four S. de/ormis, including the figured type, is in the
collection of the Academy. They show considerable variation in
the degree and direction of curvature of the acuminate early whorls.

Stylifer deformis hawaiensis n. subsp. Fig. la.

Honolulu Harbor, Oahu, collected by W. A. and E. J. Bryan.

The shell is thin, white. The upper fourth is acuminate, of
about eight nearly flat, smooth whorls. The rest of the shell, about
63^2 whorls, tapers more rapidly; the whorls increase slowly and
almost regularly, and are rather" strongly convex; and the surface
is malleate, having many spiral facets, giving some appearance of
having coarse, low, spiral threads on the last two whorls. The last
whorl is well rounded basally. The aperture is ovate. Columella
is slightly concave.

Length 9.2, diameter 3.2 mm.

iProc. A. N. S., Phila., 1917, p. 226.

1920.J

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

291

Only one specimen was ol)tained. Its host is unknown. The
shell tapers more regularly than any of the examples of aS. deformis
seen, and I am inclined to think it a distinct though closely allied
subspecies.

Fig. 1. — a, SUflifer deformis hawniensis; h, c, S. deformis rcmotissimus.
Stylifer deformis remotlssimus n. subsp. Fig. l b, c.

Pearl and Hermes Reef. Collected by Lieut. Munter.

The shell is thin, white, polished, consisting of a very narrow,
slightly curved early stage of about 9 flat whorls, the shell then
abruptly enlarging in the next two whorls, after which it approaches
a cyUndric form, enlarging slowly to the last whorl, which is a little
more dilated. The 5}^ whorls of the second stage of growth are
convex, the last whorl rounded below. The columella and parietal
wall are heavily calloused.

Length 9, diameter 3.5 mm.

As the apex and last half whorl of the largest specimen are broken
away, the dimensions given are estimated. A half grown cotype
(fig. 1 h) is 4.6 mm. long.

The subcylindric shape of this species is like one of the specimens
in Mr. Pease's sending of Stylifer deformis, bilt none of the latter has
a heavy parietal callus. This may, however, be a character of old
age.

Stylifer mittrei Petit. Fig. 2 a, b.

The shell is ovate with a very small, narrow apical point, white.
The attenuate initial portion consists of 4 somewhat convex whorls.
It then enlarges abruptly, the 5 to 6 whorls following being quite
convex, glossy, smooth, except for very faint lines of growth. The
moderately impressed suture is not margined. The aperture is

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

ovate, outer and basal margins obtuse. The columella is weakly
concave and somewhat thickened. The parietal callus is moder-
ately thick. There is no operculum.

Length 10.6, diameter 6.75, apeiture 4.8 mm.

Length 9.2 mm. Smallest adult.

Hilo, Hawaii, on the sea urchin, Diadema. D. Thaanum.

The apical point is more or less worn away in the adult stage. A
young one, 3 mm. long, is figured showing it perfect. Mr. Thaa-
num writes that he did not find this Stylijer on any other species of
sea urchin, though many others were examined.

Fig. 2. — a, b, Slylifer mittrei Petit, adult and young; c, Siylifer thaanumi n. sp.

This form agrees so exactly with that described without definite
locaUty by Petit (Journ. de Conchyl. II, p. 27, pi. 2, figs. 8, 9) that
the identity can scarcely be doubted. I am inchned to think that
it was a distinct species which Schepman and Nierstrasz^ had under
the name Mucronalia mittrei from Sumbawa. It was operculate,
6 mm. long, 4 wide.

Mucronalia tumida Pse., mentioned by Tryon as identical with
8. mittr-ei, is certainly distinct from that species.

Stylifer thaanumi n. sp. Fig. 2 c.

The shell is shortly ovate with slender summit, white, glossy and
smooth, growth-striae being scarcely noticeable. About 5 early
whorls form the slender summit, but the transition to the broad
later portion of about 3 whorls is gradual. The last whorl is glo-
bose. Suture impressed, not margined. Aperture ovate. Outer
and basal lips evenly curved, blunt; columella shghtly concave, a
little thickened. Parietal callus distinct but rather thin. There is
no operculum.

^ Siboga-Expeditie, Parasitisolie Prnsnbranohior dor Siboga-Expoclition, p. .3.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

Length 5.2, diameter 3.4, aperture 2.5 mm.
Hilo, Hawaii, on Diadema. D. Thaanum.
Often found with the preceding species.

Stylifer robustus Pease.
Proc. Zool. Soc. LoncL, 1860, p. 437.

"Shell globosely ovate, light, polished; finely striated longitudi-
nally; whorls convex and marginated, last whorl swollen, sutures
well impressed, inner lip slightly reflected at its junction with the
columella and around the base, disappearing at about the center of
the outer lip. Color white. Lives on Echini." Sandwich Islands.

This species is not contained in the Pease collection. Museum of
Comparative Zoology. The description does not apply well to any
specimens I have seen, and without measurements or figure it can
hardly be recognized.

Odostomia (Chrysallida) hiloensis n. sp. Fig. 3.

The shell ip ovate -conic, soUd, white, nuclear whorl smooth, con-
vex, with in turned apex; next whorl very indistinctly plicate axi-
ally. The whorls of the spire are nearly fiat. Suture channelled.
Last whorl is more convex, with sculpture of spiral furrows, unequally

X50.

Fig. 3. — 0. hiloensoS, with outline of apex.

spaced, a deep one just l)elow the periphery, three less impressed
grooves above it, the middle one deepest; below it are 7 or 8 spirals
the lower three but little impressed. The aperture is ovate, colu-
mellar plait strong.

Length 2.1, diameter 1.05, aperture 0.85 mm.; 5| whorls.

Hilo, Hawaii. D. Thaanum.

Near 0. stearnsiella, but this is smaller and differs in details of
sculpture. How constant the groove patterns are in these small
shells remains to be seen.

300

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Nov.,

Acteocina hawaiensis n. sp. Fig. 4.

The shell is minute, cylindric, white with several spiral series
of gray spots. The spire is moderately raised, of very convex whorls
parted by a deep suture. The initial whorl is prominent, tilted on
edge, smooth; following whorl very narrow. There are three post-
embryonic whorls. The last whorl is strictly cylindric, shouldered
below the suture, with rather coarse wrinkles of growth. The
columella is straightened above, excavated or obliquely truncate
below. Outer lip arches forward.

Length 2.35, diameter 1 mm.

Off Launiupoko Camp, near Lahaina, West Maui, in 25-75 feet.
Thaanum and Langford. Type 127746 A. N. S. P.

Fig. 4. — Acteocina hawaiensis.

Smaller and more straightly cylindric than other known Hawaiian
Acteocinas, further distinguished by the rather strong sculpture
and the gray spots. Five series of these are seen in the type, seven
in another example. They are chiefly visible on the back. All of
the specimens sent are "dead" shells; one, somewhat defective, is
a little larger and relatively wider than those figured.

IX. Terebra

Pease's notes on Hawaiian species may be found in Amer. Journ.
Conch. IV, pp. 123-125, and V, 86. There are no examples of his
Terebra assimilis Pse. (= T. contigua Pse., 1871) in the Pease col-
lection, Museum of Comparative Zoology.

T . swainsoni Dh. has been discussed by Pease, who described a
var. inflexa, to which he referred Reeve's figure 118, of swainsoni.
I believe the figure was drawn from the latter species, of which Pease's
inflexa becomes a synonym. It is rather common off the south
coast of Oahu. It differs from T. nitida and plicatella, which are
very closely allied, by having fine spiral striae in the interstitial in-
tervals. The inner lip forms a raised ledge as in T. ntfida. The

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

color ascribed to T. swainsom by Deshayes and Reeve is that of
faded beach shells. Twenty specimens examined, in coll. A. N. S.
P. and M. C. Z.

Terebra sulcata Pease (Amer. Journ. Conch. V, p. 67, from Oahu)
appears to be merely a small form of swainsoni, with stronger spiral
sculptm'e, approaching that of T. rosacea somewhat. The speci-
mens seen are No. 49967 M. C. Z., agreeing exactly with 117036
P. A. N. S., from 6-8 fathoms, off Honolulu. D. B. Langford.

Pease stated that he had 32 species of Terebra from the Hawaiian
Islands. The following species are before me, in addition to several
not determined,

T. chlorata Lam. Midway Island.

T. crenulata fimbriaia Lam. Kahuku, Oahu.

T. gouldii Desh. Off Honolulu.

T. inconstans Hinds. Off Diamond Head, etc., Oahu; Molokai;
Kauai,

T. inconstans confusa Smith. Off Halawa, Molokai,

T. lauta Pse. Off Honolulu ; Mokapu Point, Oahu.

T. mtida Hinds. ^ Off Honolulu.

T.. nodularis Desh.' Honolulu Harbor^ Kaneohe Bay.

T. pertusa Born. Off Honolulu.

T. ■pro'pinqua Pse. Off Honolulu and Waikiki.

T. rosacea Pse. Off Honolulu.

T. suffusa Pse. Off Honolulu.

T. swainsoni Desh. Off Honolulu.

T. venosa Hinds. Off Honolulu; Kauai; Maui.

T. verreauxi Desh. {T. strigilata of Born and Lamarck, not of
Linne). Off Honolulu; Haena, Kauai,

Partial Key to Hawaiian Terebra.

1. No groove defining a presutural band; smooth ribbed, without

spiral sculpture 2

A presutural band defined by a groove or series of pits, at least
in the upper half of the shell 5

2. Aperture dilated below; no canal, the emarginate base broad.

T. inconstans Hinds.
Aperture not dilated below, the base narrow, somewhat chan-
nelled 3

3. A series of dark spots on or below a whitish band at the suture.

T. verreauxi Desh.

^The specimens appear to be intermediate between nilida Hinds and plicatella
Desh., possibly referable to the latter.

^This is quite distinct from T. tcxtilis Hinds, with which Tryon unites it.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Spaced brown axial lines on a pale ground ; ribs extending from
suture to suture as far down as the penult whorl; 38 x 6.4 mm.

T. lanceata oahuensis n. subsp.

White bands at suture and below periphery, a broad band of
brown streaks or blotches above periphery, a narrow one at
the base, apex purplish ; ribs very fine, retracted at suture 4

4. 20 X 5 mm.; Honolulu T. medipacifica n. sp.

28 X 7 mm.; Kaneohe Bay T. m. melior, n. subsp.

5. Presutural band defined by a series of transverse pits or punc-

tures 6

Presutural band defined by a groove, at least on the upper half

of the shell 10

0. Ribs and intervals smooth 7

Intercostal intervals below the presutural band transversely

grooved 21

7. Inner lip callous and raised; ribs strong 9

Inner lip not raised 8

8. Ribs straight, strong and subangular; brownish (fading to pink-

ish), paler below the suture T. clappi n. sp.

Ribs low; whitish, or with a dull purplish band. Marked with
flexuous axial brown lines T. venosa Hinds.

9. A series of dark spots below the suture T. lauta Pse.

Color nearly uniform T. nitida Hinds.

10. Whorls flat; no sculpture except the groove 11

Whorls having other sculpture 12

11. 60 to 75 mm. long; maculate T. chlorata Lam.

30 to 35 mm. long; pale fleshy T. sujfusa Pse.

12. Without spiral sculpture below the presutural groove 13

Having spiral sculpture below presutural groove 17

13. Presutural band nodular, the later whorls elsewhere nearly

smooth; large; with a few series of dark dots T. crenulata (L.).

Presutural band with numerous ribs 14

14. Last whorl nearly smooth below the band, with 4 rows of faint

spots on a whitish ground; earlier whorls ribbed; whorls
shorter, less oblique than in T. argus. 40 x 8 mm., 12 whorls.

T. argus hrachygyra n. subsp.
All whorls ribbed 15

15. Inner lip not callous; length 60 to over 70 mm 16

Inner lip callous throughout; whitish with fleshy intercostal in-
tervals and three faint gray spiral lines on last whorl; peris-
tome retracted above a point at termination of sulcus. Simi-
lar to T. cerithina Lam., but costate throughout. 29.5 x 6.9
mm., 12 whorls : T. spaldingi n. sp.

16. Diameter contained about 4f times in length; maculate.

T. gouldii Desh.
Diameter about 4| times in length; no distinct pattern of color;
last whorl much more convex and more contracted below
than T. gouldii; 60x13.5, aperture 14 mm., 12 whorls re-
maining T. thaanumi n. sp.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

17. Presutural band and surface below it axially ribbed 18

Band and surface below it striate, not axially ribbed; band

very convex, narrow, a cord and several smaller spirals below
it; ochraceous-buff ; long, slowly tapering; 41 x 7.9, aperture
7.2 mm.; 23 whorls T. langfordi n. sp.

18. A tubercular cord below the presutural band, causing it to

appear double 19

No cord below the presutural band; surface with spiral grooves
in the intercostal intervals 19

19. Pale buff; about 27 x 5 mm T. nodularis Desh.

White with three series of tawny dots on last whorl below the

band; columella biplicate; a recurved basal channel; 30x6.7
mm., 17 whorls T. waikikiensis n. sp.

20. Tawny, with whitish streaks on band 21

White, with 3 series of tawny dots on the last whorl, presutural

band white; below the band there are 3 or 4 spiral cords sep-
arated by deep impressions across the intercostal intervals,
the upper cord widest; columella distinctly biplicate; a re-
curved basal channel; 30x6.7 mm., 17 whorls.

T. waikikiensis n. sp.

21. Small, slender forms with raised inner lip and rather fine spiral

striae in the intervals of the strong ribs T. swainsoni Dh.

Inner lip not raised; intervals spirally grooved 22

22. Tawny, irregularly marked with whitish streaks; presutural

band marked with purplish-brown between the white ribs;
50-60 mm. long T. pertusa Born.

Tawny, ribs white on the presutural band; 30-35 mm. long.

T. propinqua Pse.

Smaller; pale, with 3 ochraceous-buff bands; presutural ribs
white, some of the intervals brownish ; intercostal spirals finer,
10 on penult whorl, aperture somewhat channelled and yellow
below. 25x5.5, aperture 5.3 mm.; 15 whorls. Maui and
Oahu T . flavofasciata n. sp.

Small, length about 20 mm.; roseate and whitish, without dis-
tinct pattern T. rosacea Pse.

Terebra langfordi n. sp. PI. XII, fig. 5.

A long, slowly tapering species similar to T. straminea in appear-
ance; light ochraceous buff in color. The whorls are short, pre-
sutural fasciole a strong cord, its upper slope somewhat grooved;
below it a much smaller cord followed by four (rarely three) unequal
spirals, traversed by unequal arcuate incremental striae. Base of
the last whorl with numerous smaller spirals. The aperture is
small, with strongly obhque anterior canal. Columella short, smooth.

Length 41, diameter 7.8, aperture 7.2 mm.; 23 whorls.

Length 50, diameter 9, aperture 8.2 mm., 21 whorls, apex broken

Off Honolulu in 6 to 8 fms. D. B. Langford.

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

In T. stramtnea the prcsiitural band and the cord following it are
obliquely costulate, the presutural band flattened. Otherwise it is
much like the present species. T. funiculata Hinds is more closely
related. It is decidedly more slender than T. langfordi, with more
spiral threads, one at the periphery more prominent.

A form of which I found a single specimen on the dredger dump
at Honolulu is much more slender. The groove di\iding the sutural
band is deeper, and there are but three spiral cords below the one
accompanying the band. In the small number of spirals it differs
from T. jumcidata. This form may be called T. langjordi angustior
(PL XII, fig. 6.)

Length 29, diameter 5, aperture 4.5 mm.; 20 whorls remaining.

I at first thought this form was T. sculptus Pease, but that is
described as having a conspicuous nodose rib.

The spiral sculpture is much more pronounced than in T. laevi-
gata Gray.

Terebra argus brachygyra n. siibsp. PI. XII, fig. 4.

The shell is smaller than T. argus with shorter^ less oblique whorls;
the sculpture of low ribs cut by an irregularly punctured spiral sul-
cus is stronger, and visible down to the penult or even on the last
whorl. The pattern of three series of squarish pale buff spots on an
almost white ground is very indistinct.

Length 40, diameter 8 mm., 12 whorls remaining, the apex
broken.

Length 39, diameter 8.7 mm.. 12 whorls remaining.

Off Honolulu, 3 to 8 fms. D. Thaanum.

Terebra peasei Desh.

This species of the section Stnoterehrum has been considered a
synonym of T. pundiculata by Ilee\e. Pease (Amer. Journ. Conch.
V, p. 64) concurs in this synonymy. The locality of T. puncticu-
lata was unknown. The description agrees well with the Hawaiian
species except for the phrase "pHcis regularibiis, depressis. latis,
ohtusis" and the statement that the whorls are " subaequaliter
divisis" by the presutural line.

In the Hawaiian shell the folds could not be called wide, and the
division of the whorls is well above the middle,

Reeve's figure of T. puncticulata evidently represents the type of
T. peasei, agreeing \vith that, and not with puncticulata^ in measure-
ments.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

Under the circumstancos it appear? safer to call the Hawaiian
form (which has been taken by Langford off Honolulu in G to 8
fathoms) T. peasei Desh. Two lots from Pease are in the collection
of the Academ3^

Teiehra flavescens Desh. (P. Z. S. 1859, p. 299, Reeve, C. Icon.
Xn, pi. 14, fig. 59) does not appear to differ much from T. peasei
Desh., except that the axial ribs are arcuate. I have not seen it.
Locality, Sandwich Islands, Cuming coll.

Terebra thaanumi n. sp. PI. XII. figs, l, 2.

A shell resembling T. gouldii Desh.; the whorls shorter than in
that species, especially the last whorl, which is much more convex;
aperture shorter. It is pinkish buff wath ill-defined streaks of cinna-
mon or russet. The sides are straight. The suture and the furrow
defining the presutural fasciole are subequal, deeply impressed, the
surface narrowly shouldered, subangular below both. The presutural
band occupies somewhat more than one-third of each whorl. Sculji-
ture of smooth ribs equal to their intervals, about 30 on the penult
whorl. No interstitial spiral sculpture. The last whorl contracts
abruptly below, the base well rounded, separated from the siphonal
fasciole by a furrow bounded below by a sharp ridge. The aperture
is subtrapezoidal. Columella straight, obliquely truncate.

Length 60, diameter 13.5, aperture 14 mm.; 12 whorls, the apex
broken. Type.

Length 51, diameter 10.7, aperture 12.3 mm.; 18 whorls, apex
perfect.

Off Honolulu in 6 to 8 fms. D. B. Langford. Also off Waikiki
in 25 to 50 fms.

By conchological criteria this would probably belong to Dupli-
caria; yet until the teeth of many more species of Terebra are ex-
amined, no classification of the species has much value.

Terebra waikikiensis n. sp. PI. XII, flg. 12.

The shell is slender, slowly tapering, white, with three spiral scries
of chestnut dots on the last, two on the preceding whorls; these dots
are also in vertical series, of which there are about 8 on the last whorl.
Sculptm'e of rounded axial ribs equal to their intervals, about 21
on the last whorl. The ribs are deeply sinuated by the presutural
groove, which is rather deep between them, and defines a wide
presutural band. Below the groove there are three or four furrows
across each intercostal interval, and above, near the suture there
is one such furrow. The last whorl is convex with numerous spiral

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

cords. Aperture small, the anterior canal recurved. The colu-
mella is biplicate within.

Length 30, diameter, 6.7, aperture 6 mm.; 17 whorls.

Off Waikiki, Oahu, in 25 to 50 fms. D. B. Langford.

In form and color somewhat like T. decorata Desh. (Proc. Zool.
Soc. 1859, p. 314, no. 214), which is said by Reeve to be identical
with T. tessellaia Gray (P. Z. S. 1834, p. 61) ; but that species is en-
tirely distinct in sculpture.

Terebra flavofasciata n. sp. PI. Xll, fig. 3.

Shell shaped like T. prophiqua Pse.; white, part of the intercostal
spaces of the presutural band marked with vinaceous russet; 3
ochraceous-buff bands, one below the sutural band, another narrow,
at the periphery, and the third occupying the base. Sculpture of
smooth, rounded axial ribs, slightly wider than their intervals, 19
on the last whorl of the type, 25 mm. long, (16 in a shell 17 mm.
long). The intercostal intervals have many spiral cords wider
than their interstices, 10 on the penult whorl, below a series of
deeper transverse pits defining the presutural band. Upon the
band the interstitial spirals are finer. On the base the ribs become
obsolete and there are coarser spiral cords. Aperture rhombic,
somewhat channelled and yellow at the base.

Length 25, diameter 5.5, aperture 5.3 mm.; 15 whorls.

Off Launiupoko camp. West Maui; sma'l specimens, 17-18 mm.
long, off Honolulu, 6 to 8 fms. D. Thaanum and D. B. Langford.

Smaller than T. propinqua and T. pertura, with more numerous
spirals and different coloration. Possibly to be compared with T.
sulcata Pease (Amer. Journ. Conch., V, 67), the type of which is lost.

Terebra clappi n. sp. •

The shell is slender, shaped about as in T. nitida, glossy, dark
vinaceous brown, the ribs and an ill-defined belt below the suture
paler or whitish. Whorls nearly flat, with well-impressed suture,
the last whorl contracting downward. Sculpture of straight, angu-
lar ribs, rather suddenly terminating at the base, the intervals hav-
ing a spiral series of impressions defining an infrasutural band;
these impressions sometimes nicking the summits of the ribs sHghtly.
In the type there are 15 ribs on the last whorl. The aperture is a
little dilated below. Columella one-folded.

Length 17.5, diameter 3.8, aperture 4.2 mm. 11 post-embryonic
whorls.

Length, 21, diameter 4.5 mm., 13 post-embryonic whorls. Hono-
lulu, Pease Coll., M. C. Z., 49964.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

Off Mt. Lihau, West Maui, 25-75 feet., D. Tliaanum. Also off
Honolulu, 35-50 feet., D. B. Langford.

This species differs from T. nihda by the absence of a raised
■inner lip, though it is often somewhat calloused. It is much like
T. swainsoni, as I have identified that species, but lacks the inter-
stitial sculpture and the raised inner lip of that species. Seventeen
specimens in coll. A. N. S. P. and M, C. Z.

It appears to be what Pease identified as T. swainsoni Desh., but
that is described as having the early whorls transversely striate.

It is named for Mr. Wm. F. Clapp, who has kindly assisted in the
examination of Pease's species.

Terebra lanceata oahuensis n. siibsp. PI. XII, fig. 7.

The shell is rather smaller than lanceata and for at least half of
its length the ribs extend entirely across the whorls ; on the later
whorls they shorten, but are visible below the suture on the last.
The pattern of brown lines, interrupted or bent at the periphery,
is similar to that of lanceata.

Length 38, diameter 6.4 mm.

Off Honolulu, 6 to 8 fathoms. D. B. Langford.

Dr. Dall (Bull. M. C. Z., 43, p. 249), has formed a subgenus Acu-
mima for Terebra lanceata (Linne); but that species is conchologi-
cally close to T. strigilata of Born and Lamarck, and would seem to
belong to Hastula.

Terebra verreauxi Desh.

Journ. de Concliyl., II, 1857, p. 95, pi. 5, fig. 3.

Exactly what species was intended by B'uccinmn stricjikdum
Linne (Syst. Nat. X, p. 741; Hanley, Ipsa Linn. Conch, p. 261) is
not known. As Hanley remarked, the identification of Born has
been generally accepted.* He states that the shell in Linne's cab-
inet is T. concinna Desh.

For the Hawaiian form we prefer to use the name given by Des-
hayes, whose description and figure represent this form. It is one
of the most beautiful of the genus. The color is from deep olive
to ecru-olive or more ochraceous, with white bands at sutm-c and
below periphery, the former decorated with regular black-brown
spots. It has been taken off Honolulu, 6-8 fms (D. B. Langford),
and at Haena, Kauai (Bryan).

*Also by MelviU and Standen in their revision of Persian Gulf Terebridae,
Journ. of Conch., XV, 212.

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

Terebra medipacifica n. sp. PI. XII, flgs. 8, 9, 10.

Shell rather slender with slightly convex lateral outlines; a white
band below the suture, followed by a broad band of brown streaks
and blotches on a white ground, extending to the periphery. A
second white band below the periphery and a narrow band of brown
markings just above the narrow, rather shallow furrow between
base and siphonal fasciole; apical whorls purplish. Sculpture of
fine, forwardly curved axial ribs, about 35 on the last whorl. Both
ribs and intervals are smooth, there being no spiral sculpture. There
are about 43^ smooth embryonic whorls, the last bulging, wider than
the following sculptured whorl: 83^2 sculptured whorls. Suture
is regularly crenulated by the ends of the ribs. The aperture is
narrow, channelled above by the retraction of the lip near its inser-
tion. Anteriorly it is broadly notched. Columella smooth. There
is no raised inner lip, though the parietal ca'lus is rather thick.

Length 18.8, diameter 4.4, aperture 5.4 mm.

Length 20, diameter 5, aperture 6 mm.

Off Honolulu, 6 to 8 fathoms. D. B. Langford.

It is much more finely ribbed than T. inconsfans, with a differently
shaped aperture. T. bipartita Desh. (Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1859, p. 284), from the Isles Sandwich, requires comparison, but
the description does not agree fully, and the species has not been
figured.

It is one of the species which Reeve and Tryon would have placed
under T. hastata.

Terebra medipacifica melior n. subsp. PI. XII, fig. 11.

A much larger form of this species was taken in Kaneohe Bay,
Oahu. The brown markings are much reduced, but not more than
in some Honolulu shells. There are 38 ribs on the last whorl.

Length 28, diameter 7, length aperture 8 mm., 10 post -embry-
onic whorls.

Terebra spaldingi n. sp. PI. XII, flg. 13.

Shell narrow, poHshed; whitish, the intercostal intervals fiesh
colored; three faint gray spiral lines on the last whorl, the upper
one visible on the spire.

Sculpture of smooth, rounded axial ribs, about 22 on the last or
penult whorls, a little prominent just below the suture, interrupted
by a well impressed presutural groove; intervals smooth. Last
whorl with a spiral ridge bounding a narrow basal furrow, which
extends also above the narrowly reflected basal margin. The aper-

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

ture is rather wide below, posteriorly channelled, the outer lip re-
tracted a little above. Inner Up calloused, a little elevated. No
columellar fold.

Length 29.5, diameter 6.9, aperture 7.5 mm. Twelve whorls.

Off Honolulu, 6 to 8 fathoms. D. B. Langford.

A form from Kaneohe Bay in 4 fathoms is much larger, length
37.3, diameter 9 mm.

This species is closely related to T. cerithma Lam., but differs in
having all of the whorls ribbed. The Honolulu specimens are
stained with iron. T. affinis Gray differs by the interstitial sculp-
ture.

Terebra dussumieri hiradoensis n. subsp.

The shell is similar to T. dussumieri in form, but differs by the
smaller number of longitudinal ribs, which are wider and more
widely spaced, about 17 on the penult whorl.

Length 55, diameter 11 mm.

Hirado, Hizen, Japan. Type 81994, A. N. S. P.

X. MiTRA AND VeXILLUM

W. H. Pease described several forms about which little is known.
His notes on various Hawaiian species were published in the Ameri-
can Journal of Conchology, III, pp. 212-215, 233, 271; IV, pp. 119-
121; V, 85.

Mitra mitra (L.) {VoJuta mitra episcopalis L.) has been taken in
the material dredged from Honolulu Harbor, l)ut no specimens are
at hand for comparison mth those of other localities.

Partial Key to Hawaiian Species of Mitra and Vexillum.

I. Mitra. Shell smooth, finely striate, or with spiral punctured
lines; throat not lirate.

1. Shell with spiral series of spots on a light ground 2

Shell uniform or otherwise marked 3

2. Six spiral series of orange spots; large, the last whorl smooth.

M. mitra (L.).

Three irregular series of brown (tawny) spots; finely striate

spirally throughout ; outer lip thin near the upper insertion,

elsewhere rather thick and smooth, a low swelling behind

it. 6 plaits; base recurved. Aperture longer than in M.

ustulata Rve.; 50x15, aperture 26 mm.

M. kamehameha n. sp.

3. Suture crenulated by a series of white tubercles 4

Suture even or nearly so q

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

4. Weakly, irregularly plicate, with coarse punctures in spiral

and axial series 5

Not plicate; fine punctures in spiral series, often obsolete at
periphery; a ragged or blotched white band near the suture

and usually other white spots, on a dark ground.

M. coronata aurora Dohrn.

5. Chocolate, with a white band bordering the suture

M. luguhis Sw.
A narrow whitish band a short distance below the suture,

white sutural tubercles. Honolulu

M. lugubris honoluluensis n. subsp.

6. Spire and upper part of last whorl finely axially costulate,

with spiral punctured lines 7

Spire spirally striate, not distinctly costulate .9

7. Aperture f or more of the total length; spire short; yellow

(or white) with dark apex and basal spot 8

Aperture less than f of the length, spire moderately long;
white with a dark brown median belt M. newcombi Pse.

8. Last whorl sculptured only at the upper part.

M. olivaeformis Sw.
Last whorl having spaced, closely punctate spiral lines through-
out, otherwise similar to the preceding.

M. olivellaeformis n. sp.

9. Fusiform, the aperture half the length or less 10

Pupiform, with shorter spire and longer aperture 14

10. Small species, less than 18 mm. long 12

Larger or large species, about 20-50 mm. long 13

12. White, smooth, with two wide orange zones; about 14 mm.

long M. micans Rve.

White; minutely striate spirally, 7-8 mm. long.

M. alba Pse.

13. Uniform cinnamon-brown; outlines rather straight above and

below the convex periphery, sculpture of punctate spiral
lines, ,8 on penult whorl, weaker in the peripheral region;
outer lip contracting above, with crenulate edge, but with-
out any internal tubercle or callus; 6 plaits. 51 x 19, aper-
ture 24.4 mm., 8 whorls M. thaanumiana n. sp.

Similar to the preceding, but the last whorl is somewhat flat-
tened peripherally; there are 6 punctured lines on penult
whorl; irregular crenulations below the suture; 5 plaits.

43 X 15, aperture 22.3 mm. Orange (faded) ; Honolulu

M. ostergaardi n. sp.

Olivaceous or dusky, with widely spaced dark spiral lines;

outer lip thickened or with a tubercle within

M. astricta Rve.

14. Speckled with buff on a dark ground M. Htterata Lam.

Chocolate, with a pale shoulder band M. auriculoides Rve.

Uniform dark brown 15

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

15. A callous projection within the outer lip in adult .shells, none
in the throat; peripheral region convex; 5 well developed

plaits M. hrunnea Pse.

No lip callus; a nodule in the throat; carob brown to chestnut
brown, the aperture chocolate; last whorl somewhat cylin-
dric, smooth with spirals at the base; 4 plaits. 25 x 10.4,
aperture 14 mm. M. ticaonica vagans n. subsp.

II. Shell conspicuously spirally lirate, axial sculpture subordinate or

wanting; outer lip blunt or thin, crenulate, throat smooth.

1. Diameter nearly half the length; with smooth spiral' cords,

very little interstitial sculpture 2

Shell more slender, with distinct interstitial sculpture 4

2. Shell irregularly plicate axially; very pale with a thin brown

epidermis M. turgida Rve.

Shell not plicate : 3

3. Orange, often with white peripheral maculation.

ilf . tabanula Lam.

Thin, fulvous M. suhrostrata Sowb.

Brown with some white maculation M. proscissa Rve.

White, variegated with smoky brown M. pudica Pse.

4. Interliral spaces with an intermediate thread and close axial

sculpture leaving narrow pits M. interlirata Rve.

Having close low riblets, making the cords tubercular; 11
cords on last whorl; yellowish with 2 indistinct brown
bands, tubercles white; 3 columellar plaits. 11.6x4,5, ap-
erture 6.3 mm. M. waikikiensis n. sp.

Having spaced axial impressed lines throughout; apex pink;
4 or 5 plaits.

5. Spirals narrow, brown on a white ground; smaller than M.

granaUna Lam., the brown lines continuous; 35.3x11.4,

aperture 18 mm.; 8 post-embryonic whorls; Honolulu

M. langfordi n. sp.
Spirals blunt, alternately larger and smaller; buff with a
broad chestnut peripheral band, its upper half interrupted
into a series of large spots; 29.3x9.3, aperture 16.4 mm.;
7^ post-embryonic whorls; near crenifera Lam., but smaller
with many more impressed axial lines M. emersoni n. sp.

III. Vexillum. Axial ribs predominating over spiral sculpture

when the latter is present. (In baldwini the later whorls
are smooth.)

1. Shell obesely fusiform, with narrow aperture; outer lip con-

spicuously receding or excised below, lirate within, a plait

at its upper third; 5 or 6 plaits (Section Tdiochila, new) 2

Outer lip normal, not receding below 3

2. Last 3 or 4 whorls very smooth and glossy, marbled or streaked ;

early whorls costulate V. baldwini Melv.6

^V. baldwini has been collected at Honolulu by Ostergaard and Bryan. It
may prove to be identical with V. flanunulata Pse., of which I have not seen
specimens. V. baldwini and V. turbeM form a peculiar section to be called
Idiochila, the type being V. turben Reeve.

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

Later whorls with many fine ribs, intervals spirally grooved;
clear yellow. 22.7 x 12 mm V. turhen kanaka n. siibsp.

3. Rather short species with about 15 or fewer axial folds on

the last whorl 4

Having more numerous axial folds or ribs 7

4. Stout shells with strongly coronate whorls and coarse spi-

rals 5

Whorls axially plicate, not coronate, with very fine, close
spiral striation 6

5. Spiral cords strong; no lirae in the throat V. tuherosa (Rve.).

Spiral cords less strong; throat lirate

V. pairiarchialis (Gmel.).

6. 12x7 mm. to 18x8 mm. V. dermestina (Lam.).

About 9x3.7 mm.; white with brown lineolation.

V. 7iodulosa (Pse.).

7. Small axial ribs in some of the intervals of the larger

V. hella (Pse.).
Axial ribs about equal 8

8. A finely striate depression in the ribs a short distance below

the suture; small, chocolate-colored, with the upper surface

maculate with white V. tusa (Rve.).

Without such depression or coloration 9

9. Spiral cords running over the axial ribs 10

Spiral sculpture appearing as transverse grooves in the inter-
vals only 13

10. Whitish, with pale markings; stippled lirae in the throat 11
Marked with tawny or brown; stout in form; continuous

threads in the throat 12

11. Subtubercular and angular close below the suture; a faint

fleshy band with sparse brown dots on the ribs.

V. wisemani (Dhn.).

Third spiral below suture slightly prominent; base pale vina-

ceous V. compta (Ad.)

12. Axial ribs rather coarse, continuous; many fulvous spiral

bands; 18-20 mm. long V. aureolata (Sw.).

Axial ribs very fine, cut by spiral grooves; tawny or brown

with a white band and base; about 9 mm. long

V. picea (Pse.).

13. Minute species, less than 10 mm. long; dark-colored 14

Larger shells, over 15 mm. long 15

14. Chocolate, sometimes with a white band; about 8x3 mm.

V. mica (Rve.).
Fusiform, vinaceous-tawny, with burnt umber bands at per-
iphery and base; about 30 rounded axial ribs on last whorl,
intervals with wide, low, spiral cords separated by im-
pressed lines, 4 on penult whorl; 4 plaits; 6.5x2.7, aper-
ture 3 mm.; 5| post-embryonic whorls V. micra n. sp.

15. Fusiform, white with a cinnamon band l)elow periphery; at

periphery are narrow brownish spots between the ribs,

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

surmounted by a cinnamon line; 11 rounded ribs on the
last whorl, intervals with transverse impressions, 10 or 11
in intervals on penult whorl; 5 plaits, 25.3x8, aperture

12 nun.; 10 whorls V. thaanumi n. sp.

Fusiform, white with a chestnut band below the periphery
and few blackish-brown spots below the suture, apex dark
brown, 22 smooth axial ribs on last whorl with short, trans-
verse impressions in the intervals, 6 in each interval on
penult whorl; 2 spiral cords more prominent at base; 5 thin

plaits. 18 X 7.5, aperture 8.4 mm.; 10 whorls

V. xenium n. sp.

Mitra kamehameha n. ?p. PI. XII, fig. 23.

The shell is slender, fusiform, finely striate spirally. White, with
three series of ochaceous orange spots, subsutural, peripheral and
basal, the former with few spots. On the spire these spots are more
or less concrescent into longitudinal stripes.

The last whorl has a broad swelUng behind the outer lip. The
aperture is more than half the total length, narrow. Outer lip is
rather thick, excavated within and becoming quite thin near the
upper insertion. There are six plaits, the lower ones small.

Length 50, diameter 15, aperture 26 mm. Type.

Length 40, diameter 12.7, aperture 22 mm.

Honolulu Harbor, in the dredger dump. J. M. Ostergaard.

This species is related to M. ustuJata Rve., but it differs by having
the aperture ^onger, more than half the total length, while in usiu-
lata it is less than half. The color is doubtless darker in living
specimens.

Mitra thaanumiana n. sp. PI. XII, fig. 21.

The shell is solid, fusiform. Outlines of spire and basal part
straight, periphery convex; cinnamon-brown, where the thin
cuticle is lacking, sayal brown, the apical whorls paler. Sculpture
of fine, well-spaced spiral striae marked with series of small punc-
tures, and separated by flat intervals; on the back of the penult
whorl there are 8 such spirals. The basal third of the last whorl
has coarser, deeper spirals and punctures, with convex intervals.
The aperture is clouded with cinnamon within. It Is widest in the
lower part, the lip being straight and abruptly contracted above.
There are six white plaits.

Length 51, diameter 19, aperture 24.4 mm. Eight whorls (the
apex worn.)

Hilo, Hawaii, D. Thaanum.

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Mitra ostergaardi n. sp. PI. XII, fig. 22.

The shell is fusiform with conic spire somewhat flattened peri-
phery, somewhat convexly tapering base, slightly concave below;
ochraceous -buff to nearly as dark as ochraceous-orange, the spire
usually a little paler. Sculpture of widely-spaced spiral series of
small punctures, six on the back of penult whorl, the intervals very
minutely, superficially striate spirally; towards the base having
punctured spiral grooves. Under the suture the whorls are a little
prominent and finely, irregularly crenulate.

The aperture is flesh-tinted within ; narrow, but slightly wider be-
low; lip contracted above. Five plaits.

Length 43, diameter 15, length aperture 22.3 mm. (summit broken).

Honolulu Harbor, in the dredger dump. J. M. Ostergaard.

The color is altered, as in nearly all shells from the "dump," in
life it will be found to be much darker in color. It is closely related
to M. thaarnmiiana, but the last whorl is decidedly more cylindric,
and there are fewer spiral puncture lines.

Two of the three specimens show a very faint pale line at the
shoulder. Some young shells which are perhaps this species
have a distinct whitish line at the shoulder. They have 4 colum-
ellar plaits.

Mitra coronata aurora Dolu-n.

Faded specimens are found in the dump of the Honolulu Harbor
dredge. Also taken alive in 150-300 feet off Waikiki by D. B.
Langford. Mr. Thaanum collected beautiful living ones at Keekea,
Hilo, Hawaii.

Mitra lugubris Swains.

Honolulu Harbor; off Waikiki, 35-50 fms.
Mitra lugubris honoluluensis n. pub.sp. PI. XII, fig. ifl.

Similar to M. lugubris in the deep punctures and longitudina'
wrinkles, but having small, white subsutural tubtn'cles and a narrow
white band a short distance below the suture.

Length 23, diameter 9.7 mm.

Honolulu Harbor.

Mitra (Strigatella) ticaonica vagans n. subsp. PI. XI 1, figs. 14, 15.

The shell is oblong, solid. Chestnut-brown. Spire short, with
sculpture of five impressed spiral lines. Last whorl smooth except
at the base, where there are about 10 spiral furrows.

1920.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

The aperture is long and narrow, dark brown within, the outer
Hp contracted above, having a deeply placed median fold in the
throat. Cohimellar plaits whitish, four, sometimes with a short
tubercle between the first and second.

Length 25, diameter 10.4, length of aperture 14 mm.

Length 22.5, diameter 10, length of aperture 12.3 mm.

Hilo, Hawaii. D. Thaanum. Also collected on the Honolulu
Harbor dump in considerable quantity by Prof. Wm. A. Bryan
several years ago, and by the writer in 1913.

Hawaiian examples have the spire less deeply grooved, and the
last whorl more extensively smooth than M. ticaonica Reeve of the
Philippines. They appear to be worthy of varietal separation.

Strigatella Juscescens Pse. (Proc. Zool. Soc, 1860, p. 146; Amer.
Journ. Conch., Ill, 233) differs by the white aperture and 5-plaited
columella.

The Honolulu specimens have faded to a tawny or ochraceous
buff tint. The largest measures, length 31, diameter 1 1 .3, aperture
15 mm. (fig. 14).

Mitra olivellaeformis n. sn.

The shell is similar to M. ohvaeforrnis Sw. except that it is more
slender, and the entire last whorl is provided with impressed, punc-
tured spirals, about 13 on the last whorl.

Length 11.2, diameter 4.7 mm. Type, Niihau.

Length 15, diameter 5 6 mm Viti Islands.

Niihau. Type 67779 A. N. S. P.

The typical M. olivaejormis Swains." has two or three puncture
series about the summit of the last whorl. It has been found in
Honolulu Harbor by Prof. W. A. Bryan, who gave me a specimen.

Mitra langfordi n. sv. PI. XII, fig. 20.

Closely related to M. granatina Lam. (M. scdbriuscula L., of
Reeve and Tryon), but constantly smaller, with smaller secondary
spirals and several fine striae in the intervals between major spirals;
of the latter there are five on the penult whorl, with a smaller one
above, near the suture; the brown lines of these spirals are con-
tinuous or nearly so (while in granatina they are much interrupted).
Columella with four or five plaits. The embryonic stage, of about
3 whorls, is smooth and pink.

Length 35.3, diameter 11.4, length of aperture 18 mm; 8 post-
embryonic whorls.

"Zoological Illustrations II, second series, 1831, Mitranae, pi. 6, fig. 3.

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

Off Honolulu, D. B. Langford.

The shell is less elongate than M. gracilis Reeve, and is more
closely related to M. granahna than to the M. filosa complex.

Valuta filans L. (Mantissa p. 548, 1771) is not positively iden-
tified, though the opinion of Hanley that it is identified with M.
filosa Lam. (not Born), (Kiener's pi. 5, figs. 12), seems probable.

M. filosa Born ( + M. nexilis Martyn) and M. hernardiana Phil,
appear to be distinct and valid species. M. circula Kiener {"cir-
culata" of Reeve and Tryon) is also quite distinct. None of these
has been taken in Hawaiian waters so far as I know,

Mitra emersoni n. sp. PI. XII, fig. 19.

A species closely related to M. crenijer Lam.;^ smaller; the verti-
cal impressed lines about twice as far apart.

The shell is buff with a broad, irregu'ar peripheral band of chest-
nut, its upper half interrupted into a series of large spots; also an
indistinct, brown band composed of spots and dashes at the base.

Sculpture of alternately smaller and larger spirals and well-spaced,
vertical, impressed lines. Four plaits. Embryonic shell pinkish.

Length 29.3, diameter 9.3, aperture 16.4 mm. Seven and one-
half post-embryonic whorls.

Off Honolulu. D. B. Langford.

Named in honor of Mr. Joseph Emerson of Honolulu.

Mitra pallida Pse. (Proc Zool Soc. London, 1860, p. 146) has not
been described with sufficient detail for recognition.

Mitra waikikiensis n. sp. PI. XII, flg. 17.

The shell is fusiform, pale brown with ill-defined darker peripheral
and basal bands and white tubercles. Sculpture of spiral cords
(eleven on the last whorl behind the lip) and lower longitudinal
ribs, producing tubercles where they cross the cords. Aperture
white. Columella with three plaits, the uppei" large, the lower
quite small.

Length 12.5, diameter 4.8, length of aperture 6.7 mm.

Length 11.6, diameter 4.5, length of aperture 6.3 mm.

Off Waikiki, Oahu, in 35-50 fms. D. B. Langford.

VexiUum thaanumi n. sp. PI. XII, flg. .31.

The shell is fusiform, rather slender, white, with a cinnamon
band below the periphery. At the periphery there are narrow vin-

^Which perhaps = M. clathrus (Gmelin), but the figure of that is very unsatis-
factory.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

aceous or brownish spots between the ri])s, surmounted by a con-
tinuous, cinnamon Hne. On the penult whorl this hne is median.

Sculpture of vertical ribs weakening towards the base, the inter-
vals with short impressed lines in a spiral direction; on the last
whorl there are 11 ribs and about 19 spirals, exclusive of those on
the siphonal fasciole. On the penult whorl there are 10 or 11 im-
pressions in an interval.

The aperture is slightly pink tinted within. Urate in the throat.
Five columellar plaits, the lower one very small.

Length 25.3, diameter 8, aperture 12 mm.; 10 whorls.

Off Waikiki, Oahu, in 200-300 feet. D. B. Langford.

Mill a mter striata Sowerby (Thes. Conch, fig. 392) resembles
this species somewhat in co^or, h\ii it is wider, contracted more above
the more prominent siphonal fasciole, and has a wider aperture.

Vexillum xenium n. sp. PI. XII, fig. 25.

The shell is fusiform, white with a chestnut band traversed by
several paler spiral lines, below the periphery, two or three paler
interrupted lines above it on the summits of the ribs only, and a few
widely spaced blackish-brown spots below the suture, on the ends
of some of the ribs. The first three whorls are also deep brown.
Sculpture of smooth, longitudinal ribs, 22 on the last whorl,
equal to their interstices, the latter marked with short impressions
in spiral series, 6 on the penult whorl in each interval; base spirally
grooved over ribs and intervals forming about 4 spiral series of
tubercles. Two obliquely spiral cords are more prominent just
above the siphonal fasciole. Aperture shorter than the spire, the
throat with 9 thin beaded lirae. Columella with 5 thin plaits.

Length 18, diameter 7.5, aperture 8.4 mm., 10 whorls.

Off Waikiki, Oahu, 25-50 fms. D. B. Langford.

Turricula approxima Pease (P. Z. S. 1860, p. 146) is described as
convexly angulated at the sutures and with 4 plaits; it seems there-
fore to be a different species.

Vexillum micra a. sp.

•

The shell is fusiform, vinaceous tawny with a band at the peri-
phery and another on the base of burnt umber. Sculpture of many
vertical rounded ribs, about 30 on the last whorl, the intervals with
wide, low spiral cords separated by impressed lines, of which there
are 4 on the penult whorl; base with spiral cords. Aperture colored
like the outside. Columella with four plaits. The embryonic
shell is long-conic, of about 33^ smooth w^horls.

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NoV.,

Length 6.5, diameter 2.7, aperture 3 mm.; 53^ post-embryonic
whorls.

Off Waikiki, Oahu, in 25-50 fms. D. B. Langford.

One specimen is a httle stouter and lacks the lower brown band.

Vexillum turben kanaka n. sxibsp. PI. XII, tie;. 26.

The shell is similar to M. turben Reeve (Philippine Islands) in
sculpture and the ochraceous-buff or buff-yellow color, but the spire
is more shortly and a little concavely conic above, the penult whorl
slightly swollen. There are six plaits, the upper one strong and
horizontal. Within the outer lip there is a small fold, more promi-
nent than the others about the upper third.

Length 22.7, diameter 12 mm.

Length, 21, diameter 10 mm.

Honolulu, on the dredge dump, J. M. Ostergaard.

Three specimens of this exquisite shell have been taken. On
comparison with a specimen of Reeve's species they show certain
differences of shape which seem to be of racial significance.

The related M. haldwini Melvill is very different in color and
sculpture. It should be compared with T. flamimiJata Pease, which
may be the same.

XII. Various other Gastropods

Murex pele Pilsby. PL XII, figs. 29, 30.

Murex -pele Pils., Nautilus XXXI, pi. 3, figs. 9, 12.

Off Waikiki, Oahu, in 35-50 fathoms. D. B. Kuhns, 191G. Type
no. 47191 A. N, S. P. Also in the Thaanum collection.

Closely related to M. rota, which it resembles in general form.
Pure white. The nuclear whorls are lost. The first 23^ remaining
whorls form a slender, slowly tapering style, the whorls being nearly
flat, the suture oblique, well impressed, bridged by a few laminae.
After that the shell enlarges abruptly; the next 13^ whorls being
carinate, flattened above the keel, very deeply excavated below it,
crossed by six lamellar flounced varices on a whorl. The last whorl
is rounded with several quite low spiral welts. The six varices,
which increase progressively and rapidly in prominence, are connected
by broad lamellae with the preceding whorl, dividing the sutural
region into a series of deep cavities. The varices bear long spines,
blunt or expanded at the ends, crenulated on the back and sides,
slit in front. There are two of these processes on each varix much
larger than the others, more expanded at the ends. A series of little

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

foliations stands at the front leases of the large processes. The
aperture is small, oval. The long anterior canal is nearly or quite
closed.

Length 31, diameter, including spines 18.5 mm. Type, fig. 29.

Length 40, diameter, including spines, 30 mm.

The operculum is Purpuroid, the nucleus lateral. It has external
sculpture of concentric laminae, which are prominent and crimped
in the outer and basal parts, subobsolete in the median and inner
portions, which are nearly smooth, or merely wrinkled.

Compared with M. rota Sowb., this species differs by having
fewer enlarged spines. M. rota has four or five subequal ones on
the last varix, of which at least three radiate from the aperture like
the spokes of a wheel, and one is on the canal. In M. pele there are
only two enlarged processes. Other characters of the two species
appear to be much aUke, though in the old specimens of M. rota,
which alone are at hand for comparison, the whorls of the spire are
worn, and the earlier ones lost. It attains a greater size than the
Hawaiian species.

The largest individual of M. pele found (PI. XII fig. 30) is evidently
quite, old. It is much encrusted. The quite clean one selected for
description (fig. 29) is probably nearly a whorl short of full size.

Murex torrefactus insulanun n. subsp.

Specimens from off Waikiki, Oahu, in 35-50 fms. (Langford),
differ from the typical form of M. torrejacius Sowb., being relatively
larger, with somewhat less complex variceal processes, the second
from above nearly as long as the first and receding. M. rubigifiosvs
Reeve has a larger aperture, and the second variceal process does
not recede.

Length 69, diameter 44 mm.

Sistrum vitiense n. sp.

Viti Islands, A. J. Garrett. Type and paratypes no. 3G732 A. N.
S. P.

The shell is stout, ovately fusiform, solid, with straightly conic
spire. The ground color is buff-yellow. It is rather weakly pli-
cate longitudinally, with about seven low spiral cords, which are
enlarged to form oblong tubercles, from hazel to chestnut-brown in
color where they pass over the folds. The tubercles of the series
below the suture are lower than the others and separated from the
next series by a wider space. Between the tuberculose girdles there

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

are two or three low cords in each space, all being slightly irregular.
The rather prominent siphonal fasciole is apricot-orange colored.

The aperture is white , outer hp having a series of five or six teeth
within, the upper and lower ones sHghtly larger. The columella
is straight, having several short, rather strong transverse folds be-
low the middle.

Length 22.5, diameter 14 mm.

It is related to S. concatenatum (Lam.), but it is a more compact
shell with smaller white aperture, and much less coarse sculpture.

Cymatium species.

Cymatium intermedium (Pease) is the most abundant Triton in
Oahu. C. chlorostoma (Lam.) is found in Honolulu Harbor, Hilo
and other places. C. tuberosum. Lam. is not uncommon on reefs.

C. vestitum Hinds^ is represented by a race in which the tooth
intervals are carnehan red or rufous, the form more slender, and the
few intervariceal ribs are very weak. Length 74, diameter 34mm.
This race may be called C. vestitum msulare. Type no. 35279 A.
N. S. P.

The finest specimen I have seen is in the collection of L-win Spald-
ing.

Strombus ostergaardi n. sp. PI. Xll, figs. 27, 28.

The shell is somewhat pear-shaped, rather solid, white in the only
examples known, which are long-dead shells.

The rather short spire is concavely conic. In the most perfect
example the penult whorl is weakly angular above the suture, with
very weak, coarse nodes; the next earlier whorl is distinctly angular
and tuberculate; above this the tubercles become closer, longer,
so that the next two whorls are costate. The conic summit, of about
3 convex whorls, is smooth. The last whorl is very slightly com-
pressed between face and back. It is slightly swollen behind the
outer lip, somewhat flattened preceding the swelling, on the ventral
face strongly convex above. It is smooth except for oblique grooves
around the lower part and more or less distinct spiral threads near
the lip. The suture descends in the last third of a whorl, ascending
a little at its termination. The aperture is narrow. Outer lip not
excavated posteriorly, having a moderate sinus anteriorly; closely
lirate within. The inner lip is thick, with well defined edge, and
is regularly lirate throughout.

^Zoology of the Voyage of the Sulphur, II, 1S44, p. 11, pi. 4, figs. 1, 2.

1920.] NATURAL SCIET^CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

Length 24.5, diameter 12 nun.

Length 31, diameter 16 mm.

Honolulu Harbor, from the dredger dump on the Harbor side of
Sand Island, J. M. Ostergaard. Also from the Kailua coast, on the
north side of Oahu, W. A. Bryan.

This species is less distorted than S. gibherulus L., with a lirate
columellar callus, and no excavation of the outer lip posteriorly.
S. hulbulus Sowb. is more closely related, but it has a smooth, thinner
and less extended columellar callus, and smooth, convex whorls
of the spire.

While the specimens have the appearance of fossils, it is likely
that the species is still to be found living. The single one before me
from Kailua is 21.3 mm. long, and has the short spiral threads over
the swelling behind the lip more distinct.

In the largest specimen there seems to be but one nodulose inter-
mediate whorl of the spire, the whorls having the usual impressed
spiral hne below the suture; but as the spire is quite short, the
nodules may be concealed by the enveloping whorls. The sculpture
of the spire described above is therefore not a constant feature.

This. stromb was first found by Mr. Ostergaard in 1905. Sub-
sequently he found three more.

Rissoina striatula hawaiensis n. ^ubsp.

Differ from R. striatula Pease^" by the constantly smaller size.

Length 4.5 mm.

Length 5.2, diameter .2 mm.; 9 whorls (type).

Length 6.4, diametei- 2.7 mm.

Oahu: Pamiialu, type loc; Waimea. Kauai: Haena. All col-
lected by W. A. and E. J. Bryan.

R. striatula was described from the Paumotu group. Two speci-
mens measure:

Length 8.3, diameter 3.5 muL

Length 8.6, diameter 3.4 mm. (Cotype, figured in A. J. G.)

xin. Pelecypods.

Modiolus matris n. sp. PI. Xll, fig. 18.

The shell is small oblong wedge-shaped, strongly inflated, thin,
bright colored, the prevalent colors being old rose, apricot buff,
picric yeUow, or white with vinaceous rays; having a thin yellowish

"Amer. Journ. Conch. Ill, 1867, p. 296, pi. 24, fig. 31.

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

cuticle, in lai'ge part deciduous, chiefly preserved near tlie posterior
end, and bearing very delicate raised concentric striae. Beaks are
rather prominent. The hinge-line is short, slightly curved under
the beaks. Internal margins smooth. The interior is colored like
the outside but usually brighter in tone.

Greatest length 12.5, greatest breadth 6.5, diameter 6.5 mm.

Greatest length 12.8, greatest breadth 8, diameter 7 mm.

There is considerable variation in contour. The largest valve
seen, from Moomumi, Molokai, measures, length 19.3, width 10.2,
semidiameter 4.8 mm.

Oahu; Rabbit Island; Paumalu; Mokapuu Point (type loc),
Honolulu Harbor. Molokai: Moomomi, Pukahaku. Midway
Island. Pearl and Hermes Reef (W. A. and E. J. Bryan).

Modiolus peasei Newcomb.

1870. Amer. Journ Conch. V, p. 163, pi. 17, fig. 7. ("Sandwich Islands,
dredged in 12 fms., outer harbor of Honolulu").

Off Honolulu in 6 fathoms, D. B. Langford, 1915; Off Mala Bay,
West Maui, 21 fathoms, Thaanum and Langford, 1918. Fi'om the
second locality there are very fine specimens, up to 31 mm. long.

Mytilus crebristriatus Conrad.

1837. Conrad, .lourn. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII, o. 242.
1916. Bryan, Nat. Hist, of Hawaii, p. 4.57, pi. 104, fig. 1.

Oahu: Honolulu Harbor; Pearl Harbor. Molokai: Kainalu, Ha-
waii: Hilo.

The large typical form of this species is particularly abundant in
Pearl Harbor and the adjacent fossil deposits. In Honolulu it
occurs on the Kewalo reef, off the mud flats where considerable
fresh water comes in, and Melania mauiensis is abundant. Prob-
ably typical M. creh) istnaius occurs only where the sslH water is
slightly diluted with fresh; on open shores it is replaced by a small
form.

The usual length of M. crehristriatus is from 25 to 35 mm. So far
as we know, the only published figure is that in Bryan's Natural
History of Hawaii.

A very thick form was found fossil at Waimanalo, Oahu, by Prof.
Bryan.

On most of the open beaches a small form, which may be called
form mantima, is found in abundance; the length is 10 to 15 nmi.
Localities for this form follow, mainly from the Bryan collection.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

Ocean Island. Mokunianu. Kauai: Hanalei, Haena, Milolii,
Kalalau. Oahu: Honolulu Harbor, Mokapu Point, Kailua, Pau-
malu, Waimanalo, Kaneohe Bay, Laie. Molokai: Moomomi,
Kaina'u, Papohaku. Maui: Maalaea Bay, Kahului. Hawaii: Hilo.

At Kainalu, Molokai, a set was taken having the shell very thin
and frail, the corrugation weakly developed. Length 17 mm.

Congeria bryanae n. sp.

The shell is triangular, very much inflated along the middle of its
length, the ventral side flattened and subtruncate, the posterior and
dorsal borders, beyond the hinge, broadly rounded. Sculpture of
very numerous radial riblets crossed by closer and narrower concen-
tric threads which are more prominent in the intervals. The color
is green or yellow, uniform or clouded in varying shades and tints,
often with some irregular, maculation of brown, or whitish and pale
yellow with vinaceous or pink maculation The interior is whitish,
more or less tinted with the external colors. The septum is small,
There are about 10 rather strong teeth in each valve, between beaks
and septum, and a group of elongated crenulations at the posterior
end of the hinge-line. The rest of the internal margin is delicately
crenul'ate.

Length 6.5, width 4.3, diameter 5 mm.

Length 11.2, width 6.6, diameter 6 mm.

Oahu: Mokapu Point, Kailua, Paumalu, Rabbit Island (type
loc), Makapuu Point, Honolulu Harbor. Kauai: Mouth of Han-
alei River. Molokai: Moomomi. Laysan Island. Pearl and Her-
mes Reef (W. A. and E. J. Bryan).

Mytilus hifurcatus Conrad, said to be from the Sandwich Islands,
is a common Cahfornian species. See Nautilus XII, Oct., 1898, p.
69.

Cardium thaanumi n. sp. PI. XII, flg. 24.

The shell is small, plump, thin. Beaks full, sUght^ inclined
forward, nearly smooth; posterior end truncate, anterior rounded.
White with the beaks and numerous rays of a light coral red color;
the rays faint except towards the periphery.

Sculpture of many very fine, even radial striae, which are closely,
minutely prickly towards the periphery and ends. Hinge-teeth
well developed; inner margin crenulated.

Length 11, height 10.5, diameter 9 mm.

Off Waikiki, Oahu, 35 to 50 fathoms. Also off Launiupoko
Camp, near Lahaina, West Maui 4 to 8 fathoms, Thaanum and
Langford.

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Two other species of Cardtum are not uncommon, the large Ca?-
dtum orhita B. and S., Hilo, Hawaii (Thaanum); Moomomi, Molo
kai, Haena, Kauai (Bryan), and C. arcuatulum Sowerby, a very
small, angular Fragum, from Hilo, Hawaii (Thaanum); Honolulu
(Bryan), and Haleiwa (Pilsbry), Oahu.

Solecardia bryani n. sp. Fig. 5.

The shell is thin, oval, somewhat inequilateral, moderately plump,
white. Upper and lower margins subequally curved; anterior end
narrower than the posterior, both being rounded. Except the
beaks, the surface is minutely densely punctate, more coarsely so
near the ends; the points arranged in radial lines on the dorsal
posterior slope, elsewhere irregularly or in indistinct zigzags. Right
valve having a slender, erect, cardinal and a low, elongate posterior
tooth.

Fig. .5. — Solpcardia bryani, n. sp., interior and dorsal view of ri^ht valve.

Length 10.8, altitude, 7.8, diameter 5.2 mm.
Oahu: Paymalu, W. A. and E. L. Bryan.

Solecardia hawaiensis n. sp. Fig. 6, a, b, c.

The shell is thin, white, oblong, moderately plump, inequilateral.
Dorsal margin arched, a little more curved than the basal; anterior
end vertically subtruncate, anterior end rounded. Beaks \ery
small with more convex, orbicular embryonic caps. Surface glossy,
with fine growth lines only. Interior dull, the muscle impressions
and pallia] line rather indistinct. Right valve with a strong, erect
anterior tooth and an elongate, lower posterior. Left valve has
strong median, weak anterior and elongate posterior tooth.

Length 7, altitude 4.8, diameter 3.4 mm.

Hawaii: Hilo, Thaanum, type loc. Kahoolawe, on the north
shore (Pilsbry). Molokai: Kainalu and Moomomi (Bryan). Oahu:
Honolulu Harbor and Paumalu (Bryan), near Kahuku and Haleiwa

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

325

(Pilsbry). Kauai: Hanalei river (Bryan). Laysan Island (Capt.
Brown) .

Near the figure of SaniiUa deshayesi Sowb., l)ut more elongate,
not so abrupt posteriorly. Erycina ovata Gld." is less inequilateral,
and the anterior truncation is a Uttle oblique. The teeth, too,
appear to differ, if Gould's figure is correct.

Solecardia hawaiensis obesior n. sub.p. Fig. 6, d, e.

Similar to »S'. hawaiensis, but plumper, shorter, with wider beaks.
Length 7, altitude 5.3, diameter 4.7 mm.
Honolulu Harbor (W. A. and E. L. Bryan).

Fig. 6. — a, b, Solecardia hawaiensis, interior and dorsal views of right valve;
c, hinge of left valve, d. c, Solecardia hawaiensis ohesior, lateral and dorsal
views.

Solecardia stigmatica n. sp. Fig. 7

The shell is very thin, fragile, somewhat ovate, the anterior end
narrower, posterior end broadly rounded, rather compressed, white,
with a median radial russet band, fading at the edges and below.
Surface glossy, marked with faint growth lines. Interior dull. Right
valve having a slender, erect cardinal tooth. Left valve with an
elongate, lower one.

"U. S. Expl. Exped. Mollusca, p. 401, pi. 44, figs. 387-3876. Sandwich Is-
lands.

326

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Nov.,

Length 5.3, altitude 3.5, diameter 1.8 mm.

Hilo, Hawaii, D. Thaanum.

Easily known by the rich brown stripe.

Fi{^. 7. — Solecardia stigmalica n. sp. Fig. <S. — Solccardia thaanumi, n. sj).
Solecardia (Scintilla) thaanumi n. sp. Fig. S.

The shell is white, oblong, the basal margin slightly more curved
than the upper, not gaping; ends rounded, the anterior slightly
shorter; compressed, slightly inequilateral. Beaks very small,
capped with minute, orbicular embryonic valves. Surface with
faint growth lines. Interior dull, minutely vermiculate with white
on a grayish ground outside of the pallial line, which is distinct and
irregular. Cardinal tooth of right valve very low, indistinct.

Length 6.75, altitude 4.25, diameter 2.4 mm.

Hawaii: Hilo, D. Thaanum.

Solecardia (Scintilla) chascax n. sp. Fig. 9.

The shell is very thin, fragile, compressed, oblong, subequilateral,
broadly gaping below ; whitish, translucent. Hinge margin straight;

Fig. 9. — Solecardia chascax, interior and ventral views.

basal margin straightened in the middle, then somewhat dilated
anteriorly; ends rounded. Beaks very small. Both valves have a
very low, indistinct cardinal nodule but no other teeth.

Length 6.9, altitude 3.8, diameter 2 mm,

Hawaii: Hilo, D. Thaanum.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1920.

PLATE XII.

PILSBRY: MARINE MOLLUSKS OF HAWAII, VIII-XIII.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

Thecodonta (?) symmetrica n. sp. Fig. 10.

The shell is oval; white, very inequilateral, the beaks being nearly
terminal, moderately convex, basal margin more curved than the
dorsal. Exterior smooth except for very faint growth lines. In the
right valve there is a bilobed tooth in front of the beaks, low, elong-
ate lamina posteriorly.

Length 2.65, altitude 1.9, diameter 1.1 mm.

Oahu: Haleiwa on the beach, Pilsbry, 1913.

Fig. 10. — Thecodonta (?) symmetrica. Fig. 11. — Nucula hawaiensis n. sp.
Nucula hawaiensis n. sp. Fig. H.

The shell is white, broadly ovate, moderately plump, smooth
near the beaks, elsewhere very closely ridged with smooth, regular
concentric striae. Anterior end broadly rounded, posterior narrowly
rounded; basal margin more arcuate than the dorsal. The teeth
are rather short, 5 before and 10 behind.

Length 2.8, altitade 2.2, diameter 1.5 mm.

Oahu: Haleiwa, on the beach, Pilsbry, 1913.

Probably immature.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. — Terebra thaanumi n. sp. Type 117019.

Fig. 2. — Terebra thaanumi Waikiki. 74526.

Fig. 3. — Terebra flavofasciata n. sp. Tj^je. 46909.

Fig. 4. — Terebra argus brachygyra n. subsp. Type. 46910.

Fig. 5. — Terebra langfordi n. sp. Type. 117038.

Fig. 6. — Terebra langfordi angustior n. subsp. Type.

Fig. 7. — Terebra lanceata oahuensis n. subsp. 117041.

Fig. 8-10. — Terebra medipacifica n. sp. Type and paratype. 117039.

Fig. 11. — -Terebra medipacifica melior n. subsp. Type.

Fig. 12. — Terebra waikikiensis n. sp. Type. 117030.

Fig. 13. — Terebra spaldingi n. sp. Type. 117044.

Fig. 14. — Mitra ticaonica vagans n. subsp. Honolulu Harbor.

Fig. 15. — Mitra ticaonica vagans n, subsp. Type. Hilo. 46790.

Fig. 16. — Mitra lugubris honoluluensis n. subsp. Type. 46793.

Fig. 17. — Mitra imikikensis n. sp. Type. 46788.

Fig. 18. — Modiolus matris n. sp. Type. 47193.

Fig. 19. — Mitra emersoni n. sp. Type. 46804.

Fig. 20. — Mitra langfordi n. sp. Type. 46805.

Fig. 21. — Mitra thaanumiana n. sp. Type. 46810.

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

Fig. 22. — Mitra ostergaardi n. sp. Type. 46770.

Fig. 23. — Mitra kamehameha n. sp. Type. 46793.

Fig. 24. — Cardium thaanumi n. sp. Type. 47179.

Fig. 25. — Vexillum xenium n. sp. Type. 116983.

Fig. 26. — Vexillum turben kanaka m. subsp. Type. 46763.

Figs. 27, 28. — Strombus ostergaardi n. sp. Type and paratype. 74549.

Figs. 29, 30. — Murex pele Pils. Type and paratype.

Fig. 31. — Vexillum thaanumi n. sp. 46820.

1920.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

329

A COLOMBIAN PUPILLID SNAIL.

BY HENRY A, PJLSBRY.

Among other interesting mollusks collected by Messrs. Morgan
Hebard and J. A. G. Rehn during their recent visit to Colombia,
there were specimens of a peculiar snail of the family Pupillidse,
which may be described as follows.

Gastrocopta colombiana n. sp. Figs. 1-4.

The shell is thin, faintly brown tinted, subcylindric, but tapering
very slowly from the last whorl, composed of 53^2 strongly convex
whorls, the last whorl somewhat flattened dorsally, with a slight
impression over the inner part of the lower palatal fold. Faintly
striate. The aperture is squarish-oval; peristome thin, well ex-
panded and reflected, continuous across the parietal wall, but very
shortly adnate there. The angulo-parietal lamella reversed y-

Figs. 1, 2. — Gaslrocopia colombiana, enlarged aperture and front view of type.

Fig. 3. — Columella and parietal wall seen from below, the peristome above, show-
ing: c, columellar lamella; p, parietal, and a, angular lamellae.

Fig. 4. — Inside of the palatal wall, the peristome on the right, s, suprapalatal
fold; u, upper palatal; I, lower palatal, and b. basal folds.

shaped, the angular sinuous, emerging to the lip edge, parietal
arcuate, higher, emerging much less. Columellar lamella strong,
lunate, the inner half descending, outer horizontal. Within the
outer lip there is a small, high, suprapalatal fold and a larger, more
immersed upper palatal. Lower palatal fold is very long, somewhat
immersed, oblique and indistinctly binodose in front, its upper end
continued inward as a slender ridge, then enlarging into a high,
stout fold. The basal fold is transverse, weakly bilobed.

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Length 2, diameter 0 9 mm.

Puerto Columbia, dept. Atlantico, Colombia, on limestone hills.
Morgan Hebard and J. A. G. Rehn, 1920. Type and paratypes no.
46634 A. N. S. P.

While this species of the subgenus Immersidens is somewhat
similar to G. cochisensis, G. daUiana and other North American
snails of the same subgenus, it differs remarkably in the palatal
folds, the upper being doubled, probably by division of a primi-
tively single upper palatal, and the lower fold enters so deeply that
its full structure can be understood only by breaking out the palatal
wall, as in fig. 4.

A weak-toothed form of Gastrocopfa senilis (Gld.,) referable to
G. s. riisei (Pfr.), was found in the same locality.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

STATISTICAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE TEXAS FEVER PARASITE.

BY HOWARD CRAWLEY.

The study herein described was based on material obtained from
two cows, Nos. 1025 and 1031, of the series of the Experiment Sta-
tion of the United States Bureau of Animal Industry. These, being
so-called northern animals, were susceptible to Texas fever, and
were both inoculated with this disease by infestation with infectious
seed ticks on June 27, 1913. Cow No. 1031 died on July 10, and a
series of preparations was obtained shortly after death from the
heart muscle, the hver, the spleen, and the kidney. Cow No. 1025
died July 11, and a set of smears was obtained from the heart muscle.

The morphology of the Texas fever parasite, for which the correct
name appears to be Babesia hovis, has been described a number of
times and is in consequence a matter of common knowledge. This
phase of the biology of the organism was therefore not studied, but
since the material obtained, especially from Cow 1031, was rich in
parasites and parasitized cells, a statistical investigation was under-
taken. This had to do, first, with the relative numbers of paras-
itized and non-parasitized cells; second, with the number of indi-
vidual parasites in each parasitized cell; third, with the varying
conditions found in the several organs of Cow 1031 ; finally, a
count was made of the parasites occuring free in the preparations.
The exact significance of these latter is somewhat problematical,
since, theoretically, they may either represent elements escaped from
a blood cell, or merely what remains after the blood cell has been
destroyed.' The latter supposition seems the more probable, since
these parasites, like those within the cells, may occur either singly
or in multiple form. Indeed, the fact that these apparent free
parasites occur in multiple form rather suggests that they are still
lying in some remant of the blood cell which does not stain. The
impression received from an examination of this material is that
these "free" parasites have no especial significance, and are to be
placed in the same category as those still lying in intact blood cells.

The smears were fixed in alcohol and stained with Giemsa. The
method of study was very simple. A small square was cut on a

S32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

round cover glass with a diamond, and placed in the eye-piece
of the microscope. The square marked out a small region in the
smear and all the cells in this region were then taken into account.
These regions were selected wholly at random, in fact, without being
first seen. The only restriction was that those cases where the blood
cells were very closely crowded were not used.

Taking up first the ratio of parasitized and non-parasitized cells,
the counts made gave the following results:

Table 1.

Cow 1031 Parasitized cells Non-parasitized cells Total

Heart 4563 4083 8646

Kidney 767 464 1231

Spleen 348 249.'5 2843

Liver 1048 1646 2694

Totals 6726 8688 15414

Cow 1025
Heart 2.50 3732 3982

Reducing the above to percentages we obtain:

Table 2.

Cow 1031 Parasitized Non-parasitized

Heart 52.8 per cent. 47.2 per cent.

Kidney 62.3 37.7

Liver 38.9 61.1

Spleen 12.2 . 87.7

Totals 43.64 56.36

Cow 1025

Heart 6.30 93.70

The first distinction to be noted is that between the two cows. In
1031, at least as regards the heart, the split is about even, there
being practically as many parasitized as non- parasitized cells. On
the other hand, in Cow 1025, the ratio is roughly 1 to 15. This cow
eurvived for one day longer than did 1031, and this may be the
sxplanation, but a much more precise study than was made would
be necessary to elucidate this problem.

Turning our attention to Cow 1031, it is easily seen that there is a
marked distinction between the conditions in the different organs.
The heart, kidney, and liver may be grouped, although the differ-
ences between them are too great to be accredited to a mere acci
dental variation. It may also be noted that the liver shows a lower
ratio of parasitized cells than does either the heart or kidney. This
is in contrast to what occurs in infections with trypanosomes, these

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333

parasites tending to persist in the liver after they have disappeared
from other organs. At least this is stated to be the condition found
post mortem.

But the \ery low percentage of parasitized cells present in the
spleen, only 12.2 per cent, as against the general percentage of 43.64
in this cow is very clearly significant. It is usual to ascribe to the
spleen a hemolytic function, and we appear to have an example of
it here. The assumption is that the cells would themselves be
destroyed, and along with them their contained parasites. In the
case in point, however, it is necessary to assume that the parasitized
cells are destroyed more easily than those which are still intact, but
this is something which would be anticipated. The presence of the
piroplasm in the cell would in all probability render it more suscept-
ible to any destructive influence.

In the parasitized cells, the number of parasites per cell ranges
from one to six, the following table showing the count:

Table 3.

Parasites per Cell

Cow 1031 1. 2. S. 4. 5. 6. Total.

Heart 3537 5354 247 151 4 1 9294

Kidney 1237 305 20 5 0 0 1567

Liver 2372 315 10 4 0 0 2701

Spleen 1301 85 2 10 0 1389

Cow 1025

Heart 1317 1394 29 22 0 0 2762

Totals 9764 7458 308 183 4 1 17713

Reducing the above to percentages, we obtain:

Table 4.

Cow 1031 /. 2. 3. 4- 5. 6.

Heart 38.06 57.61 2.66 1.62 .04 .01

Kidney 78.94 19.46 1.28 .32 0 0

Liver 87.82 11.66 .37 .15 0 0

Spleen 93.67 6.12 .14 .07 0 0

Cow 1025

Heart 47.68 50.47 1.05 .80 0 0

Totals 55.12 42.08 1.74 1.03 02 .01

It is perhaps desirable to mention what at first glance looks like a
discrepancy in the data. For example, in Table 3 there are given
2762 parasitized cells from the heart of Cow 1025, whereas in Table
1 this cow is credited with only 250 parasitized cells. This merely
means that in the two cases the results were based on different
counts. Thus, in the data given in Table 1 the cells were merely

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

separated into those that were parasitized and those that were not.
It was found much easier to handle the material in this manner
and the data given in Table 3 were based on a wholly separate set
of observations from those given in Table 1. It is, however, believed
that in obtaining the results set forth in Tables 1 and 2, the number
of cells counted is large enough.

Turning our attention now to Tables 3 and 4, the percentages
obtained from the slides taken from the hearts of Cows 1025 and
1031, respectively, are probably not far enough apart to warrant
any conclusions, but a sharp distinction is to be seen between the
findings in the different organs of Cow 1031. Thus, whereas, in the
heart there were only some 38 per cent of the single parasites, this
percentage rises to nearly 94 in the case of the spleen. It has already
been suggested that the low percentage of parasitized cells in the
spleen may be explained by supposing that the parasitized cell is
more easily destroyed than that not parasitized. If this be so it
would be consistent to suppose that as the number of parasites
present increases, the invaded cell becomes more and more readily
destroyed. For, since the parasite must enter the cell as a single
organism, the multiplicative stages are indicative of a more pro-
longed occupancy, which in its turn is correlated with a greater
damage to the cell. Moreover, two or more parasites occupy a
greater volume than one, and this also would render the cell more
liable to destruction. It is in support of this explanation that the
liver stands next to the spleen both in regard to the proportion of
parasitized cells and in the proportion of those which contain but
a single parasite. These figures at least suggest that the- liver is not
a favorable environment for Babesia.

In addition to the above, a number of the so called "free" para-
sites were counted, the results being given in Tables 5 and 6. This
could not be done with the spleen, which may be due either to the
fact that the smears from this organ are never so clean as those from
other situations, or to the fact that, as suggested, the parasites arc
here more quickly destroyed. The tables follow:

Cow 1031 1.

Heart 623

Kidney 1044

Liver 262

Cow 1025

304

Totals 2233 1S20 54 63 2 1 4173

3LE 5.

2.

1057

223

28

S.

38
4
0

u.

39

4
0

5.
0
0
0

6.
0
0
0

Total

1757

1275

290

512

12

20

2

1

851

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

Changing these figures to percentages we obtain :

Table 6.

Cow 1031

Heart 35.46 60.16 2.16 2.22 0 0

Kidney 81.89 17.49 .31 .31 0 0

UvGT 90.34 9.66 0 0 0 0

Cow 1025

Heart 35.73 60.17 1.41 2.35 .23 .11

Totals 53.51 43.61 1.29 1.51 .05 .03

If Table 6 be compared with Table 4 it will be observed that there
is a quite close accord so far as Cow 1031 is concerned. With regard
to Cow 1025, howTver, there is a noticeable smaller percentage of the
single forms. It is also to be noted that whereas in Table 3 there are
a good many more parasites in the three stage than in the four, that
this is reversed in Table 5.

Finally, as regards the numl^er of parasites in each group, Tables
7 and 8 combine lioth those present in the cells and those which were
apparently free.

Table 7.

Cow 1031 1. S. .1. 4. fj. 0. Total

Heart 4160 6411 285 190 4 1 1 1051

Kidney 2281 528 24 9 0 0 2842

Liver 2634 343 10 4 0 0 2991

Spleen 1301 85 2 10 0 1389

Cow 1025

Heart 1621 1906 41 42 2 1 3613

Totals 11997 9273 362 246 6 2 21886

Reducing to the usual percentages we get:

Table 8.

Cow 1031 ■ 1. 2. 3. Jt. 5. 6.

Heart 37.64 58.01 2.58 1.72 .04 .01

Kidney 80.26 18.58 .84 .32 .0 0

Liver." 88.07 11.47 .33 .13 0 0

Spleen 93.67 6.12 .14 .07 0 0

Cow 1025

Heart 44.87 52.75 1.13 1.16 .06 .03

Totals 54.82 42.37 1.65 1.12 .03 .01

The percentages of Table 8 run very close to those of both Tables
4 and 6, whjch was of course to be expected. It may be of interest
to note that of nearly twenty-two thousand cases there were only
six groups of five and two groups of six.

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

With regard to the shape of the paired parasites, they were either
approximately round or approximately piriform. Of 741 cases
noted, in 406 the parasites were round, in 335 piriform. It
may be mentioned, however, that the parasites found in smears of
the organs made post-mortem are always smaller and rounder than
those in smears made from the peripheral blood of the living cow.
To the best of my knowledge, the only author who has emphasized
this fact is Theobold Smith.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

AMERICAN DERMAPTERA OF THE MUSEUM NATIONAL D'HISTOIRE

NATURELLE, PARIS, FRANCE.

BY MORGAN HEBARD.

The series here treated was recently forwarded for determination
by Monsieur Lucien Berland, of the Paris Museum. Though in-
cluding but one hundred and seven specimens, the collection has
been found to have represented in it a number of little-known as well
as undescribed forms, well worth reporting as a contribution to the
knowledge of the American Dermaptera.

The series has been returned to the Paris Museum, with the ex-
ception of a few duplicates now in the collection of the author, de-
posited at The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Thirty-six species are represented. Of the new species described,
one is from Guatemala, three from French Guiana and one from
Argentina.

PYGIDICRANIDAE .
PYGIDICRANINAE.

Fygidicrana bivittata Erichson.

1848. Pygidicrana bivittata Erichson in Schomberg, Reisen in Brit. Guiana,
III, p. 579. [British Guiana.]

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, IV to V, 1914, 1 juv.

The present determination is made with some uncertainty, as
the immature example before us (length, exclusive of forceps, 11.3
mm.) has the pronotum heavily suffused with blackish, being pale
only in a medio-longitudinal line and along the lateral and caudal
margins. The difference from the original description may be due
to individual intensification of color pattern, or an undescribed
species may be represented.

The head, mesonotum, metanotum and abdomen are black, ex-
cept the four proximal abdominal tergites, which are buffy in a
broad median section. The limbs are buffy, with the femora suf-
fused with black ventrad on their cephalic faces. The forceps are
long (3.7 mm.), straight and slender, subadjacent to their sharply
incurved and acute apices, with internal margin microscopicall}^
serrulate.

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NoV.,

PYRAGRINAE.
Pyragra fuscata Serville.

1831. Pyragra fuscata Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 34. [French
Guiana.]

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, 19,1 juv. St. Laurent du
Maroni, French Guiana, 1 9 . Nouveau Chantier, French Guiana,
1 juv.

Pyragra brasiliensis (Gray).

1832. Forjicula brasiliensis Gray in Griffith, Anim. Kingd., XV, p. 184,
pi. 78, fig. 2. [Brazil.]

Curityba, Parana, Brazil, Icf. San Ignacio, Misiones, Argen-
tina, 1 9 .

Pyragropsis paraguayensis (Boreili).

1904. Pyragra paraguayensis Boreili, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ.
Torino, XIX, No. 479, p. 1. [cT, 9 ; Asuncion, lAique and Villa Rica,
Paraguay; Caiza and Mission of Aguairenda, Bolivia; Corumbd,, Brazil.]

Villa Lutecia, San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, I to IV, 1910,
19,1 juv.

LABIDURIDAE.
ESPHALMENINAE.

Esphalmenus lativentris (Plailippi).

1863. Forjicula lativentris Philii)pi, Zeitschr. gesam. Naturwiss., XXI,
p. 217. [cT, 9; Province of Valdivia, Chile.]

Province of Aconcagua, Chile, (Jose N. Thomas), 29.

PSALINAE.
Psalis americana (Beavivois).

1817. Forjicula americana Beauvois, Ins. rec. Afr. Amer., p. 165, Orth.,
pi. XIV, fig. 1. [San Domingo.]

Port-au-Prince, Haiti, Bcf, 39. Havana, Cuba, 19-

Euborellia jane'rensis (Dohrn).

1864. F[orcinella] janeirensis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XXV, p. 285. [Rio
de Janeiro, Brazil.]

Bahia, Brazil, 1 juv.^

Euborellia minuta (Caudell).

1907. Aiiisolabis minuta Caudell, .lour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XV, p. 168. |cf,
9 ; Arroyo and Mayaguez, Porto Rico.]

Havana, Cuba, 1 cf , 19.

1 Three females recorded by Rehn as Anisolahis annulipes (H. Lucas) from
Independencia, Parahyba, Brazil, are found to represent individuals of the pres-
ent species in the instar preceding maturity. Adults from that locality were
at the same time correctly assigned by that author. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc,
XLII, p. 218, 1916.)

1920.] NATURiVL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

Euborellia annulipes (H. Lucas).

1847. Forjicclisa tuinulipes H. Lucas, Bull. Soo. Ent. FraiUH', (2), V, j).
LXXXIV. [Jardiji des Plantes, Paris, France, (probably introduced).]

Montevideo, Uruguay, 2 9 •

Euborellia peregrina (Mjoberg).

1904. Anisolabis peregrina Mjoberg, Ent. Tidsk. Stockholm, 1904, p. 131.
[ 9 ; Stockholm, Sweden, introduced from St. Anna, Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

St. Laui-ent du Maroni, French Guiana, XII, 19. Nouveau
Chantier, French Guiana, XII, 1 9 .

The two females at hand agree in all important features with the
original description. We would note that the cephalic tibiae, in
addition to being well supplied with hairs distad on all but the dorsal
surface, have the distal margin ventrad armed with a very closely
placed fringe of chaetif orm spines ; these, due to the size of this spe-
cies, being more conspicuous than in specimens of the other species
of Euborellia at hand.

Length of body (exclusive of forceps) 16.9 and 17.8; greatest
width of head, 2.6 and 2.8; length of pronotum, 2.7 and 2.7; cephalic
width of pronotum, 2.3 and 2.6; caudal width of pronotum, 2.7 and
3; length of forceps, laterally 3.3 and 3.7, dorsally 2.8 and 3 mm.

For the type female the total length is given as 23, the length of
the forceps as 3 nun.

Euborellia scudderi (Boimans).

1900. Psialis] scudderi Bormans, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, (2),
XX, p. 449. [ 9 ; Puerto 14 de Mayo, Upper Paraguay (now in Bolivian
Chaco); Olivenza, Amazon River (Brazil).]

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, V, 1 9 .

Length of body 10, length of pronotum 1.3, length of tegnien
2.2, length of exposed portion of wing 1.6, length of forceps 1.7 mm.

This specimen has fully developed tegmina and wings, but agrees
so closely with material in the Philadelphia Collections which we
believe to represent this species, showing a varied development of
the organs of flight, that we make the present assignment feeling
assured that we here have to deal with a species which develops a
remarkably wide range of tegminal and wing variation.

The present specimen agrees closely Avith a female from Porto
Velho, Rio Madera, Brazil except that in that specimen the teg-
mina and exposed portions of the wings are not as elongate. Both
of these specimens have the femora more generally and not as con-
trastingly darkened as the specimens having short tegmina and no

2 Recorded by Rehn as Psalis sp. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLII, p. 219, (1916).

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NoV.

apparent wings at hand. In addition they are shghtly more robust,
with shorter and more trmicate pronotum than the specimens re-
corded by Rehn from Para, Brazil,^ ])ut agree fully in these respects
with the original description, as well as with specimens from Chan-
chamayo, Peru, before us, which show even greater tegminal reduc-
tion than the Para individuals,

Labidura riparia (Pallas).

1773. Forficula riparia Pallas, Reise Russischen Reichs, II, Buch 2, Anhang.

p. 727. [cf ; shores of Irtysch (Irtin) River, western Siberia.]

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1 cf .

Labidura xanthopus (Stal).

1855. Fiorficdisa] .rantJwpus St&I, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh., XII, p. 348.
[Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.]

San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, III and IV, 1 9 . Tucuman,
(border of Rio Chilimayo), Argentina, 2 9 . Icano, Santiago del
Estero, Argentina, 2 9 •

The females from the last locality alone have the wings visible
and fully developed. These have the pronotum proportionately
smaller and distinctly more slender than the others.

LABI ID AE.
SPONGIPHORINAE.
Purex formosus ntw species. (Plate XIII, figs. 1 and 2.)

This handsome species appears to be widely distinct from the
other known forms of the genus, agreeing in certain features of
coloration more closely with hrunneri (Bormans), from the upper
Amazon, than with the others.

The male pygidium, though more highly specialized and much
more declivent, recalls the type developed in Vostox brunneipennis
(Serville), (see plate XIII, fig. 3).

The male forceps show a much weaker curvature than is devel-
oped in several species of Purex and are distinctive in having a heav}^
median and smaller uncinate proximal tooth on the ventro-internal
margin.

Type — cf ; Gourdonville, French Guiana. October. [Paris Mu-
seum.]

Size medium, form slender. Head depressed, broadly convex
surface between eyes showing two small and weak impressions,

* As Pnalis scudderi with a query. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLII, p. 218, (1916).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 341

sutures obsolete; very weak but distinct depressions run from the
eyes toward the middle of the caudal margin of the occiput; cheeks
almost as long as eyes, caudal margin of occiput very broadly and
weakly concave. Antennae with first joint three times as long as
distal width, enlarged in distal three-fifths; second joint very small;
third joint three-fifths as long as first; fourth slightly shorter; suc-
ceedmg joints increasing regularly in length and slenderness distad.
Pronotum small, three-quarters as broad as head, longer than wide,
lateral margins almost straight and showing an almost imperceptible
divergence caudad, caudal margin rather strongly convex; surface
of prozona weakly convex and showing a faint medio-longitudinal
linear sulcus, other portions deplanate except narrowly toward the
lateral margins where they are obliquely raised. Tegmina very
wide at shoulders where their combined width is slightly less than
twice the pronotal width, their length over twice that of pronotum,
narrowing evenly caudad, with caudal margins weakly oblique.
Wings fully developed, exposed portion nearly one-third as long as
tegmen. Abdomen widening moderately to distal portion, glands
of second and third tergites moderately prominent. Ultimate ter-
gite very slightly produced between forceps, caudal margin laterad
weakly concave and very weakly oblique, mesad straight, trans-
verse. Between the base of each arm of the forceps and the trans-
verse portion of the caudal margin, this tergite is inflated, weakly
convex, being depressed about these areas externally and in the
entire median area between them. Pygidium almost perpendicular,
as long as wide, lateral margins straight and parallel, latero-distal
margins weakly concave, oblique to the minute medio-distal portion
which is produced in a minute bi-denticulate projection, the angles
formed by the lateral and latero-distal margins also each produced
in a slightly larger denticulation. Forceps feebly divergent in prox-
imal fourth, thence almost straight to near the incurved apices,
moderately heavy proximad, tapering gently to apices; dorsal sur-
face deplanate to near distal portion, with delicate rounded ridge
bordering the external margin; internal surface flattened, unarmed
except for a small ventro-proximal uncinate tooth, with apex di-
rected caudad, and just before the middle with a heavy and moder-
ately large triangular ventral tooth, directed meso-ventrad. Caudal
margin of penultimate sternite transverse. Caudal metatarsus with
ventral surface well supplied with fine hairs, combined length of
two succeeding joints about three-quarters that of metatarsus.

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

Length of body 8^., greatest width of head 1.25, length of prono-
tum .95, length of tegmen 2.1, greatest width of abdomen 1.7,
length of forceps 2.8 mm.

Head blackish chestnut brown. Antennae with first two joints
prouts brown, succeeding joints paler, buckthorn brown, deepening
rapidly to mummy brown, which is the color of the seventh to tenth
joints (remaining joints missing). Pronotum and limbs immacu-
late ochraceous-buff tinged with tawny. Tegmina chestnut brown,
showing weakly the paler pronotal coloration at the shoulders and
distad, with a small oval of the same coloration mesad, this oval
half on the tegmina and half on the exposed portions of the wings
and as long as the tegminal width at that point (compare brunneri) ,
remaining exposed portion of wings chestnut brown. Abdomen
dorsad russet tinged with cinnamon-brown distad, except laterad
about the glands where it is blackish chestnut brown. Forceps
russet tinged with cinnamon-brown.

The type of this graceful little insect is unique.

Vostox punctipennis (Stal)

1860. Forficula punctipennis St&l, Kongl. Svenska Freg. Eugenie's Resa,
Ins., p. 304. [cf ; Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.]

Icafio, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 1 cf .

Stal's punctipennis has been placed under V . hrunneipennis (Ser-
ville) by Burr. The specimen before us represents a species very
close to hrunneipennis but readily distinguished by a number of
features. Though Stal's description of punctipennis does not give
the most important of these, we believe that the species represented
by the specimen at hand is the same, and in consequence we restore
the name punctipennis.

Compared with material of hrunneipennis from the United States,
the present male is seen to differ in the following respects. Cheek
much shorter, two-fifths instead of two-thirds as long as eye. Ex-
posed portion of wings about half as long as tegmen, instead of
distinctly less than half that length. Pygidium with marginal
flange narrower, lateral points more acute and distal truncation
narrower. Median and caudal femora and tibiae heavily suffused
with brown mesad.

Length of body 8.3, length of pronotum 1.7, caudal width of pro-
notum 1.6, length of tegmen 2.9, length of exposed portion of wing
1.5, length of forceps 3.8 mm.

^As elsewhere in this paper, the boily h^ngtb given does not include the length
•of the forceps.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. . 343

Spongovostox berlandi* new species (Plate XIII, figure 4.)

This species bears Vostox hrunneipennis (Serville) a general super-
ficial resemblance. The males at hand are, however, readily dis-
tinguished by the cheeks, which are longer than the eyes; the teg-
mina, which are keeled; the femora, which are suffused proximad;
the pygidium of generally similar form but more declivent, with
disto-lateral oblique margins much more transverse and not at all
emarginate, and forceps, which show a greater inward curvature
distad and have the larger tooth of the internal margin proximad,
not at the end of the proximal third.

Type: d^; Guatemala City, Guatemala. [Paris Museum.]
Size medium for the genus, form weakly depressed. Head show-
ing a moderate depression from eyes to median point of caudal
margin, occipital lobes prominent, so that cheeks are longer than
eyes and caudal margin of occiput broadly angulate emarginate,
sutures obsolete. Antennae with first joint moderately large,
broadening so that the distal two-thirds are the more ample; second
joint minute; third nearly as long as first, but much more slender;
fom'th half as long as third, slightly longer than greatest width;
fifth intermediate in length between third and fourth; sixth as
long as third. Pronotum very slightly longer than caudal width,
smooth, showing a very weak medio-longitudinal linear sulcus,
lateral and caudal margins showing a very slight convexity, the for-
mer showing a very feeble convergence cephalad; prozona tumid,
metazona weakly concave proximo-laterad and very feebly convex
mesad, elsewhere deplanate. Tegmina smooth, with a very fine
but distinct and percurrent keel along the external margin of the
dorsal surface, transverse truncate caudad. Wings fully developed,
exposed portion about two-fifths as long as tegmen. Abdomen
with dorsal surface polished but microscopically punctulate, fourth
and fifth tergites showing laterad a weak rounded carina, these
tergites there slightly produced caudad. Ultimate tergite very
weakly depressed meso-caudad, caudal margin almost evenly trans-
verse. Pygidium very strongly declivent, with surface in a broad
triangular dorsal area deplanate, thence convex; lateral margins
fitting forceps tightly, latero-caudal margins very strongly conver-
gent, almost transverse to a broad, weakly produced median portion
which is truncate. Forceps elongate, showing a very feeble curva-

^We take pleasure in naming this interesting species in honor of Monsieur
Lucien^Berland, Curator of Insects of the Museum National d'histoire Naturelle,
Paris.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

ture, which is stronger toward their incurved apices, with a few
irregular blunt denticulations proximad on the internal surface
particularly along the ventral margin, of which that on the ventral
margin opposite the apex of the pygidium is the largest. Penulti-
mate sternite simple, its caudal margin transverse, showing a sub-
obsolete concavity. Caudal metatarsus with ventral surface well
supplied with hairs and with an internal fringe of lamellae, second
joint very short.

Length of body^ 8. and 7.8, width of head, 1.6 and 1.6, length of
pronotum 1.7 and 1.7, width of abdomen 2.3 and 2.3, length of for-
ceps 3.3 and 3.4 mm.

Coloration. Entire insect glabrous. Head and pronotum dark
chestnut brown, the pronotum laterad becoming chestnut brown,
mouthparts and proximal antennal joints ochraceous-tawny, the
antennae thence cinnamon-brown. Tegmina chestnut brown. Ex-
posed portions of wings warm buff, except distad and along sutural
margins where they are chestnut brown. Abdomen dark chestnut
brown. Forceps proximad and distad russet, becoming very dark
mesad. In the paratype the russet invades the ultimate tergite.
Limbs honey yellow, the femora suffused with prouts brown proxi-
mad.

In addition to the type, a paratypic male bearing the same data
is before us.

Spongovostox asemus^ new species (Plate XIII, figure 5).

This species is in many respects a smaller replica of S. herlandi
here described. From that species it is readily distinguished by
the tegmina which are not keeled, the more slender abdomen and
distinctive male pygidium and forceps which latter have a heavier
denticulation of the internal surface with a more conspicuous proxi-
mal tooth.

The form of the pygidium agrees closely with that figured by Burr
as of Spongovostox ghilianii Dohrn var.*

We beUeve that the material examined by Burr represents one or
more distinct species. Burr's characterization does not agree with
the original description of ghilianii ("pygidium (^ longe productum,
postice rotundatim") and his type designation "Venezuela (Mor-
itz, Typus von Dohrn) " consequently does not hold. As part at

^ The measurements of the type are given first.

' From aar^jxo? = insignificant.

«Ann. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien. XXVI, p. 335, fig. 9, (1912).

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

least of the material which was before Burr may represent the
present species, we feel it advisable to fix the name ghilianii. We
do so, therefore, by selecting the type locality of Labia ghilianii
Dohrn as Para, Brazil. The material which Dohrn had from
that locality was collected by Ghiliani and it is reasonable to suppose
was that actually used in describing the species named in honor
of that collector.

The heavier structure and broad head and pronotum distinguish
this insect from the species Microvostox, in addition to its having a
more deplanate head with evident sutures.

Type: cf ; San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina. [Paris Museum.]

Size small for the genus, form moderately depressed. Head very
weakly depressed in area bounding the very weakly defined occipital
lobes, cheeks longer than eyes, caudal margin of occiput almost
evenly transverse, sutures very fine but distinct. Antennae with
first joint more elongate and slender than in herlandi, broadening so
that the distal half is somewhat the more ample; second joint
minute; third three-quarters as long as first, slender, cylindrical;
fourth joint slightly over half as long as third, slightly longer than
greatest width; fifth joint intermediate in length between third
and fourth; sixth joint as long as third. Pronotum smooth, show-
ing a very weak medio-longitudinal sulcus, length equal to width,
lateral margins almost straight, parallel, caudal margin showing a
very slight convexity; prozona tumid, metazona almost deplanate,
showing a very feeble convexity meso-proximad. Tegmina smooth,
without trace of keel, truncate caudad. Wings fully developed,
exposed portion about half as long as tegmen. Abdomen as in
herlandi except that it is more slender. Ultimate tergite rather
heavily punctulate except in meso-proximal section, with a weak
medio-longitudinal depression, caudal margin almost evenly trans-
verse. Pygidium strongly declivent, dorsal surface tapering with
a strong convexity to apex, which is briefly produced and truncate.
Forceps much as in herlandi except that the denticulations of the
internal surface are heavier both dorsad and ventrad, extending to
distal portion, with proximal tooth median in vertical position and
projecting as a small quadrate process, higher than wide, above
the pygidial apex on each side. Penultimate sternite with lateral
portions of caudal margin convex, these forming mesad a rounded
obtuse-angulate emargination.

Length of body 7.5, width of head 1.1, length of pronotum 1,
greatest width of abdomen 1.7, length of forceps 2.6 mm.

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

Coloration. Entire insect glabrous. Head mummy brown,
mouthparts and proximal antennal joints dresden brown, the an-
tennae deepening to prouts brown. Pronotum mummy brown
shading to buffy eaudad, lateral portions buffy. Tegmina mummy
brown, paler toward the external margins. Exposed portions of
wings broadly suffused with mummy brown along sutural margin
and distad, narrowly suffused with the same color along distal
portion of costal margin, remaining portions buffy. Abdomen
cinnamon brown, deepening to dark chestnut brown proximo-laterad
on proximal portions of tergites, the ultimate tergite entirely of this
color. Pygidium and forceps dark chestnut brown, the latter paling
to dresden brown in proximal portion. Limbs suffused buffy.

The type is unique.

Microvostox parvus (Biirr)

1912. Spongovostox parvus Burr, Ann. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien,
XXVI, p. 336, fig. 12. [cf : Tapanokoni, Dutch Guiana (tj^e); George-
town, British Guiana.]

Cartago, Costa Rica, 1600 meters, (C. Picado), 1 cf .

The present specimen agrees fully with Burr's figure and very
short analysis except in size.^ Length of body 5.3, length of prono-
tum, .6, caudal width of pronotum .7, length of tegmen L2, length
of exposed portion of wing, .6, length of forceps L8 mm.

It belongs to the same species group as hilineatus (Scudder) and
pygmaeus (Dohrn), differing from the genotype, alter (Bm-r), and
other forms of that species group, in the more flattened head, which
shows a closer approach to the type developed in the genus Spongo-
vostox.

Microvostox chopardi'" new species (Plate XIII, figures 6 and 7.)

This species is apparently closely related to Borman's Spongi-
phora similis.^^ Compared with the original description of the male
of that species, the male before us is found to differ in the smaller
size, broader pale coloration of the lateral and caudal margins of the
pronotum, longer exposed portion of wings, entirely blackish limbs

^ The type is given as 3.5 mm. long, the forceps 1.5 mm. It is poss-ble that
when comparison with the type of parvus can be made, the specimen here re-
corded may prove to be specifically distinct.

^" We take great pleasure in naming this handsome little species in honor of
our distinguished friend Monsieur Lucien Chopard, whose excellent contributions
to the literature treating of Orthoptera are a constant source of pleasure to us.

1^ Though that species has been referred by Burr to the genus Vostox, we
believe that examination of the type will show it to be a member of our sub-
sequently described genus Microvostox.

1920,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

and in the pygidium and forceps which, though of very similar
general structure, show important differences. The former being
merely subconical mesad in the convex area, the latter in having
the internal margins entirely unarmed distad.

Type: cf ; Nouveau Chantier, French Guiana. August. [Paris
Museum.]

Size medium, form moderately broad, for this genus which in-
cludes very small species. Head depressed and showing weak but
distinct depressions which run from .the eyes toward the middle of
the caudal margin of the occiput, cheek one and one-half times as
long as eye, caudal margin of occiput showing very broad and weak
concavity, sutures obsolete. Antennae with first joint twice as
long as distal width, other joints missing. Pronotum with length
equal to width, very slightly broader cephalad than caudad, showing
a weak medio-longitudinal sulcus and on the prozona a lateral
sulcus on each side; lateral margins very broadly convex and very
weakly convergent caudad, rounding broadly into the very broadly
convex caudal margin. Tegmina slightly over twice as long as
broad, caudal margin transverse. Wings fully developed, exposed
portion nearly half as long as tegmen. Abdomen with dorsal sur-
face poUshed and punctulate laterad except ultimate tergite which
is smooth, shows a very feeble median depression and has its caudal
margin transverse. Pygidium moderately declivent, surface con-
vex becoming subconical mesad with a minute medio-longitudinal
carina running down the caudal face of this production, lateral mar-
gins weakly convex, with a minute tubercle on each side just beyond
the median point where these margins no longer touch the forceps,
distal margin transverse, as broad as basal margin, with a small
rounded tooth at each disto-lateral angle. Forceps straight, slightly
divergent and weakly tapering in proximal half, with a few micro-
scopic tuberculations on the internal face opposite the pygidium,
inbent at end of proximal half, the distal half more slender but gently
swollen meso-distad, almost straight to the slightly incurved apices
and wholly unarmed. Penultimate sternite and tarsi wholly con-
cealed by mounting slip.

Length of body 5.2, greatest width of head (across eyes) .9, length
of pronotum .75, greatest width of abdomen 1.5, length of forceps
1.3 mm.

Head dull black, proximal antennal joints dresden brown. Pro-
notum shining blackish brown, broadly margined laterad and caudad
with translucent whitish. Tegmina shining blackish brown, show-

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

ing a longitudinal buffy tinge on the shoulders. Exposed portion
of wings shining, blackish brown toward sutural margin, remaining
half warm buff. Dorsal surface of abdomen shining blackish, show-
ing a rich chestnut tinge mesad. Forceps shining blackish brown
with a rich chestnut tinge. Limbs shining blackish brown.
The type of this remarkable species is unique.

Microvostox ghilianii Dohrn.

1864. L[abia] ghilianii Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XXV, p. 424. [cf , 9 :
Para,i2 (Brazil); Cayenne, (French Guiana); Venezuela.]

Charvien, lower Maroni River, French Guiana, V, 1 d^.

From examination of this specimen, which appears to agree fully
with the description of ghilianii, we find M. schwarzi (Caudell) to
be a very closely related species, differing only in its decidedly
broader form. As a result the pronotum of the present species is
distinctly smaller in proportion to its body length, while the tegminal
width is contained in the tegminal length three times. In males of
schwarzi the tegminal width is contained in the tegminal length
about two and one-half times. The male genitalia in these species
show no diagnostic differences whatever.

These species, as well as the genotype, M. alter (Burr), belong to
a species group having the head more strongly and evenly convex,
strongly suggesting the type usually encountered in the genus Labia.

LABIINAE.

Labia arcuata Scudder.

1876. Labia arcuata Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVIII, p. 257.
[cf ; Vassouras, one hundred miles north of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.]

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, III, 1 cf . St. Laurent du
Maroni, French Guiana, XII, 1 cf, 1 9.

Labia dorsalis (Burmeister)

1838. F[orficula] dorsalis Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, abth. II, pt. I, p.
754. [Colombia.]

Guadeloupe, West Indies, Id". St. Jean du Maroni, French
Guiana, V, 2 cf, 2 9. St. Laurent du Maroni, French Guiana, I
and XII, 2 cf,2 9.

Prolabia unidentata (Beauvois) «

1805. Forficula unidentata Beauvois, Ins. Recueil. Afr. Amer., p. 165, pi.
XIV, fig. 3. [San Domingo.]

Port au Prince, Haiti, 1 cf . San Jaun, Porto Rico, 1 9 •

12 Selected as the type locality on page 345, under the discussion of Spongo-
vostox asemus new species. It would appear very probable, from the literature
and Burr's figure, that the material recorded by Dohrn represented more than
one species.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

SPARATTINAE.

Sparatta semirufa Kirby (Plate XllI, figure 8.)

1896. Sparatta semirufa Kirby, Jn. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., XXV, p.
528, pi. XX, figs. 4 and 4a. [ [cf]; Igaurassu, near Pernambuco, Brazil.]

French Guiana, 1 cf. St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, 1 9.
St. Laurent du Maroni, French Guiana, 1 9 .

These specimens agree closely and are clearly conspecific with the
specimen from Para, Brazil, referred tentatively to semirufa by Rehn.
Kirby's descriptions of species of this genus are thoroughly unsatis-
factory as to sex^3 and details of genitalia, hence determinations can
not be made with full satisfaction until the material from which
that author described semirufa has been studied. Kirby's figures
agree fully with the females before us, the genitalia of the male at
hand are here figured.

All of the specimens we have seen are apparently paler than
Kirby's material. In these the pronotum, limbs, proximal portion
of tegmina and proximal portion of abdomen are immaculate ochra-
ceous buff, the head and antennae tinged with rosy.

Parasparatta guyanensis new species (Plate XIII, figures 9 and 18).

This species is related to the Mexican P. dentifera (Rehn) and the
Brazilian and Paraguayan P. nigrina (Stal).'* With the former it
agrees in abdominal coloration and form of male pygidium, with
the latter in antennal and limb coloration.

The male forceps bear two teeth on each branch, as do those of
nigrina, but the position of these teeth is not the same, being more
nearly that of the two more distal teeth in dentifera.

In the female, unlike in females of dentifera, the pygidium has the
ventral lamellate area completely visible from above, while the for-
ceps lack a proximo-internal lamellation.

Type: cf ; St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana. April and May.
[Paris Museum.]

Size and form as in dentifera. Head greatly depressed, conven-
tional heart-shaped, the caudal margin rather strongly concave;
eyes very small, sutm-es obsolete. Antennae with first joint nearly
four times as long as broad; second joint minute; third joint slightly

" Either Kirby mistook a female for a male when describing semirufa, or the
material before us represents a distinct species. We do not believe the latter
to be true.

" See Borelli's excellent comparison of these species in Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat.
comp. Univ. Torino, XXX, No. 699, p. 3, (1915). Also discussion by Hebard,
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLIII, p. 420, (1917).

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

over half as long as first; joints immediately succeeding increasing
strongly in length distad. Pronotum as typical of genus, flattened,
longer than broad, briefly produced cephalad to form a collar which
is delimited by a delicate transverse sulcus, this produced area not
as long as in Sparatta, with lateral margins very feebly convex and
nearly parallel and caudal margin moderately convex. Tegmina
and wings fully developed, thickly supplied with minute hairs.
Dorsal surface of abdomen similarly hairy, except ultimate tergite
which is smooth dorsad and has a U-shaped impressed line. Pygid-
ium as in dentifera, a produced shaft, three times as long as basal
width, with dorsal surface convex, the lateral margins weakly con-
vex, so that it is narrowest meso-proximad, the disto-lateral angles
produced in acute points, the distal portion between these produced
caudad in a square median lamella. Forceps hairy, with shaft al-
most straight to distal third where it curves evenly and rather
weakly inward to the flattened acute apex; internal surface concave
in slightly over proximal two-fifths, the ventral margin there supplied
with minute and irregular denticulations terminated by a large tooth
directed meso-caudad, armed at end of proximal four-fifths with
another similar tooth which, however, is dorsal in vertical position
and is directed mesad. Penultimate ventral sternite with caudal
margin weakly bilobate. Caudal metatarsus as long as third tarsal
joint, supplied ventrad with an external row of widely spaced min-
ute spines and an internal very close fringe of spinuliform hairs.
Allotype: 9 ; same data as type. [Paris Museum.]
Agrees closely with male except in the following features. Ulti-
mate abdominal tergite longer, its median length equal to its caudal
width. Pygidium small, with dorsal surface convex and very
strongly declivent, the distal (caudal) portion produced in a lamella
shorter than wide, the lateral margins of this lamella straight and
divergent in brief proximal portion, thence concave and showing
no divergence to the apices, caudal margin straight mesad, convex
to the acute apices laterad; these margins resultantly forming a
minute proximal denticulation on each side and two large, slightly
recurved horns at the disto-lateral extremities.

Head (except mouthparts), pronotum, tegmina, exposed portions
of wings and dorsal surface of abdomen (except ultimate tergite)
blackish, shining, showing a very slight brown tinge. Mouthparts
dresden brown. Antennae entirely blackish brown. Ultimate
tergite of abdomen tawny (ochraceous-tawny in recessive speci-
mens), shining, the dorsal surface of the abdomen having, in some

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

specimens, the preceding distal tergites tinged with tawny distad
as well. Pygidium and forceps mars brown. In one recessive
example with pygidium light ochraceous-tawny and forceps mars
brown, in another with pygidium and forceps ochraceous-tawny.
Limbs in intensi\e specimens blackish mummy brown, paling slightly
to prouts brown distad. In the majority of examples the femora
and tibiae are mummy brown paling to dresden brown distad, the
tarsi dresden brown.

Measurements (in jnillimeiers)

Length of Length of Width of Length of Length of
body pronotum pronotum tegmen forceps

St. .Jean du Maroni. Type..S. 1.2 .9 1.8 2.9

Charvien. Paratype 7.8 1.25 .9 1.8 3.

Nouveau Chantier. Para-
type 7.9 1.25 .9 1.8 3.2

9

St. Jean du Maroni. Allo-
type 8.1 1.2 .95 1.8 2.7

Charvien. Paratype 8.3 1.3 1. 1.8 2.8

Nouveau Chantier. Para-
type 7.2 1.2 .9 1.8 2.9

Coloration is apparently of considerable specific diagnostic value
in this and alhed species, but can not safely be used without full
consideration of the structural details, a frequent fault in past
literature.

In addition to the described pair, we ha"ve before us eight para-
types from French Guiana. Of these one pair are from Nouveau
Chantier, taken in May; one pair from Charvien, taken in October
and November, the other four females without additional data.

Parasparatta dentifera (Betan)

1901. Sparatta dentifera Rehn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XXVII, p. 218.
[ 9 ; Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mexico.]

Guatemala City, Guatemala, 2 9 .

One of these specimens is smaller than the other, with special-
ization of the forceps less decided. Such variation is frequently
encountered in this and allied species.

FORFICULIDAE.

FORFICULINAE.

Skalistes lugubris (Dohrn)

1862. Forficula lugubris Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XXIII, p. 230. [Cor-
doba, (Vera Cruz) Mexico.]

Sierra de Tlalpujahua, near Toluca, Mexico, Mexico, 2400 to 2700
meters, 1 cf, 1 juv. Vicinity of Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico, XI, 1 9 .

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

Skalistes inopinata (Burr)

1900. Ancistrogaster inopinata Burr, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), VI, p.
85. [cf , 9 ; Costa Rica.]

Antigua, Department of Saeatepequez, Guatemala, 1400 meters,

1 cf, 1 9.

The length of the forceps in the present male is 3.7 mm.

Though inopinata has been referred by Burr to synonymy under
S. luguhns (Dohrn), we beheve it to be a very distinct species.
We have not as yet seen Mexican material referable to S. cornuta
(Burr), which name may prove a synonym of inopinata.

Doru lineare (Eschscholtz)

1822. Forficula linearis Escholtz, Entomogr., p. 81. [Santa Catharina,
BrazU.]

Huejotitlan, Jalisco, Mexico, 1700 meters, VI, VII and XI, 3 cf ,
1 9 . Guatemala City, Guatemala, 2 cf , 2 9 . Curityba, Parana,
Brazil, 2 9 . Gran Chaco, Argentina, 2 9 . Villa Lutecia, near
San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, I to IV, 2 cf, 5 9 . Icafio, San-
tiago del Estero, Argentina, XII, 5 cf, 6 9 .

Two of the females from Villa Lutecia lack apparent wings.
These specimens have the pronotum slightly larger, but in other
respects agree perfectly with the other females of the series.

NEOLOBOPHORINAE .

Neolobophora ruficeps (Burmeister)

1838. F{orficula\ ruficeps Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, abth. II, pt. I, p.
755. [Mexico.]

Antigua, Department of Saeatepequez, Guatemala, 1400 meters,
19.'
This specimen has the tegmina impresso-punctate.'^

OPISTHOCOSMIINAE.

Neocosmiella atrata Hebard.

1919. Neocosmiella atrata Hebard, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLV, p. 96, pi.
XVI, fig. 4. [cf: Pamplona, Santander, Colombia.]

Pamplona, Santander, Colombia, 1 cf .

The specimen here recorded agrees fully with the type of this
interesting species.

" See discussion by Hebard, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLIII, p. 424, (1917).

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA.. 1920

PLATE XIII

HEBARD: AMERICAN DERMAPTERA.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353

Explanation to Plate XIII.

Fig. 1. — Purex formosus new species, cf, type. Gourdonville, French Guiana.
Dorsal view of ultimate tergite, pygidium and forceps. (X 7J^).

Fig. 2. — Pitrex formosus new species, cf, type. Gourdonville, French Guiana.
Dorsal view of pygidium. (Greatly enlarged.)

Fig. 3. — Vo.stox hrunneipennis (Serville). d^. Arcadia, Louisiana. Dorsal
view of pygidium. (Greatly enlarged.) (For comparison with figures 2
and 4.)

Fig. 4. — Spongovostox herlandi new species, cf , type. Guatemala City, Guate-
mala. Dorsal view of pygidium. (Greatly enlarged.)

Fig. 5. — Spongovostox asemus new species, cf, type. San Ignacio, Misiones,
Argentina. Dorsal view of ultimate tergite, pygidium and forceps. (X

12H).
Fig. 6. — Microvostox chopardi new species, cf, type. Nouveau Chantier,

French Guiana. Dorsal view. (X 8^/^).
Fig. 7. — Microvostox chopardi new species. cT, type. Nouveau Chantier,

French Guiana. Dorsal view of pygidium. (Greatly enlarged.)
Fig. 8. — Sparatta semirvfa Kirby. cf. St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana.

Dorsal view of ultimate tergite, pygidium and forceps. (X 7J^).
Fig. 9. — Parasparatta guyanensis new species, cf , type. St. Jean du Maroni,

French Guiana. Dorsal view of ultimate tergite, pygidium and forceps.

(X 103^).
y^ Fig. 10. — Parasparatta guyanensis new species. 9 , allotype. St. Jean du

Maroni, French Guiana. Dorsal view of ultimate tergite, pygidium and

forceps. (X 10 H)-

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

ORDOVICIAN BASALTS AND QUARTZ DIABASES IN LEBANON COUNTY,

PENNSYLVANIA'

SAMUEL G. GORDON.

As no Paleozoic volcanic rocks have hitherto been discovered in
Pennsylvania, the occurrence of an Ordovician basalt flow in Leb-
anon County is of interest, especially in view of the fact that deep
seated intrusives occur in the Octoraro schists of similar age to the
southeast. 2

The basalts and quartz diabases described below occur in the
Lebanon quadrangle, just, south of the Swatara Creek, between
Jonestown and Lebanon (see Fig. 1). The area is underlain by a
thick series of Martinsburg shales, whose outcrop has been con-
siderably extended in width by folding and faulting. Intrusive in
it are sills and dikes of quartz diabase, to the northwest of which
lie the interbedded basalt flows.

Martinsburg Formation. The Martinsburg formation consists of
a thick series of gray, greenish, and reddish shales, with interbedded
sandstones, and thin beds of dolomite,^ — ^the last notably in the
vicinity of the Swatara. A white sandstone is exposed on the
Bunker Hills. Slaty cleavage has been developed in the shales.
The formation has been overturned, dipping steeply toward the
southeast throughout this area.

In the vicinity of the intrusive diabases, the shales have been
metamorphosed to dense dark grayish, greenish, or reddish rocks
containing veins of epidote or vesuvianite. Such rocks are well
exposed just south of the Swatara, 2 miles southeast of Jonestown,
and one half mile east of Bunker Hill Station in a cut on the Jones-
town-Lebanon road. Under the microscope the rocks are seen to
be aggregates of orthoclase, tremolite, epidote, vesuvianite, chlorite,
quartz, and rounded zircons.

^ The district was visited during the latter part of August, 1920. The writer
is indebted to Mr. Frank J. Keeley for the privilege of examining his sections of
other Pennsylvania diabases, and to Dr. Edgar T. Wherry for a critical exami-
nation of this paper.

^ Basic breccia (ouachitite) and dikes of nepheline syenite, leucite tinquaite,
and camptonite of Post-ordovician age occur in the northwestern corner of the
FrankUn Furnace quadrangle, New Jersey. U. S. G. S. Franklin Furnace
Folio, 162, 1908.

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

355

Quartz Diabase. The quartz diabases form minor wooded ridges,
rising above the country occupied by the softer shales in which they
occur as sills and dikes. The exposures consist chiefly of enormous
boulders, many of which have travelled slowly down the hillsides,
and have been collected from the fields by the farmers to form stone

o ^

"3

i I

M

U

n

60

u

3
C

a

>

a
a
<v

Pi

s

3
o
O

c
o

1-i

OS

<v

03
C3

Q

a

c3

>
O

fences. When the need for road metal arose, these rocks, locally
known as " u*on-stone, " have been crushed.

The quartz diabase (Fig, 2.) is typically a fine-grained, dark
greenish black or mottled black and gray rock, which may become

356

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Nov.,

Fig. 2. — Quartz diabase, three miles northwest of Lebanon. (SHde 1, X 15).

Structure ophitic; latbs of labradorite, euhedral augite, with interstitial

graphic intergrowths of quartz and orthoclase.
Fig. 3. — Edge of fragment of basalt in glass, separated by a vein of calcite. One

mile southwest of Jonestown. (Slide 19, X 15).
Fig. 4. — Basalt glass, amygdaloidal ; one mile southwest of Jonestown. (Slide

20, X 25). Shows perlitic structure in the glass, and a calcite amygdule

(white).
Fig. 5. — Ainygdule of quartz in basalt; one mile southeast of Jonestown. (Slide

,27, X 25).
All in ordinary light.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

quite fine-grained at the contacts. Three miles northwest of Leb-
anon, the quartz diabase is porphyritic, with black augite pheno-
erysts up to 1 cm. in length, in labradorite.

The textm-e is diabasic or ophitic. The labradorite is quite
zoisitized, and the associated augite is more or less altered to chlor-
ite, all stages of the alteration from incipient changes along cleavage
cracks to complete chloritized individuals being shown in thin
section. Graphic intergrowths of quartz and orthoclase form inter-
stitial aggregates. Magnetite and p3a-ite are the principal accessory
minerals, the latter being recognizable in most hand specimens.

Basalt. The basalts are exposed along the Swatara Creek, on the
north slope of Bunker Hill, along the railroad cut one half mile north
of Bunker Hill Station, and in the road cut one half mile east of
Bunker Hill Station.

The rock is chiefly a brecciated or tuffaceous amygdaloidal bas-
altic glass, indicating that the flow occurred under water on the
floor of the Ordovician sea. The brecciated character is well shown
on weathering, which also causes the rock to assume a vesicular
appearance due to the weathering out of the calcite amygdules.

Freshly broken specimens show angular fragments of dense black
glass in an aggregate of greenish glass and calcite amygdules. On
weathering the rock becomes dark yellow. The most typical basalt
occurs two miles southeast of Jonestown, where it forms a dense
crystalline rock, with amygules of calcite, or more rarely, of quartz.

Under the microscope, the basalt breccia (Figs. 3-5) is seen to
be composed of greenish glass (n < 1.60) showing perlitic structure,
which exhibits strain effects or incipient crystallization under crossed
nicols. The glass is filled with inclusions, and larger fragments of
crystalline basalt, consisting of aggregates of plagioclase laths and
augite in a dark glassy gi'oundmass, similar to the crystalline basalt,
two miles southeast of Jonestown.

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. ,

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE DEAL METEORITE.
BY F. J. KEELEY.

In the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, 1830, Volume VI, page 182, Mr. Robert Vaux and
Dr. Thos. M'Euen described the fall of a small stone meteorite at
Deal, Monmouth County, New Jersey, August 14, 1829, 11.30 P. M.,
a portion of which they presented to the Academy.

In 1851, Shepard, who had received part of this specimen from
the Curators of the Academy, published some further information,
including a determination of its specific gravity, which he reported
as 3.25 to 3.30.

At the present time, but thirty grams of this meteorite is known
to be in existance, hence, sufficient material for adequate investi-
gation is not available without too greatly impairing the specimens,
but it seems desirable that at least some additional description be
recorded.

The Academy's specimen, which weighs 20.8 grams, and there-
fore constitutes over two thirds of the known material, consists of
one end of a stone that may have been originally three times as
large. Its length is about 35 mm., width 25 mm. and thickness 15
mm. and on more than half of it, the original surface is preserved,
rounded and pitted by fusion, and covered with a dull black crust
averaging .3 mm. in thickness.

The broken surface, of about 30 mm. by 25 mm., when examined
with the microscope, is extremely fine and uniformly grained and of
pale pearl gi-ay color, penetrated by a few narrow black veins which
are continuous with the crust and branch and anastomose. Scattered
through the mass are innumerable minute grains of metal and sul-
phide, the largest of the former not exceeding 1 mm. and few being
over .2 mm., while the grains of sulphide average even smaller with
no tendency to form larger nodules. There are also a few small
black particles and a slight rusty tint is visible over much of the
surface but no exudations of molysite to indicate the presence of
lawrencite. A careful study of the entire broken surface under a
binocular compound microscope with magnification of about 40,
failed to reveal a single chondrule or larger crystaUine mass, but near
one end there is a spherical depression about 1.5 mm. in diameter
which looks as if it might have been the matrix of a chondrule.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

Unless this very slight character is accepted as sufficient, there is
nothing visible on the specimen to justify classing it as a chondrite.
On the broken face was a partly separated spall, a few millimeters
in diameter, which was removed, and from it a rather unsatisfactory
section prepared for microscopical examination. This section,
which would have been entirely too small to represent the meteorite
generally, had not the preliminary examination demonstrated a
remarkable degree of uniformity throughout the stone, shows a fine
granular texture made up of minute angular fragments of enstatite
and olivine, mostly too small for satisfactory determination. There
are two or three individuals inthesection which exceed .5mm in length,
but many less than .1 mm. A portion of one of the veins passes
through the section. It is black and opaque, and about .02 mm.
thick throughout most of its length, with several lenticular thicken-
ings, which generally include grains of metal and sulphides. Num-
erous small grains of metal are likewise scattered among the silicates,
together with even more plentiful, but smaller, grains of troilite or
pyrrhotite. A few opaque black grains, with some' indications of
crystal faces, are probably chromite.

The most interesting feature exhibited by the section, is the
presence of not inconsiderable quantities of a glassy transparent
substance that may be identified as maskelynite, resembling in all
respects that of Alfianello. This mineral, which has a refractive
index so close to that of balsam that the ground surfaces appear as
if perfectly polished, generally occupies irregular spaces between
the magnesian silicates and sometimes holds small grains of the
latter as inclusions, but in one case takes the form of a nearly cir-
cular grain suggesting a rounded crystal, with its interior clouded
with numerous small inclusions. When examined in ordinary light
under high powers, using good objectives and carefully adjusted
illumination, there occasionally appear in it systems of fine parallel
lamina, sometimes intersecting. On applying polarized light, such
spaces generally show faint double refraction, somewhat similar to
that of leucite. Not the comparatively strong double refraction of
large leucite crystals, but more closely resembling that of the small
crystals in fine grained Vesuvian lavas, which likewise sometimes
show similar parallel laminations with ordinary light. These lami-
nations might be interpreted as indicating incipient polysynthetic
twinning in a feldspathic material, but the resemblance shown by
all the characters of maskelynite to those of leucite, seems to furnish
some justification for Groth's opinion that the two minerals are
closely related.

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV,,

MARINE MOLLUSKS OF HAW AH— XIV, XV.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Part of the Hawaiian tectibranch mollusks were considered in
part II of this series. ^ Others were found in the Bryan and Thaa-
num collections, and in material taken in 1913. Probably further
additions can be made when material collected this year is assorted;
but as the following revision has already been held some time
awaiting the preparation of illustrations, it is thought best to publish
at this time.

Very little is known of the ecology of Hawaiian Tectibranchs.
Collectors of living specimens should note their stations and such
conditions as can be observed.

Little additional information has come to hand on the Aplysioid
and Notaspidian Tectibranchs since the publication of Manual of
Conchology, Vol. XVI, in which the known species are described.

Key to Hawaiian genera of cephalaspidian Tectibranchs.

1. Shell an open, flat spiral, wholly concealed, the mantle concres-

cent over it Aglaja Ren.

Shell not covered by the mantle 2

2. Spire exposed 3

Spire deeply sunken or concealed 6

3. Spire more or less conic, the apex not depressed 4

Spire convex or level, apex not projecting above the following

whorl Hydatinidoe.

4. Larger shells, with a strong columellar fold or a basal truncation ;

spiral grooves punctured when present 5

Smaller, white shells with a weak columellar fold and without
punctured spiral grooves; apical whorl tilted on edge.

Acteodna Gray.

5. Columella having a strong, bilobed fold above, concave below;

imperforate Pupa Bolt.

Columella straight, with a small fold above and obliquely truncate
at base; shell oval, with close spiral sculpture; perforate.

BuUina Fer.

1 Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 214.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

6. Summit narrowly, deeply umbilicate 7

Summit imperforate or barely perforate 8

7. Shell larger, in large part smooth, marbled with brown.

Bulla7ia Raf.
Shell small, spirally sculptured throughout, often banded.

Mnestia Ads.

8. Axial margin above the summit folded Atys Helbl.

Axial margin not folded above 9

9. Columella abruptly truncate anteriorly Dinia Ads.

Columella slightly concave, indistinctly truncate anteriorly;

shell having incised spiral lines throughout.

Haminoea, subg. Liloa.
Columella broadly, strongly concave, not truncate 10

10. A thm, broad, spiral plate posteriorly on columella; shell green,

shaped like a split bean Smaragdinella Ad.

No such columellar plate; light colored 11

11. Summit produced in a narrow spout; shell very fragile, showing

the interior in a basal view Volvatella Pse.

Summit not produced 12

12. ■ Summit rather narrow, not impressed over the axis ; aperture

very ample below Scaphander Montf.

Summit rounded, impressed in the center . . Haminoea T. & K.

ACTEONIDiE.

Three species of the genus Pupa Bolt. (SoUdula F. deW.) have been
found. P. nitidula (Lam.), a widely dispersed species, is known
from the Islands by specimens in the collection of the Academy from
Dr. Newcomb. It has not been found by any recent collector, so
far as I know. It seems possible that Newcomb's shells were from
Polynesia. In his time many shells from the southern islands were
coming into Honolulu in the missionary schooner Morning Star,
and sold there for the benefit of missions.

1. Nearly white; smooth save for a group of spiral grooves at the

base; spire very short, apex mamillar; columellar fold very
heavy and prominent. Length 17, diameter 9 to 10 mm.

P. nitidula (Lam.)

Spirally grooved at summit and below middle of last whorl, or

throughout; spire conic 2

2. Deeply grooved spirally throughout; 9 x 4 to 11.5 x 5.1 mm.

P. thaanumi Pils.

362

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Nov.,

Grooves narrower, less deep; obsolete or weaker and more
widely spaced above the middle of last whorl; 13 to 14 mm.
long. Fossil, aromid Pearl Harbor P. pearlensis, n. sp.

Pupa thaanumi Pils.

Further specimens of this species confirm the characters of color
and sculpture, but show that it sometimes reaches a larger size;
and some specimens are broader with relatively shorter spire. Two
from Haena, Kanai, measure:

Length 11.5, diameter 5.1 mm.

Length 10, diameter 4.7 mm.

Kauai: Haena. Oahu: Honolulu; Mokapu Point.

Pupa pearlensis n. sp. Figure 1.

The shell is similar in shape to P. thaanumi. It differs by the
larger size, the narrower, less deeply cut spiral grooves; above the
middle of the last whorl several grooves are lacking in typical speci-
mens; when present they are weaker and more widely spaced than
in thaanumi. No color is visible in the fossil specimens.

Length 13.7, diameter 7.2 mm. Type. Near Waipahu.

Length 14, diameter 6.8 mm. Near Aiea Station.

Length 11.5, diameter 6 mm. Near Aiea Station. Young.

Oahu: fossil in superficial deposits along the Oahu Railway in the
neighborhood of Pearl Harbor. The type lot is from the bank of a
taro patch on the west side of the railroad about half a mile west
of Waipahu Station. Also found east of Aeia Station, 6-10 feet
above level of the Eastern Loch (Pilsbry), and at Hoaeae (W. A.
Bryan).

Fig. 1. — Pupa pearlensis, n. sp.

Fig. 2. — Bullina scabra solida, n. subsp

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

Bullina scabra solida n. subsp. Figure 2.

Differing from B. scabra by its solidity, the lip being far thicker.
The fold near the upper end of the straight columella is much stronger.
It agrees with B. scabra in the sculpture of close, punctate, spiral
furrows, and in the color, two red lines dividing three zones which
have thin, waved axial red lines.

Length 12.3, diameter 7.7 mm.

Oahu: Honolulu, type locality; Kauai: Haena (Wm. A. Bryan).

The ordinary thin form of B. scabra I have not seen from the Is-
lands. Even the young shells of the Hawaiian race are thick.

Bullina vitrea Pease.

Bullina vitrea Pse., P. Z. J. 1860, p. 19; repeated in Man. Conch. XV, p.
177. Sowerby, Conch. Icon. XVIII, pi. 1, fig. 4.

Described as thin, fragile, with or without one or two gray bands
composed of two or three black lines, and with no axial lines. Other-
wise appears rather similar to B. scabra. Not yet found by modern
collectors.

ACTEOCINIDAE (Tornatinidae).-
Acteocina sandwicensis (Pse.)

Honolulu, Oahu; Haena, Kauai.

Actepcina honoluluensis Pils.

Honolulu and Haleiwa, Oahu; Lisiansky I.

Acteocina hawaiensis Pils.

Off Maui, near Lahaina.

BULLARIIDAE.
BuUaria peaseana (Pils.)

Bulla peaseana Pils., Man. Conch. XV, p. 348.

This mottled species, very similar to the West Indian B. occi-
dentalis, is generally spread in the islands. Specimens are before
me from Oahu: Haleiwa, Kaneohe Bay, Kailua. Maui: Light-
house Point, Lahaina. Hawaii: Hilo.

SC APHANDRID^ .

Scaphander (Bucconia) alatus Dall, and Scaphander (Sab'atia)
pustulosus Dall, are from deep water, 234 to 298 fathoms, near the
Hawaiian Islands.
Smaragdinella viridis (Q. & G.)

Oval, thin, green, with a thin, broad plate on the columella.
Koko Head, Oahu, collected by Wm. A. Bryan; taken also by
earlier collectors in the Islands, but not definitely localized.

'For descriptions and figures of the three species enumerated, see Proc
A. N. S. Phila., 1917, pp. 215, 216; 1920, p 300.

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Dinia compitorum n. sp. Fig\ire 3.

The shell is white, oblong, perforate, rounded below, truncate and
imperforate at the summit. The surface has faint traces of spiral
striae, and at the base there are several distinct spirals. The Up
is inserted in the center above, rising but little; outer lip is quite

Fig. 3. — Dinia compitorum n. sp.

slightly curved, and in adults is rather strongly thickened within.
In profile view it recedes decidedly above, very little at the base,
and curves forward very slightly elsewhere. The columella pro-
jects obliquely towards the right and is abruptly truncate at base.

Length 7.1, diameter 4 mm.

Oahu: Honolulu, type locality and Haleiwa (Pilsbry, 1913);
Paumalu and Mokapu Point (Bryan). Maui: off Mala Bay,
near Lahaina in 25 to 75 feet. (Thaanum and Langford).

Dinia has been considered a subgenus of Atys but it differs by
lacking a spiral fold in the lip ascending from the summit, and by
the very strong truncation of the columella, characters sufficient
for generic separation. There are now four Indo-Pacific species.

ATYS.

Five of the six species of Atys now known from the Islands were
figured in the first paper of this series, 1917, pp. 216-218. A fossil
(Pleistocene?) species, probably extinct, is now added.

Key to the Hawaiian species of Atys.

1. Columella rather thin, mainly vertical or weakly sigmoid, the

edge but narrowly reflected {Atys proper) 2

Columella thicker, its edge reflected, bounded by an arcuate
groove (Subgenus AUculastrum Pils.) 3

2. Diameter about two-thirds of the length; rather inflated, often

striped; 15.5 x 10 mm A. kuhnsi Pils.

Smaller, less inflated, white A. semistriata Pse.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

3. Apical part of the lip biangulate at summit; diameter slightly

less than half the length 4

Lip not biangulate at summit; diameter about half the length;
19 X 9.5 mm A. kekele n. sp.

4. Shell conspicuously widest below the middle... A. dehilis Pse.
Shell widest about the middle 5

5. Surface axially weakly plicate; 5 x 2.3 mm A. costulosa Pse.

Without noticeable axial sculpture; 10.6 x 4.8 mm.

A. cornuta Pils.

Atys semistriata Pease.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 217, fig. 5.

The specimen in the Pease collection which I figured is larger than
any others seen, few of which exceed 10 mm. in length. Typically
it is distinctly wider below the middle, but sometimes the greatest
diameter is nearly median. There is also variation in the number
of engraved lines on the lower third, which are often less numerous,
perhaps always so in the immature shells. Specimens seen are
from Kauai: Hanalei River and Haena. Oahu: Waikiki beach,
Kahala and Waimanalu. Maui: Kahului dunes (Bryan). Kahoo-
lawe (Pilsbry).

Atys semistriata mua n. siibsp.

The shell is decidedly compressed near the summit which is nar-
rower than in the typical form.

Honolulu (Pilsbry, 1913). 116611 A. N. S. P.

Atys semistriata fordinsulae n. subsp.

Greatest diameter about median; about 10 spiral grooves above
and below. Length 10.5, diameter 6.3 mm. Ford's Island, in
Pearl Harbor (W. A. Bryan).

Atys kekele n. sp. Figiire 4.

The shell is oblong, widest below the middle, tapering slowly
posteriorly to the rather narrow, angular vertex; outline towards
the base rather strongly convex. Near the summit there are 8 or
9 spiral grooves, the lower ones widely spaced. The convex base
has numerous finer and closer linear grooves. Vertex rather deeply
excavated. The aperture is very narrow in the upper half, moder-
ately dilated below. There is a strongly salient, compressed fold
in the sloping upper margin of the Up. Columella rather thick,
nearly straight, joining the basal margin in a short curve. Basal
margin retreating.

366

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Nov.,

Length 19, diameter 9.5 mm.

Length 17, diameter 8.5 mm.

Oahu: on a taro patch embankment west of the Oahu raih'oad,
about a half mile west of Waipahu station, Pilsbry, 1913, Type
116610 A. N. S. P.

Only found fossil in earth dug out of the taro field probably Pleis-
tocene. It is related to A. cylindrica (Helbl.), but in the present
species the upper part of the aperture is narrower, the excavation of
the summit deeper with angular margin; the base is more effuse, and
the columellar callus is more raised, the groove bounding it being
wider.

Fig. 4. — Atys kekele, n. sp.

rig. 5. — -Mnestia pusilla (Pse.)

Mnestia pusilla (Pease). Figure 5.

Haminea ■pusilla Pse., P. Z. S. 1860, p. 20; description repeated in Man.
Conch. XV, p. 364.

This species was described by Pease in his earlier manner, Linnean
in brevity. It is not present in his collection in the M. C. Z., but
his allusions to its small size, solidity, cancellated surface and um-
bilicate apex apply well to a small shell which has been taken in
several localities.

The shell is solid, nearly cylindric in the middle, contracting
rather abruptly towards the ends. It is whitish with an ill-defined
white band near the: base, some indistinct brownish markings above
it. The surface has strongly impressed spiral lines throughout, the
intervals cut by much finer, shallower, close axial impressed lines,
hardly visible except imder the microscope. The aperture is very
narrow in the upper two-thirds, but dilated somewhat below. The
outer lip rises well above the vertex, which is narrowly, deeply um-
bilicate; outer margin rather straightened. Columella nearly
straight and having a very slight fold.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

Length 5, diameter 2.4 mm., largest specimen.

Oahu: Honolulu, Mokapu Point and Paumalu (W. A. Bryan);
Haleiwa (Pilsbry). Maui: off Kaanapali in 60 feet. (Thaanum
and Langford).

This species is smaller than Mnestia hizona (A. Adams), and does
not have the distinct bands of the typical form of that species; but
the relationship appears to be very intimate.

The shore specimens are bleached quite white.

Mnestia has been generally considered a subgenus of Cylichna.
Many authors consider the latter name to be a homonym of Cylich-
nus (Insecta), and moreover, Mnestia differs from Cylichna by its
well developed spiral sculptm'e; its soft parts are unknown. For
the present it appears best to treat the two groups as generically
distinct.

AKERID.E.
HAMINCEA.

Hamincea^ appears divisible into three sections by the structure
of the columella. These are defined in the following.

Key to Hawaiian species of Hamincea.

1. Columella deeply concave, the reflected columellar margin cres-

centic, rather thick, its edge separated from the whorl by a
furrow. Section Haloa, new section, type H. crocata Pse 2

Columella but slightly concave, the columellar edge free, narrow,
and but httle reflected, an umbilical crevice behind it. Shell
narrow (diameter less than half the length in our species);
sculptured with engraved spiral lines throughout. Subgenus
Liloa, new subg., type H. tomaculum Pils 4

Columella concave, its reflected margin rather broad, thin, at
the edge closely appressed to the whorl. Section Hamincea
proper, type Bulla hydatis; not known to be represented in the
Hawaiian fauna.

2. Apex perforate H. sandwichensis Sowb.

Apex imperforate 3

3. Oval; diameter two-thirds the length or less; yellowish when

fresh; less than 14 mm. long H. crocata Pse.

H. galha Pse.

' Iredale has shown that the earliest speUing of "Haminea" was Haminaa.
Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. XI, p. 172.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

More globose; white; 14 to 17 mm. long. H. aperta oahuensis
Pils.

4. Diameter equalling or close to half the length . . H. curta (A. Ad.)
Diameter less than half the length 5

5. Nearly cyhndric, elongate H. tomaculum Pils.

Shorter; sides distinctly convex H. olopana, n. sp.

Haminoea crocata Pease. Figure 6.

Oval, light ochraceous buff. The specimen figured, received
from Pease, measures, length 13.2, diameter, 8.3 mm., but most of
those seen are smaller. H. crocata is scarcely to be distinguished
from H. galba Pse.; the latter (fig. 7, length 11, diameter 6.8 mm.) is
perceptibly less swollen, with the lip rising less at the summit;
according to Pease there are differences in the shape and color of

Fig. 6. — H. crocata Pse. Fig. 7. — H. galba Pse.

the living animals. In actual practice I find the assorting of speci-
mens far from easy. The historic examples figured are extremes
and recently collected shells often fall short of the ideal form. Both
forms have a close, fine, shallow and wavy spiral striation, scarcely
visible except under the microscope.

Probably when the living animals are observed the conclusions
of Pease can be tested, and the matter put on a sounder basis.

H. crocata is before me from Paumalu, Kailua, Koko Head and
Kaneohe Bay, Oahu, and Haena, Kauai. Specimens referable to
H. galba from Paumalu, Honolulu, Kaneohe Bay, Oahu, and Haena,
Kauai.

Haminoea sandwichensis Sowerby.

This shell is said to have an umbihcated summit and more pointed
ends. It is white, and rather similar to the preceding in shape. I
have not seen it in some hundreds of Hawaiian Hamineas examined.

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

369

Haminoea aperta oahuensis Pils.

Oahu: IJ^ miles east of Kahuku, Pilsbry. Additional specimens
from Oahu are somewhat larger, up to 17 mm. long. They are
strongly malleate or faceted around the middle.

In the section Haloa, containing the foregoing species, the colum-
ella resembles that of Bullaria or Aliculastrum.

Haminoea curta (A. Ad.) Figixre 8a.

Bulla curta A. Adams, Thesaurus Conchyliorum II, p. 582, pi. 124, fig. 100.
Pilsbry, Man. Conch. XV, p. 368.

This species was described without locality. Specimens from
Fiji collected by Andrew Garrett agree with the original figure. I
refer to this species provisionally two smaller, perhaps immature,,
examples from Kaneohe Bay, Oahu, one of them figured. It meas-
ures, length 7, diameter 3.5 mm. The straighter lateral outlines
separate this from H. olopana. It has the same sculpture as H.
olopana, fine, clearly engraved spiral lines of which I count about
36.

H. curta was first reported from the Sandwich Islands by von
Martens.* Cooke united as synonyms certain Red Sea forms,
whether correctly or not remains to be seen.

The original figure of H. curta measures, length 14.3, diameter
7.5 mm. One from Fiji measures, 12.3, diameter 6.3 mm. The
summit is very minutely perforate, and the lateral outlines are a
trifle straighter than in the Kaneohe Bay form figured.

Fig. 8. — a, Haminwa curia A. Ad. h, H. olopana n. sp.

Haminoea olopana n. sp. Figure 8b.

The shell approaches a cylindric form, but the outlines are notice-
ably convex. It is thin, translucent whitish with opaque white
terminations. Surface scored by fine spiral lines of which I count
26 just behind the outer lip. There are additional closer ones in

* Donum Bismarckianum, p. 53.

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

the columellar-basal region. These impressed Rnes are very smoothly
evenly engraved, widely spaced, and appear white on the translu-
cent ground. The rounded vertex is minutely perforate. There
is a fine slit behind the columellar callus. The aperture dilates
below. Outer lip arches forward; basal lip receding. The colum-
ella is only weakly concave with a narrow, expanded edge, forming
a long mnbihcal crevice; below it is slightly truncate.

Length 7.8, diameter 3.3 mm.

Kauai: Haena (W. A. Bryan).

A less cylindric species than H. curta.

HamincBa tomaculiun Pils.

Haminea curta tomaculum Pils., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 219, fig. 10.

Further study of the Hawaiian Hamineas convinces me that this
form differs specifically from H. curta A. Ad.

The three species preceding, as well as H. papyrus (A. Ad.), H.
hrevis (Q. & G.), H. cairnsiana Melv. and H. cuticulifera Smith, be-
long to the group which I have called Liloa. It is quite possible
that when the animal can be examined, this group will be transferred
to the vicinity of Ahjs. The sculpture and the form of the colum-
ella are much like Atys and unhke other groups of HammcBa. Atys,
however, has a fold in the axis posteriorly. Roxaniella Monts and
Damoniella Iredale^ differ by having the summit umbilicate. It is
barely perforate or sometimes imperforate in Liloa.

Volvatella fragilis Pease.

Volvatella fragilis Pse., P. Z. S. 1860, p. 20; Amer. Journ. Conch. IV, p.
73, pi. 7, fig. 4. Description and figures repeated in Man. Conch. XV,
p. 384.

Sandwich Islands. Not found since the time of Pease.

HYDATINID^.

Thin, oval, capacious shells, banded, with the spire flattened or
convex. The Hawaiian species are widely ranging forms.

1. Base contracted by a furrow running spirally from the insertion
of the columella; aperture shorter than the shell; two pink
and three white zones, separated by narrow blackish bands.

Hydatina (Aplustruin) amplustre (L.).

Base not so contracted; aperture nearly as long as the shell;

columella broadly concave 2

^ Damoniella Iredale, Proc. Malac. See. Lond. XIII, p. 37, new name for Rox-
ania Leach, not Roxana Stephens. Type Bulla cranchii.

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

371

2. Large, with manj'' brown spiral lines ; coluinellar reflection lunate,
not appressed; spire level, of 3)^ whorls parted by a deep
suture; length 26, diameter 18 mm.

Hydatina physis staminea (Mke.)

Small, with two or three remote spiral lines and spaced, festooned

axial lines of brown; spire minute, of 2J^ whorls; columellar

reflection closely appressed; length 9, diameter 6 mm., often

smaller Micromelo guamensis (Q. & G.)

Hydatina physis staminea (Mke.)

Honolulu Harbor, Oahu; Kainalu, Molokai (Wm, A, Bryan).

All of the Hawaiian specimens seen belong to this subspecies.
The typical H. physis is larger and more globose.
Hydatina (Aplustrum) amplustre (L.)

Honolulu Harbor and Kahana, Oahu; Kailua, Hawaii (W. A.
Bryan). Kahoolawe (Pilsbry).

Easily recognized by the pink and white zones bordered with
wide blackish lines. One from Kahoolawe measures, length 21,
diameter 15 mm.

Micromelo guamensis (Quoy & Gaimard). Figiire 9.

Hawaii: Kailua (Wm. A. Bryan). Hilo (Garrett, for Bulla
scri-pta) .

This snail appears to have been col-
lected rarely, though described long
ago. Besides the peculiarities of shape
and color-pattern shown in the figure
it has spaced spiral series of oblong
punctures, Adeon like, not easily seen
without a lens. The narrow spire is
level. The specimen figured measures :
length 9, diameter 6 mm. Others are
smaller.

AGLAJID.,E.

Aglaja, better known as Doridium, appears to be well represented
in the islands, though so far as I know, each species has been taken
but once. Two were described by Pease under the genus Philin-
opsis, which appears to be the same as Aglaja.

The small shell is entirely concealed in the mantle.
Aglaja speciosa (Pease) ,

Above fawn, spotted and speckled with white, margins varied
with blackish and yellow; sides paler; foot purplish fawn closely
freckled with whitish. 3 inches long.

Fig. 9. — Micromelo guamensis.

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

Seen only by Pease, whose full description of this species and
A. nigra may be found in Manual of Concho logy, vol. XVI. He
gave only ''Sandwich Islands" as locality.
Aglaja nuttalli Pils.

Uniform black-brown above, pale with faint hghter maculation
below. A caudal filament. Length 40 mm.

Sandwich Islands (Nuttall). Based on an old alcohoHc specimen.
Man. Conch. XVI, p. 50.

Aglaja nigra (Pease)

Black, two large white spots on anterior end, two on head disc,
and two on mantle lobes; sides white. Foot white, with throe large
black spots on each revolute side. Unknown to recent collectors.

Aglaja pilsbryl hawaiensis n. subsp. Figure 10.

Similar to A. pilshryi Eliot, « of the Samoan Islands, in having
figure 8 shaped black marks on both cephalic shield and mantle, but

the figures are heavier than in that species.
The markings on the parapodia are reduced
to a few black spots along the lateral borders,
four on each side, one being beneath; and
there is an imperfect black rim on the front
edge of foot. The ground color is brownish
(perhaps stained by the alcohol, which has a
yellowish tint). No posterior filament.
Fig. 10.— Aglaja Length about 24 mm.

pilshryi hawaiensis. jjilo, Hawaii (D. Thaanum). Type 47421

A. N. S. P.
This is probably related to A. nigra (Pse.), and may possibly be
a less pigmented form or race of that, though I do not think so.
As Pease's species has not been figured, no close comparison can be
made.

XV. Various Gastropods and Pelecypods.

MURICID.E.
Vexilla thaanumi n. sp.

Hilo, Hawaii. Types no. 127747 A. N. S. P., collected by D.
Thaanum.

The shell is obovate, widest at the upper third, very solid. Sur-
face dull, regularly sculptured with very low, rounded, cantiguous

^Doridium (Aglaia) pilsbryi, Eliot. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1899, p. 512, pi.
19, figs, la, 16. Reef at Apia, Samoan Is. The type specimen is No. 47422,
A. N. S. P.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

spiral girdles parted by impressed lines, and themselves weakly
striate spirally; deep brownish drab, every third or fourth girdle
yellowish, or in worn shells whitish; there being 8 or 10 of these
pale, narrow bands. The spire is extremely short and obtuse. The
aperture is obhque, of about equal width almost throughout, black-
ish brown deep in the throat, becoming pale or white within the lip.
The outer lip is very thick, bevelled, liver-brown, its outer edge
minutely scalloped, the inner edge set with 10 or 12 small teeth.
The columellar border is broadly flattened, vinaceous-brown with
pale inner edge.

Length 14, diameter 9.5 mm.; length of apertm'e 12.3 mm.

Length 13.6, diameter 9.6 mm.

The operculum is liver-brown, long and narrow, widest above, the
nucleus (which is worn away) at the upper, outer extremity; the
outer margin arcuate, inner margin straight.

It is near V. taeniata Powys, but smaller and wider in the upper
part.
Murex cyclostoma baldwiniana n. subsp.

The shell is similar to M. cyclostoma Sowb. in having the faces of
the varices cellular, in the shortly oval aperture and sculpture of
strong encircling cords; but the specimens from two sources are very
much smaller. There are 5 cords on the last, 2 on the penult whorl
The nearly closed anterior canal is a little shorter than the aperture.

Length 8.2, diameter 5.2 mm.

Kailua, Kona coast of Hawaii (Bryan); Maui (D. D. Baldwin).

Possibly distinct from M. cyclostoma, which is a much larger shell;
a longer series is needed to show whether the small size is constant.

VANIKORO.

The following species of Vanikoro are now known from the Is-
lands. For references see Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc. London, VIII,
104-117.

Vanikoro semiplicata Pease. Hilo, Hawaii; Paumalu, Oahu;
Haena, Kauai.

Vanikoro imhricata Pease. Hilo, Hawaii; Kaneohe Bay, Oahu.

Vanikoro acuta (Reel.). Kaneohe Bay, Oahu; Haena, Kauai.
Originally described from Lord Hood's Island, on coral reefs. The
Hawaiian specimens appear to be quite typical.
Vanikoro hawaiensis n. sp.

The shell is openly umbilicate, subglobose, with small, conic, acute
spire; white with the apex brown. Embryonic and nepionic 3

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

whorls brown, high conic, the first smooth, the others having 3 spiral
cords. The next two whorls have very strong retractive ribs nearly
as wide as their intervals, crossed by spiral cords which bead the
ribs. On the first post-nepionic whorl I count 13 ribs; on the second
there are about 9 cords, and the ribs become very low, fading out,
on its last third. The last 13^ whorls have a close sculpture of
slightly unequal spiral threads; lines of growth are scarcely visible.
The umbilicus is funnel-shaped, rather weakly axially plicate within,
its margin smooth and rounded. The apertui-e is oblique, semi-
circular, the inner border slightly concave.

Length 5.5, diameter 5.4 mm., 3J^ post-nepionic whorls.

Hilo, Hawaii; Kaneohe Bay, Oahu; Haena, Kauai.

Type 116963 A. N. S. P.

Fig. 10 — Vanikoro hawaiensis.
Vanikoro kanakarum n. sp.

Shell openly umbiHcate, subglobose, with a short, conic spire and
slightly obtuse apex; white, the apex brown. The embryonic and
nepionic shell is semiglobose, of little more than one whorl, and
smooth. Retractive ribs then set in, continuing for two whorls;
their intervals are a little wider than the ribs, and crossed by about
10 spiral cords. The adult sculpture abruptly replaces this ribbed
neanic stage. It consists of spiral threads, between which there are
one to three finer threads. Lines of growth are scarcely noticeable.
The umbilicus is funnel-shaped, slightly plicate inside, bounded by
a nearly smooth rib, but slightly prominent. The aperture is semi-
circular.

Length 3.7, diameter 4 mm.; 3}4 post-nepionic whorls.

Haena, Kauai.

The shape of the shell, in the floating stage, differs entirely from
that of V. hawaiensis. The ribbed neanic stage is longer. The type

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375

would probably add another whorl; I think it is possibly not full-
grown; but I cannot identify it with any of the species hitherto
described.

CJECIDM.

In the Challenger Report, de Folin records C. sepimentum de Fol.,
C. crystallinum de Fol., and Strehloceras suhannulatum de Fol. from
Honolulu. Subsequently he added Meioceras sandwichensis de Fol.

C. sepimentum has been taken at Hilo, Hawaii, by Thaanum,
abundantly at Mokapu Point, Oahu, by Bryan, and at Moomomi,
Molokai by myself. S. suban7iulatu'm also occurs at Mokapu Point.

Csecum oahuense n. sp.

The shell is similar to C, sepimentum in form. It has an evenly
convex septum. The aperture is moderately contracted. Sculp-
ture of 40 rounded rings, hardly as wide as their intervals, and much
smaller than those of C. sepimentum.

Length 2.2, diameter at septum 0.38, at aperture 0.5 mm.

Mokapu Point, Oahu.

Fossarus ecphora n. sp.

The shell is umbilicate, white with a dark brown embryonic
whorl. Sculptm-e of three very prominent spiral ridges and one or
two minor ones on the last whorl, the upper one appearing on earlier
whorls, the rest of the sm-face having fine spiral threads and axial
striae. Spire shorter and ridges stronger than in F. lamellosus
Montr.

Altitude 2.3, diameter 2.5 mm.

Haleiwa, Oahu, Pilsbry, 1913.

This is evidently not the young of F. garrettii Pse., which has been
taken at Hilo, Hawaii and Koko Head, Oahu.

F. multicostata Pse., has been found at Waikiki and Kaneohe Bay,
Oahu.
Epitonimndecussatum (Pease).

Not an uncommon species. Dr. Dall informs me that the name
is pre-occupied.

Epitonium kanemoe n. sp. Fig. 11 b.

It is very slender, imperforate, white, with sculpture of slender,
recurved ribs, 8 on the last whorl, the intervals having minute axial
striae and coarser, more spaced spiral threads. Whorls not quite
in contact except at the ribs.

376

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Nov.,

Length 10.4, diameter 3.3 mm.; 10 whorls, the tip lost.

Haena, Kauai.

It is as narrow as E. unibilicatum (Pse.), but has fewer ribs and the
spirals would not be called "remote." It is more slender than E.
decussatum, with more delicate ribs.

Epitonium fucatum (Pse.) Fig. 11 a.

It is broader, than Epitonium decussatum, clouded with brown in
the peripheral region, with rather strong ribs, 10 on the last whorl.
Interstitial sculpture and form of the whorls about as in decussatum.

Honolulu Harbor.

Length 14.5, diameter 5.8 mm.; 7 whorls remaining, the apex
lost.

■n

■■

R

H9

^H|i<^l

^Bfi^H

^Pl^l

^^KiiiM^B

IKa<iI

^^^^K ^^l^^^^l

^P^i^MH

^^m. I<Q^H

^H^r ^bVH

^HV .. 't'^^^H

^B.^'^'^i^H

^^^^^ ^''^^H^^H

pMM

■ '' V

^P'^^H

HI

\m

i ) ^i^H

1^

a b c d

Fig. 11. — a, Epitonium fucatum b, E. kanemoe. c, E. ulu. f, E. oahuense.

Dr. Dall suggests that this may be the unfigured Scalaria fucata
Pse.

Epitonium ulu n. sp. Fig. lie.

Related to S. crispata Pse., of the Paumotu group, but having the
delicate rib lets much more widely spaced. There are about 21 of
these thread-like riblets on the last whorl. The base is perforate;
columellar lip reflected below. Aperture rather trapezoidal, the
parietal callus thin, outer lip narrowly reflected. White.

Length 14, diameter 5.8 mm.; 10 whorls, the tip lost.

Hilo, Hawaii. D. Thaanum.

Epitonium oahuense n. sp. Fig. lid.

Resembhng E. turricula (Sowb.). The shell is mnbilicate, rather
thin, suffused and clouded with brown. Glossy, having thin riblets
with a few wider ones, 14 on the last whorl; in the intervals minute,
unequal engraved spiral hues may be seen. The whorls are in con-
tact, well rounded. The aperture is shortly ovate, peristome adnate
for a short distance above.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

Length 14, diameter 5.3 mm.; aperture 3.5 mm. long; 9 whorls,
the tip lost.

Oahu: Honolulu Harbor and Kahana.

Epitonium perplexum (Pse.) is the largest Hawaiian species known
to me, also the most generally distributed. E. alatum (Sowb.),
E. millecostatum (Pse.) and E. decussatum (Pse.) have been taken by
Prof. Bryan and Mr. Thaanmii. E. attenuatum and umhilicatum
of Pease I have not seen. I have provisionally identified a small
specimen from Waimanalo, Oahu, as E. paumotense (Pse.). The
curious, solute E. hyalinum (Sowb.) is represented in Kaneohe Bay
by specimens agreeing well with those from Luzon in shape, but of
smaller size, the largest 8 mm. long, 4 wide, of five whorls after the
slender nepionic tip; 8 ribs on the last whorl, 7 points on each rib.
This small race may be called E. hyalinum mokuoloense.

Haplocochlias (Lophocochlias) minutissimus n. sp.

The very small shell is umbilicate, turbinate, not nacreous, white
with a conic brownish spire. The first whorl appears to be smooth;
on the second fine radial folds or puckering appears below the suture,
becoming coarser on the following whorl. The last whorl has six
strong, smooth spiral keels, narrower than the intervals, which are
.flat;, and crossed by numerous retractively axial threads, which are
much narrower than their intervals. Within the umbilicus two
rather small spiral cords are se6n. The aperture is quite oblique,
subcircular. The outer lip is strengthened by a rounded external
rib or varix a short distance behind the edge.

Length 1, diameter 0.9 mm.; 43/^ whorls.

Mokapu Point, Oahu, 4 specimens.

By the well-developed varix this shell resembles Haplocochlias
or Liotia. I have placed it in the former genus with doubt. It
differs by the very strong sculptm^e and the open though not wide
umbilicus, which may characterize a separate section Lophocochlias.

This is the smallest Hawaiian sea shell I have seen.

LEPTOTHYRA.7

The following species have been reported from the Hawaiian
Islands.
L. verruca Gld.

'Perhaps this name should yield place to Anadema A. Ad., but the type of that
group is imperfectly known. It is larger than the known Leptothyras. See
Man. of Conch. X, p. 255.

378

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Nov.,

L. ruhricinda Migh.

L. Candida Pse.

L. (?) marmorea 'Pse' Sowb.

L. costata Pse.

Only the first two can be considered well known.

Leptothyra verruca manti, n. subsp., differs from the typical form
by the black (on the beach fading to brown or olive-brown) color
of the tesselation, or it may be black with whitish spots, and the
smaller size, altitude 4, diameter 3.8 mm. It is from Diamond
Head, Oahu, Haena, Kauai and other places, often abundant.

/^'~T?^!I>s

X

Fig. 12. — Leptothyra Candida
percostata.

Fig. 13. — L. viaria. Fig. 14. — L halnearii.

Leptothyra Candida percostata (fig. 12) is a small, thick, white,
narrowly mnbilicate shell, with sculpture of 7 spiral ribs, the first
radially plicate, the rest smooth, below them a broad, radially plicate
border about the mnbilicus. The aperture is rounded, oblique.
Columella arcuate, narrow next to the umbilicus, very broad and
fiat at the base. Length 2.3, diameter 2.5 mm. It differs from
L. Candida as defined by Pease by the solidity and coarse ribs.
Has been taken at Haleiwa and Honolulu (Pilsbry) and Hilo (Thaa-
num).

There are sometimes interstitial threads between the ribs.

Leptothyra balnearii n. sp. Fig. 14

The shell is perforate, solid and thick, red tessellated with white
(or entirely red), the first whorl white. Sculpture of smooth spiral
cords, of which four in the flattened peripheral region are large ; above
them there is a small cord and a flattened, radially plicate sub-
sutural band; below there are four small cords and a strongly pli-
cate band around the umbilicus. Aperture oblique. Columella

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

straightened outwardly, concave within, dilated and very broad
towards the base. Outer hp thin-edged.

Altitude 2.6, diameter 2.6 mm.

Off Waikiki, 25-50 fms. D. B. Langford. This species agrees
partly with Pease's L. costata (Maui), but that is said to be "mottled
and spotted with white, black and brown." It is also larger.

Leptothyra viaria n. sp. Fig. 13.

The shell is solid, narrowly umbilicate, buff-white with small
scattered olivaceous dots. Sculpture of about 5 smooth larger
cords in the peripheral region, about 4 smaller ones on the base, the
intervals of all finely striate spirally; above the peripheral cords
there are subequal spiral threads, 7 in the type specimen; the
penult whorl is angulated in the middle. UmbiHcus is surrounded by
a rounded, radially phcate ridge. The columella is narrow above,
very much produced basally, with a broad, excavated face. Outer
lip thin.

Altitude 3.7, diameter 3.5 mm. ._:'.

Honolulu, type locality, and Haleiwa, Pilsbry.

Apparently related to L. costata Pse., but differing in proportions
and various other details from that still unfigured species.

Siphonaria normalis Gld.

Specimens from numerous places on all of the islands except

Lanai and Niihau examined, often in large series. There are many

local forms, but so far as I can see, but one species, S. normalis Gld.,

which varies extraordinarily in size, color and sculpture. The

following names are on the Hawaiian list.

S. normalis Gld. Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii, 1846, p. 178; Otia Conch, pp.
12, 242; U. S. Expl. Exped., MoUusca, p. 359, pi. 30, fig. 468.

The type was a small, dark subregular form, 10 mm. long.
S. amara Nuttall, Reeve, Conch Icon., IX, 1856, pi. 7, fig. 33 ("California").

Said by Keeve to be from California, but this was a mistake. A
set given by Nuttall is labelled "Atooi" (= Kauai). Carpenter has
noted this in his MoUusca of Western North America.

S. funiculata Reeve, Conch. Icon. IX, pi. 7, fig. 35 (Hab. unknown). Name
changed to S. lirata on index page, a.s funiculata had been used for another
species.

This is the very black form.
S. nutlalli Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1858, p. 152 (Ins. Sandwich).

S. crehricostata Nuttall Ms. was placed by Reeve in the syn-
onymy of >S. sipho Sowb., but it was really a Hawaiian shell., a>
rather large form of S. normalis.

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

The specimens of a colony are usually rather uniform. The finest
seen are from Lahaina, length 21, height 9 mm. In Honaunau Bay,
Hawaii, all seen are small, about length 10, altitude 4.5 mm., and
they are very black (var. lirata Rve.). Further up the coast the
shells are larger, often with some ribs emphasized. At Moomomi,
Molokai, the cavity is some shade of chestnut, border wide, whitish
with many brown rays. Similar shells occur at Honokowai, Maui,
Diamond Head, etc. These shells agree best with var. amara.

On the north shore of Kahoolawe I found some very flat shells
with 4 or 5 posterior ribs very emphatic (fig. 15). This may be
called S. normalis form chirura. Length 10.5, alt. 2.5 mm.

All of these forms have the same dark, oblong, Nacella-like em-
bryonic shell, with posterior apex, and all seem to fade into one
another in color and sculpture, in the series of some hundreds ex-
amined.

Fig. 15. — Siphonaria normalis form chirura.
Stomatella concinna inconcinna n. subsp.

Similar to *S. concinna in shape, but dull, greenish white, with some
opaque white flames and sometimes a few small brownish dots on
the base; these markings confined to the spiral cords. Spiral cords
more or less distinctly alternating in size.

Greatest dimension 3.5 mm.

Honolulu, on the reef, Pilsbry, 1913. 3 specimens.

Heteroglypta kanaka n. sp. Fig. 16.

The shell is oblong, compressed, white, faintly freckled with tawny.
The small beaks are central. Anterior part tapering, rounded at
the end. Posterior part wider, obliquely truncate. Sculpture of
rounded ribs posteriorly, divaricating from a line from the beaks
to the lower posterior angle, curved and running to the posterior
end behind, straight and running to the basal margin in front of
the hne of divarication. The rest of the surface has narrow impressed
lines running obliquely backward and downward except close to the
anterior end, where there is some very weak obhque corrugation,

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

381

running to the upper anterior margin. The pallial sinus is deep,
extending past the beaks. The right valve has two diverging car-
dinal teeth, and a pink spot on the hinge margin on each side of the
cardinal region.

Length 11.4, altitude 6.3, diameter 3 mm.

Fig. 16. — Heteroglypta kanaka n. sp.

Off Waikiki, near Honolulu, 35-50 fms. D. B. Langford.

While it differs from H. contrarius Dh. in proportions of the shell
and arrangement of the sculpture-areas, I have not found any more
closely related species.

Loripes (Pillucina) spaldingi n. sp. Fig. 17.

The shell is rather strong, rounded-oval, higher than long, very
plump; white with some unevenly spaced grayish streaks along
darker lines of gi'owth-arrest. Sculp-
ture of rather irregular but close
concentric wrinkles and radial Hnes,
which are distinct at the ends but
nearly obsolete in the median part.
Beaks rather prominent, median.
Anterior end evenly rounded; post-
erior end less produced and less
convex; basal margin strongly con-
vex. Lunule small, rather deeply
impressed, wider and deeper in the
right valve. The internal margin
is finely crenulate. Cavity of the beaks narrow and deep. There
is a stout median cardinal tooth in the right valve, a prominent,

Fig. 17. — Loripes spaldingi, n. sp.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

erect, triangular anterior cardinal in the left. No laterals. Anterior
adductor scar elongate (shown too short in the figure).

Length 7.4, altitude 8.5, diameter 6.5 mm.

Oahu: Kaneohe Bay, Spalding, Thurston and Pilsbry, type local-
ity; Paumalu, W. A. Bryan.

This little clam is related to the Japanese Lucina parvula Gld.
(L. pisidium Dkr.), but it is plumper and higher. Lateral teeth
seem to be entirely wanting. These species appear to represent
a new subgenus of Loripes, Pillucina; L. spaldingi being the type.
Shell plump, with radial sculpture, the anterior adductor scar less
elongate.

Loupes is here used as defined by Dall, Proc. U. S. N. Mus. XXI II,
p. 803.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

December 21. •

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair.
Fifty-seven persons present.

Officers, Councillors, and members of the Committee on Accounts
were elected for the ensuing year, as follows:

President John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D.

Vice-Presidents Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D.,

Henry Skinner, M.D.

Recording Secretary James A. G. Rehn.

Corresponding Secretary J. Percy Moore, Ph.D.

Treasurer George Vaux, Jr.

Librarian Edward J. Nolan, M.D., Sc.D.

Curators Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D.,
Henry Tucker, M.D.,
Spencer Trotter, M.D.

Councillors to serve three

Years Charles B. Penrose, M.D.,

Charles Morris,

WilHam E. Hughes, M.D.,

Roswell C. Williams.

Committee on Accounts Charles Morris.,

Samuel N. Rhoads.,
John G. Rothermel.,
Thomas Stewart, M.D.,
Walter Horstmann.

On the election of his successor as Recording Secretary in pur-
suance to a resolution adopted at the meeting in November, Dr.
Edward J. Nolan, became Recording Secretary Emeritus for hfe.

Annual Reports were received from the Recording Secretary, the
Corresponding Secretary, the Librarian, the Curators, the Treasurer,
the auditors of the Treasm'er's accounts, the Treasurer of the Manual
of Conchology, the Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections, and from
the following sections of the Academy: Biological and Microscopical,
Entomological, Botanical, Ornithological, Mineralogical and Geo-
logical.

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

The Publication Committee reported the receipt of the following
papers for publication:

"Additional Notes on the Deal Meteorite," by F. J. Keeley.

"Description of a New Cyprinoid Fish {Notropis stonei), with
Notes on other Fishes obtained in the United States," by Henry
W. Fowler.

The deaths of Theodore C. Search, May 10, 1920, and Alfonso
de Figaniere, members, were announced.

The following was ordered to be printed:

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW CYPRINOID FISH (NOTROPIS STONEI) WITH
NOTES ON OTHER FISHES OBTAINED IN THE UNITED STATES.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

Several small collections of fishes obtained in various parts
of the United States have been received at the Academy recently.
A summary is presented herewith of those not reported previously,
mainly as short annotated lists. One species obtained in South
Carolina is described as new, and several others are recorded within
new faunal regions or at new localities.

New Jersey.

Mr. Henry S. Drinker has contributed interesting data on various
sharks secured at Beach Haven. Dr. R. O. Van Deusen visited
Blackwood in late April, 1920, and Tuckahoe, in Cape May County,
on May 23, 1920. On September 12, 1920, the writer with Mr.
Edwin Fowler, visited Laurie's Pond at Lakeside, near Yardville,
in Mercer County. Mr. Wm. T. Innes visited Corson's Inlet on
October 17, 1920, and sent a few notes on several common species
seen there.

Carcharias taurus Rafinesque. Jaws of a small example, about
3 feet long, obtained at Brigantine during the past summer.

Carcharodon carcharias (Linne). Mr. Drinker reports a large
example taken in a pound at Beach Haven, in early July, 1920. A
small section of its skin, together with some copepods with which
it was infested, were received later. As the specimen was largely
butchered, Mr. Drinker had no opportunity to secure measurements
or other data. This ferocious shark is only known in New Jersey
waters from two previous records. The first notice is by Hussakof,
who mentions seeing two teeth of a freshly caught specimen, alleged
from the New Jersey coast, in early June of 1916. He estimated
this specimen at 7 or 8 feet in length. Nichols reports the second
example from off South Amboy, July 14, 1916, which he saw mounted,
and measured 7^ feet in length. These records appear to have
been the only ones in 1916 suggesting that the shark scare of that
season may have been due in part to the presence of the great white
shark. Our record shows that the species occurs casually. It may
be present more frequently than is generally supposed.

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Eulamia milherti (Miiller and Henle). Mr. Drinker secured one
August 8, 1919, 8 feet, 6 inches in length, which weighed 300 lbs.
Another caught August 5, 1920, was 8 feet, 7 inches long, girth at
gills 45 inches, and weight 300 lbs. These were captured at Beach
Haven, as well as two smaller examples, without detailed data, but
which show the teeth slightly more serrate, or the serrse coarser.
Jaws from an example secured recently at St. Thomas, West Indies,
by Mr. N. P. Alexander, agree in every respect.

Hypoprion hrevirostris Poey. Mr. Drinker secured a fine example
of this species at Beach Haven, on July 11, 1919. It measured 9
feet 6 inches in length and weighed 265 lbs. The jaws have been
received at the Academy. This is the first record, so far as I know,
of the occurrence of the short-nosed shark in New Jersey waters,
or north of the Carolinas. It is therefore another interesting addi-
tion to our local fauna.

Sphyrna zygcena (Linne). Mr. L. Hoffman reported two examples,
each about 7 feet in length, at Beach Haven, on September 11,
1920. Other species also seen by him at this locality were: Mus-
telus canis; egg-case of large skate, containing embryo (probably
Raja ocellata), Pomatornus saltatrix, Roccus lineatus, Cynoscion
regalis, Scicenops ocellafus, Micropogon undulatus, Leiostomus xan-
thurus, Menticirrhus saxatilis, Pogonias cromis.

Pomolohus pseudoharengus (Wilson). Blackwood.

Ameiurus natalis (Le Suem-). Blackwood and Tuckahoe.

Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). Lakeside.

Semotilus hullaris (Rafinesque). Blackwood.

Ahramis crysoleucas (Mitchell). Tuckahoe.

Catostomus commersonnii (Lacepede). Blackwood and Tuckahoe,
also the next.

Erimyzon sucetta ohlongus (Mitchill).

Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur). Tuckahoe and Lakeside, also the
next.

Esox americanus (Gmelin).

Esox tridecemlineatus Mitchill. Blackwood and Tuckahoe.

Umbra pygmcea (De Kay). Lakeside.

Fundulus majalis (Walbaum). Corson's Inlet, with the next two.

Fundulus heterochtus macrolepidotus (Walbaum).

Cyprinodon variegatus Lacepede.

Euleptorhamphus brevoortii Gill. The head of an adult example,
now in the Academy, was secured by Dr Witmer Stone. It was
given to him by a collector, Mr. Cunningham, who picked it up on

i"

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

the beach at Cape May several years ago. But a single previous
New Jersey record is known, and that is still represented by the
example in the Academy obtained at Atlantic City in 1870 and
reported by Cope. The species is rare on the coast of the United
States.

Menidia menidia notata (Mitchill). Corson's Inlet, with the next.

Trachinotus carolinus (Linne).

Seserinus paru (Linne). Dr. Van Deusen sent a fine example,
received from Fortescue, on Delaware Bay, July 13. He also re-
ports 40 examples taken at Atlantic City at the same time. These
are the first definite records we have for this species in New Jersey,
as Abbott only refers to it in 18QS as Peprilus longimanus and vaguely
from "our coast."

Pomoxis sparoides (Lacepede). Blackwood.

Acantharchus pomotis (Baird). Tuckahoe, with the next two.

Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook).

Mesogonistius choetodon (Baird).

Lepomis auritus (Linne). Blackwood, with the next.

Lepomis incisor Valenciennes.

Pomotis gibbosus (Linne). Blackwood and Lakeside.

Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede). Blackwood, with the next.

Perca fiavescens (Mitchill) .

Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi (Storer). Tuckahoe and Lakeside.

Orthopristis chrysopterus (Linne). Two at Ocean City, July 30
by Prof. C. La Wall and one at same place, September 17, by Mr.
D. McCadden.

Tauioga onitis (Linne). Corson's Inlet.

Pennsylvania.

Several collections were made by the writer with Dr. R. 0. Van
Deusen and Mr. Frederick Morrell, July 5, 1920, in Montgomery
County: Mine Run, a tributary of the Perkiomen near Audubon;
Skippack Creek near Lower Providence; western tributary of the
Perkiomen near Doe Run and another near Yerkes; Perkiomen at
Yerkes; West Swamp Creek, a tributary of the Perkiomen at
Zieglerville , Rich Valley Creek at Sumneytown ; North East Branch
of Perkiomen Creek.

Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). Yerkes and North East Branch
of Perkiomen, also the next.

Schilheodes insignis (Richardson).

Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Near Doe Run and at
Yerkes.

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). North East Branch of Perkio-
men.

Notwpis whipplii analostanus (Girard). Lower Providence,
Yerkes, Zieglerville, Sumneytown and North East Branch of Perk-
iomen.

Notwpis cornutus (Mitchill). Same as last, except not found at
Zieglerville.

Notropis photogenis amoenus (Abbott). Three examples, 64 to 83
mm. in length, from Lower Providence. The smallest has a dis-
torted vertebral column, so that its body in the vertical axis appears
slightly sigmoid after the dorsal fin. The others are the largest
examples I ever secured, and are spawning females, full of ova.
Their depth is 4| to 4|. They were obtained in a pool, possibly
30 inches deep, and are without brilliant coloration.

Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill). Mine Run, near Doe Run and
at Yerkes.

Cyprinus carpio Llnne. Yerkes.

Catostomus commersonnii (Lacepede). Mine Run, Lower Provi-
dence, Yerkes and North East Branch of Perkiomen.

Erimyzon sucetta ohlongus (Mitchill). Yerkes.

Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur). Yerkes and North East Branch of
Perkiomen.

Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur). North East Branch of Perkio-
men.

Leporms auritus (Linne). Yerkes, Zieglerville and North East
Branch.

Pomotis gihhosus (Linne). Yerkes and North East Branch.

Micropterus dolomieu Lacepede. North East Branch.

Perca flavescens (Mitchill). Yerkes.

Delaware.

Nine collections were made by the writer, with Messrs. H. E.
Thompson and L. Dorsey, in the lower part of the State: West
Branch of the Nanticoke, and East Branch, 4 miles west of Harring-
ton, October 3, 1920; headwaters of Brown's Branch, near Harring-
ton, October 4; Cedar Creek south of Lincoln City, from the P. R.
R. down its lower course and passing two mill-dams," October 4;
Indian River at Millsboro, October 5; estuary of creek flowing from
Dagsboro, near Indian River Bay, October 5 ; Ocean View, October
5; headwaters of Herring Creek, and lower fresh waters of same,
October 6.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

Brevoortia tyrannus (Latrobe). School of small ones in Indian
River just below Millsboro.

Anchovia mitchilli (Valenciennes). Mouth of stream from Dags-
boro.

Schilbeodes gyrinus (Mitchill). East and West Branches ofNanti-
coke.

Ahramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). West Branch of Nanticoke, Cedar
Creek at first dam, Millsboro and lower Herring Creek.

Notropis hudsonius amarws (Girard). West Branch of Nanticoke.

Notropis chalybceus (Cope). Cedar Creek at first and second
dams, and lower Herring Creek.

Erimyzon sucetta ohlongus (Mitchill). East Branch of Nanti-
coke.

Anguilla rosirata (Le Sueur). West Branch of Nanticoke and
fresh pond at estuary of Herring Creek.

Esox americanus (Gmelin). West Branch of Nanticoke and
Cedar Creek at upper dam.

Esox tridecemlineatus Mitchill. Cedar Creek at both dams,
Millsboro and Herring Creek headwaters.

Umbra pygmcea (De Kay) . West Branch of Nanticoke.

Fundidus majais (Walbaum). Estuaries from Dagsboro and
Herring Creek.

Fundulus heteroclitus macrokpidotus (Walbaum). Localities as
for last species, and in ditch at Ocean View.

Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur). Fresh ponds along Herring
Creek estuary.

Lucania parva (Baird). Ocean View and Herring Creek, also the
next.

Cyprinodon variegaius Lacepede.

Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Lower dam on Cedar
Creek, Millsboro, Ocean View and Herring Creek. In ponds and
often in fresh water.

Memdia benjlUna (Cope). Stream from Dagsboro and lower

Herring Creek.

Menidia menidta notata (Mitchill). Estuary from Dagsboro

stream.

Apeltes quadracus (Mitchill). Millsboro.

Aphredoderus sayanus (Gilliams). West Branch of Nanticoke
Creek. Brown's Branch, upper Cedar Creek and first dam.

Trachinotus carolinus (Linne). The only fish we found in the surf
at Bethany Beach. Along the shores of Delaware Bay, at Slaughter

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Beach, the following were reported recently or during the warm
period in late September: Mustelus cams, Raja eglanteria, Dasyatis
say, Brevoortia tyrannus, Alosa sapidissima, Pomolohus pseudo-
harengus, Cynoscion regalis, Leiostonius xanthurus and Micropogon
undulatus. But one Acipenser sturio, reported taken at the fishery
below, during the spring.

Acantharchus pomotis (Baird). We captured a single adult in the
upper waters of Herring Creek, This is an interesting addition to
the fauna of the State.

Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook). East and West Branches of
the Nanticoke, Cedar Creek at both dams and Herring Creek in
fresh water.

Mesogonistius choetodon (Baird). Upper dam on Cedar Creek.

Lepo7nis auntus (Linne). West Branch of Nanticoke.

Pomotis gibbosus (Linne). With the last, also in Cedar Creek at
the upper dam and in brackish water of stream from Dagsboro.

Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi (Storer). West Branch of Nanticoke
and Brown's Branch.

Boleichthys fusiforniis (Girard). West Branch of Nanticoke and
Cedar Creek at both dams.

Cynoscion nebulosus (Cuvier). Estuary from Dagsboro stream,
also the next.

Pseudopleurofiectes americanus (Walbaum).

Maryland.^

Small collections were made in Barrow Creek, tributary to the
Rhodes River, and Glebe Creek, a fresh tributary of the South River
in Anne Arundel County, during May of 1920, with Mr. R. M,
Abbott. In Cecil County Mr. H. L. Mather and the writer visited
Elk Neck and Piney Creek Cove, on the Elk River, September 25,
1920. Two days later Stony Run and streams about North East and
Charlestown were examined.

Ameiurus catus (Linne). Elk Neck.

Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). Glebe Creek.

Hybognathus nuchalis regius (Girard). Elk Neck and Piney
Creek Cove.

Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Glebe Creek, Stony Run and
North East.

^ The only Virginia fishes received recently are a number of Fundulus hetero-
clitus macrolepidolus from the Warwick River, from partly salt water. They
were obtained by Dr. Henry Tucker, March 5, 1919.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

Notropis hifrenatus (Cope). Piney Creek Cove.

Notropis hudsonius amarus (Girard). Elk Neck.

Notropis ivhippUi analostanus (Girard). Stony Run and second
brook above Chariest own.

Notropis cornutus (Mitchill). Stony Run.

Erimyzon sucetta ohiongus (Mitchill). Piney Creek Cove.

Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur) Barrow Creek and North East.

Fundulus heteroclitus macroleptdotus (Walbaum) Barrow Creek.

Fimdulus diaphanus (Le Sueur). Piney Creek Cove and North
East, also the next.

Menidia herylhna (Cope).

Menidia menidia yiotata (Mitchill). Barrow Creek.

Apeltes quadracus (Mitchill). Piney Creek Cove.

Seserinus paru (Linne). One from the Rhodes River, obtained
by Mr. Abbott, September 25, 1920.

E nneacanthus gloriosus (H.o\hvook). Piney Creek Cove.

Lepomis auritus (Linne). North East.

Pomotis gibhosus (Linne). Piney Creek Cove, Elk Neck and
North East.

Percaflavescens (Mitchill) . Elk Neck, second brook above Charles-
town and North East.

Boleosoma nigrum olmMedi (Storer). Piney Creek Cove.

Roccus lineatus (Block). Elk Neck, North East, with next.

Morone americana (Gmelin).

Leiostomus xanihurus Lacepede. Barrow Creek.

Micropogon undulatus (Linne). Barrow Creek and Elk Neck.

Gobiosoma bosc (Lacepede). Barrow Creek.

South Carolina.

In May of 1917 Dr. Witmer Stone obtained an interesting small
collection from the PocataUgo River, near Manning. He had
previously visited this locality in 1914 and published a Hst of the
fishes obtained then.^ It is noteworthy that three of the species
secured then are not represented in the present collection, though
there are equally as many present not in the 1914 lot, and one
appears new to science.

Notropis stonei.new species. Head 3|; depth 4; D. ii, 8; A. ii,
8; P. I, 12; V. I, 7; scales 30 in lateral line to caudal base and 3
more on latter; 7 scales above 1. 1. to dorsal origin, 3 below to anal

2 Copeia, September 15, 1914. No. 10.

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

origin; predorsal scales 18, snout 4 in head; eye 3|; maxillary 3j;
interorbital 2|; second simple dorsal ray 1|; second simple anal
ray ll; pectoral 1^; ventral 1^; least depth of caudal peduncle
2j; upper caudal lobe 1.

Body well compressed, edges rounded, deepest at dorsal origin.
Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth 1| its length.

Head conic, moderately compressed, flattened sides moderately
approximated below. Snout wide, conic, length f its width. Eye
large, advanced, hind pupil edge nearly midway in head length.
Mouth moderate, oblique, jaws even. Maxillary largely concealed,
reaches eye. Premaxillaries protractile. Jaw edges moderately
trenchant. Lips narrow. Mandible rather shallow and rami little
elevated inside mouth. Nostrils together, near last f in snout.
Interorbital broadly and evenly convex.

Gill-opening forward about opposite front pupil edge. Rakers
small, weak, obsolete or scarcely evident. Filaments about half of
eye. Isthmus narrow, especially forward, where frenum narrow.
Pharyngeal teeth 5-4, well hooked, and broad grinding surfaces
entire.

Scales large, well exposed, more or less uniform on trunk and
smaller on caudal base, belly and breast. Scales cycloid; basal
radiating striae 9; circuli rather coarse, 16 to 20, weak and obsolete
apically. Scales disposed in longitudinal rows parallel with 1. 1.,
which continuous to caudal base and well decurved forward; small
tubes simple.

Dorsal origin about midway between hind eye edge and caudal
base, second simple ray longest. Anal rather well developed, like
dorsal, inserted little nearer caudal base than pectoral origin. Cau-
dal moderate, emarginate behind. Pectoral moderate, not quite
reaching ventral. Last inserted well before dorsal, reaches anal.
Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol faded dull brown, paler or whitish below. Dark
lateral band begins at snout tip and extends to caudal base, and on
sides forward expanded until much wider than eye. Fins all pale,
ventral and anal slightly whitish. Dorsal with dusky blotch for-
ward near base. Lateral dark band ends in dusky blotch at caudal
base size of pupil, which reflected out on median caudal rays basally.
Along back pale longitudinal line separates color from back above.

Length 36 mm.

Type, No. 50,118, A. N. S. P. Pocataligo River near Manning.
May 1917. Dr. Witmer Stone.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

Paratypes, Nos. 50,109 to 50,121, same data. Head 3f to 3|;
depth 4i to 4|; D. ii, 7 or 8; A. ii, 8; scales 29 ? to 32 in lateral
line to caudal base, and several more on latter; predorsal scales
15 or 16; snout 3 1 to 3 1 in head from upper jaw tip; eye 2| to 3;
maxillary 2| to 3; interorbital 3 to 3|; length 20 to 35 mm.

Of this species I have seen only the above examples. They
apparently represent a species allied in the subgenus Alhurnops as
the pharyngeal teeth are uniserial and well hooked, lateral line com-
plete, and large scales (less than 40) well exposed. N. stonei may
readily be distinguished from the other lowland species of the genus,
A'', roseus and N. chayhoBus, by its extremely broad dark lateral
band and dark blotch on the dorsal fin.

(For Dr. Witmer Stone, who collected the types.)

Notropis stonei, new species.

Notropis chalyhceus (Cope). Four examples.

Fundulus nottii (Agassiz). Abundant.

Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Very abundant, females
more so and greatly larger than males. Largest female 58 mm,

Chcenohryttus gulosus (Cuvier). Several.

Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook). Five examples, all dull in
color.

Georgia.

On March 25, 1904, Mr. J. A. G. Rehn secured a few fishes in a
small stream at Thomasville.

Abramis crysoleucas bosci (Valenciennes). Fifteen examples.

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Enmyzon sucetta (Lacepede). One.

Esox ameyicanus (Gniehn) . One.

Fundulus nottii (Agassiz). Four.

Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque) . Ten. Also one on March 30.

Florida.

Mr. Morgan Hebard obtained a fine lot of small fishes from the
Everglades about Miami in March, 1920. Mr. Howard R. Hill
sent a number of specimens and notes, on the fishes noticed during
the fall of 1920, in Pensacola Bay near Pensacola. These are all
indicated by the letter P.

Scoliodon terrce-novce (Richardson). P.

Dasyatis sahina (Le Sueur). Three young from Allenhurst, Julj^,
1917. H. W. Aitken. These show the front margins of the disk
slightly concave opposite the nostrils.

Elops saurus Linne. P.

Harengula pensacolce Goode and Bean. Young from Useppa
Island, Lee County, obtained by Mr. Hebard in 1919.

Brevoortia tyrannus patronus Goode. P.

Anchovia mitchilli Valenciennes. P.

Gymnothorax funehris Ranzani. P.

Fundulus similis (Baird and Girard). Two smaller ones from
Useppa Island, Charlotte Harbor, in May, 1919, obtained by Mr.
Hebard.

Fundidus grandis Baird and Girard. Abundant and all of moder-
erate size and variable. In alcohol many males with orange caudal,
ventral and anal borders. In other specimens these fins gray.
Tamiami Canal, Everglades. March 8 to 12. 1920.

Fundulus confluentus Goode and Bean. Large series from the
Tamiami Canal. The species is more abundant than the preceding,
which it greatly resembles. It may be distinguished at a glance
by at least one blackish or dusky vertical line, or bar, on the caudal
basally, also the presence of a black blotch ocellated with white on
the last dorsal rays, which occurs in both sexes. It is very variable,
the back mostly finely spotted with black or dusky, which usually
assumes a greatly mottled appearance. In one example approaching
melanism the ground-color in alcohol is pale warm brown above,
greatly specked or spotted with blackish, the spots completely
covering dorsal and caudal fins and extending well down side. Dark
lateral bars very variable in intensity, mostly distinct or pronounced

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395

in males and young. Male also with pectoral, anal and caudal
more or less gamboge.

Fundulus cingulatus Valenciennes. Four from the Tamiami
Canal. Color in alcohol largely dull olivaceous, with rounded pale
scattered pearly spots on side. Anal with 9 branched rays.

JordaneUa floridce Goode and Bean. Abundant at Muck, Tami-
ami Canal. In alcohol back shows 4 to 6 dull-brown saddle-like
blotches. Younger or smaller examples more contrasted, with 7 or
8 dull brown vertical bars, which may be interrupted above to form
alternately with dark blotches along back. All show black median
lateral blotch.

MoUienisia latipinna Le Sueur. Very abundant, at Muck, with
the preceding.

Corytkoichthys albirostris Kaup. One received from Mrs. George
Eubank, through Mr. Clarence B. Moore, from Marco in Lee County,
obtained in April, 1919.

Cypselurus heterurus (Rafinesque). Many young, about 40 in
all, from Miami Beach, obtained by Mr. Hebard. Largest 50 mm.,
smallest 13. These show great variation. The pectoral reaches
back nearly far as tip of depressed ventral. Of the specimens
counted anal shows 10 branched rays. Lower part of sides usually
with 5 large dusky blotches. Pectoral blackish. Dorsal dark,
though in some small examples dusky, and anal white like caudal.

Strongylura notata (Poey). P.

Strongyhira timucu (Walbaum). P.

Membras vagrans (Goode and Bean). Small example from near
Useppa Island, in Lee County, May, 1920.

Memdia heryllina {Cope) . Young with the last.

Mugil cephalus Linne. Two in the Querimana stage, from near
Useppa Island. Both have A. ii, 9, and are 22-23 mm. in length.

Sarda sarda (Bloch) . P.

Scombero)norus maculatus (Mitchill). P.

Selar crumenophthalmus (Bloch) . P.

Selene vomer (Linne). P.

Vomer setapinnis (Mitchill). P.

Trachmotus falcatus (Linne). One from Miami Beach. Length
15 mm. D. VII, 20; A. iii, 18.

Seserinus paru (Linne) . P.

Coryphcena hippurus Linne. Seven from Miami Beach, largest
50mm.

Gobiomorus gronovii (Gmelin). Six from Miami Beach.

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Chcenohryttus gulosus (Cuvier), Abundant at Muck in the Tam-
iami Canal,

Lepomis pundatus (Valenciennes). Eight from the Tamiami
Canal at Muck. All with long gill-rakers, and pectorals shorter
than head. Spots variable.

Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque). Very abundant with the last
two. All small and quite variable in color. Many, especially
larger, show a slightly darker spot on each scale basally, in alcohol.
Most all show pale blue bars or lines on the snout, side of head
and cheek. In none, though often wide, is the opercular flap pro-
duced. Many show dark fins. In all the rakers are short, rather
weak and mostly less than 10. Pectoral always much less than
head.

Lepomis incisor (Valenciennes). Four from the Tamiami Canal.
Largely silvery when fresh in alcohol. No blue lines on side of
head. Pectoral long as head and rakers lanceolate. Though small,
these appear more slender than in the last species.

Epinephelus striatus (Bloch).^ P.

EpinepheJus morio (Valenciennes). P.

Garrupa nignta (Holbrook). P.

Promicrops guttatus (Linne). During the winter of 1905 Capt.
Willoughby secured a large adult example at Ft. Lauderdale, the
skull of which is in the collection.

Myderoperca falcata phenax Jordan and Swain. P.

Lutjanus aya (Bloch. P.

Lagodon rhomhoides (Linne). P.

Cynoscion nothus (Holbrook). P.

Bairdiella dirysura (Lacepede). P.

Leiostomus xanthurus Lacepede. P.

Menticirrhus americanus (Linne). P.

Ahudefduf marginatus (Bloch). Young example, 15 mm. long
from Miami Beach.

HaUchceres bivittatus (Bloch). P.

Alutera schcepfii (Walbaum). P.

Chilomyderus schcepfii (Walbaum). Two from South Boca Grande
in Boca Grande Pass. Collected by Mr. Hebard in May, 1920.
These are exactly the reverse of Eigenmann's statement that "in
the young there seems to be more lines than in the old. Two speci-

' Mr. Hebard secured an example of Apogonichthys stellatus Cope, 43 mm. long,
at North Bimini Island, Bahamas, March 13, 1920.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397

mens examined, 3 inches long, have 17 hnes between the pectorals;
a specimen 5 inches long has 10 lines; and the largest specimen
examined, 10 inches long, has 12 lines."" My larger example, 155
mm. long, has 21 lines between the pectorals; the smaller example,
132 mm. long, has 10 lines between the pectorals. Their general
color-pattern is similar, even to the disposition of the black blotches,
though these are quite variable, likewise the armature. The fins
are pale or whitish, and uniform in color.

Prionotus tribulus (Bloch). P.

Citharichthys macrops (Dresel). P.

Opsanus tau (Linne). Allenhurst. November 11, 1917. H. W.
Aitken.

Gobiesox strujnosus Cope. Small one from an empty shell at
Captiva Pass, south end of Lacost Island. Obtained by Mr. Hebard
in May, 1920.

Histrio histrio (Linne). Of 21 young from Miami Beach, largest
45 mm. These show great variation in color-pattern, and even the
smaller ones may be coarsely or finely variegated.

Illinois.

With two exceptions, as noted, the following were secured by Mr.
W. T. Innes in a small tributary of the IlHnois River at Marley, in
September 1, 1912.

Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque).

Chrosomus erythrogaster (Rafinesque).

Notropis cornutus (Mitchill).

Notropis athermoides Rafinesque. Mr. C. J. Hunt^ sent eight
examples from the West Fork of the South Branch of the Chicago
River, January 24, 1911.

Fundulus notatus (Rafinesque).

Micropterus dolomieu Lacepede.

Percina caprodes (Rafinesque). Two obtained by Mr. Innes from
Fox Lake in October, 1920.

Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque).

Poecilichthys coeruleus (Storer).

Pcecilichthys fiahellaris (Rafinesque).

Cottus hairdii Girard.

* Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 3, 1883-5 (1885), p. 308.

* Also several examples of Semotilus atromaculatus and Perca fiavescens from
Wawasee, Indiana, obtained July 12, 1913.

398 proceedings of the academy of [dec,

Wisconsin.

Mr. H. T. Wolf obtained the following in Booth's fish market,
Milwaukee, during the summer of 1906:

Coregonus quadrilateralis Richardson. Lake Superior,

Coregonus clupeaformis (Mitchill). Lakes Superior and Michigan,
and Georgian Bay.

Leucichthys nigri'pinnis (Milner). Milwaukee.

Leucichthys prognathus (H. M. Smith). Milwaukee.

Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill). Lakes Superior and Michigan.

Cristivomer naniaycush (Walbaum). Milwaukee.

Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede). Fox Lake.

Stizostedion vitreum (Mitchill). Milwaukee, also next two.

Stizostedion canadense (Griffiths).

Perm, /Zafescens (Mitchill).

Minnesota.

Mr. F. L. Tappan secured the following about Minneapolis dur-
ing September 1911:

Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill).
Notropis heterodon (Cope).
Notiopis cornutus (Mitchill).
Schilheodes gyrinus (Mitchill).
Umbra limi (Kirtland) . Cedar I^ake.
Labidesthes sicculus (Cope).
Eucalia mconstans (Kirtland) .
Ponioxis sparoides (Lacepede).
Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque).
Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque).

Missouri.

Mr. Julius Hurter sent a smaU collection in July, 1912, from Fox
Creek, a tributary of the Meramec River, at a point about 26 miles
from St. Louis :

Ichthyomyzon concolor (Kirtland). Adult.

Scaphirhynchus platorynchus (Rafinesque). Young example.

Polyodon spathula (Walbaum). Young.

Lepisosteus platostomus (Rafinesque). Young.

Amiatus calvus (Linne). Small example.

Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). One from St. Louis in fall
of 1915.

Chrosom.us erythrogaster (Rafinesque). Several.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399

Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque). One from St. Louis received
from Mr. W. T. Innes in 1918.

Notropis cornutus (Mitchill). Adult.

Notropis zonatus (Agassiz). Two.

Lepomis humilis (Girard). One from St. Louis. Obtained from
Mr. Innes, November 1, 1920.

Poedlichthys cceruJeus (Storer). Several.

Coitus hairdii Girard. Several.

Arizona.*

Several species were secured by Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry in the fall
of 1910 for the Academy.

Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque) . Dr. Witmer Stone obtained
6 young examples in a stream in Rucker Canyon, headwaters of
the Rio Yaqui basin, at 6500 feet elevation in the Chiricahua Mount-
ains, July 8, 1919.

Leuciscus intennedius (Girard). Very many from the Santa
Cruz River at Tuecon, September 4, 1910, and a single example from
the Salt River, tributary of the Gila at Tempe, September 5, 1910.
Some of the larger examples tuberculated. These and the next all
in Dr. Pilsbry's collections in the Academy.

Cyprinodon macularius Baird and Girard. One from the Salt
River at Tempe.

Mollienisia occidentalis (Baird and Girard). Many with the last
and from the Santa Cruz River at Tuecon.

Utah.

The following were collected by Mr. Herbert J. Pack, of Logan,
during the past season.

Leuciscus lineatus (Girard). Very many small ones from Hanyton
Bridge, Bear River at Fielding, August 15. These all show but a
short lateral line, not extending beyond the dorsal in the largest.
Abundant in warm spring at Udy's Springs, Riverside, in Boulder
County, August 12.

The largest example, from Magna, measures 100 mm. It and
many young from slightly muddy fresh water, July 31.

Leuciscus phlegethontis (Cope). Two from meadow-streams in
western part of Logan, August 9. Length 31 to 42 mm. Color of

« Mr. S. N. Rhoads obtained the following in the fresh waters of the Colorado
River delta, in the vicinity of the Hardy River, Mexico, in the early spring of
1905; Ameiurus nebidosus, Xyrauchen texanus, Gila elegans, Cyprinus carpio
and Mugil cephalus.

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

larger example, when fresh in alcohol, with median dusky lateral
band from snout, including mandible tip, to caudal base. This
band very distinct and composed of rather large dots. Parallel
from upper eye edge back to caudal peduncle and defining color of
back, narrower similar band or line, mostly pale posteriorly. From
pectoral axil side of body below broad dark lateral band pale cad-
mium to anal base, and more yellowish on lower surface of caudal
peduncle. Axils of pectoral and ventral more or less tinged with
pale citron-yellow, also basal portions of paired fins. Breast, belly
and lower surface of head, white. Dorsal and caudal dull olive,
other fins pale, with dusky terminal tints.

Also two from small pond at edge of railroad. Salt Lake City,
August 31.

Agosia nuhila carringtoni (Cope). Abundant in meadow streams
in western Logan, August 9. Most with lateral Une incomplete and
barbel absent.

Cyprinus carpio Linne. One from Hanyt.on Bridge.

Cottus semiscaher (Cope). Abundant, in meadow streams in
western Logan, August 9. Largest 58 mm.

Nevada.

Agosia nevadensis (Gilbert). Twelve examples, largest 55 mm.
long, from the Amargosa River at Beatty, August 12, 1919. Ob-
tained by Messrs. J. A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard. These fish
were found in small schools, in the larger pools, and moderately
plentiful.

California.

During the late fall of 1897 the Academy received from Prof.
Harold Heath a collection of fishes from Pacific Grove, all of which
are still in good condition. These are indicated by the letter P.
I have also included several notes given by Mr. J. A. G. Rehn on
some of the larger fishes seen by him at Santa Catahna in the summer
of 1907.

Polistotrema stouti (Lockington). P.

Galeorhinus zyopterus Jordan and Gilbert. Four small gray
sharks at Santa Catalina, about 3 to 5 feet long, were evidently
this species.

Raja hinoculata Girard. P.

Torpedo californica Ayres. P.

Hydrolagus colliei (Lay and Bennett) . P.

1920.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

Pogonichthys microlepidotus (Girard). Mr. F. S. Curtis forwarded
an example of this and the following two species from Arrayo Crista
Blanca at Livermore, which were received in September, 1912. He
says, "in the winter and early spring this stream flows into the Bay
of San Francisco, but in the smiimer is only a series of pools. The
head of the stream is coarse gravel, several feet deep, and the water
flows under gi'ound between the deep pools. None of the pools are
more than four feet deep, or usually only about two. The fish were
caught in strong sulphur water, as just above the pool a strong
sulphur-spring boiled up in the middle of the creek. This is so
strong that it fills the air with the odor, and the stones, etc., in the
pool are all coated with sulphur. About a dozen sculpins [Coitus
gulosus (Girard)] 1| to 2| inches long were caught, and were
smooth. Those taken last year at Niles were prickly, with the sides
rough. Together with the suckers [Catostomus occidentalis Ayres]
and Sacramento perch [Archo-plites interruptus (Girard)] they are
about the only fish found here. The game-wardens are glad to have
us take the dace as they are very destructive to the trout eggs and
fry, and in fact the chief enemies they have in these streams. "

Ptychocheilus grandis (Ayres) .

Myloleucus sy7nmetricus (Baird and Girard).

Atherinopsis calijorniensis Girard.

Cypselurus californicus (Cooper). Popular bait for tuna at Santa
Catalina. Retailed for 10 cents each, or prices varied with abund-
ance. Messrs Rehn and Hebard kindly fm-nished the note on this
species and the following six.

Auxis thazard (Lacepede). Reported occasionally at Santa Cata-
lina. One seen by Mr. Rehn 4| feet long a mounted dry specimen.
Called "Japanese tuna" and "short-finned tuna."

Thunnus thynnus (Linne). Fom* seen at Santa Catalina and a
number of mounted examples. Previously, or ten days before Mr.
Rehn's stay, 15 to 20 were taken, and many more were reported
since. Some were upwards of 168 lbs., and one of such size had a
large piece bitten out by a shark. The examples Mr. Rehn saw
ranged from 110 to 125 lbs. They were captured altogether by rod
and reel anglers, with flying-fish as bait.

Germo alatu?iga (Gmelin). Called "albacore" and "long-finned
tuna." Abundant game fish at Santa Catalina. Mr. Rehn took
two of 18 lbs., one of 20 lbs and one of 27 lbs. The species attains
a weight of 50 lbs.

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Seriola dor salts (Gill). ''Yellow tail." Several fresh ones seen
at Santa Catalina. Taken closer in shore than the other fishes.

Tetrapturus mitsukurii Jordan and Snyder. One example, cap-
tured September 21, 1910, about five miles off the southeastern
shore of Santa Catahna, measured nine feet in length. At the time
the species was irregular, or only a few taken by the anglers. They
break at the surface, but do not jump like the tarpon. They do not
strike the hook but take it gradually, so that after a short interval
the angler sets it with a jerk. Then a battle ensues for half an hour
or more, in which time the fish becomes exhausted and is finally
gaffed. Mr. Rehn did not hear the alleged name "marlin spike-
fish" for it at Santa Catalina.

Stereolepis gigas (Ayres). "Jew fish." Mr. Rehn reports 6 or
8 large ones on the dock at Santa Catalina, and the largest 6 or 7
feet long.

Genyonemus lineaius (Ayres). This and all the following from
Pacific Grove: Zalembius rosaceus (Jordan and Gilbert), Cymato-
gaster aggregatus Gibbons, Oxyjuiis calif ornicus (Gtinther), Sebastodes
paucispmus (Ayres), Sebastodes elongatus (Ayres), Anoplopoma fim-
bria (Pallas), ScorpcenicUhys marmoratus (Ayres), Hemilepidotus
jordani Bean, Taranichthys filamentosus (Gilbert), Eopsetta jordani
(Lockington), Parophrys vetulus Girard, Microstomus paaficus
(Lockington) , Glyptocephalus zachirus Lockington, Citharichthys
sordidus (Girard), Caularchiis neandricus (Girard), Gibbonsia evides
(Jordan and Gilbert), Anoplarchus atropurpureus (Kittlitz), Xip-
hidion rupestre (Jordan and Gilbert), Anarrichthys ocellatus Ayres,
Chilara taylori (Girard), Porichthys notatus Girard.

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

403

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES DESCRIBED AND
REFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1920

New species and genera are indicated by heavy-faced type.

Abramis crysoleucas. . . . 386, 388-390

c. bosci 393

Abudefduf marginatus 396

Acantharchus pomotis 387, 390

Acanthops erosa 229

rehni 229

Achilognathus himantegus 130

Acipenser st urio 390

Acontiothespis bimaculata 219

Acromantis australis 74

dyaka. . .'. 74

hesione. 73

luzonica 71

ijioultoni 70

oligoneura 71, 72

parvula 71

Acrossocheilus formosanus 123

invirgatiis 123

Acteocina hawaiensis 300, 363

honoluluensis 363

sandwicensis 363

Aetaella 44

bakeri 45

Aglaja nigra 372

nuttalli .. 372

pilsbryi hawaiensis 372

speciosa 371

Agosia nevadensis 400

nubila carringtoni 400

Alonsoa. . . 147, 166

meridionalis 167

serrata 167

Alosa sapidissima 390

Alutera schoepfii 396

Amantis aeta 31

basilana 34

maculata 31

reticulata 30

Ameiurus catus 390

natalis 386

nebulosus 386, 387, 390, 399

Amiatus calvus 398

Amnicola tryoni 9

Amorphoscelis borneana 17

AmpuUaria flagellata 9

Anaplecta chrysoptera 214

replicata 214

Anarrichthys ocellatus 402

Anaulacoinera bellator 258

brevifauda 258

libidinosa 261

sulcata 263

Anaxipha aperta 285

olmeca 285

Anchiptolis chapadensis 276

Anchoria mitchillii 389, 394

Ancyclus concentricus 7

radiatus 7

Angela infuscata 220

Angelonia '. . . . 147

angustifolia 187

.salicarisefolia 187

Anguilla japonica 134

mauritiana 133

rostrata 386, 388, 389, 391

Anisolabi.s annulipes 338

Anodontites jaliscoensis 193

luteolus 10

Anoplarchus atropurpureus 402

Anoplopoma fimbria 402

Apeltis quadracus 389, 391

Apercstoma dysoni 3

Aphonomorphus inopinatus 286

Aphredoderus say anus 389

Aplexa fuliginea 6

spiculata guatemalensis 6

Apogonichthys stellatus 396

Aquilegia canadensis 118

Arachnoidiscus 207

ehrenbergii cuneatus 207

Archimantis armata 69

latistyla 69

Arctostaphylos uva-ursi 104

Asplenium platj^neuron 117

Atherinopsis calif orniensis 401

Atys 370

kekele 365

semistriata 365

s. fordinsulae 365

s. mua 365

404

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Auxis thazard 401

Azalea arborescens 100

canescens 99

nudiflora 99, 118

viscosa 100

Babesia bovis 331

Bactridium grande 242

Bairdiella chrysura 396

Bartsia 140

Barbodes paradoxus 127

Basalt 354-357

Bolbe pygmaea 19

Boleichthys f usif ormis 390

Boleosoma nigrum 397, 398

n. olmstedi 387, 390, 391

Botrychium virginianum 116

Bramia monnieri 144

Brevoortia tyrannus 389, 390

t. patronus 394

Bucrates capitatus 281

Bullaria peasiana 363

Bullina scabra solida 362

vitrea 362

Caconapea 144, 149

appressa 150, 152

auriculata 150

axillaris 150, 152

conferta 150, 153

debilis 150, 151

Caecilioides domingensis 204

Caecum oahuense 375

Caliris elegans 39

masoni 39

Caltha palustris 118

Campostoma anomalum 397-399

Candidia barbata 130

Capraria 143, 147

biflora 147

b. pilosa 148

hirsuta 148

Carassius auratus 122

Carcharodon carcharias 385

Carcharias taurus 385

Cardium thaanumi 323

Catostomus commersonnii. . . 386, 388

Caularchus neandricus 402

Caulopsis lancifera 278

Ceraia cornutoides 256

Ceroys perfoliatus 237

Chaenobryttus gulosus 396

Chamaedaphne calyculata 102

Chandodichthys macrops 132

Chilara taylori 402

Chilomycterus schoepfii 396

Chimaphila maculata 98

umbellata 98

Chiogenes hispidula 104

Chlorohippus roseipennis 249

Chrosomus erythrogaster . . . . 397, 398

Citharichthys macrops 397

sordidus 402

Clarias fuscus 122

Clethra alnifolia 97

Cnephomantis 225

fuscatus 225

Cochliopa compacta 197

guatemalensis 198

hinkleyi 198

infundibulum 198

izabal 200

minor 199

picta 197

riograndensis 197

rowelli 198

trochulus 198

tryoniana 198

Compsomantis semirufula 35

Congeria bryanae 323

Conobea. 144, 153

scoparioides 153

Conocephalus clausus 281

iriodes 282

saltator 282

Copiocera erythrogastra 249

Copiphora producta 277

Coregonus clupeaf ormis 398

quadrilateralis 398

Corema conradii 108

Corynorhynchus hispidus 244

Coryphaena hippurus 395

Corythoichthys albirostris 395

Cottus bairdii 397, 399

semiscaber 400

Creobroter episcopalis 81

granulicollis 78

labuanae 78

meleagris 80

Cristivomer namaycush 398

Cultriculus akoensis 132

Cymatium spp 320

vestitum 320

V. insulare 320

Cymatogaster aggregatus 402

Cynoscion f usif ormis 390

nothus 396

regalis 386, 390

Cyprinodon macularius 399

variegatus 386, 389

Cyprinus carpio 122, 388, 400

Cypselurus calif ornicus 401

heterurus 395

Cyrtoxipha pernambucensis 283

Damasippus pulcher 239

Damoniella 370

Dasyatis say 390

sabina 394

Dendrium buxifolium 101

Deroplatys desiccata 47

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

405

truncata 47

Diabase. 354-357

Diamusonia 226

Diedronotus laevipes 245

Dinia compitorum 364

Diplophyllus ensifolius 271

Diponthus bilineatus 246

Doru lineare 352

Drymaeus attenuatus pittieri 5

costaricensis 5

hegewischi 192

josephus 6

sulphureus 5

D3'me straminea 239

Eleotris oxycephala 134

fusca 134

Elops saurus 394

Enneacanthus gloriosus

387, 390, 391, 393

Eopsetta jordani 402

Epigaea repeiis 103

Epilampra atriventris 216

fallax. 216

imitatrix 216

latifrons 216

Epinephelus morio 396

striatus 396

Episcopotettix sulcirostris 249

Epitonium decussatum 375

f ucatum 376

hyalinum mokuoloense 377

kanemoe 375

oahuensis 376

ulu... 376

Epsomantis tortricoides 20

Erimyzon succeta 394

s. oblqngus. . . . 386, 388, 389, 391

Esox americanus 386, 389, 394

tridecemlineatus 386, 389

Esphalmenus lativentris 338

Euborellia annulipes 339

janeirensis 338

minuta 338

peregrina 339

scudderi 339

Eubotrys racemosa 102

Eucalia inconstans 398

Euchomenella heteroptera 37

molucarum 37

Eulamia milberti 386

Euleptorhamphus brevoortii 386

Eumiopteryx laticollis 224

Eumusonia livida 228

Euryderes anisitsi 219

Euthyrrhapha pacifica 218

Eutrochatella microdina chryseis. 197

Fagelia 147, 168

alata 170, 176

bogotensis 169, 174

chelidonioides 171, 183

erenata 169, 173

f-renatiloba 171, 182

fruticosa 168, 172

lehmanniana 169, 17.3

micrantha 171, 180

microbefaria 168, 171

nevadensis 170, 176

ovata 170, 179

perfoliata 170, 178

pinnatisecta 171, I89

radiculoides 171, 181

saxatilis 169, 173

scalaris 171, 184

tolimensis 170, 177

trilobata 169, 175

Flutaalba......... 133

Formosania gilberti 122

Fossarus ecphora 375

Fundulus cingulatus 395

confluentus 394

diaphanus 388, 389, 391

grandis 394

heteroclitus macrolepidotus

386, 389, 390

majalis 386, 389

notatus 397

notii 393, 394

similis 394

Galax aphylla 108

Galeorhinus zyopterus 400

Gambusia affinis 133, 389, 391

Gaulthieria procumbens 103

Garrupa nigrita. 396

Gast rocopta colombiana 329

Gaylussacia baccata 105

brachycera 105

dumosa 105

frondosa 105

Genyonemus lineat.us 402

Germo alatunga 401

Gibbonsia evides 402

Gilda suavis 40

Glossogobius brunneus 135

Glyptocephalus zachirus 402

Gnathopogon iijimae 128

Gobiesox strumcsiis 397

Gobiomorus gronovii 395

Gobiosoma bosci 391

Gonypeta borneana 35

Grammadera chapadensis 264

rostrata 264

Gratiola 144, 154

bogotensis 154

Guppya angasi 3

browni 3

calverti 3

costaricana 4

c. elatior 5

selenkai 3

406

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

t rochulina 3

Gymnothorax funebris 394

Haania lobiceps 38

Habenaria blephariglottis 118

ciliaris 118

cristata 118

grandiflora 118

lacera 118

peramoena 118

psycodes 118

Halichgeres bivittatus 396

Haminea 367

Hamincea 367

aperta oahuensis 369

crocata 368

curta 369

olopana 369

sandwichensis 368

tomaculum 370

Haplocochlias (Lophocochlias)

minutissimus 377

Harengula pensacolse 394

Helicina abbotti 205

deppeana parvidens 3

funcki 3

oaxacana 196

Hemibarbus labeo 127

Hemilepidotus jordani 402

Hemimyzon formosanus 122

Hermetica advena 218

scrobiculata 218

Heteroglypta kanaka 380

Hierodula 52, 53, 63

aruana 59

denticulata 64

gracilicoUis 54

laevicollis 52, 60

obiensis 53, 60

patellifera 58

rajah 58

sorongana 52, 62

splendida 65

venosa 53, 57

vitrea 53, 55

Histrio histrio 397

Homotoicha f uscopunctata 256

Hyalinia (Stenopus) angasi 3

Hybognathus nuchalis regius. . . . 390
Hydatina (Aplustnim) amplustre. 371

physis staminea 371

Hydraiithelium 145, 158

braunii 158

Hydrolagus colliei 400

Hymenopus coronatus 77

Hypalopeza tigrina 19

Hyperophora brasiliensis 250

peruviana 251

Hyperophrona signata 258

Hypopitys americana 99

lanuginosa 99

Hypoprion brevirostris 386

Ichthyomyzon concolor 398

Ilysanthes... 146, 164

inaequalis 164

Ischnoptera amazonica 215

Ischyra punctinervis 275

Jordanella floridse 395

Kahnia angustif olia 101

latifolia 101

Kongobat ha 22

diademata 23

Kuhha marginata 134

Labeo jordani 123

Labia arcuata 348

dorsahs 348

Labidesthes sicculus 398

Labidura riparia 340

xanthopus 340

Lagodon rhomboides 396

Leiostomus xanthurus

386, 390, 391, 396

Lendneria 145, 161

angulata 161, 162

humihs 161

Lepisosteus platostomus 398

Lepomis auritis. . . . 387, 388, 390, 391

humiUs 399

incisor 387, 396

megalotis 394, 396, 398

punctatus 396

Leptomantis albella 40

fragiHs 41

lactea 42

tonkinse 42

Leptothyra 377

balnearii 378

Candida percostata 378

verruca manti 378

viaria 379

Leucichthys nigripinnis 398

prognathus 398

Leucisculus 128

fuscus 129

Leuciscus intermedius 399

Uneatus 399

medius. 190

phlegethontis 399

schisturus 189

Leucocarpus 147, 165

perfoHatus 166

Ligocatinus minutus 254

sordidus 252

spinatus 256

Lihum canadense 117

superbum 117

Liloa 370

Limodorum tuberosum 119

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

407

Linaria 147

texana 188

Liobagrus formosanus 121

nantoensis 121

Lissochilichthys 124

matsudai 124

Listrocelis atrata 282

Liza troscheli 134

Lobophyllus reversus 272

Loripes (Pillucina) spaldingi 381

Lucania parva 389

Lutjanus aj-a 396

Macuillamia 145, 157

limosa 158

Mantoida burmeisteri 219

Mecardonia 144, 148

ovata 148

procumbens 149

Membras vagans 395

Menidia bervllina 389, 391, 395

menidia notata 387, 389, 391

Menticirrhus americanus 396

saxatilis 386

Menj'anthes trifoliata 119

Menziesia pilosa 100

Meroncidius flavolimbatus 276

marginatus 276

Mesogonistius chi3etodon 387, 390

Mesopteryx alata 51

Metallyticus violaceus 18

Microcentrum lanceolatum 272

Micromelo guamensis 371

Micropogon undulatus. . 386, 390, 391

Micropterus dolomieu 388, 397

salmoides 387, 398

Microstomus pacificus 402

Microvostox chopardi 346

ghilianii 348

parvus 346

Mimulus 146, 165

glabratus 165

Miopteryx 225

Misgurnus anguillicaudatus 122

decemcirrosus 122

Mitra coronata aurora 314

emersoni 316

kawehameha 313

langfordi 315

lugubris 314

1. honoluluensis 314

olivellaeformis 315

ostergaardi 314

thaanumiana 313

ticaonica vagans 314

waikikiensis 316

Mnestia pusilla 366

Modiolus matris 321

peasei 321

Mollienisia latipinna 395

occidentalis 399

Monastria biguttata 217

cassidea 218

Monocardia 144, 155

albida 1.56, 157

humilis 156, 157

lilacina 156

violacea 155, 156

Monotropa uniflora 99

Morone americana 391

Mugil cephalus 134, 395

oeur 134

Murex cyclostoma baldwiniana. . 373

peW. 318

torref actus insularum 319

Musonia costalis 226

Musoniella chopardi 225

Mustelis canis 386, 390

Mycteroperca falcata phenax 396

Mytilus crebistriatus 322

Nanomantis austrab's 28

Nemobius hebardi 283

Neoblatella conspersa 215

Neoconocephalus irroratus 281

vicinus 281

Neocosmiella atrata 352

Neolobophora ruficeps 352

Neomantis australis 21

Neopieris mariana 102

Nephronaias aztecorum tolimanen-

sis 194

tempisquensis 9

Nessa vectis 288

Notolampra gibba 215

Notropis atherinoides 397

bifrenatus 391

chalybffius 389, 393

cornutus 388, 391, 397-399

heterodon 398

hudsonius amarus 389, 391

photogenis amoenus 388

zonatus 399

stonei 391

whipplii analostanus. . . . 388, 391
Nucula hawaiensis 327

Odontomantis javana euphrosyne 77

j. javana 76

Odontosagda havanensis 203

Odostomia (Chrysallida) hiloensis 299

Oecanthus minutus 283

Olcyphides tithonus 237

Oligomantis orientalis 69

Opeas beckianum 5

Ophicephalus tadianus 134

Opisthosiphon maynardi 204

Opsanus tau 397

Opsomantis tumidiceps 36

Orchidaceae 110

Orthodera ministralis 19

Orthopristis chrysopterus 387

408

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Oryzias latipes 133

Oxydendrum arboreum 103

Oxyjulus calif ornicus 402

Oxyopsis lobeter 231

oculea 231

Oxyprora flavicornis 278

Oxystyla f erussaci tricincta 5

princeps 5

Pachychilus 201

Panchlora prasina 217

Paramusonia 226

Paraoxypilus verreauxii 17

Paraphasma marginale 238

Parasilurus brevianalis 121

Parasparatta dentifera 351

guyanensis 349

Parastagmatoptera glauca 235

Paratenodera 50

Parhierodula 52, 53, 63

Parophrys vetulus 402

Perca flavescens

387, 388, 391, 397, 398

Percina caprodes 397

Pernvia ingromarginata 245

Petasodes dominicana 217

Phasma radiatum 237

Phegopteris dryopteris 117

Phoraspis picta .' 215

Photina brevis 219

Phoxiscus kikuchii 128

Phylloptera cognata 268

ovalifolia 269

phyllopteroides 265

quinque-maculata 264

spinulosa 270

tenella 265

tripunctata 264

Physa solidissima 193

Piliucina 382

Pimephales notatus 399

Pinus echinata 117

rigida 117

virginiana 117

Planorbis caribaeus 6

contrerasi 193

hondurasensis 6

tenuis 6

t. chapalensis 192

Plecoglossus altivelis 121

Plesiacanthops 231

Podoscirtus arnericanus 285

Pa>cilichthys ca?ruleus 397, 399

flabellaris 397

Pogonias cromis 386

Pogonichthys microlepidotus 401

Polistotrema stouti 400

Polyacanthopus 25

mantispoides . 26

Polyacanthus operculatus 134

Polycodium stamineum 118

Polygvra matermontana jaliscoen-

sis 192

ventrosula 192

Polyodon spathula 398

Pomatomus saltatrix 386

Pomolobus pseudoharengus. . 386, 390

Pomotis gibbosus. . 387, 388, 390, 391

Pomoxis sparoides 387, 398

Porichthys notatus 402

Prionotus tribulus 397

Prisopus horstokkii 239

Prolabia unidentata 348

Promicrops guttatus 396

Proscopia scabra 244

Psalis americana 338

Pseudobagrus taiwanensis 121

Pseudopleuronectes arnericanus. . . 390

Pseudorasljora parva 128

Ptychocheilus grandis 401

Puntius snyderi 127

Pupa pearliensis 362

thaanumi 362

Purex f ormosus 340

Pycnopalpa bicordata 270

rulnginosa 270

Pygidicrana bivittata 337

Pyragra brasiliensis 338

fuscata 338

Pyragropsis paraguayensis 338

Pyrola americana 97

elliptica 97

secunda 98

Pyxidanthera barbulata 108

Raja binoculata 400

eglanteria 390

ocellata 386

Rasborinus 130

formosae 131

takakii 130

Rhinichthys atronasus 388

Rhinogobius candidus 134

formosanus 134

giurinus 134

taiwanus 134

Rhododendron maximum.. . . 100, 119

Rhombodera .52, 63, 66

basalis 68

extensicollis 67

saussurei 69

stalii 67

valida 68

Rhomboderella 52

Rhomboderula 52, 63, 66

Rissoina striatula hawaiensis. . . . 321

Roccus lineatus 386, 391

Roxaniella 370

Russelia 147

colombiana 186

Salmo formosanus 120

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

409

Salvelinus f ontinalis 398

Sarda sarda 395

Scaphesthes tamusiensis 125

Scaphiodontella 125

alticorpus 126

Scaphirhynchus platorynchus .... 398

Scaphura nigra 257

Scapteriscus vicinus 283

Sceptuchus 27

simplex 28

Schilbeodes gyrinus 389, 398

insignis 387

Schist ophragma 146, 165

pusilla 165

Schizaea pusilla 116

Sciaenops ocellatus 386

Scolodonta zeteki 195

Scoliodon terrse-novse 394

Scombermorus maculatus 395

Scoparia 145, 159

dulcis 159

Scorpajnichthys marmoratus 402

Sebastodes elongatus 402

paucispinus 402

Selar crumenophthalmus 395

Selene vomer 395

Semotilus atromaculatus 387, 397, 398

bullaris 386

Seriola dorsalis 402

Seserinus paru 387, 391, 395

Sicyopterus japonicus 134

Siphonaria amara 379

crebricostata 379

f uniculata 379

normalis 379

nuttalli 379

Sistrum vitiense 319

Skalistes inopinata 352

lugubris 351

Smaragdinella viridis 363

Solecardia bryani 324

chascax 326

hawaiensis 324

h. obesior 325

stigmatica 325

thaanumi 326

Sparatha semirufa 349

Spathalium klugi 245

Sphodropoda quinquedens 48

tristis 47

Sphyrna zygaena 386

Spinibarbus elongatus 127

hollandi 127

Spongovostox asemus 344

berlandi 343

Statilia maculata 48

nemoralis 48

Stemodia.... . 145, 159

durantifolia 159

Stenomantis novae-guineae 130

Stenopus guildingi 3

Stereolepis gigas 402

Stilpnochlora marginclla 257

Stizostedion canadensc 398

vitreum 398

Stoastoma domingensis 206

Stomatella concinna inconcinna. . . 380

Streptostyla viridula 3

Strombus ostergaardi 320

Strongylura notata 395

timucu 395

Stylif er def ormis hawaiensis 296

d. remotissimus 297

mittrei 297

robustus 299

thaanumi 298

Subulina octona 5

Succinea guatemalensis 6

recisa 6

Tagalomantis 38

manillensis 38

Tanusia angulata-ocellata 277

Taranichthys filamentosus 402

Tautoga onitis 387

Tenodera aridif olia 50

attenuata 51

blanchardi 51

sinensis 50

Terebra argus brachygyra 304

clappi 306

dussumieri hiradoensis 309

flavofasciata 306

lanceata oahuensis 307

langf ordi 303

medipacifica 308

m. melior 308

peasei 304

spaldingi 308

thaanumi 305

verreauxi 307

waikikiensis 305

Tetrapturus mitsukurii 402

Thecodonta (?) symmetrica 327

Theopompa burmeisteri 18

Theopompula ocularis 18

Theopropus elegans 81

Thespis.. 37

Thesprotia f uscipennis 229

Thunnus thynnus 401

Thysanophora' textilis 196

Topana cincticornis 271

Torenia 146, 163

Crustacea 163

thouarsii 163, 164

t. nivea 163, 164

Torpedo californica 400

Trachinotus carolinus 387, 389

f alcatus 395

Trachymiopteryx 220

tuberculata 220

Tropidomantis tenera 21

410

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Uberaba brevicauda 251

Umbra limi 398

pygmaea 386, 389

Unanuea 145, 160

dentata 161

TJncanc3'clus ameliae 9

calverti 7

Vaccinium atrococcum 107

corymbosum 107

erythrocarpum 108

macrocarpon 108

oxycoccos 108

pennsylvanicum 106, 118

stamineum 106

vacillans 107

Vandellia 146, 162

diffusa 162

Vanikoro hawaiensis 373

kanakarum 374

Vexilla thaanumi 372

Vexillum micra 317

thaanumi 316

turben kanaka 318

xenium 317

Volvatella fragilis 375

Vomer setapinnis 395

Vostox punctipennis 342

Xanthomantis flava 24, 26

Xiphidion rupestre 402

Xolisma ligustrina 102

Zacco pachycephalus 130

platypus 130

temminckii 130

Zalembius rosaceus 402

Zoniopoda collaris 246

fissicauda 246

Zonitoides bregyi 203

hoffmanni 5

1920.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

411

GENERAL INDEX

1920

Ashhurst, Astlev P. C, elected a mem-
ber, 83.

Bartram, Edward B., elected a mem-
ber, 295.

Beach, W. S., elected a member, 112.

Biddle, W. Lvman, announcement of
death of, 295

Bower, Frank B., elected a member,
83.

Bower, Charles P., elected a member,
112.

Bradley, Thomas, announcement of
death of, 112.

Bradshaw, Hamilton, elected a mem-
ber, 1.

Brown, John A., Jr., announcement of
death of, 11.

Brown, T. Wistar, 3rd, elected a mem-
ber,-83.

Buckenham, J. E. B., elected a mem-
ber, 1.

Cadwalader, John, 3rd, elected a mem-
ber, 295.

Carpenter, A. Sidney, announcement
of death of, 11

Chamberlin, Thomas Chrowder,
awarded Hayden Memorial Medal,
11.

Cheston, D. Murray, announcement of
death of, 1.

Colton, Salvin W., Jr., elected a mem-
ber, 1.

Committee on Policy, 1.

Crawley, Howard. Statistical obser-
vations on the Texas fever parasite,
331.

Dixon, Edwin S., announcement of
death of, 1.

DuPont, Francis I., elected a member,
295.

Erskine, Richard, elected a member,
295.

Fernald, Merritt Lyndon, elected a
correspondent, 112.

Figaniere, Alfonso de, announcement of
death of, 384.

Fowler, Henry W. Description of a
new cyprinoid fish (Notropis stonei)
with notes on other fishes obtained
in the United States, 385.

Fox, Joseph M., announcement of
death of, 11.

Frick, Childs, elected a member, 1.

Gadow, Hans Friedrich. elected a cor-
respondent, 112.

Gibson, Rebecca, announcement of
death of, 1.

Gordon, Samuel G., elected a member,
295. Ordovician basalts and quartz
diabases in Lebanon County, Penn-
sylvania, 354.

Grant, James E., announcement of
death of, 83.

Haines, Reuben, announcement of
death of, 83.

narrower, David E., elected a member
1.

Hayden Memorial Award, Committee
on, 1. Report of Committee, 11.

Hebard, Morgan. American Dermap-
tera of the Museum National d' His-
toire Naturelle, Paris, France, 337.
Studies in Malayan, Papuan, and
Australian Mantidaj, 14.

Hepburn, Joseph, elected a member,
112.

Keeley, F. J. Additional note on the
Deal meteorite, 358.

Lotsy, Joharm Paul, elected a corre-
spondent, 112.

Lovering, Joseph G., elected a mem-
ber, 83.

Lyman, Benjamin Smith, announce-
ment of death of, 295.

McDaniel, W. G., elected a member,
13.

McFadden, J. Franklin, elected a mem-
ber, 83.

MacDougal, Daniel Trembly, elected
a correspondent, 112.

McKean, Thomas, elected a member,
112.

Mason, Frank R., elected a member,
112.

Matos, William W., elected a member,
1.

Meredith, Hugh Bradshaw, elected a
member, 13.

Monks, Sarah P. Notes on Arach-
noidiscus, 207.

412

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Morris, Lawrence J., elected a mem-
ber, 83.

Munro, Hugh F., elected a member,
83.

Nolan, Edward J., Recording Secre-
tary Emeritus, 383.

Officers, Councillors, and Committee
on Accounts, 383.

Oshima, Masamitsu. Notes on fresh-
water fishes of Formosa, with de-
scriptions of new genera and species,
120. Two new cyprinoid fishes from
Formosa, 189.

Osier, William, announcement of death
of, 1.

Pearl, Raymond, elected a correspond-
ent, 112.

Peary, Robert E., announcement of
death of, 83.

Pennell, Francis W. Scrophulariaceae
of Colombia — I.

Pennock, Naomi, elected a member,
112.

Pilsbry, Henry A. Costa Rican land
and freshwater mollusks, 2. Marine
mollusks of Hawaii, yill-XIII, 296.
A Colombian pupillid snail. 329.
Marine mollusks of Hawaii, XIV,
XV, 360. Mollusks from Lake Cha-
pala. State of Jalisco, and vicinity,
192. Mollusca from Central Amer-
ica and Mexico. 195.

Potter, Julian K., elected a member,
295.

Ramborger, William K., announcement
of death of, 11.

Rehn, James A. G. Records and de-
scriptions of Brazilian Orthoptera,
214.

Ritter, William Emerson, elected a
correspondent, 112.

Roland, Conrad K., elected a member,
13.

Rush, Benjamin, elected a member,
13.

Schaus, William, elected a correspond-
ent, 112.

Sclater, William Lutley, elected a cor-
respondent. 112.

Scott, Wilham Berryman, elected a
correspondent, 112.

Search, Theodore C, announcement of
death of, 384.

Spencer, Arthur R., elected a mem-
ber, 1.

Steckbeck, D. W., elected a member,
295.

Stellwagen, Thomas C, announcement
of death of, 11.

Stewart, George H., 3rd. elected a
member, 13.

Stewart, Henry Carlisle, elected a
member, 13.

Stikeman, Henry F. C, elected a mem-
ber, 295.

Street, J. Fletcher, elected a member,
112.

Tobias, C. E., Jr., elected a member,
13.

Trudell, Harry W., elected a mem-
ber, 1.

True, Rodney H., elected a member,
295.

Tyler, George F., elected a member,
13.

Vanatta, E. G. New land shells, 203.

Wardle, H. Newell. Iron ore artifacts
from Alabama, 209.

Welsh, Robert F., elected a member,
13.

Wetherill, William Chatten, elected a
member, 295.

Wherry, Edgar T. Observations on
the soil acidity of Ericaceae and
associated plants in the middle At-
lantic states, 84. Correlation be-
tween vegetation and soil acidity in
southern New Jersey, 113.

Windrim, James H., announcement of
death of, 112.

Wood, Edward R., Jr., elected a mem-
ber, 83.

Wood, Horatio C, announcement of
death of, 1.

Woolman, Anna, elected a member,
112.

Woolman, Edward, elected a member,
13.

MBI. WHOI LIBRARY

UH IflS

L L